Dresden 1955 The Jatakastava or Praise of The Buddhas Former Births Indo-Scythian Khotanese Text English Translation Grammatical Notes and Glossaries

The Jtakastava or "Praise of the Buddha's Former Births": Indo-Scythian (Khotanese)
Text, English Translation, Grammatical Notes, and Glossaries

Author(s): Mark J. Dresden
Source: Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. 45, No. 5 (1955), pp. 397508
Published by: American Philosophical Society
Stable URL: http://www.jstor.org/stable/1005767
Accessed: 13-08-2016 09:04 UTC
Your use of the JSTOR archive indicates your acceptance of the Terms & Conditions of Use, available at
http://about.jstor.org/terms
JSTOR is a not-for-profit service that helps scholars, researchers, and students discover, use, and build upon a wide range of content in a trusted
digital archive. We use information technology and tools to increase productivity and facilitate new forms of scholarship. For more information about
JSTOR, please contact support@jstor.org.
American Philosophical Society is collaborating with JSTOR to digitize, preserve and extend access to
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society
This content downloaded from 218.107.132.55 on Sat, 13 Aug 2016 09:04:45 UTC
All use subject to http://about.jstor.org/terms
TRANSAC TIONS
OF THE
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA
FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE
NEW SERIES-VOLUME 45, PART 5

1955
THE JATAKASTAVA OR "PRAISE OF THE

BUDDHA'S FORMER BIRTHS"
Indo-Scythian (Khotanese) Text, English Translation,
Grammatical Notes, and Glossaries
MARK J. DRESDEN
Research Associate Professor of Oriental Studies,
University of Pennsylvania
THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

INDEPENDENC:E SQUARE
PH.ILADELPHIA 6
DECEMBER. 1955
Siquid novisti rectius istis,
Candidus imperti; si nil, his utere mecum.

[Hor.,Ep.I.6.67-68]
Copyright ? 1955 by The American Philosophical Society

Library of Congress Catalog
Card No. 55-11064
PREFACE
This study owes its existence to the instigation of

Dr. H. W. Bailey of the University of Cambridge who,
after having initiated the author into Khotanese
studies by explaining and interpreting the Jatakastava
to him in Cambridge, England, in the summer of 1947,
suggested the preparation of a translation together
with a glossary and grammar. In 1948-1949 another
sojourn in Cambridge was chiefly devoted to the study
of Khotanese materials. Thereafter various obligations, however, caused a standstill and a final revision
could only be made in Cambridge in the summer of
1953.
It will be seen from the table of contents that the
original project has been somewhat extended. Instead of one glossary, two have been compiled. The
first lists all the words which occur in the Jatakastava,
gives their meaning and the various forms in which
be made by a scholar at whose disposal would be all

literary and archaeological evidence. Its only purpose is to serve as a starting point for any student
desirous to make a comparative study of the versions
in various languages in which the Jataka stories have
been handed down. The quotation of passages from

parallel versions has been limited to cases which elucidate the Khotanese text.
The translation finally does not fall into the category

of what is commonly called 'literary translations.'
To the author's mind it serves its purpose well enough
if it succeeds in aiding the reader towards a word by
word understanding of the text on the one hand and
in preserving at least somewhat the flavor of the
original on the other.
Since no Chinese characters were available for the
printing of this volume an attempt had to be made to

overcome this inconvenience in the best possible way.
The reader's leniency is implored for cases in which
some uncertainty might still exist.
they occur with references to the lines of the text.

The second is not a complete list. It contains, without any claim to exhaustiveness or originality under a
selected number of entries, references to other texts,
to books, articles, commentarial notes, etc. Its purpose is partly to replace a running commentary or
series of notes to the text. It may be found useful
also as a kind of guide through the rather dispersed
literature on Khotanese which happens to be rare in
elementary or introductory books. Its superfluity for
the expert may be excused in that way.1
The grammatical part is not intended to offer a complete grammar of Later Khotanese.2 The time for
writing such a grammar does not seem to have arrived
yet, since too small a number of materials has succeeded in coming out of the presses. It merely is 'a
first essay towards [such] a grammar,'3 based primarily on the Jatakastava and a few other texts which
evidently belong to the same period.4
The section on parallels to the Jataka stories does
not claim to be exhaustive. Such a claim could only
This preface would be incomplete if it were not

concluded by a few words of gratitude for the assistance which was so generously bestowed upon me. In
the first place to Dr. H. W. Bailey without whose
initiative, encouragement, patience, hospitality, friendship, and embracing knowledge of things Indian and
Iranian this study would never have been brought to
an end, but also to those liberal patrons like the
Trustees of the van den Bergh Stichting in Amster-
dam, the Stichting voor Zuiver Wetenschappelijk

Onderzoek in The Hague, the Committee on the
Advancement of Research of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia and the American Philosophical Society in Philadelphia, which contributed to
enable me to carry out this project. Finally the name
of Mrs. J. Overvoorde-Gordon should be mentioned.
An important part of my work was done in the quiet
and hospitable surroundings of her 'Pauwhof' in
Wassenaar, a name too little known among scholars
outside the Netherlands.
I It is unnecessary to say that the reader is constantly supposed

to consult both glossaries also in cases where no reference
from one to the other is made. Asterisks preceding an entry in
Dr. J. Ph. Vogel showed great kindness and patience

by going over one of the earliest drafts of the translation and making many valuable suggestions.
Glossary I indicate that the same entry occurs in Glossary II.

2 See for the meaning of this term p. 404.
3 The wording is Bailey's (BSOAS 13: 139).
4See also for the limits within which these notes are written,
M. J. D.
p. 404.
397
ABBREVIATIONS
IIFL: G. Morgenstierne, Indo-iranian frontier languages, 1
(1929), 2 (1938), 3.2 (1943), Oslo, 1929-1943.
JAOS: Journal of the American Oriental Society, Baltimore.
Jiv.: Jivakapustaka, see under Ch. iiOO3.
JAs: Journal Asiatique, Paris.
JPTS: Journal of the Pali Text Society.
JRAS: Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, London.
J.St.: Jatakastava, the text in this volume.
K: B. Karlgren, An analytic dictionary of Chinese, Paris, 1923.
Karlgren, Gramm.Ser.: B. Karlgren, Grammata serica, script and
phonetics in Chinese and Sino-japanese, Stockholm, 1940,
The Bulletin of the Museum of Far Eastern Antiquities, No. 12.
Kh.T.1: H. W. Bailey, Khotanese texts, 1, Cambridge, 1945.
Kh.T.2: H. W. Bailey, Indo-scythian studies being Khotanese
texts, 2, Cambridge, 1954.
Kh.B.T.: H. W. Bailey, Khotanese Buddhist texts, London, 1951.
Kha: Khadaliq.
Khotans.Gramm.: see under Gr.
Leumann, Maitreysamiti: see M.
Leumann, Nebenstuicke: see N.
Leumann, Zur nordarischen Spr.u.Lit.: E. Leumann, Ztir nordarischen Sprache und Literatur, Strassburg, 1912.
M: Middle as in:
MParth.: Middle Parthian.
MPers.: Middle Persian.
M: E. Leumann, Maitreyasamiti, das Zukunftsideal der Buddhisten, 2 v., Strassburg, 1919.
MM: F. C. Andreas and W. Henning, Mitteliranische Manichaica aus -Chinesisch-Turkestan, 1, Sitzungsberichte der
Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1932; 2, ibid.
1933; 3, ibid. 1934.
Man.: Manichean.
Man.Rem. (or: M-R.): A. F. Rudolf Hoernle, Manuscript remains of Buddhist literature found in Eastern Turkestan, 1,
Oxford, 1916.
Morgenstierne, EVP: see EVP.
M.T.: Mazar Tagh.
Miiller-Lentz, Soghdische Texte 2: F. W. K. Muller and W.
Lentz, Soghdische Texte 2, Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen
Akademie der Wissenschaf ten, 1934.
Asia Major (or: A.M.), N.S.: Asia Major, New Series, London.
A.O.: Acta Orientalia, Leiden.
Ap.S.: Aparimitayuh. Suitra, published with translation and glossary by A. F. Rudolf Hoernle, Manuscript remains of
Buddhist literature found in Eastern Turkestan, 1, Oxford,
1916; another copy of the same text was printed by H. W.
Bailey, Khotanese Buddhist texts, 94-100, London, 1951.
AiW: Chr. Bartholomae, Altiranisches W6rterbuch, Strassburg,
1904.
Av.: Avestan.
BEFEO: Bulletin de 'Ecole Fran?aise d'Extreme-Orient, Hanoi.

Bi.Or.: Bibliotheca Orientalis, Leiden.
BHS: Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit.
BHS Grammar (BHS Lexicon): Franklin Edgerton, Buddhist
hybrid grammar and dictionary, New Haven, 1953.
Buddh.: Buddhist.
B(uddh.)Sogd.: Buddhist Sogdian.

BSOS: Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies, London.
BSOAS: Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies,
London.
Ch.: see footnote on p. 401.
Ch.00269: lines 24-120 were published and translated by H. W.

Bailey, The seven princes, Bulletin of the School of Oriental
and African Studies 12: 616-624; also in H. W. Bailey, Indoscythian studies being Khotanese texts, 2, 42-48, Cambridge, 1954.
Ch.iiOO2: Siddhasara published with Tibetan and Sanskrit parallel

texts by H. W. Bailey, Khotanese texts, 1, 2-134, Cambridge, 1945; facsimile of the Khotanese text is to be found
in Codices Khotanenses, Monumenta linguarum Asiae Majoris, 2, Copenhagen, 1938.
Ch.iiOO3: Jivakapustaka published with Sanskrit parallel text by

H. W. Bailey, Khotanese texts, 1, 136-195, Cambridge,
1945, and with translation and glossary by Sten Konow,
A medical text is Khotanese, Avhandlinger utgitt av Det
Norske Videnskaps-Akademi i Oslo, Hist.-Filos. Klasse No. 4,
Oslo, 1940; facsimile is to be found in Codices Khotanenses,

Monumenta linguarum Asiae Majoris, 2, Copenhagen, 1938.
Chr.: Christian.
Chr. Sogd.: Christian Sogdian.

Dhyana: published by H. Reichelt, Die soghdischen Handschriftenreste des Britischen Museums, 1, 33-56, Heidel-
N: E. Leumann, Buddhistische Literatur, nordarisch und deutsch,

1, Nebenstiicke, Leipzig, 1920.
NGGW: Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu
Gottingen, Philos.-Hist. Klasse, Berlin.
NP: New Persian.
NTS: Norsk Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap, Oslo.
NWPrakrit(NWPkt): Northwestern Prakrit.
OP: Old Persian.
berg, 1928.
E: Ernst Leumann, Das nordarische (sakische) Lehrgedicht des

Buddhismus, Abhandlungen fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes
20, Leipzig, 1933-1936.
EVP: G. Morgenstierne, An etymological vocabulary of Pashto,

Oslo, 1927.
Gershevitch, GMS: see GMS.
Ghilain, Essai: A. Ghilain, Essai sur la langue parthe, Louvain,
O.Ir., Old Ir.: Old Iranian.

P: Pelliot collection.
P 2471: published with translation and notes by H. W. Bailey,

A Khotanese text concerning the Turks in Kantsou, Asia
Major, N.S. 1: 28-52, 1949; also printed in H. W. Bailey,
Indoscythian studies being Khotanese texts, 2, 87-92, Cambridge, 1954.
P 2781, 2783, 2801: published with translation and notes by
H. W. Bailey, Rama (1) and Rama 2, Bulletin of the School
of Oriental and African Studies 10: 365-376, 559-598, 1941.
P 2787: lines 154-194 were published with translation and notes
by H. W. Bailey, Kanaiska, Journal of the Royal Asiatic
Society, 1942: 14-28; the complete text is to be found in
1939.
GMS: Ilya Gershevitch, A grammar of Manichean Sogdian,

Publications of the Philological Society 16, Oxford, 1954.
Gr. (or: Khotans.Gramm.): Sten Konow, Khotansakische Grammatik, mit Bibliographie, Lesestiicken und Worterverzeichnis, Porta linguarum orientalium, 22, Leipzig, 1941.
Hedin: Khotanese documents from the Sven Hedin collection in
Stockholm of which an edition by H. W. Bailey is under
preparation.
Henning, Sogdica: W. B. Henning, Sogdica, London, 1940, James
G. Forlong Fund, 21.
Henning, Verbum: W. Henning, Das Verbum des Mittelpersischen der Turfanfragmente, Zeitschrift fiir Indologie und
Iranistik 9: 158-253, 1933.
Horn, Grdr.d.np.Etym.: P. Horn, Grundriss der neupersischen
Etymologie, Strassburg, 1893.
H. W. Bailey, Indo-scythian studies being Khotanese texts,

2,101-108, Cambridge, 1954.
P 5538: published with translation and notes by H. W. Bailey,
Hvatanica 3, Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies 9:
521-543.
398
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
Pali Dict.: Pali Text Society's Pali-English Dictionary.

Pr. (Primer): Sten Konow, Primer of Khotanese Saka, Norsk
Tidsskrift for Sprogvidenskap 15: 5-136; also available separately, Oslo, 1949.
PW: 0. Boehtlingk and R. Roth, Sanskrit Worterbuch.
r: recto page.
Reichelt, Handschriftenreste: H. Reichelt, Die soghdischen Handschriftenreste des Britischen Museums, 2 v., Heidelberg,
1928, 1931.
S: Stein collection.
ABBREVIATIONS
399
CCC: Ed. Chavannes, Cinq cent contes et apologues extraits du

Tripitaka chinois, 4 v., Paris, 1910-1934.
Divyavadana: ed. E. B. Cowell and R. A. Neill, Cambridge,

1886.
Ecke-Demieville: G. Ecke and P. Demieville, Twin pagodas of

Zayton, Harvard- Yenching Institute, Monograph Series 2,
Cambridge, Mass., 1935.
Jataka: ed. V. Fausb0ll, 6 v., London, 1877-1896; English transl.,

The Jataka or stories of the Buddha's former births, under
the editorship of E. B. Cowell, 6 v., Cambridge, 1895-1907.
Samgh.S.: SampghatasFutra, published with translation, Tibetan
Jatakamala: ed. H. Kern, Harvard Oriental Series 1, Boston,
parallel and glossary by Sten Konow, Saka Studies, Oslo
Etnografiske Museum Bulletin 5, Oslo, 1932.
SCE: Suitra des causes et des effets, published by R. Gauthiot,

P. Pelliot and E. Benveniste, Mission Pelliot en Asie Centrale
2, Paris, 1920-1928.
Siddhasara: see under Ch.iiOO2.
SPA W: Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philos.-Hist. Klasse, Berlin.
SS: Sten Konow, Saka Studies, Oslo Etnografiske Museum Bulletin
5, Oslo, 1932.
St.H.: the Stael-Holstein roll; first published by F. W. Thomas
and Sten Konow, Two medieval documents from Tun-huang,
Publications of the Indian Institute 1 (3), Oslo Etnografiske
Museums Skrifter 3, Oslo, 1929; again with translation of the
Khotanese part, list of words and notes by Sten Konow,
The Khotanese text of the Stael-Holstein scroll, Acta Orientalia 20: 133-160, 1947; most recently by H. W. Bailey, The
Stael-Holstein miscellany, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 1-45, 1951,
and also by the same author in his Indo-scythian studies
being Khotanese texts, 2, 72-76, Cambridge, 1954.
Stein, Ancient Khotan: M. A. Stein, Ancient Khotan, Oxford,

1907.
1891; English transl. J. S. Speyer, London, 1895.
Kalpanamanditika: H. Liiders, Bruchstiucke der Kalpanamanditika des Kumaralata, Kleinere Sanskrit-Texte 2, Leipzig,
1926.
Lamotte, Traite: Etienne Lamotte, Traite de la grande vertu
de sagesse de Nagarjuna (Mahaprajnaparamita?astra), 2 v.,
Louvain, 1944 and 1949, Bibliotheque du Museon 18.
Lanikavatarasultra: ed. B. Nanjio, Kyoto, 1923; English transl.

D. T. Suzuki, London, 1932.
Mahavastu: ed. E. Senart, 3 v., Paris, 1882, 1890, and 1897;

English transl. by J. J. Jones, 2 v. (so far), London, 1949
and 1951.
Mahavyutpatti: ed. R. Sakaki, Kyoto, 1916; Tibetan index to

the Mahavyutpatti (with its Sanskrit equivalents) by K.
Nishio, Kyoto, 1936.
Muller, Uigurica: F. W. K. Muller, Uigurica, 1, Abhandlungen

der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1908; 2, ibid.,
1910; 3, ibid., 1920; 4 herausgegeben von A. von Gabain,
Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften,
1931.
Rastrapdlapariprccha: ed. L. Finot, Bibliotheca Buddhica 2, St.Petersburg, 1901; English transl. by J. Ensink, The question
of Rastrapdla, Utrecht, 1952.
Stein, Serindia: M. A. Stein, Serindia, 5 v., Oxford, 1921.

Suv.bh.: SuvarnabhasasFutra.
Suv.bh.Konow: Sten Konow, Zwolf Blatter einer Handschrift
des Suvarnabhasasuitra, Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen
Schmidt, Der Weise und der Thor: I. J. Schmidt, Der Weise und
Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philos.-Hist. Klasse, Berlin,

1935.
Schiefner-Ralston: Anton von Schiefner and W. R. S. Ralston,
Trans.Phil.Soc.: Transactions of the Philological Society, London.

TTT: Tiirkische Turfan Texte.
v: verso page.
V (or: Vajr.): Vajracchedika, published with translation and

glossary in A. F. Rudolf Hoernle, Manuscript remains of
Buddhist literature found in Eastern Turkestan, 1, Oxford,
1916.
Verbum: see Henning, Verbum.
WZKM: Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes,

Vienna.
ZDMG: Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft,

Leipzig.
ZII: Zeitschrift fir Indologie und Iranistik, Leipzig.
!atapaficdaatka: D. R. Shackleton Bailey, The !atapaficdsatka

of Matrceta, Cambridge, 1951.
der Thor, St.-Petersburg, 1843.1
Tibetan tales derived from Indian sources, London, 1882.

Su1trdlamikra: A?vagho$a, Sfutralarmkra, transl. E. Huber, Paris,
1908.
Suvarnabhasa (Nobel): J. Nobel, Suvarnaprabhasottamasutra,

Leipzig, 1937; Tibetan versions edited by the same, Leiden
and Stuttgart, 1944; dictionary, 1950.
Toch.Sprachr.: E. Sieg and W. Siegling, Tocharische Sprachreste, 1, Berlin and Leipzig, 1921.
Udandlafikra: E. Sieg and W. Siegling, Tocharische Sprachreste

Sprache B, Heft 1, Die Udanalantkara-Fragmente, G6ttingen,
1949.
Ubers. aus dem Toch.: E. Sieg, Ubersetzungen aus dem Tochari-
schen, 1, Abhandlungen der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philos.-Hist. Klasse Nr. 16, 1943, Berlin, 1944;
2 aus dem Nachlass herausgegeben von Werner Thomas,
Abhandlungen der Deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin, Klassefiir Sprachen, Literatur und Kunst Nr. 1, 1951,
Zor.Pahl.: Zoroastrian Pahlavi.
In addition to the above abbreviations, the following

refer in particular to the section on parallels to the
Jataka stories:
Berlin, 1952.
VJ: Vessantarajataka published by E. Benveniste, Mission Pelliot

en Asie Centrale 4, Paris, 1946.
Watters: T. Watters, On Yuang Chwang's travels in India 620Avadanakalpalata: ed. S. C. Das and VidydbhhFlana, Bibliotheca 645 A.D., 2 v., London, 1904-1905.
Indica, 2 v., Calcutta, 1888-1918.
Avadanasataka: ed. J. S. Speyer, Bibliotheca Buddhica 3, 2 v.,

St.-Petersburg, 1902, 1909; transl. L. Feer, Cent legendes
1 This collection of tales known as Damamfuka has been studied
since by: Takakusu, JRAS, 1901: 447-460; B. Laufer, T'oung

bouddhiques, Annales du Mfuse'e Guimet 18, Paris, 1891. Pao 17: 415-422, 1916; S. Levi, JAs, 1925: 305-332; P. Pelliot,
Beal: S. Beal, Buddhist records of the Western World, 2 v.,
T'oung Pao 13: 355, 1912; JAs, 1914: 139; T'oung Pao 26: 256 ff.,
London, 1884.
1929.
THE JATAKASTAVA OR "PRAISE OF THE BUDDHA'S FORMER BIRTHS9"

Indo-Scythian (Khotanese) Text, English Translation,
Grammatical Notes and Glossaries
MARK J. DRESDEN
I. ntodcton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
CONTENTS
PAGE
I.
Introduction....401
II. Grammatical Notes ............................. 404
III. Synopsis of Jatakastava .......................... 420

IV. Text and Translation of Jatakastava .............. 421
V. Parallels to the Jataka stories .................... 447
VI. Glossary I ..................................... 452
VII. Glossary II .................................... 468

VIII. Indices ........................................ 492
I. INTRODUCTION
The manuscript with which the following pages are
concerned at one time formed part of a library which
was found by Sir Marc Aurel Stein in May, 1907,' in
a chamber, which had been closed since the beginning
of the eleventh century A.D., at the so-called Caves of
the Thousand Buddhas in Tun-huang, in the Chinese
province of Kan-su in Northwestern China. It now
belongs to the collection of the Commonwealth Relations Office, the former India Office, in London where
it is catalogued under the signature Ch.00274.2
A facsimile of the manuscript which consists of 39
folios was published in Codices Khotaneses (= Monumenta Linguarum Asiae Maioris, edidit K. Gr0nbech,
2), plates 145-183, Copenhagen, 1938. A transliteration was printed by H. W. Bailey in the first volume
of his Khotanese Texts, 198-219, Cambridge, 1945.
The same scholar gave a description of the manuscript and a summary list of the Jatakas which it
contains.3 The identity of the manuscript which was
classified by A. F. Rudolf Hoernle4 as 'an unidentified
Buddhist religious work' was thus established.
The main bulk of the work consists of some fifty
Jataka stories the majority of which are well known.5
They are given in a condensed form and are separated
I See his Serindia, 2, 80 ff.
2 Ch. for Ts'ien(Ch'ien)-fo-tung 'Caves of the Thousand
Buddhas.'
3 Codices Khotanenses: XIII. See also the synopsis on p.

420 below.
4 Manuscript remains of Buddhist literature found in Eastern

Turkestan 1: xxi, 1916.
5 See the section on parallels, p. 447 ff. It will be seen that in a

number of cases the Khotanese version has refused identification.
They are: Strophe 55-56 (folio 13vl-4); 97-98 (folio 22vl-4);
144-146 (folio 33rl-v2); 147-148 (folio 33v2-34r2); 149 (folio
34r2-4). In other cases only a partial parallel was found:
Strophe 104-105 (folio 24rl-4); 109-110 (folio 25r2-v2); 112-113
(folio 25v2-26r2).
from each other by words of honor to the Buddha.6

These rather stereotype passages7 mark the end of one
story and the beginning of the next one. A prologue
opens the series of Jataka stories which shortly before
the end is interrupted by a short interlude in which
the author addresses himself to the Buddha and praises
his impartiality. After this interlude another part
from the Vessantara-jdtaka (the giving of the two
children to a brahman) is given, while another passage
from that same Jataka (the giving away of the elephant) already occurred in the preceding series of
stories, but not immediately before the interlude.
After this second scene from the Vessantara-jataka
an epilogue closes the work which is followed by a
colophon.
The Jataka stories are dealt with in a separate sec-
tion (p. 447 if.). A number of remarks on the prologue and the colophon follow here.
The prologue mentions jattakastavd (lv4; also 39r2)
'Praise of the Jatakas' as the title of the work. The
interpretation of the adjectives subhattratti and gutraphusta (2rl) is unfortunately not quite certain.8 The
following statement sai vrttd anvas'ta (2rl) 'the very
metre is difficult' is even more true for the modern
scholar than it apparently was for the Khotanese
translator, since it has proved impossible so far in
spite of Leumann's ingenious theory9 and Konow's'0
6 There is only one instance of a story which is not concluded
by a honorific formula, namely at the very end of the Jataka
section and before the interlude (36r4).
Somewhat deviating in form is pe' ystra mista 'great are your
strength and heart' (5v4).
8 See Glossary II under these two words.
9 His theory holds that the Khotanese metrical system is a
direct continuation of Indo-European versification. An exposition is to be found in E. Leumann, Zur nordarischen Sprache
und Literatur, 15-28, 1912; Maitreya-samiti, 24-60, 117-172,
401
402 DRESDEN: THE JATAKASTAVA [TRANS. AMER. PHIL. SOC.

suggestions to establish with certainty the principle
underlying Khotanese prosody." It is proposed to
take up this problem in detail elsewhere. It should
be added that the restoration of the verses in the
transliteration is mainly based upon the signs and
(. and: in the transliteration, see p. 421) which occur

in the manuscript.12 Since these signs are absent in a
rather large number of cases where they could be expected a certain amount of uncertainty as to the
division of the text into verse lines remains inevitable.
Two statements make it clear that the Khotanese

is a translation,13 or rather not an original text. No
indication however is given in the prologue or elsewhere in the text which permits the determination of
1919; Kuhn's Zeitschrift, 1924: 162 ff.; Das nordarische(sakische)
Lehrgedicht des Buddhismus, xxii ff., 1933-1936.
10 Konow's views are to be found in NTS 7: 7 ff.; 11: 6 f.;

A medical text in Khotanese, 6 f., NTS 14: 29-35. His criticisms of Leumann's theory based upon his 'objection to changing
the reading of the manuscripts . . . to suit a metrical theory'
the language of the original.'4 The frequent occurrence of what seem to be 'long compounds' (for instance khu . . . kv&ysd (str. 13); haskye . . . ysanakd
(str. 16); nidm . . . hubastd (str. 28); gara . . . ramga
(str. 44); dci . . . haskye (str. 36); ysaysa . . . hvara
(str. 108); pureke . . . salava (str. 161), etc. seem to
point to a Sanskrit original. It has proved impossible
so far to find a parallel text.
Strophe 4 gives information concerning the trans-
lator. His name (vedyas'ld), his congregation (sqma-
nyqjia bisa.mja 'in the Samanya congregation') and

qualifications (ttrivilai mestd 'the great knower of the
three pitakas'; vyacimanva das'td 'skilled in phrasings')
are mentioned.'5
In 2r4-vl the name of the royal ruler (fri vis?a'

s'urra), the great king for whose benefit the translation
was made (mistye rrumdd hye udis'ayd), provides a clue
as to the time in which the translation was made if
the calculations of Dr. Pulleyblank which result in the
establishment of the years A.D. 967-977 (?) for this
(NTS 11: 7) result in his belief that 'Khotanese versification is
king are correct.'6
an adaptation of Indian metrics, at a comparatively late date,

and not an inherited Indo-european system' (NTS 14: 33).
11 It should be noted that as an alternative to the assumption
of a metrical system based on quantity it has been proposed to
consider the number of stressed syllables as the principle of
Khotanese as well as of Avestan and Middle Iranian (Middle
Parthian and Middle Persian) verse. See Meillet, JAs, 1900: 254
if. (Avestan); Henning, NGGW, 1933: 317; Christensen, Les
gestes des rois dans les traditions de l'Iran antique, 46 if., 53 f.,
Paris, 1936; Bailey, JAOS 59: 461 (on the metre of the Rama
story); Henning, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1942 ('44): 52 f. (with examples of scansion of Avestan, Middle Parthian and Middle
Persian passages), and A.. Pahlavi poem, BSOAS 13: 641-648,
1950 (Book Pahlavi, Middle Persian and Middle Parthian).
The following remarks on the separate strophes of

the prologue and the colophon can be added.
12 Only those (Middle Iranian) texts which by their interpunction marks are clearly set apart as poems are, quite rightly,
accepted by Henning (Trans. Philol. Soc., 1942 ('44): 52) as
Strophe (1):
It is uncertain whether -i in tta ttai is the enclitic

pronoun 3rd singular or an emphatic -i. The context
seems to favor the second interpretation. For the
'conditional' use of the past participle pana 'when it
arises' compare for instance Pali vutthim pi saheyyumw
agatam' 'they can endure rain if it comes' (Suttanipata,
3, verse 20=Andersen, Pali Reader, 104, line 28)
(Bailey).
Lines 3 and 4 (ci bura . . . krrgPii kidna) do not
yield an entirely satisfactory sense. Together with

13 (1) khu jsarn hvamnau dya (2rl) 'that it should exist in
strophe (2) they express generally speaking the author's
Khotanese'; (2) paryavurm va tta vana byutti (2r4) 'deign therefore
apology, common enough as a standard preface to a
now to translate for me' (see Gloss. II under byutta-). It should
work of this sort, for the inadequacy of his power and
be added that with regard to the meaning of byuth- byuitta- a
abilities in the face of the task which is before him.
problem arises which is somewhat similar to that connected with
the meaning of Agnean ritw-. This verb was originally rendered
A similar trend of thought is to be found for instance
suitable materials for metrical analysis.
by 'to translate' (Sieg: 'uibersetzen'), a meaning which was

challenged by Bailey (BSOS 8: 894 if.), Pelliot, JAs, 1934: 54, 56)
and Konow (NTS 13: 214 if.). On good grounds it was proposed to render ritw- by 'to compose' (ritw- translates Skt. yuj-,
kalpayati; the corresponding Uigur yarat- (in the colophon to
the Uigur Maitrisimit, SPA W 1916: 414, No. 48) has the meaning of 'to create, compose,' see de Stael-Holstein, Bull. de l'Ac.
Imp. de St. Petersbourg 1908: 1371), a proposal which was
accepted among others by Filliozat (Fragments de textes koutcheens, 17, Paris, 1948) and by Henning (Asia Major, N.S. 1:
in strophes 5-7 of Matrceta's Satapanccasattka; compare

for instance strophe 7
ityasamkhyeyavisayan avetyapi gunan muneh

tadekades'apranayah kriyate svarthagauravat
'Thus minded, although knowing that the Sage's virtues range beyond calculation, yet I devote myself to
160).
14 The (Sanskrit) Jatakastava (by Jiinnayasas) which was published by Bailey (BSOS 9: 851 ff.) is of different contents. For
a translation of this text see D. R. Shackleton Bailey, The Jataexact nature of what Vedya?ila for the Khotanese and Aryacandra
kastava of Jnianayasas, in Asiatica( = Festschrift Friedrich
In both the cases of the Khotanese Jatakastava and the

Agnean Maitreyasamitindakaih it is hard to say which was the
for the Agnean did while working on the original text, since in
both cases the original is unknown.
Weller), 1954, 22-29.
On the activity of translators in Central Asia as aattested by

colophons see Bailey, BSOS 8: 895 f., 1936; Henning, Sogdica,
59 ff. (translations from Kuchean into Sogdian), Chavannes,
BEFEO, 1903: 438 (from Chinese into Sanskrit).
kivata-.
1On the following words (klvatd ucyq) see Gloss. II under
16 Edwin G. Pulleyblank, The date of the Stael-Holstein roll,

Asia Major, N.S. 4: 91 ff., 1954. See also Glossary II under
v1sa'.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955]
a portion thereof from regard to my own welfare'

(D. R. Shackleton Bailey's translation, p. 153).17
INTRODUCTION
403
Ch.0048.27-28 (Kh.B.T., 72), pilye vyachami udascaya

'for the disappearance of calamity' Ch.0048.70-71
(Kh.B.T., 74), pila akalamaranai vyachqme parivartt4me vira tsimde 'may calamities and untimely death
Strophe (3):
An expression of similar embarrassment with regard

to the technical difficulties facing a translator (-composer-redactor) is to be found in the following statements:
(a) The 'composition' is difficult because (td)ke
arthdntu puk dnemsi ritwdslam (Tocharische Sprachreste, 229b and 230, verse 53) 'all meanings (are) to be
well put together (or: made to agree)' (for the translation see Bailey, BSOS 8: 910; Konow, NTS 13: 215).
(b) sarki sanucentu mak katkar iii rakentu maskdsla
(ibid., verse 54) 'care and doubts in great number
arose in me for the lack of words' (Bailey, l.c.).
(c) skayd arthd pdssi rakentu nu maskant iii mak

wakna (ibid., verse 55) 'I have striven to watch (preserve) the meaning, but words largely failed me'
(Bailey, l.c.), etc.
Some doubt exists as to the identity of the 'I' of
the verbs o'ste 'I wished' (2rl) and nimamdrrye 'I
invited' (2r2). Several possible interpretations seem
to be open:
(1) If it is assumed that Vedyascila is the translator,
the 'I' could be the person who put his (prose) translation into verse. If so, two 'redactors' one the translator and the other the versifier, collaborated in the
preparation of the Khotanese Jatakastava.
(2) If it is accepted that Vedyasc?la alone is responsible for the Khotanese Jatakastava, the 'I' necessarily
should be somebody else. He might have been the
person who, upon acquaintance with the original text,
felt the necessity of a translation and thereafter took
the initiative by inviting Vedyasc?la to prepare such a
translation.
(3) It should be added that both o'ste and nimamdrrye could be third singular as well as first singular
forms. If third singular, it would only seem logical
to assume that the king (sri visa' suirrd 2r4) was responsible for inviting Vedys'la to make the translation. The same might be true if the verbal forms are
assumed to be first -singulars. The assumption of a
first singular seems to be favored by ksZram jsa (2r2),

'to the country by me,' but not too much weight can
be put upon this evidence. None of these possibilities, unfortunately, leads to a satisfactory conclusion.
It seems as if the point has to be left undecided at
least for the moment because of lack of sufficient
information.
Strophe (5):
With vyachzmdd . . . pile compare pila harbisd:
come to disappearance and removal,' Ch.c.001.1060

(Kh.B.T., 143), etc.
Strophe (7):
With misdd . . . jsina compare r4dand rradi hiye

bveysyf gyastune uivarye dra-vargye jsiita fudas'auyg, 'for
the king of kings long, divine, noble life of the three

aspects,' Ch.1.0021b,a2 45-46 (Kh.B.T., 151).
Strophe (8):
With gyas'td . . . hamtsa compare jascte rtna raysdvyara rrespui(ra) hatsi, 'with the goddess-queen, the
princesses and princes,' Ch.1.0021b,b 51 (Kh.B.T.,
155), gyastd rsiid raiysdvgraCn respuirarm hatsg, id. C
1.0021b,a2 33-34 (Kh.B.T., 150).
Strophe (9):
For husa tsi jsina compare jsine hucsa' ttsiya P 4099.

441 (Kh.B.T., 135), jsine huisa ttseya, ibid. 444 (Kh.
B.T., 135) and bu'ysye jstna husqme udis'ayi, 'for the

increase of a long life,' Ch.c.001, 1059-1060 (Kh.B.T.,
143). In spite of repeated efforts it has proved impossible to get an entirely satisfactory sense out of
lines 2-3 (khu ye . . . ni ysaCmde).
There can be little doubt that ca kimd sand18-the

name occurs twice in BrThmi script in the colophon"9
and once, at the very end,20 in Sogdian script-is the
name of the one who 'ordered to write' (pasta pkdai
39r3) that is to copy the text.21
18 See Glossary II under kima-s'ana and cd.
19 See H. W. Bailey, The colophon of the Jataka-stava, The
Journal of the Greater India Society 11: 10-12, 1944.
20 The words paysavye hvarakyd suiraimaitrra jsa 'with my own
sister Suiraimaitrra' are obviously misplaced.
21 It should be added that pasta pikai could also mean 'he
condescended to write.' This interpretation is, however, less
likely. Similar phrasings are to be found for instance in the
following passages: (1) mi{je' khilaha parsta pi4i 'the lady

Khilaha ordered to write' and mdjsei' tamaksana parsta p!4d
'the lady Tamaksana ordered to write' (Leumann, Nebenstticke,
163, 164); (2) hiiyi kima tcuina pasta p!ie beysuis'ta brriye 'Hiiyi
kima tcuna ordered to write in love of bodhi' (S 2471.89-90,
Kh.B.T., 93); (3) sam khjina hva': samgakd pasti pj4e 'Sam khpina
hva': samgaka ordered to write' (Ch.c.001, 1059, Kh.B.T., 143).

In these cases the names of the sponsors of the writing or copying
of the manuscripts are mentioned. In other colophon passages
the scribe's or copyist's name is mentioned as for instance in:

(1) ca tcyd kvina pidi biysus'ta prriya (i.e., brriya) 'Ca tcya kvina
wrote in love of bodhi' (Ch.0048.70, Kh.B.T., 74); (2) devedrrasurasiha pMe ba'ysus'ta udasaya 'Devendras'fira-sirnha wrote it for the
sake of bodhi' (P. 4099.435-436, Kh.B.T., 135); (3) ayse ra pkie
huiyi Fau kima tcuina 'I wrote Huiyi Fau kima tcuina' (S 2471.222,
Kh.B.T., 98); (4) aysi' ra piditn hutyi ttuitteva kima tcuina 'I wrote
Huiyi ttuitteva
vygchi (3r4) and also pilai vyechide, 'may his calamities
cease,' S 2471.90 (Kh.B.T., 93), vyachidi harabisa pile
kima tcuina' (S 2471.223, Kh.B.T., 98, compare
S 2471.225).
Sometimes the colophons mention the names of persons whose
17 D. R. Shackleton Bailey, The gatapaficaAatka of Matrceta,

participation in accomplishing the text or manuscript is expressed
Cambridge, 1951.
by the verbs s'uh- s'u'sta- 'to fulfill, finish' and padim- padanda-

Among those persons who share with ca kimd sana
the merit of having completed the writing of the text
kingdom26 are to be found for instance in a#e'scya-
rasd' bveysa-jsoiia hamavj, 'may he be of endless sov-
are his father (pada sand, puihyd ca pina),22 his mother

(hui-mam), his paternal uncle (ca ttaiha tcaind kha-
ereignty and long-life,' Ch. 1.002 1b,b 51 (Kh.B.T., 155)

and ga-vasesa' hamave, 'may there be a peculiar stage
of life,' S 2471.91 (Kh.B.T., 93) and likewise P 4099.
rfqa) ,23 his wife (kima hva),24 his brothers (sidyavarrda
440 (Kh.B.T., 135).
and darmajiia), his sister (suiraimaittra), and his daughA few remarks may be added here with regard to
ters (riipaj-va and jvalaka). In the same connection
'all the teachers and householders of the Vajrayana'
the language of the text.27 The term Khotanese has
are mentioned. Similar passages occur for instance
by now met with general acceptance after some hesiin tta Et& tta punia kzs?ala-muzTa pajsa gi satvau (jsa)
tation and discussion as to the most appropriate name
habrrihfi, 'I share the favorable roots of this merit
for this Eastern Iranian language since the first publication on the subject by A. F. Rudolf Hoernle.28 It
with the beings of the five gatis' S 2471.222 (Kh.B.T.,
has become clear, however, that in the Khotanese
98) and compare the colophon of P 4099 (Kh.B.T.,
135).
materials which are known at least two different types
of language have to be distinguished. They have
Words of well wishing similar to those addressed to
been termed Old and Late Khotanese. Old Khotanese
the emperor sai tcnda25 and the king of the Vajrahas hitherto received most of the attention of scholars.29
(padeda- and other forms) 'to build, make, prepare' as in:
Late finKhotanese has only become known through pub(1) cd kima-sani cu tvd sa desani s.u'stq "Cd kima-s'ani who
ished this desana" (Ch.1.0021b,b 54, Kh.B.T., 155); (2) cd kimd-
lications in rather recent years. The type of language
in which
sand cu rd sfu'stV tvd desand aysd 'Cd kimd-s'and who finished
this the Jatakastava is written is Late Khotanese.
de?and, (may) I, etc.' (Ch.1.0021b,a2 3435, Kh.B.T., 151); (3) cd
26See Gloss. II under vsitra- and vajrrayauna-.
kima-sand . . . s.u'ste u padaidai u Pdai 'Cd kima-s'ana finished,
27 For fuller details on what follows see p. 408 ff.
made and wrote it' (Ch.1.0021b,a2 47, Kh.B.T., 151); (4) djisand
cvai cd kimd-sand . . . padaidai 'the de?and which Cd kimd-s'ana
made' (Ch.1.0021b,a2 43, Kh.B.T., 151).
A comparative study of the Khotanese colophons would have
to be undertaken in order to clarify the uncertainties which
remain.
22 See Gloss. II under puihya.
23 See Gloss. II under kharfi$a-.

24 See Gloss. II under kima hva.
25 See Gloss. II under sai tcind.
28 In his A report on the British collection of antiquities from

Central Asia, Part 1 and 2, Extra Numbers to the Jour. Asiatic
Soc. of Bengal 66: 225 ff., 1897, and 70: 30 ff., 1901.
29A bibliography may be easily compiled from the bibliographies in Konow's Khotansakische Grammatik (Khotans.Gr.)
and his Primer of Khotanese Saka (Pr.); see also M. J. Dresden,
Introductio ad linguam Hvatanicam, Jaarbericht 9 of the VoorAziatisch-Egyptisch Gezelschap Ex Oriente Lux, 200-206, Leiden
1944.
II. GRAMMATICAL NOTES

In the following paragraphs an essay is made towards
a description of the grammar' of Later Khotanese
mainly as it appears from the Jatakastava although
materials from other published texts2 are occasionally

brought in in order to support or to supplement statements and paradigms.
The meaning of the distinction Later (L.Kh.) as
against Older Khotanese (O.Kh.) has been made clear
by H. W. Bailey in the following statement:

Hitherto Older Khotanese has been most fully examined
in published studies, and the Later Khotanese treated as
something of a mistake. But this type [of language] is
in itself as consistent as the Older Khotanese, and one
would prefer to compare the two forms to Latin and
Italian. We should not now call Italian a corrupted
Latin, but rather recognize it as a language in its own
right. I would claim the same for Later Khotanese.
Deepened acquaintance with this later form has shown
it to be remarkably regular in most of its distinguishing
features.3
1 It should be noted that 'a description of the grammar' does
not stand for 'a descriptive grammar.' What follows is a description in the traditional way only.
2 For abbreviations see p. 398 f.
3 In Indo-Iranica II, BSOAS 13: 138, 1949.
In order to mark the differences between the two

stages of Khotanese the later forms as they occur in
Jatakastava, Kh.T.1 and 2, Kh.B.T., P 2741, etc. are
compared with the older forms as they appear in E,
Suv.bh.Konow, Samgh.S., etc.2 The method applied,
therefore, is a simple internal comparative one.

The field of action is intentionally limited in a twofold way. First the number of materials used for
L.Kh. is restricted and statements drawn from them
will be necessarily only partially complete and true.
Secondly no systematic attempt is made at all to provide materials from other Iranian languages for the
purpose of studying common developments or divergences between dialects or dialect groups. Other
duties-permitting, the author intends to provide one
day a fuller grammar of L.Kh. as a result of which
the prospects of circumscribing the position of Khotanese, both 0. and L., and studying relations between
Khotanese and other Iranian languages might be
somewhat brighter.
1. SPELLING4
1. The distinction between voiceless s': voiced s

(i.e., ?) and voiceless Es: voiced s (i.e., z) which is
4Forms without reference are from Jatakastava (J.St.).
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 1955] GRAMMATICAL NOTES 405

almost consistently expressed in O.Kh. is indicated, if
at all, in L.Kh. by using voiceless s: voiced s (transliterated s') and voiceless s: voiced s (transliterated s').
The following table shows the differences between
O.Kh. and L.Kh.:
O.Kh. Ss ss s voiceless
s (=*j) s (*z) ys voiced
L.Kh.
voiceless
s/s" ( = *i) s/s' (= *Z) ys voiced'

Examples are abundant: ssama- 'mouth' E: s4ma-;
s?sta-, s'siya- 'white' E: sfi(ya)-; bis'sa- 'all, every' E:
bf?a-, besa-; vasara- 'thunderbolt' E: vfsi'ra-; s'dta- 'second' Samgh.S.: sa' Ch.00269.58 (<*Zita- <*dvita-);
birasate 'he explains' N 47.13: birase'; and: ssadda-
6. O.Kh. ky does not occur in J.St., but is regularly

written c; similarly gy only occurs in gyasta- 'god;
majesty,' gyastuniia- 'celestial; royal' and gyauha- 'courtesan,' but is regularly written j as for instance in
jaysnia- 'sacrifice': gyaysiia- Samgh.S.; jutna- 'gait':
gyuina- E; jaMA- 'matted hair': gyatila-Ch. 1.002 1b,a2, 13

(Kh.B.T., 149).
7. Already in O.Kh. nasals are sometimes, but not

often, replaced by anusvdra, -nd- becoming -md-, etc.
This is the case almost without exception in L.Kh.;
compare for instance hamande 'they will become' E:
himamde; rrunda 'of the king' Samgh.S.: rrumda.
In many cases also the anusvara is dropped as in
kustade 'they agitated,' vasasidd, vasusidj 'they become
pure.'
In final position the anusvara (-m) if from -and, -ani,

-md or -nd is also sometimes dropped.
For examples see pp. 407, 408, 413.
8. Absence of y is to be noted in such forms as dada
'she finished' for dasya (see Glossary II under das(s)-),
pajamdaa- 'begging' for pajyamdaa- (see Glossary II
under paj- pajista-); compare also misa (Or.9268, lcl,
Kh.T.2, 13) 'in the field' for *misya, asa' 'monks' for
*asya' (plur. of a?s'<*as'yd'), see Bailey, BSOAS 15:
'faith' E: sada-; ssika- 'young' N 169.3: s4ka-;

sa-anu, -anu,
'this' Samgh.S., etc.: sa', si', etc.; nisaunda- 'calmed'

E: nisau'da-.
2. The groups st (1), st (2), st (3) are sometimes

written sc, sc, and sc, respectively, an orthography
which indicates a palatalization of t (t).6 Examples

for (1) are: gyasca 'goddess, queen' Ch.1.0021a,a 10:
gya'td; rrq?ca 'kingdom' (gen.sg.) Ch.1.0021a,a 11:
rrustu E, rrusta vira; vrraittavastaranyam 'with performances of ascetism according to a vow' P 2801.67:
vrattavascarnd; for (2): scqne 'standing, being': stane;

haisce 'to give' (infin.): haiste 'he gave'; niscura'harsh': nusthura- E, nustura- Samgh.S. The palatalization of the t seems to be expressed in the script
in the form gurstye 'you called' as against ggurste 'he
called' Samgh.S. 7a6. For (3): hatcastye nauvi jsa
'with a broken ship': hatcascye nauvi jsa; mestye 'great'
538 f.
9. In J.St. the following misspellings have been

noted which are partly due to misreading, paralleled
elsewhere, by the copyist because of similarity of
characters:
(1) c instead of v: cidurd for vidurd, caska for vaska,

hacd for havd, cahamdi for vahamdi, nes'acai for nesavai,
i.e., nesatai, cejelake for vejelake. The opposite v in-
stead of c in dyqne ve for dyqne ce, rraisvi for rraisci.

(obl.sg.): maiscyi id.; pve'styana-: pva'scygna-; hisca (2) t instead of v: ptgVe for pvgne. The opposite v
'attack' (Ch.00268.184, Kh.B.T., 68): hista (in the

parallel text Ch.00277, 9v3, Kh.B.T., 71).
3. N alternates seemingly without regularity with
n.7 Examples are: ne'na 'with nectar': ne'ne; nva'stai
you grasped, brought': nvastai.
4. There is a strong tendency to abandon the
doubled writing of gg in O.Kh. in favor of g in L.Kh.
The examples are numerous: ggamtsa- 'pit' E: gamtsa-;
ggathaa- 'householder' E: gathaa-; gguysna- 'deer' E:
instead of t: hvasve for hvaste, asvai for astai.

(3) t instead of n: bes'ta for besna, beste for besne,
him4te for him4ne. The opposite n instead of t:
serenira for seretira; also n instead of tt: nai for ttai.
(4) n instead of v: ngnum for vgnum. The opposite
v instead of n: ysarrvai for ysarrnai, guysve for guysne.

(5) ttra for ku: ttrase for kuse; ttra for ttu (ra and u
confused): ttrame'ste for ttume'ste; see kuistai (Glossary
II).
gilysna-; aggamjsa- 'faultless' E: agamjsa-; bilsamgga(6) p instead of m: guksapa for guksamd, hdpaga for
'monastery': bisamga-; samgga- 'stone': samga-, etc.
hamamga, py&fa for myqna, paysairka for maysairka,
5. O.Kh. initial double rr (in Khotanese words) is
pid4ne for mid4ne. The opposite m instead of p:
not consistently kept in L.Kh.; compare for instance:

rraysga- 'quick' E: r(r)aysga-, rrdsa- 'kingdom, lordship' E: rras'a'- and rasa'-; rrajsaa- 'sharp' E: rrijsaa-,
rejsaa-, raijsaa-; rruiy- rrusta- 'to loose' E: ruiy- rrusta-.
In internal position -r- seems to alternate freely7a
with rr in L.Kh. Examples: byuirru 'ten thousand' E:
byurrd, byuird; sarrau 'lion': saro, sero; ttarrna 'thirst'
E (instr.sg.): ttarrna, ttarna.
6 See Konow, Khotans.Gr., 14, Bailey, BSOAS 13: 138.
6 Konow, Primer, 14.
7 Konow, Khotans.Gr., 12.
7a See Bailey, BSOAS 15: 533 f., 1953.
myaurdm for pyauram, mas'ma for maspa.

(7) bh instead of n: bhdtai for natai; bh instead of t:
mandmbha for man4ta, brrdbhard for brrdtard. Note
that bh and t are very much alike for instance in
duimta (Ch.00269.71).
(8) rr instead of u: rrvi' for uvi'.
(9) v instead of t: sesve for seste, be ra Eve for beratste.

(10) s instead of p: kalmasasdda for kalmasapada.
10. Dittography in most cases at the point where
one line of the manuscript ends and the next one
starts has been noticed in the following cases: ki ra re
for kire, ysa ra ri for ysari, a a ?va ra jd for asvaraja,

na na' tca pha for na'tcapha, ke' ce' ina ina for ke'ce'ina,
vd va for vd, ra ksa ksa ysam for raksaysam, pu ra ra
for pura, ru ru ra for rurd, pa pa skyd ste for paskyaste,
a4(m):a(Cm):uam:o in the encl. pers. pron. 3 pl., see

p. 412; for a:e, a:e:t see under (8).
(2) a:u(m) astam: ustam 'finally,' daskara-: dlskara-
'wondrous,' bajsinaa- 'consisting of virtues': ba'jsdcd cd for ca; compare also tti na ma na ma sy md for
ttind namaszmd.
'virtue,' rrada: rrumdd 'of the king,' jehaina-: jehufig
11. A case of haplography occurs in pi ha jsau dai

for pihd ham (hd)jsaudai.
12. Short vowel was written by mistake for long
Siddhasara 155v3, v4 (Kh.T.1, 102) 'to be cleansed';
Ja:u (O.Kh. sara) sa': suz'rd 'that' P 2781.62, etc.,

O.Kh. ttdrye: ttuirye P 2801.64 'of her';
vowel in jsam (jsa) for jsatm, bastadd for basta (m)dd.
a:o in the locative plural -va of -a stems (see p. 408):
13. d was written instead of am in sasa' for sas'am',
-vo' in O.Kh.;
a:o:au akhasta-: akhosta-: akhausta- 'unmoved, unkhvd for khvam, sdgd for samgd, rraja for rramjd, tcana
movable';
for tcamna; instead of a in hdpaga for hama(m)ga, jsd
for jsa; instead of a in haurdma for haurdma.
d:au very frequent; examples: jattaka-, Skt. jataka-:
The same sign was added wrongly in sadiistd for
jautti- Skt. jdti-, prriyqga-: Priyauga- 'aid, enjoyment,'
sa (m)dusta.
ttqma: ttauma 'then,' bvdmaI-: bvau'ma- 'knowledge.'
14. Straight scribal mistakes are to be assumed for:
(3) dmr(4):o:au versdm'da-: verso'da-: virs'au'da- 'hearntiie for arWine (or araiinne), ksd for yaksd (or
roic';
raksaysd), jsa ca de na for pacadena, ttre for tte, tva for
tvi, dai for s?amdai, drraii for krrziii, de na for kena,
am:a(m) in the encl. pers. pron. 3 pl., see p. 412;
am (an):uum O.Kh. manda-: mumda- 'remained';
aim(c4):au ksam'da- P 2801.9: ksauda- 'pleased,'

p.a for pajsam, pamnyai for pamtsyai, pa na dam jya
puda(m): punau 'virtues' gen. pl., sandm P 2783.74:

for padamjya, pha a re for phare, bdi for bidd, bde for
sanau 'request, supplication';
beda, mu' jsa for mu'sdi' jsa, maiysyztna for maiys-
dyzina, ysdaysa for ysaysa, vna for vina, vu re for pure,

resa' for resa'yd, saysyau for s'aysdyau, s.te for tte,
hmamge for hamamge, suhavaysai for ahavaysai, etc.8
In three cases the sign for long -i seems to have
been written inadvertently for -d: hisi for hisd, ks.ir
for ksird, ysurri for ysurrd.
2. VOWELS
1. In initial position L.Kh. shows the well known

great variety of vowels. Examples: uysgana- 'vulture'
E: aysgana-; usphir- 'to fill, penetrate': asphir-; ustamu
'finally' E: ustam, astam; uysgdr- 'to redeem' E: iysgar-
am:o namdd: node 'they took.'

(4) u:u very frequent; examples: duskara-: dukskara'wondrous,' ttuirra- 'mouth': sujsamda-ttura- 'with
blazing mouths,' punia-: puna- 'merit,' nudai: nudai
'you brought,' etc.
(5) u:au kustdde: kaustdmde 'they agitated.'
(6) o:au frequent; examples: bora- 'snow': baurinaa'snowy,' ksamottatd E: ksamottd-, ksamautta- 'sympathy,' goreva-: gaureva- 'respect,' naso'da-: nasau'da'calmed,' orga: aurga 'homage,' o'ste 'I desired': 'auste
'he desired. "2
(7) i:i midane: mVd4ne 'O gracious one,' bis'a: bi?a-
'all, every,' vis'u'na: visu'na- 'evil,' etc.;
SS; aysbrijscqhd 'to be roasted, fried' beside iys-, 'eys- ;9 im: adjimdai 'you led': atidi 'he led';
aysdemqiid 'to be cooled' beside uysdimqhd;9 uysguni:e jsinaka-: jsena- 'fine, tender,' dse'na- 'worthy':
'to open' E: aysgausti 'he opened' P 2906.27; uysmaandsi'na- 'unworthy,' bfga-: besa- 'all, every,' vfysa-:
'clay' E 15.48: 'auysma Ch.iiO02, 104v4 (Kh.T.1, 42),
dysma- Ch.iiO03, 76vl (Kh.T.1, 161) in dysmastania
bagalaiia 'in an earthen vessel'; ahalj- O.Kh. 'to detain':
'ihe'j-, 'ehej-, 'ai'haj-, 'aihaij-, a'hcaij- L.Kh. ;10 Cljsinaa-
veysa- 'lotus';.
i:e bisaije 'he shrieked': besaijamnda 'shrieking';
i:ai khinda: khainde 'like,' bi'stdmde: bai'stadd 'they
pierced,' mi'ysdyzfna-: mai'ysdy4na- 'miserable.' As

'of silver,' a7jstja- J.St.: ejsinaa-; alysdnaa- 'boy':
was pointed out by Bailey (JRAS, 1953: 95, fn. 2)
e'ysqnaa-, 'iysqnaa-;'0 d'st-,10 ai'st-,1" 'est- 'to be firm,'
L.Kh. ai may indicate t 'since ai is put for Turkish i
aistavaiiara- 'firmer.'
2. A great variety of vowel alternances occurs in

L.Kh., while as a rule in the older texts those same
vowels are carefully kept apart in the script. The
following list is selective and could be extended without difficulty.
in, for example, Stael-Holstein Roll 22 (Kh.T.2, 73):

camaidd badaikd for Camil baliq.'
i:a v sa4sa-: vasesa- '(of) a special kind';

i:e:ai pajiste: pajeste: pajaiste 'he begged,' bida
(bimdi): beda (bemda): baida 'upon,' sista-: sesta-: $ais(
'clung, tied,' mista-: mesta-: maiscyi 'great.'

(1) a:u rrispuraka 'princes' :rrespare 'prince'; a:o:au (8) e:a khejautta-: khajautta- 'exhausted,' vesve: vasve
bajatta-: bajotta- E: bajautta- 'exhausted';
'pure,' pvena-: pvfana- 'fear, danger';
e:a (O.Kh. buva'sta-) bvestd P 2801.25: bvd'sti P
8 Other lapsus are mentioned by Bailey (Asia Major, N.S. 2:
42): rdyai St.H. 69 for *dryai (<drtaimd) 'I held,' harda vya for
2783.31 'he rode,' pyesta Ch.00266.150 (Kh.B.T., 27):
hadra vya 'within' P 5538 b 27, syai for ysai Ch. ii 002, 122r3
(Kh.T. 1, 50).
9 Quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8: 119.
10 Quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 41.
1 See Bailey, BSOAS 10: 572.
12 With regard to the apparent interchangeability of d, dtp, au,
and o in L.Kh. it should be noted that all four were used to represent foreign o or u as has been pointed out by Bailey, Asia
Major, N.S. 1: 44.
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 1955]1 GRAMMATICAL NOTES 407

pyasti P 2957.95 (Kh.B.T., 35) 'he spoke,' pve'styu:
pva'styft P 2783.1 'terrifying';
e:a:f ves?na-: vasu' na-: vfsA'na- 'evil,' meysairka-:

maysirka-: miysirka- 'terrible.'
consonants in L.Kh. Without attempting to treat

the material exhaustively the following cases may be
mentioned:
(1) -atara- (also -agara-, -akara-) becomes -ara-;

examples: ttatara- 'partridge' N 169.3: ttere, gyagarra
'liver' E 21.35, jatdrrd E 21.55: jara-,'9 pratara- 'nature'
-va'-, -v-(-vim-), -ve'-, -vai'-, (-u'-). Examples: pulsN 90.27: pr(r)ara- P 2801.28 and in compound -vrrara-,'9
'to ask' E: pva's-, pve's-, pvai's-, pu's-,'3 bulysa- 'long'
magara- 'sea monster' E: mara-,20 atdraina- 'ungrateful'
E: bvimysa-, bveysa-, bvaiysa-, bu(')ysa-, O.Kh. mulysgaE, atdrain- 'ingratitude': araina-, arani-.
'short': mvaiysgi P 5538.74, mulysdd, mulsdi 'mercy'
E: mva'sja', mvasca, mvimsdd' gen. sg. Ch.iiO03, 76rl The O.Kh. comparative suffix is -atara- which be,comes -yera-, -era-, -ira- and -ara- in L.Kh., see p. 411.
(Kh.T.1, 161), mvaisja,'4 mu(')sdi-, buljsd- 'virtue'
The ending of the imperative 2 pl. is -dta-ra in O.Kh.,
Samgh.S.: bvimjsd-, bvejsd-, bvaujsd-,15 ba'jsa-, bu(')-yara in L.Kh., see p. 415.
isd_.16
(2) -atana- becomes -amna-; examples: O.Kh. hva4. Loss of final short vowels in L.Kh. accounts for
tanaa- 'Khotanese': hvamnaa-,2' O.Kh. patina 'before,
the following changes:
towards' Samgh.S. 7al, etc.: pamna N 58.24, J.St.,
(1) O.Kh. -ana, -and, -ani, -anu all become -am;
pana Vajr. 4r3; compare also svamna 'in the morning'
examples: yana 'make' (imper. 2 sg.) Samgh.S. 20b4:
P 2801.25, P 2741.18, etc. from *svatana (svi 'toyam Vajr. 8b3, aysgand 'vulture' (nom. sg.): aysgam,
morrow' from *svah),22 phamnaa- 'palate' probably
dysani 'throne' (gen. sg.): aysam, yanu 'make' (imper.
from *phatana-.23
2 sg.) Samgh.S. 16b3: yam Vajr. 8b3.
(3) O.Kh. -ata- is replaced by -a or -e; examples:
(2) In a similar way O.Kh. -amd, -ami, -amu beO.Kh. chatd 'skin, complexion': che, O.Kh. ggatd: ga,
come also -am; compare for instance dvam 'wish, desire'
ge' (plur.), O.Kh. grata- 'injunction': grra,24 O.Kh.
(nom. sg.) from older avamd, pajsam 'honor' (acc. sg.)
vr(r)ata- 'vow': vrra,24 sata- 'hundred' E: s(s)a, se;
from pajsamu Samgh.S. 32b2.
likewise -dta(')- becomes -e'; examples: O.Kh. pdta'(3) On the change caused by the loss of final short
vowel in the enclitic personal pronouns see p. 412.
'power': pe'-, ndta'- 'nectar': ne'-, bd'ta- 'poison': be',
(4) Final short vowel is also lost if -nd, -ni, -nu or
etc.
-md, -mi, -mu are preceded by another, long or short,
(4) O.Kh. -ita-, -iya- become -ya-; examples: dita'seen,' diya-: dya- (dyai 'you saw'), da- (de 'you saw'),
vowel than -a-. Examples are for instance: O.Kh.
-anu the ending of the genitive plural of the -a stems:
jita- 'disappeared': ja-,25 jiydre 'they disappear': jqre
id.,25 etc. See also the declension of substantives and
-am, -a, see p. 408, hayum 'friend' (acc. sg.) from
hayunu, hayum (nom. sg.) from hayund, nadau 'man'
adjectives in -ia- (-ika-), p. 409 f.
(gen. or acc. sg.) from nadaund or nadaunu, amttarrdCnm(5) Likewise O.Kh. -uta- and -uva- become -va; ex'vanishing' from amttarrdanu, samttdm(?) 'course of life'amples: O.Kh. tsuta- 'having gone': tsva- and tsa-,26
from samttanu, O.Kh. -umd ending of pres. 1 sg. indicaO.Kh. vasuta- 'pure': vasva-, etc. See also the declension of substantives and adjectives in -ua- (-uka-),
tive: L.Kh. -um, -urm, -u,17 O.Kh. - (t)aimd ending
pp. 409, 411.
pret. 1 sg.: L.Kh. -(t)em.18
5. In the inflectional system of the -a stems the
(6) Final short syllable after long vowel is lost in
a great many cases. Examples: tti 'then, thus': O.Kh.
endiings -d (nom. sg. in O.Kh.) and -i (gen. sg. in
ttitd, ttiyd, hamthrr4 'tormented' nom. sg. from hamO.Kh.) are still written in L.Kh., but apparently withthrr4yd, paysata- 'born (in one's own family),' paysava-,
out distinction, while -u (acc. sg. in O.Kh.) is ignored
and written -a or -d, the result being that the three
paysa (nom. sg. from paysatd, but paysata acc. pl.),
cases nom., acc. and gen. sg. become indistinguishable.
saldta- 'word,' salava- (sald nom. or acc. sg. from saldtd
6. This variation in final vowel is also to be observed
or saldtu, but saldta or saldva nom. or acc. pl.), hussdtain the verbal system. Examples are to be collected
'grown,' hussCva-, husd 'he has grown' pret. 3 sg.27
easily from the forms which will be quoted below
(7) In a number of cases final syllables are lost, but
the longer forms continue to exist together with the
(p. 413 ff.).
shorter in L.Kh. Examples: O.Kh. patcu, patco 'after3. CONSONANTS
wards, then': L.Kh. patca (patcd, patce) which is some
1. The tendency which can already be observed in
five times as frequent as the shortened form pd in
O.Kh. if compared with Old Iranian, namely, to
weaken intervocalic consonants, accounts for a num20 See Bailey, BSOAS 13: 134 f., 408 f.
ber of changes caused by the disappearance of those
3. O.Kh. -ul- (<*-r-) is represented in L.Kh. by
21 For other forms see Glossary II, s.v.
13 See Glossary II under pva'se for references.

14 See Glossary II under mu(')?sdi- for references.
22 Bailey, BSOAS 10: 575, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 39.
23 See Bailey, BSOS 8: 920.
16 See Glossary II under buI(')jsd- for references.
24See Bailey, BSOAS 10: 588.

25 See Glossary II under jina- ja-.
18 See p. 415.
27 See Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 41 f.
15 P2897.12 as quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 902.
17 See p. 413.
26 See Glossary II under tsu- tsuta-.

J.St., O.Kh. vira (vird, viri) 'in, on, upon, etc.': L.Kh.
vira (vire) which is about three or four times as frequent as vi in J.St., O.Kh. vaska 'for, because of':
L.Kh. vaska about twice as frequent as va in J.St.,
O.Kh. budaru 'more': buda J.St., O.Kh. sdra- 'this,

that': sd' J.St., also suz'rd,28 O.Kh. aysu 'I': a P 5538.29,
while J.St. has the longer form aysa, O.Kh. tcahaura'four': L.Kh. tcahau, tcau, but J.St. has tcahaura, O.Kh.
pharaka-, phara- 'many': pharaka-, phara-, pha in
J.St., and compare diskara- 'wondrous' beside duska
(both in J.St.), hamdara- 'other' beside hamda (both
in J.St.).
(8) What has been termed an 'intrusive r'29 seems

to occur in karse" 'he falls, transmigrates' for kase',
vdrs'e' 'he recites' for vdse'.
(9) The opposite, loss of -r- before consonant is

rather frequent in L.Kh.30 Examples are: pasta 'he
ordered, condescended': parste Samgh.S. 82al, gauste
'he called, invited' P 2949.5: gurstai3l 'he invited him'
Ch.00269.86, hambirsta- 'put together': hambista-,32
kharja 'in the mud' E 6.90: khd'je Siddhasara 136v2
(Kh.T.1, 72), kheja beside khajaana in J.St.
(10) An 'intrusive v' occurs in bvdysve 'arms' beside
baysve.33
In the genitive -i (d1si' vira, tteri bemda, etc.) occurs

beside -a (bahya . . . beda, hasta bede, etc.), -a (badd
vi, brrahd bedd, etc.) and -e (dvase' vira, bemhye bemda,
sdne vire, etc.).
Before jsa we find -a (duzma jsa, etc.), -i (tciri jsa,
ysurri jsa, etc.) and -e (ttere jsa).

In the type O.Kh. gyastdna (instrumental-ablative)
d is written (sq ddna, ysamthdna, etc.), but also a

(virsa'na, rraysgana, etc.), i (tcephine) and e (virs'e'na,
rraysgena, pacadena, etc.) or a vowel is absent altogether (kddarna, kirna, garna, ttar(r)na, ttfsna', bddna,
maulna, etc.).34a It should be noted that only one
ending -na occurs in ksu ttarna 'by hunger (and)
thirst' (J.St.),35 but ks,ina ttarrna (P 3513, 71v2,
Kh.T.1, 247). A similar case is the single -na added
to the substantive in the combination adjective in
-inaa and substantive as for instance mirdhinai hdrna
'with a pearl necklace' (N 101.41) or days cakrrina
'because of the Wheel of the Law' (P 3513, 51v4,
Kh.T.1, 227). See also Gershevitch, GMS, 236, ?1639
with 308, on 'group inflection' in Man.Sogd., Ossetic
and Tocharian.
In the locative palatalizing -a occurs beside -na as
in O.Kh. Examples: eha (of aha- 'mouth'), ds'ta (of
dasta- 'hand'), bds'a', bds'i' (of bdysa- 'garden, forest'),
4. INFLECTIONAL SYSTEM
bede (of bada- 'time'), hamdrrdanje (of hamdrrdmga-
A. NOUNS
causkaiia, bdysafa, etc. The context indicates that

also forms like alavd' 'in the forest,' ksira 'in the land,'
ttaja, ttaji 'in the stream,' samudrra, samudrrd, samudrre
'in the ocean' are to be taken as locatives.35a
The ending -a (from -a) of the nominative and accusative plural in O.Kh. occurs also in L.Kh., see for
instance dmdca-, dyauysa-, dasta-, bagara-, satva-,
saldva-, har4ysa-, hiydra-, etc.
There is no example of the ending O.Kh. -yau of the
vocative plural in J.St.A6
The O.Kh. ending -anu of the genitive plural becomes -dm or -d (-au) in L.Kh.; examples: kirdm,
gardm, ndtdmn, viysam, sdtikdm; gmysna, dv7pd, puna,
a. Vocalic Bases
1. -a-stems. Because of the fact that final -a (nom.

sg. in O.Kh.) and -i (gen. sg. in O.Kh.) are written
indiscriminately and -u (acc. sg. in O.Kh.) is ignored,
the nominative, genitive, and accusative singular become indistinguishable.
In the nominative -d, -a and -e occur; the ending -e
is particularly frequent in names of animals as in
asnake 'dove,' as'e 'horse,' kurme 'tortoise,' gaje 'elephant,' gode 'lizard,' ttere 'partridge.' The vocative
ends in -a as in ba'ysa 'O Buddha' (also ba'yse id.),
punlauda 'O meritorious one,' sarvania 'O all-knowing
one.'
The accusative ends in -a (see ayula-, jaysiia-, dmuha-,
nasa-, pisara-, etc.) or -a (see ddara-, tcdra-, etc.):
O.Kh. -U.34
28 See p. 412.
29 See Konow, Khotans.Gr., 13.

30See Bailey, BSOAS 10: 917, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 38. As
was pointed out by Bailey (Trans. Philol. Soc. 1952 (1953): 57,
with fn. 4) this loss of -r- already occurred before our extant
texts as can be seen, for example, in the famous *d6 (written
asV) < *rii, nom.sg., <aryya-, denoting the bhiksu 'mendicant

monk.'
31 Quoted with other forms by Bailey, BSOAS 13: 399.
32See Bailey, BSOS8: 124.
33 Other examples are given by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 901.

34 See Hian-lin Dschi, Die Umwandlung der Endung -am in -o
und -u im Mittelindischen, Nachr. d. Ak. d. Wiss. zu Gottingen,
phil.-hist. Ki., 1944: 121-144, and Franklin Edgerton, BHS
Grammar, 13.
'forehead'), beside kamq'iia, ke'ce'iia, khajaiia, gvq'ia,
ba'ysd, sqnd, hasta; ndtau rre 'king of the Nagas';

there is one example of -dna in purqna 'of the young.'
The ending O.Kh. -yau (jsa) of the instrumentalablative plural is -yau (-yo) or -iiau (-fo) after nasal
in L.Kh.; examples: dbesyau, ks7ryau, garyau, mirdhyau, ramnyau, etc.; prraharenyo, bd'yo, maryo, ramnyo,
etc.; punau, ramnau; puno.
The locative plural O.Kh. -uvo', -uvd' is -vd in L.Kh.;
examples: gamtsvd, pdkvd, baskhvd, bisvd, veysvd, vyamjanvd, ttusvd', etc.
34a For apocope of medial -a- see also Bailey, BSOAS 11: 789 f.
35 For partial parallels in Tumshuq and Ossetic for an ending
only being added to the last of two (or more) substantives, see
Bailey, BSOAS 13: 666 f.
35a In hitija nom. sg. 'blood' (huina nom.sg. E, huiiiu acc. sg. E,
huiiie (jsa) gen. sg. E) another example of generalization of the
oblique case as in mu'?dd' 'favor' occurs; see Bailey, Asia Major,

N.S. 2:40.
36 As for instance samanyau 'O monks' P 2783.88.
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 19551 GRAMMATICAL NOTES 409

It should be noted that -i and -i stems both in
2. Of the -aka- stems the nominative singular is
Iranian and in Indian loanwords are transferred to

represented by astai 'bone,' prrq.tai (prratne) 'animal,'
ludrrai 'hunter'; the genitive singular by astai, halai

'in the direction' (also in hatlai-y-asta id.), parrjsai
(jsa) 'in reliance upon,' ksudai 'of the husband.' The
plural is represented by such forms as acha, khuysd,
parysa (nominative-accusative), khendm (cp. khanau
'laughter' acc. sg. Samgh.S. 7a3) (genitive). See also
under adjectives in -aa.
3. The -aka- stems are represented by the following:

niam 'river' which might be a gen. sg.: O.Kh. ndtayd
(E, Samgh.S. 4a4, etc.), nyaya Vajr. 21al, na-ya Apar.
S. 7v1, or a compound form (na(mr)- <*nya- <ndtd-)
with the following ttaji; bisac' acc. sg.: bisa E 14.113;
hadai (in hadai-y-um 'on the (fourth) day') gen. sg.,
hadaya loc. sg.; daa- 'fire' is represented by dai gen.
sg.: O.Kh. id. E, dai, de acc. sg.: dau E, daina instr.
sg.: O.Kh. id. E, dadia loc. sg.: O.Kh. id. E.
4. It seems preferable to classify adsirya- 'teacher'
not with -ika- (Konow, Khotans.Gr., 40, Primer, 36),
but to start from a stem in -ya-, see Glossary II, s.v.
See also under adjectives in -ika-.
5. The examples of -uka- stems are not very numerous in J.St. The acc.-nom. sg. of aysmua- is aysmu:
O.Kh. aysmui E, the gen. sg. aysmu: O.Kh. aysmuvd

Samgh.S. 119b2, aysmui E; compare harua- 'merchant,' hdruvi gen. sg. E, harut Vajr. 4al; in the plural
we find baysve (bvaysve) 'arms': baysuve E 22.27 and
compare haruva 'merchants' E. See also under adjectives in -uka-.
the -a stems. Examples are sainava (Skt. senapati-)

'general' Ch.0048, 15 (Kh.B.T., 72), d4nava (Skt.
danapati-) 'benefactor' Hedin 23b14 (see Bailey,
BSOAS 13: 655), spdta (from *spddapati-) 'general,'
raivi (Skt. revati) 'Revati' Ch.00267.28 (Kh.B.T., 147),
sthIun4va (Skt. sthanapati-) 'Sthdnapati' S 2471.263

(Kh.B.T., 99); see Bailey, BSOAS 14: 426 with fn. 2.
9. The stems in O.Kh. -amata- deserve special attention; in L.Kh. this ending becomes -ama-. In J.St.
only the gen. sg. (instr. sg. with jsa) in -a or -e is well
represented; examples: py4me jsa 'with a cover,' bvJme
jsa, bvau'me jsa 'with understanding,' hatcaname vira

'upon breaking,' stdma jsa 'by exertion.'39
10. Traces of other -a stems (Konow, Khotans.
Gramm., 42, Primer, 37) appear in urmaysda- 'sun'
O.Kh. nom. sg. urmaysde: J.St. urmaysdi, O.Kh. gen.
sg. urmaysdand (N 157.39): urmaysdarm, urmaysda.

The forms of pamda- 'path' (pamde acc. sg.: O.Kh.
pando Samgh.S. 85a3, pamdau Samgh.S. 107al, pamdaya loc. sg. as in N 128.15) seem to permit recognition of some traces of an -a stem in spite of the
evidence of transference to the -a stem declension.
The vocatives mfdane, midani 'O gracious one' are
to be compared with mddana and similar forms listed
in SS; the obl. sg. misda is from older misdand.
11. Of -i- stems the following can be mentioned:
(1) O.Kh. balysusti-: L.Kh. ba'yses?ti- 'bodhi,' gen.

sg. balysusite E, Samgh.S.: ba'ystsste, -ti, -td, acc. sg.
6. Of stems ending in -au in the nominative and

accusative singular (see Konow, Primer, 36) J.St. has
the following representatives: sarrau, saro, sero 'lion'
(nom. sg.), cirau 'lamp,' darro 'courage' (acc. sg.),
darrona (instr. sg.); note also the following forms of
balysus'tu Samgh.S. 7bl: ba'ysu'std, -ti;

O.Kh. mulysdd- mulsdi-: L.Kh. mu(')sdi- 'mercy,'
nom. sg. mulysdd E: mu'sdd N 175.33, mu'sde J.St.,
acc. sg. mulsdu E: mu'sdd', mu'sde' J. St., gen. sg.
mulsde E: mu'sda('), mu'sdi, mu'sde(');
parau 'command': pqr4ya (P 2787.162), parauya (PO.Kh. rrusti- 'kingship,' acc. sg. rrustu E: rrustd,
2787.162) loc. sg.,37 parauta (P 2741.18) plural.38
gen. sg. rrustd Samgh.S. 83a4: rrus'te, rrusta.
(2) The following examples of stems in -i- corre7. -a- stems are represented as follows: nom. sg.
sponding to Skt. -ya- (type Khot. is'vari-: Skt. aisvaryaO.Kh. -a: L.Kh. -a (aspata, kamga, etc.) or -e (keve,
etc.); acc. sg. O.Kh. -o: L.Kh. -a (kamga, kamtha,
'power') have been noted: krrafii- 'gratitude' krrqJH
gus'ta, etc.); gen.-abl. O.Kh. -e, -(i)ye: L.Kh. -e (aysire

gen. sg., krrgtffna instr. sg., jadi- 'stupidness' jadtna
instr.
sg., vispasti- 'confidence' vi?pasti gen. sg., ?iAriudes?e, sade jsa, hauve jsa), -a (aspeta jsa), -i (sadi
jsa),
'valor' ?sirina instr. sg.
-ya (gyauhya), and -ye (kqIye jsa, vesalakye khede);
loc. sg. O.Kh. kintha 'in the city': J.St. kUtha, kithe;
nom.-acc. pl. O.Kh. -e: L.Kh. -e (keste, kave, pile,
bu'jse, hine); gen. pl. O.Kh. -anu: L.Kh. -am, -a (bu-
(3) The old suffix *-tati- is represented by the following forms: ksamautta 'sympathy' (O.Kh. ksa-
mott&td) acc. (compare O.Kh. s'sdratetu 'goodness'),
gen. sg. (compare O.Kh. ssdratete); kar7tte jsa 'with

L.Kh. -va (viysamnjva).
effort' (O.Kh. karUtteti Samgh.S. 80al); ttamda 'scarcity' gen. sg.; ttada 'darkness' acc. sg. (O.Kh. ttCadetu),
8. -aa- (from -aka-) stems occur in (nom.) acc. sg.
ttadeta loc. sg. (O.Kh. id.); rrumda 'light' acc. sg.
samyda, uysana, basCda': O.Kh. -a (nom. sg.), -o (acc.
(O.Kh. rrundetu); styudd 'steadfastness' gen. sg.40
sg.); gen. sg. samndye, sadye, samde, uysanie: O.Kh.
jsam, etc.); instr. pl. bu'jsyau; loc. pl. O.Kh. -uvo':
ssandiye, etc.; loc. sg. s'arndya, sadya: O.Kh. ssandaya,

ssandya; plur. bisdi' 'sins': O.Kh. basde (E). Com-
b. Consonant Bases
pare also brriyaa- 'love' O.Kh. br4ye jsa: J.St. brriye

1. Of the two well-known bases in *-vant namely
(jsa), brriya (jsa), briya (jsa).

37 See Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 23.
rre 'king' and hve' 'man' the following forms occur:

39On the connection between substantives in - (a)matd- and
38 On this plural form in -ta see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S.

adjectives
1: in -lnaa- see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 935 f.
40.
4 On O.Kh. -tati-: L.Kh. -d see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 932.

nom. sg. O.Kh. rre: J.St. rre, gen. sg. O.Kh. rrundd:
J.St. rrumdd, rrumda, rrumde, rradd (ramda P
2787.169), (acc.) pl. O.Kh. rrunde, rrunda.; J.St.
rrumdi; nom. sg. O.Kh. huve': J.St. hve', hvi, acc.
sg. O.Kh. hva'ndd: J.St. hvamrdd, nom.-acc. pl. O.Kh.
'pretas of hell,' kles.a' ttamge 'his kles.as small'; with

nom. fem. buyse bvtysve 'long arms' (but also bu'ysa
baysve); with acc. masc. (neuter) andsi'ne ysamthe
ves.na 'unworthy, evil births'; with acc. fem. ttLsa'sta
bu'jse 'splendid virtues,' ba'ysiia. . . bu'jse 'divine
virtues'; with gen. masc. biysuniiam daskara kirdm 'of

hva'ndd. J.St. hvn.ida, hvodd, gen. pl. O.Kh. hva'n-
danu: hvandqna Apar.S. 18b2, loc. pl. O.Kh. hva'n-
duvo': hvgndvJ St.H. 57.
2. Old stems in -n are represented by:

(1) masculine, O.Kh. nom. sg. nade 'man': nidi,
O.Kh. voc. sg. nade: nadi, acc. sg. nadau J.St.; compare gen. sg. nadaund Samgh.S. 77b3, etc., voc. pl.
nadaunyau Sam. gh.S. 80b5.
(2) neuter, nom.-acc. sg. O.Kh. s's&ma 'mouth': sama,
nom.-acc. pl. O.Kh. tcei'manid 'eyes': tce(')ma'ha, gen.

pl. tcema'iinm J.St.; ttima 'seeds, crops,' if a plural and
not a singular, seems to have been transferred to the
-a stem declension.
3. The -r stems are represented by: nom. sg. O.Kh.
pdte 'father': pye, O.Kh. brate 'brother': brate, O.Kh.
mata 'mother': mata; gen. sg. J.St. pyara, pyard, pyare,
N 58.25 pyari, Samgh.S. 36bl piri, etc., J.St. brrdtard,
brraviira, brravara, J.St. mira, mire, mere, J.St. dvira,
dvTrd 'daughter'; nom.-acc. pl. O.Kh. dutara: J.St.
dfiva, gen. pl. O.Kh. rrdysduirdnu (Suv.bh. Konow
34b4) 'daughters of a king': J.St. dvara (jsa).
The old dual nom. marapdtara 'father and mother'
Sam.gh.S. 14b3, etc. is marapyara in J.St.; the gen.

dual marapyarand N 114.11, marapyar&m Ch.00269.98
is not used in J.St. instead of which mire pyare, mere
pyare are found.
B. ADJECTIVES
In general as has been pointed out by Konow

(Khotans.Gr. 46, Primer, 41) the declension of the
adjective follows the declension of the -a stems with
masculine and (old) neuter and of the -a (or -i) stems
with feminine substantives. Beside those regular endings a number of separate endings are used.
Occasionally in O.Kh. and more frequently in L.Kh.
the feminine forms of the adjective go with masculine
substantives as a result of the fact that the distinction
in gender is in the process of being lost.
1. Examples of -a- stems: sing. with nom. masc.
akhastd '(you), being unmovable,' ttaund '(he), being
fat,' but also -a as in pamda satva 'an avaricious being';
with nom. fem. gyauha . . . anaha 'a helpless courtesan'; with gen. masc. bvimysye jsniid 'of a long life';
with voc. masc. see p. 408; with gen. fem. paysavye
hv&raky. . . jsa 'with my own sister,' pharakye stama
jsa 'with much exertion,' barbirye gu7ysna . . . va (ska)
'for the sake of the pregnant doe'; with instr. masc.
mestye skalana 'with great noise,' hvahye ysairena
'with a bold heart,' bu'ysye badna 'for a long time'
(but also bu'ysa badna and pir27yd badna 'in former
time'); with loc. masc. kiseia bds'a' 'in a thick forest';
compare pvestyamna (instr. ending) eha (loc.) 'in a
terrifying mouth'; plural with nom. masc. prriya nariya
divine, wondrous deeds,' raksasatm' baijam . . . myana
among poisonous (?) female demons,' pharaken4' satva
hye-suha' 'the good and happiness of many people';
with abl.-instr. masc.-fem. avamayau bu'jsyau 'by im-
measurable virtues,' avihyau ramnyo 'with priceless

jewels'; with loc. pl. masc. khainudva baskhv& 'in thorny
bushes.'
2. The adjectives in -aa- are treated like the substantives in -aa-, see p. 409.
Examples: singular, with nom. masc. binasai yaksd
'a hungry yaksa,' gisLtine gara 'a mountain of flesh';
with acc. masc. ddtinai cirau 'the lamp of the Law,'
ba'tai ttuirrd 'a wide open mouth,' but also -au (as in
O.Kh.) in hvamnau 'in Khotanese'; with gen. masc.
ramninai hambisd khinda 'like a heap of jewels'; with
instr. masc. gvaysinai daina 'by the fire of separation,'
maittrinai ne'na 'by the nectar of friendship,' ysurrinai
be'na 'with the poison of anger'; with loc. masc. viysina
pas"td 'in a lotus pond,' ysayspina gvah_aiia 'in a hut
made of grass'; plural, with nom. masc. &cind dasta

'hands (consisting) of flames,' jabviya s&tika 'merchants of Jambudvipa'; with acc. masc. damdina ramna
'the jewels (consisting) of teeth,' satva . . . achaine
'sick people'; with gen. pl. s&nin&m khendm 'the laughters of enemies.'
The feminine forms of the adjectives in -inaa(-enaa-, -ainaa-) namely, -i(m)ja-, -e(mn)ja-, -ai(mn)jaare used both with feminine and masculine adjectives.
The declension is that of the -a stems.
Examples: singular, with nom. fem. achaija gyauha
'the sick courtesan,' keve haije 'a red fish'; with nom.
masc. a'jsija mirahinai gara 'mountain of silver and
pearls,' mirahija karasad 'a string of pearls'; with gen.
fem. vanau d&tije fica 'without the water of the Law';
with gen. masc. bahya kisemyje bede 'upon a full tree';
with acc. fem. jadija . . . ttada 'the darkness of stupidness'; with acc. masc. jivitji pihd 'the price (consisting) of life'; with loc. masc. kis'erja ba.sa' 'in a full
forest' (also kis'eiia basa', see 1 above); plural, acc. fem.
hunjija kane 'drops of blood'; with nom. masc. satva
. . .jadija 'beings full of stupidness'; with loc. fem.
aysmvtjva bisv& 'in the houses of the mind.'
3. The declension of the adjectives in -ia- is that of
the substantives in -ia, see p. 409.
Examples are: singular, with nom. masc. vist&ri . . .

rak.aysa 'a huge raksasa,' sarrau . . . ttavas'carani 'a
lion performing austerities'; with gen. fem. pasam'jsye
purre 'of the moon in autumn'; plural, with nom. masc.
amu'sdye satvgt 'merciless beings,' 'e'drre nyasakyi 'weak

senses,' su7ha . . . pajsamya 'pleasures full of honor';
41 On pharakem see p. 413.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955]
GRAMMATICAL
with acc. fem. avisaisakye bu'jse miste 'great merits beyond distinction.'42
4. Similarly the declension of the adjectives in -ua

follows that of the substantives in -ua, see p. 409.
Examples are: singular, with nom. masc. guysnd . . .
tcarsu 'an antelope . . . brilliant,' stirii raksaysa 'a
NOTES
411
Asia Major, N.S. 2: 39); gen. O.Kh. mavu,47 maju'48

instr.-abl. O.Kh. muho jsa E: maha jsa, muhu jsa,
mu'hu jsa, miihu jsa J.St.
Second person singular: nom. O.Kh. thu E, Samgh.S.
(also thui): J.St. tha (tham), thi, the, thvam 'you them,'
thvai 'you it'; acc.?; gen. O.Kh. tvi: J.St. tvL.
person plural which is also used as 'singurigid (?) raksasa'; plural, with nom. masc. ksirva Second
hvqUid
'the people of the country'; with acc. masc. hajva . . .

nata 'wise (you made) the nagas.'
5. The O.Kh. comparative suffix -atara- occurs in
L.Kh. as -yera-, -era-, -ira-, -ara-. Examples are given
by Bailey (BSOAS 13: 135) who quotes grramyera
'hotter' (<*grama-tara-), sirkyerd 'better' (<*sirka-
tara-), samdaustyera 'more content' ( < *samdaustatara-, compare samdusta- in J.St.), ysistyera 'more
lar': nom. O.Kh. uhu, uho E; umd N 76.1 1,
uma P 2781.25-6,49 ama P 2781.36, 41, etc., ami

Ch.00269.26-7,5? amai P 3513, 75r3 (Kh.T.1, 249),
'imi P 2741.104;51 acc. O.Kh. uho, uhu: aha J.St.; gen.
uma Suv.bh. Konow 34a4,52 umanu Suv.bh. Konow

33b3,53 umavu Suv.bh. Konow 29a6;54 abl.-instr. O.Kh.
umyau jsa E; voc. O.Kh. umyau Suv.bh. Konow 30b5.
hateful' ( < *ysista-tara-); compare also inattara- 'inferior' P 2741.123, nvastyeri 'easier' M.T.a.1.0033.9,
nvas'tira P 2741.12 7 ( < *nvasta-tara-, compare anvas.ta'difficult' in J.St.),43 vissamera- 'most dangerous'
(<*vissama-tara-) J.St., aistavafiara- 'firmer' J.St.,
and perhaps 'iyaraa- 'malicious' J.St. if from *Tyatara-.
The comparative of mdsta- 'great' is mdstara- as in
Sam.gh.S., etc.; in L.Kh. occur mis'tari hvmirda 'the
more important men' (P 2741.73), mistiram hvamdam
jsa 'from the more important men' (P 2741.77), mistta
(with loss of final -ra) hve' 'the more important man'
(Ch.00269.84) and compare mistadard (Kh.1.306b,
v3, Kh.B.T., 8).
The superlative suffix -tama- occurs in pirmdttama'foremost, supreme.'
C. PRONOUNS
a. Personal
First person singular: nom. O.Kh. aysu E, etc.:

L.Kh. aysa J.St., aysd Vajr. 3a4, aysi Ch.iiOO2 (glossary), ayse 'I . . . to you' Vajr. 8b3,44 a P 5538.29,
etc. ;45 acc. O.Kh. ma E, Samgh.S. 78b2;46 gen.-dat.
O.Kh. mama E, Samgh.S., Suv.bh. Konow 32b5, mama
'of me' P 5538.40, etc., mami (emphatic -i) J.St., mam
J.St., P 5538.86, mum J.St., ma-m 'of me to them'
J.St., ma J.St., P 5538.10, etc.; abl. mamna J.St.
First person plural which is also used as 'singular':
nom. O.Kh. muhu, muho E, Sam.gh.S.: L.Kh. mahe P
2741.86, Ch.00269.81, mihai P 2786.44, mdhe Ch.
00269.111, mihe P 2741.86; acc. muhu, muho Sam.gh.S.,
maha E, mihi N 158.35, mqhq P 5538.60, mahii P 3513,
44rl (Kh.T.1, 222), maha, miha (quoted by Bailey,
42For hivia- 'own' see Glossary I: singular htvi, plural hivya
(hivye), but also hiya (hiye) with loss of v as in the instr. pl.
(hivyau bd'yo and hiyau ba'yau 'with its own beams'). The
genitive relation is stressed by hivia- as in gyasta hiya parysa
'the king's servants,' puna hivi ttisa'na 'by the brilliance of
merits,' etc.
43 Quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1:46.
44ayse hvanima 'I say to you,' Skt. aham te.
45 See p. 408 and Bailey, BSOS 9: 530.

46ma ma ne pulsa 'do not ask me.'
b. Possessive55
First person singular: O.Kh. manaa- (also mamaka-
N 114.12, mamanaa- E): L.Kh. m4naa- J.St. and

compare mztnai pye 'my father' nom. sg. (P 2801.39),
mztna guiha 'my cow' acc. sg. (P 2801.40).
First person plural: O.Kh. majaa- E, Sarmgh.S., also
in L.Kh. as in maja hvamdd 'our men' P 2741.35, maja
hadi 'our envoys' P 2741.37, beside mania- (as in mqni

rre 'our king' P 2801.29, cp. P 2781.8-9; P 2741.23
mqia'm gen. pl. in mqatm mam drrqma aphaji stare

'of ours there are here such troubles,' cp. Ch.00269.64);
also munam, maunam.r56
Second person singular: O.Kh. tvanaa-: J.St. tvqnaa-.

Second person plural: O.Kh. umajaa-: L.Kh. amajaa(amajai parau yanuim 'I will do your command' P
2781.37; amaja sirki vis'f'na nqma 'your good or evil

name' P 2741.112), imajaa- (cu 'imajsa (read 'imaja)
hadi ya 'as to your envoys' P 2741.90) and amania-
(amqni arrd ste 'it is your fault' Ch.00269.65; gen. pl.

iminam 'of yours'56).
c. Enclitic personal pronouns57
The following table will illustrate the correspondence between O.Kh. and L.Kh.:
47 mavu puira 'the son of us, our son' (Suv.bh.Konow 66b7).
48 maju dvinu hvam'danu 'to us two men' (Samgh.S. 80b6).
49 uma ca . . . ffrau hamgrrihya:rd 'you who . . . are, hold
back,' see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 583.
50 ami . . . spasard 'you must inspect.'
51 'imi garv(std tcabrri yamda 'you make them scatter to the

mountains.'
52 uma rro tcuinu mastanu rrundinu 'of you, the four great
kings.'
53 umanu tcuinu mastanu rrundanu 'of you, the four great
kings.'
54 umavu tcuinu rrundanu 'of you, the four great kings.'

55 Also the genitive of the personal (and enclitic personal)
pronoun is used.

57 Also used to indicate possession.

O.Kh.
L.Kh.
ma first sing. -(a)m, -utm (-t-am, -v-am,

-y-am; -v-ur, etc.)
td second sing. -e (-t-e, -v-e, -y-e)
i, yd third sing. -1 (-t-i, -v-i, -y-i)
ama ? first plur. -am (-t-am, -v-am, -y-am)
ut second plur. -u(rm), -a(m) (-t-u, etc., -t-a,
mfi-tn-d 'how long must they stay here?' (P 2741.134),

alavam 'in the forest them,' besadm 'all of them,' passey-am 'five hundred of them' (P 2781.74), besum 'all
of them,' tcuramyai hadai-y-um 'on the fourth day
them,' brammanum 'the brahman them,' pfndai-t-ftm

jsa padima,nd 'a pinda is to be made from them' (P
2893.81), biso 'them all,' etc.
etc.)
nd, nu, T third plur. -a (m), -um, -uim (-t-ulm,

etc.)
First person singular: O.Kh. md; from the abundance of examples in L.Kh. the following may be
quoted: khva-m 'since of me,' sam khu-m 'that to me,'
mastai-v-am 'my head' P 2783.35, vasti vira-m jsa ni
not at all with me' P 2741.47, vira-m 'to me' P 2741.63,
tta-m 'they to me' P 2741.21, parya-v-uim 'deign . . .
for me,' etc.
Second person singular: O.Kh. td: L.Kh. -e; examples: pana-t-e 'it arose for you,' pase-t-e beda 'five
hundred upon you,' bihi-y-e 'very . . . of you,' cve
what of you' P 2741.28, dasamye hadai-v-e
maiid hame 'on the tenth day you must go out' P

2741.22.
Third person singular: O.Kh. i, ya:58 L.Kh. -4; examples: cuai 'who for her,' 'who him,' brahye-t-i jsena
'on his belly,' tteni-y-z7m 'therefore to him them,'
patharjakH 'restrainer of him,' perodai-y- 'you rescued
him,' sai' vaska 'he for it' (P 2781.16), tva-v-i jsam
ttruika bisd ysyarmdd 'the Turks took it all from him'
(P 2741.99), pvai'syarai 'ask him' (P 2801.38), vaiiai
. . . bimda 'now upon him' (P 2801.43), ganamai
'wheat for him' (Ch.00269.85), etc.
First person plural: O.Kh. nd Sam.gh.S., na Samgh.
S.: L.Kh. -am (<*-amd ?). No examples occur in
J.St., but are abundant in other texts: didye hadai-vam 'on the third day . . . us' (P 2741.16), parau-v-am
'the command to us' (Ch.00269.112), garva anam
pasarmdd 'through the mountains they sent us' (P
2741.108), rrus'ta kanam 'because of the kingdom, of
us . . .' (P 2781.34), nam 'that not (lest) for us' St.H.
51, civard 'clothes to us' Ch.00269.113, etc.
Second person plural: O.Kh. ui Suv.bh. Konow
d. Demonstrative pronouns60
The pronouns (1) sd, sai (from sa and emphatic i),

(2) sei, sdtd (from <*sdsd) are represented in L.Kh.
by the following forms:
1. singular, nom. masc. O.Kh. sd: L.Kh. si', .a', sai';
acc. masc. O.Kh. ttu: L.Kh. ttzl J.St., Ch.00269.46, 48,
etc., or ttui may be from (2); gen. O.Kh. tt(i)ye: L.Kh.
ttye J.St., Ch.00269.55, 58, etc., ttya J.St.; instr. masc.
O.Kh. ttdna: L.Kh. ttana (in ttana J.St.), ttane (-e 'to
you'), ttina, ttini, ttini (emphatic -i), ttine (-e 'to you');
loc. O.Kh. ttdana: L.Kh. ttinia, ttenia.

plural, nom. O.Kh. ttd, tte: L.Kh. tti, tte, ttam 'they to
me' P 2741.27; acc. O.Kh. ttd, tte: L.Kh. ttd P 2741.29,
am
tti Pnarq2741.26, tta P 2741.42; gen. O.Kh. ttanu: L.Kh.
ttarm Ch.00269.36.
2. singular, nom. O.Kh. sei: L.Kh. se'; acc. masc.
O.Kh. ttuttu: L.Kh. ttu J.St., Ch.00269.46, 48, etc., or
from (1); acc. fem. O.Kh. ttuto, ttuo: L.Kh. tva J.St.,
P 2781.3, 4, etc.
plural, gen. pl. O.Kh. ttdtanu, ttyanu: L.Kh. ttyam
J.St., Ch.00269.26, 29, etc., ttya J.St.

3. The third demonstrative in -ara- occurs as follows;
nom. sg. masc. O.Kh. sdrd: L.Kh. sui'rd P 2781.18, 62,
68, sa' J.St., s4' Ch.00269.101, P 2801.14; gen. sg.

O.Kh. ttarye: L.Kh. ttu7rye 'of her' P 2801.64; gen. pl.
O.Kh. ttaranu: L.Kh. ttuirydm P 2801.59.
4. J.St. does not have any demonstrative pronouns
in -ka-; examples from other texts are: sai'kd 'that'
nom. sg. (P 2741.128), ttutkd acc. sg. (P 2741.12), tvaka
id. (tv&tka visi'na nama 'that ill name' Ch.00269.99),
ttikye gen. sg. (vina ttikye cu 'except this that' Ch.
00269.90, ttikye disa' vi stana 'in that region' P 2781.
31), ttiky&m gen. pl. (P 2741.36), etc.
e. Interrogative and relative pronouns
29a3:59 L.Kh. -uz(m), -a (m); examples: ttani-y-& 'there1. O.Kh. kama- occurs in J.St. only as an interrogafore to you,' cv& jse 'who from you,' aysdm 'I you'
tive pronoun:6" O.Kh. nom. sg. masc. kama: J.St. and
(P 2781.36), aysa id. (P 2781.61), bimdam 'upon you'
elsewhere kCnm 'who?'; O.Kh. acc. sg. kamu: L.Kh. kam;
(P 2781.57), khvd 'if you' St.H. 54, tci'ma'iinimfor
'your
other forms see for instance Man. Rem., 342,
eyes' (P 2781.45), kamdcu buirarm rrispuira bayqiid 'the
princes must be escorted by you as far as Kantsou'

(Ch.00269.25-26), etc.
Third person plural: O.Kh. na, ni, ne Samgh.S., nu
s.v. kdmma-.
2. For O.Kh. kye (kyi), ce (ci) only the forms with coccur in J.St.: ci, cu, ce, cue, cuai, cve, cvai, etc.
The use of forms like cuai (cu and - (a)i) 'who him=
E, nu N 42.27, -m N 57.17: L.Kh. -a(mn), -a(m), -uz(m),

whom' (1 3r2), cue (cu and -e) 'who to you = you to
-o(?); examples: khvam Civam 'so that their desire,'

khvam va 'whether for them' (Ch.00269.97-98), ci-y-am
.'when them' (Ch.00269.95), tti-v-am 'then them' (Ch.
00269.96), hamtsam 'with them,' cilakam ra mam
58 For examples see the glossaries of SS and Suv.bh.Konow.
59 hdyinaustinai-y-ui aysmui 'your mind (was) friendly.'
whom' (18v4), cvai 'who of you=you whose' (31r2)

is to be noted. Compare similar constructions in
60 See Konow, Primer, 42 f.
61 As a relative pronoun for instance k4iia kEcpna 'in what
moment' (loc. sg.) Ch.00268.184 (Kh.B.T., 68), kauiia kEana id.

Ch.00277, 9v2 (Kh.B.T., 71), see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 932.

paras'va ro-ma brrfmancasai ca ttu puidd mzfnai pye
'Paragu Rama, the brahman's son, whom (litt.: who

him) my father brought up' (P 2801.39), mam vd
come?' P 2741.93-94, cilakam ra mam min-inid- 'how

long must they stay here?' P 2741.134.
gva'ra ca ttui pyyistdyd 'tell me what (litt.: what that)
you have heard' (P 2781.57), sijsa kinta cvcai na vi-syadm

'for S-tt whom (lit.: who her) we do not see' (P
2781.41).
3. The only form with initial tc- in J.St. is tcamna,
tcana 'by which, whereby': O.Kh. tcamdna.
f. Indefinite pronouns
1. O.Kh. ye 'some one' Samgh.S., etc. occurs only

once in J.St.
2. 'Whoever' is expressed in J.St. by ca si' ci for
which construction ce sd ce and similar expressions
(see Leumann, Zur nordarischen Spr. und Lit.,

72, Strassburg, 1912) should be compared.
3. Another way to express indefiniteness is by add-
ing O.Kh. jd ha'lci: L.Kh. ja he(')ca; examples are:

kyerd halci 'whoever' (plur.) Samgh.S. 36a2, cd jd
ha'lci sd 'i 'whoever he may be' Adhyardhagatikaprajnaparamita (Leumann, l.c., 94.17), kg jsa ja heca
'(from) wherever' indefinite to kui jsa (O.Kh. ku jso,

ku jsa) 'from where.'62
g. Pronominal derivatives
Derivatives from pronominal stems are numerous

in Khotanese. The following list is by no means
exhaustive. See also under adverbs.
1. ttera-, ttdra- 'so much' Samgh.S., relative cerd,
kyerd 'such as, how' Samgh.S.; doubled, ttederd
Samgh.S.: L.Kh. didira- Vajr., dddira- Vajr., daddraVajr., didi J.St., dida J.St., didi J.St., dede J.St., dddf
St.H. 61.
D. NUMERALS
1. O.Kh. ssau: L.Kh. sau; gen. O.Kh. s'saye: se; loc.

O.Kh. ssdiia, ssoiia: seiia.
2. O.Kh. duva (duta): dva, dvi (neuter); compare
haudva 'both': O.Kh. huiduva.
3. O.Kh. dr(r)ai, draya; same forms in J.St.

4. O.Kh. tcahora, tcahaura, same in J.St.; ordinal
tcutrama- Samgh.S., tcurama- J.St., compare tcurmye
ks'z'nd 'in the fourth ksuna regnal period.'63
5. O.Kh. pamjsa, same and pamjse, pajse in J.St.
6. O.Kh. ksdta', ksdsa', ksei': ksa' J.St.

8. O.Kh. hasta, same in J.St.
15. O.Kh. pamjsuisu; pamjsesd', pacujses'e' 'fifteen(th)' J.St., see Glossary II, s.v.
20. O.Kh. bistd; same form in J.St.
22. O.Kh. dvavarebistd: dvarabistd J.St.
33. For striyestr4sa see Glossary II, s.v.
99. J.St. has the form nauvarinau for O.Kh. nauvare(naupare)nautd (notd), compare for instance ksei'varenotd 'ninety-six' E.
100. O.Kh. satd, plur. sata, sate: s(s)a J.St.
500. O.Kh. pamjsa sate: pa-s(s)e, pam-se J.St.
1000. O.Kh. ysara-, sing. -rd, plur. -re: J.St. ysdri,
ysara, ysare; gen. pl. O.Kh. yserdnu (Konow, Primer,
45): J.St. yseryam.
10,000. O.Kh. byurru: J.St. byurrd, byurd.
10 million. O.Kh. kulu 'a crore': J.St. kula. 64
5. VERBAL SYSTEM
A. PRESENT (INDICATIVE)
a. Active
2. ttrdma- 'such' Samgh.S. (ttamdrdma- E, N, Samgh.
S.), didrrdma- (see glossary SS), dedrrqmma- J.St.,

First singular: of the various forms which occur in
drrdma- 'so, such' (drrdm maiysdyuim 'so miserable'
O.Kh. -dmd (yandmd'I do' N 141.29), -imd (namasim&
P 2801.27); relative crrama-, crramu . . . trrdm ()
'I bow down' E), -utmd (hauruamd 'I give' N 125.44)
as. . . just so' Samgh.S. 35a2, crrama karma ydddmdd
the following occur in J.St.: namasymd 'I bow down,'
'such deeds as they did' Samgh.S. 16a5, crrdm mq-famdii
byehime 'I attain,' the last form showing -ime (as in
'just as' J.St., crrd m4iiamda Vajr. 42a3.
yinime 'I do' P 3513, 52vl ff., Kh.T. 1, 227) which is
3. ttandia- 'so great, so much' Samgh.S., didamde
well attested beside -ima and -ima in L.Kh. In L.Kh.
'so great' J.St., didamda- Vajr. 20bl; relative canda-,
-umd, -uma is replaced with the normal loss of final
camda- Vajr. 36bl, cade J.St.; compare also ttamdi
-a and anusvara by -um, -uim, -ui, -dm, -d and -au.
sacu 'as far as Satsou' (Ch.00269.39), ttamdi 'only'
Examples are: namasum 'I bow down' J.St., vqnum 'I
(Ch.00269.38), cacndi 'how great . . . of him?' Vajr.
salute' J.St., vas'um' 'I recite' J.St., hais`'m-il 'I give
21a3.
4. ttdndika- 'so much, so little' E, ttddika- Samgh.S.:

L.Kh. ttinka Vajr.'17a3, tanka Apar.S. 14rl; relative
cindika- E, N 156.17: L.Kh. canka-, etc.

5. dilaka- 'only little,' dilakd '(only) a short time'
P 2741.97, dilakd dilakd 'what small amounts' Ch.
them' P 3513, 45r3 (Kh.T. 1, 223), habrrihzi 'I share'
J.St., biys4ng 'I awaken' St.H. 72, tsdm 'I go' P
5538.32, tsau id. P 5538.44, etc.
63 Quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 45. For the gen. pl.
tcuirnu, tcuinu see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 581, 917.
64 It was suggested by Bailey that the ending -em (in pharakem)

-inu which occurs as the ending of the gen. pI.
in the numerals. The following examples were quoted by him:
00269.101; vilaka-, cu hq: nd ste si' jsam vilakd

.te 'as
represents
O.Kh.
to the Khan, he is (only) a child' P 2741.107; cilaka-,

rrviyi mu'sdd' cilaka ava 'how many royal gifts have
pamjsem hvamddm 'of five men' Hedin 46a2, pamjsuseem hvamd

'of fifteen men' Or. 11252, 17a2 (Kh.T. 2, 22), haudyemy 'seventh'
Or. 11252, 38.3 (Kh.T. 2, 29), haudye id. Hedin 50al.

Second singular: no occurrence of this form (O.Kh.
pul?d 'you ask' (Samgh.S. 7b4, etc.)) has been found
come'; vastdta 'you become,' no examples have been
in J.St.
noted in J.St.
Third singular: this form is regularly represented

in J.St. by such forms as ke'ttd, ki'ttd 'he protects'
as j're 'they perish' (jiydre, jydre in E), bvdre 'they
(kei'td, kei'yd E, ke'td Samgh.S. 37b2), pittd 'he falls'
understand' (buvdre in Samgh.S.), mirdre 'they die'
(id. in E), hvidd 'he eats,' etc.

First plural: no example of this form has been found
in J.St., but the older form -dmd becomes regularly
(mdrdre in E), yendre 'they make' (yandre Samgh.S.),

stdre 'they stand, are' (id. Samgh.S.), hamdre, himdre
First and second plural: O.Kh. hdmdmane 'we be-
Third plural: is represented in J.St. by such forms
'they become, are' (hdmdre, hdmdri Samgh.S.).68
-am in L.Kh. as the following examples show: pad mdm
'we make' P 2741.73, $tdm 'we are' P 2741.86, hamjsydm
B. CONJUNCTIVE
'we are likely to' P 2741.104-105, etc.
Second plural: no example in J.St.; the ending -ta

occurs regularly in a form like yamda 'you make' P
2741.104.
Third plural: O.Kh. -i(n)dd, -indd, -ndi and other
forms corresponding to -imdd, -idd, -id', -ide in J.St.
Examples are: vyachimdd 'they vanish,' vasasidd 'they
The formation of the conjunctive will be illustrated

by the following forms:
First singular: bv4ne 'I will understand' (buvdne

Samgh.S.), him4ne 'I may become'; other forms are
panam4ni 'may I arise' P 3513, 70r4 (Kh.T. 1, 247),
mird 'I shall die' St.H. 73, vajsy4ne 'I shall see' St.H.
become pure,' tside 'they go,' yanide 'they do,' vasusidi
54, vijsy4ne id. P 3513, 52v3 (Kh.T. 1, 227), vijsydnai
'they become pure.'65
id. Ch.I.0021b, a2 36 (Kh.B.T., 151), vahaiysqne 'I

b. Middle
First singular: O.Kh. yane 'I do' (Samgh.S.) shows
the regular disappearance of the final vowel in L.Kh.
in yam 'I do' P 2741.22; no examples in J.St. Other

examples in L.Kh. are: vijsye 'I see' St.H. 73, aysd
shall plunge' P 3513, 52v4 (Kh.T. 1, 227); therefore
O.Kh. -ane, (-ani): L.Kh. id. and -a-m, -d.

Second singular: hama 'you will become, be.'
Third singular: hamdvd, hamavi, hamave 'he will
become, be' (hamdte, hamati, etc., see Glossary SS).
First plural: no forms in J.St., but compare bvd-
hamjsye byzihd 'I propose to translate' Vajr. 3a4,

mane kase
'we will understand' N 166.3, ndsaumanai 'may
'I fall' P 2741.65, mire 'I die' P 2936.12.66

Second singular: as a result of the dropping of the
final vowel the second singular becomes in some cases
identical with the first singular; O.Kh. yana 'you do':
L.Kh. yam P 2741.29.
Third singular: O.Kh. hdmdte 'he is, becomes' shows
various developments: hdmye, hamye, hame, hamd,67
we take' Ch.00267.3, pu's4mane 'we will ask' P 2801.
21-22, py4mana 'we will fall' ( < *patdmane) P 2781.64.

Second plural: no forms in J.St., but compare na
byehd: va sijsa nai ra jsdm pammara bvdta 'should you
not find Sitt, nor get news of her' P 2781.44.

Third plural: jdmde, jddi 'they shall perish' (jiydnde
E, jdydnde Samgh.S.), himamde 'they shall be' (hd-
hgzmd J.St. Other examples in J.St. are: ksgmd

'it
mande
pleases' (O.Kh. ksamdtd E, ksame N 131.36 and see

the other forms quoted in Glossary II, s.v.), thamnja
'he pulls out' (thamnjdtd N 52.16), birdse' 'he explains'
E).69
C. OPTATIVE
if not optative (see ? C below) (birdsdte N 47.13), brriniia Examples of the optative are not very numerous in
'it shines' (bruniidte E), vase' 'he recites' (vasdte, vasye,
J.St. Only the third singular is represented in the
vase' (see Leumann, Zur nordarischen Spr. und Lit.,
following forms: j.e 'it boiled' (see Glossary II, s.v.),
95, line 2, 93, line 13, Strassburg, 1912), $je 'he

stands, is' (44dte N 145.31, also std N 102.9, .1(i N
165.43), saje 'he learns,' saije 'he succeeds,' spadse, spas'a

(spassdte E 'he sees'), harruiie 'it flashes,' hosa' 'she
ravishes.' In other cases the regular O.Kh. forms are
preserved as in ndste 'he takes' (also Samgh.S.), pasu'ste
'it burns,' m7de 'he dies' (also E), vahaiysde 'he descends' (vahiysde N 130.3), ysdnde 'it is recognized,
known' (ysande Samgh.S.), etc.
65 It is to be noted that the indicative present is often used to
express the modality which is also expressed by the conjunctive

and optative. Examples are parsime 'may I escape' J.St.,
ttissimd rendering Skt. tis4heya 'may I stand' P 3513, 70v1 (Kh.T.
1, 247), vcscsldc 'may they become purified' J.St., sljlmda 'may
they succeed' St.H. 51, byehide rendering Skt. labhantu P 3513,
71v4 (Kh.T. 1, 247) 'may they obtain,' etc.
67 See Glossary SS, s.v.
tsi 'may it go' (tsiya St.H. 43), pasi 'it does not loose,'
birase''he may explain,' if not pres. ind. (see ? Ab above),
byehi 'may he attain' (byehitd E), vygchi 'may it
vanish,' husi 'may it grow,' hera 'he would give' (haurd

Samgh.S. 34a2, etc.), hime, himi, heme 'it would become, be' (hdmya Sam.gh.S. 33al).7?
68 The athematic inflection is represented in J.St. only by i
'you are,' nistd 'is not' (nais'ta P 5538.37, 40, etc.), see Konow,
Primer, 46.
69 It is to be noted that conjunctive and optative express similar

modality in phrases like cui rd va . . . hisata u . . . pariya
'whoever comes and should graciously' St.H. 49-50, tti va dstai
hatcyave a va hamard nirdmi 'then his bone will break and the
limb will come out' Siddhasara 144v3 (Kh.T. 1, 86).
70 The optative third singular of ah- 'to be' is 'lye, I (O.Kh.

ita E, iyd Sam.gh.S., etc.) in J.St. The form aya 'may it be' is
perhaps a perfect optative or from the 'conjunctive base' (a-)
with ending third sing. -ya (Konow, Primer, 48 f.).

The ending O.Kh. - (i)ru (stiru Suv.bh.Konow
29a3) is frequently attested in the forms - (i)ryau,
-(i)rau, -(i)ryam in L.Kh.; examples: 'iniryau 'you
should do' St.H. 50, ksamiryau '(you should) forgive'
P 2025.167 (Kh.B.T., 16) corresponding to ksamava
id. in the parallel text Ch.00266.107 (Kh.B.T., 24),
amai vaiia pviryau 'now may you hear' P 3513, 75r3
(Kh.T.1, 249): pyuvi'ru E 25.209, ama stirau 'you
E. PRETERIT
a. Transitive
As will be seen the L.Kh. forms constitute a regular

development from the O.Kh. and are in accordance
with the changes as explained above.
For the sake of convenience the O.Kh. forms are
given in the following table:
may be' P 5537.64.71
It should be noted that the optative is not only
used in Khotanese to indicate modality like the conjunctive and as a polite imperative,72 but also serves
as a continuative or iterative past.73 To the examples
in J.St. (jse, pass, etc.) may be added such cases as
Masculine Feminine
singular
1st person -taimd, -tema -tamd (from *-tatd-md)

2nd person -tai -*tati (from *-ttd.-i)
3rd person -te -tatd
cu bura sam uhyasta 'iye vilau pztnd gvqna na

tsiya
plural
'whenever he shot, his arrow did not fail at all' (P

2801.51), uma ca vaiia caistaka stirau 'you who are
now youthful' (P 2781.25-26), ama sfira stirau 'you
are heroes' (P 2781.36), vastiya 'there was' (P 2801.55),
yiniya 'he used to do' Ch.00269.87-88, etc.74
1st person -tdndd ma
2nd person -tandd

sta}
-tatnda
3rd person -tandd
First singular masculine: O.Kh. -taimd,

D. IMPERATIVE
-(t)em, -(t)i(m), hvi 'I spoke' (<*hvim <*hvatem

<hvataima Samgh.S., etc.) J.St.; other forms are for
The distinction in O.Kh. between -a (active) and -u

instance yudem 'I did' (yudaimd E) P 2741.24, dirvem
(middle) in the second singular imperative disappears
'I dared' P 2741.65, hvem 'I said' P 2741.42, byaudem
in L.Kh. because of the confusion between active and
'I attained' Ch.00269.58, hamgvim 'I met' P 2741.89,
middle (yana 'do' imper. active Samgh.S. 20b4, etc.
etc. ;75 no feminine form (O.Kh. ddtamd 'I saw,' E)
in J.St.
being used instead of yanu imper. middle Samgh.S.
16b3, etc. and vice versa) and because of the fact that
Second singular masculine: O.Kh. -tai: L.Kh. - (t)ai,
-(t)e, CrChye 'you propitiated' (<*drdhdtai, compare
-ana and -anu both become -am (yam imper. active
Crdhdtaimd 'I propitiated' N 154.27), 'estyai 'you
or middle Vajr. 8b3). Thirdly final O.Kh. -a and -u
endured' ( < *estdtai, compare nai ne ysird estdtu yindi
are written in various ways in L.Kh. as is shown by
'his heart cannot be stilled' E 24.27), jai 'you dethe following examples: nasd 'take' J.St. (ndsu Samgh.
stroyed' (<*jyai <jitai E), tsvai, tsuai, tsve, tsai 'you
S. 77b4), nasa (see Leumann, Zur nordarischen Spr.
came' (<tsutai E), dyai, 'you saw' (<ddtai N
und Lit., 120), parya-v-uim 'deign . . . for me,' pva'se
105.35), pamtsyai, pamtsai 'you abandoned' (<*pa
'ask' (pulsa E), huiia 'tell' (hvaiia Samgh.S.).
sdtai),
pyusWai, pyuste 'you heard' (< *api-gaus
The second plural imperative occurs in marsya'rd
hvai ('), 'you spoke' ( < *hvatai), etc.
'forgive'; for the ending -yard (from -dta-ra, see Bailey,
Second singular feminine: L.Kh. -(t)ayd, pyuistayd
BSOA S 11: 3) see forms like cimdyard 'think' P
'you heard' P 2781.57, hvayd 'you spoke' P 2781.65-66.
2801.21, na ma jsanyard 'do not kill me' P 2783.74,
Third singular masculine: O.Kh. -te: L.Kh. -(t)e,
bayara 'bring' P 2801.41, pasard 'send' Ch.00269.84,
-(t)i, -(t)a, dcs?e 'he finished' (<*dasye <*dasdte),
munara 'remain' Ch.00269.112, etc.
yude, yudi 'he made,' pasta 'he ordered' (<parste
71 See Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 30.
72 Konow, Khotans.Gr., 56.
73 As is the case of course in other Iranian and Indo-European

languages: (1) Avestan, Tedesco, ZII 2: 296-301; (2) Old
Persian, Benveniste, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 50; (3)
MPers. and MParth., Henning, BSOAS 11: 64, fn. 1 ('optativus
parabolicus'); (4) Sogdian, Tedesco, ZII 2: 298, Henning, Sogdica, 34, fn. 3; (5) Khotanese, Bailey, BSOAS 10: 593, 907,
Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 35; (6) Ossetic, W. Miller, Die
Sprache der Osseten, Strassburg, 1903, 76, 80; and outside the
Iranian languages for instance in Tocharian, W. Couvreur,
Hoofdzaken van de Tochaarse klank- en vormleer, 74, 1947, H.
Pedersen, Tocharisch, 204-205, 1941; see also Benveniste, BSL
47: 16 ff., 1951. An article will be devoted to this point by the
author.
7 See also fn. 69.
Samgh.S. 82al, etc., also paste, pastd, pasti), pajiste

'he begged,' pasate, pasave 'he abandoned,' pide 'he
wrote,' hve 'he spoke,' etc.
Third singular feminine: O.Kh. -tdtd: L.Kh. -(t)a,

tstt 'she was about to,' dCas 'she finished' ( < *dasyatd
< *dasdtatd, compare dasya, see Glossary II, s.v.),
kuiysda 'she sought' P 2781.48, guida 'she told' P
2781.61-62, darva 'she dared' P 2781.60, dyd 'she saw'
(<*ditCtd) P 2741.59, nuida 'she offered' P 2781.19,
yuda 'she did' J.St., N 102.7, etc.
First plural: O.Kh. -tandd ma:L.Kh. -a (m)diu (m), mahe
na nimamdryaduim 'we did not invite' P 2788.4, mahe

75 Examples quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 37.
... pasatmdfim 'we sent' Ch.00269.81, mihai hada

pasamdui 'we sent messengers' P 2786.66, etc.75
Second plural: O.Kh. -tanda, -tandd sta: L.Kh.
-tdmda, -tada, probably in bastadd 'you bound' (MS
has bastadd).
Third plural: O.Kh. -tandd: L.Kh. -(t)C&(m)dd,

-(t)a(m)de, kuiysdCtmde 'they searched,' jsCtmde 'they
killed' (<jsatanda E), pamtsyatmde 'they gave up'
(< *patdtsdtande), buddmde 'they carried,' kusttde
'they agitated,' bi'stade 'they pierced,' budadd 'they
carried,' bai'stadd 'they pierced,' etc.
b. Intransitive
The O.Kh. endings can be summarized as follows:

Masculine Feminine76
singular
1st person -dmd, -umd -amd
2nd person -i -ai
3rd person -d -a
plural
1st person -ama -emd

2nd person -asta -esta
3rd person -a -e
First singular: O.Kh. -dmd, -umd: L.Kh. -uz (m), avuim
'I came' P 2936.12, inyaustuim 'I am defeated' P
2783.53, ttramduim 'I entered' P 2741.113, gvastui 'I
parted' P 2897.37, bustum 'I knew' P 2782.49, baustuim
id. P 3513, 19rl ;77 no examples in J.St.
Second singular: O.Kh. -4: L.Kh. -4, &ti 'you came,'
'9st. 'you returned,' ttramdi 'you entered,' pasts 'you
fell,' muds 'you died,' sati 'you rose, mounted' and
also nvastd 'you lay down,' ysusti 'you rejoiced.'
Third singular: O.Kh. -d: L.Kh. -d, -a, -e, naramdd
'it streamed,' pastd 'it fell,' bustd 'he perceived,'
hami'std 'it changed,' pana 'it arose,' aste 'he sat,
stayed,' hamya 'he was, became'; a(m) 'he came' is
from atd (fem. ata 'she came' Samgh.S.); an example
of the third singular feminine is ysaya 'she was born'
P 2025.183 (Kh.B.T., 17).
First plural: in L.Kh. -a(m)dui(mn) is common; examples: mihai sdhacfi dvadut 'we came in Su-tsou' P
2786.44, mahe . . . dvamduim 'we came' Ch. 00269.35,
mahe . . hamyamduhm 'we became' P 2741.86-87.75
Second plural: O.Kh. -asta (masc.), -esta (fem.):
L.Kh.?
Third plural: O.Kh. -a (masc.), -e (fem.): L.Kh.
-a, -e, -a, -i, dta 'they came,' nasau'da 'they became
calm,' pasta 'they fell,' sata 'they mounted,' .aista,
saisti 'they clung,' hamya, hemya 'they were, became,'
guive 'they escaped,' saste 'they appeared,' hamye 'they
were, became,' naramdd, naramda, niramde 'they went
out,' etc.
76 Feminine forms are rare in L.Kh.
77 Examples quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 593.
F. INFINITIVE (1) AND GERUND (2)
1. Both the O.Kh. infinitives in -d (<*-ah) and in

-te, -tai (<*-tayai)78 are represented in J.St. Ex-
amples of the inf. in -d are pve'sti . . . byehd 'you

feared to accept,' asta hvari 'she was about to eat,'79
dasa hisd 'she ceased to go,' hori 'to give.'
The second type in -te, -tai is represented by dase
tsai 'he ceased to go' (for tsai compare O.Kh. tsute E,
tsue P 5538.31, tsei Suv.bh.Konow 32b3 and also
haysi ni dirvem tsai 'I did not dare to go away' P
2741.65), pasta pidai 'he ordered (condescended) to
write it (4),' parya-v-um byuitti 'please translate for
me,' aha. . . bdsta . . . rrumda haisce 'he lead you
. to give you to the king' and possibly hva (from
hvate ?) in pha hva ni ysa-mde 'he does not know much
to state'; note also the inf. of nas- nata- 'to take' ndte
P 5538 a 39, 40, nati Vajr. 11b4, natd Vajr. 12al, nitd
Vajr. 12a4, ni P 2801.21 (see Bailey, BSOAS 11: 3).

The infinitive is common with verbs like 'to finish,'
'to dare,' 'to order,' 'to fear,' 'to know,' 'to be about,'
etc.; compare also cimdyard nj 'you must think (how)
to get' P 2801.20-21, bis&m am nd ksami tsve 'to the
servants it does not please to go' Ch. 00269.31, pasta
cimdye 'he deigned to think' P 2801.19, pasti uysds?d
'he condescended to teach' P 3513, 13vl (Kh.B.T.,
54), pasti pasave 'he ordered to send' P 2957.71
(Kh.B.T., 34), etc.
2. Gerunds are formed by adding -ya- to the stem
or the extended (causative) stem in -an-; examples:
pays&na- 'recognizable, known,' avaysdna- 'unknown.'
It is to be noted that the gerund is used to express
necessity as in tvi . . . narqmqnd hame 'you must set
out' P 2741.6-7, tvi tszniiai hame 'you must go' P
2741.34, dasamye hadai-v-e am ndrqmqna 'you (-e-)
must set out on the tenth day' P 2741.22, kamdcfi

buiram rrispuira bayid n 'you (-a) must escort the
princes as far as Kan-tsou' Ch. 00269.25, tv . . .
sakhqra padimqfia 'you must build a sanigharama' P
2787.176-177, etc.80
G. PARTICIPLES
1. The participle present active in -a(n)daa-, fem.

-a(mn)ca- is very common. Examples are: a-v-jsyamdaa'not seeing, blind,' khoysamdaa- 'moving,' granamca
'howling' (fem., compare pajaca 'begging' P 2834.36),
baysamdaa- 'moving, rushing,' brrftiadaa- 'shining'

(bdrfiuiamdei Samgh.S. 117a5), varadaa-, viramdaa-
'tearing away,' etc.

2. The participle present medio-passive ends in
-ana-, -am, -a; examples are ana- 'sitting,' dyqna'being seen,' mfraim 'dying' (fem. m7raniya ?), s'am
(older s'sana-) 'lying,' Etana, sq4m, sta 'standing, being'

78 The infinitive ending in the related Maralba'si dialect is
-tane, in Tumshuq -tanay- (Old Persian -tanajy), see Bailey,
BSOAS 13: 650.
79 See Glossary II under asta- astamda-.


and compare har4ysam 'trembling' P 2787.175, atimana
'desiring' Or. 9609, 54r3,81 etc.
3. A formation in -aka- is used 'as a participle

denoting lasting activity' (Konow, Primer, 51). Examples are abundant in J.St.: uysd7s'aka- 'teaching,
teacher,' jendka- 'killer,' jsinaka- 'killer,' trayaka-
'saving, saviour,' dijsaka- 'holding, holder,' pathamjaka- 'restraining, restrainer,' piroraka- 'remover,'
bdyaka- 'leader, guide,' bvCka- 'knower,' yandka- 'producing,' vamuraka- 'vanquisher,' ysandka- 'surpassing,'
hauraka- 'giving, giver.'
4. The past participle ends in -ta- (1) or -ata- (2).
The formation of (1) was reviewed by Konow (Primer,
51 f.). The majority of the participles which occur
in J.St. conform with the rules laid down in that

review. It should be added however that changes
occur in a number of cases in L.Kh. for which see p.
415 f. 2 Examples for (2): ga'sata-, ga'sava-'returned,'

hussdta- (L.Kh. husd) 'grown,' nvathdta- 'changed'
J.St., pas's'ata- 'abandoned,' buysv&ve 'is quenched' P

3513, 62v2 (Kh.T.1, 243), were given by Bailey, Asia
Major, N.S. 1: 41 f. who also referred to similar formations in Sogdian (-at) and Middle Parthian (-dd).
6. ADVERBS, PARTICLES, PREPOSITIONS
AND PREVERBS
1. In O.Kh. the accusative (neuter) in -u is used as

adverb. In J.St. the following examples occur: gama
'quickly,' baysga 'deep; very,' bfhi, behi 'exceedingly,

very, much' (<O.Kh. bihUtu, bihiyu); compare also
thyau 'swiftly,' byo byau 'little by little, more and
more.'
The instrumental singular of adjectives is also used
adverbially as in rraysgana, rraysgdna, raysgena
'quickly.'
2. The following adverbs denoting place and time
are of pronominal origin:
(1) stem *ima-: mara, mare, mere 'here,' mari P
2741.43, miri P 2741.8, 84, maro, mara E, mara
Samgh.S. and, with loss of final -ra, mam P 2741.22,
23, 87, mu, mum J.St., mzt '(here), now' P 2801.61;

mi 'thus' J.St. and elsewhere.
(2) stem *ava-: vara, vare, var4, vere 'there,' viri P
2741.5, 24, viri am P 2741.83, viri qnd P 2741.98.
Reinforced by an emphatic -i and combined with ha,
va, sam, vai ha (var4 ha, vary va, etc.) the meaning is
'at once,' see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 586. With -dsta
(O.Kh. -ailsto), varasta (O.Kh. varalsto Samgh.S. 83a4)
'(t)hither'; with burd, vara burd 'so far' Vajr. 13al,
etc.
Of the same stem probably also vasta 'thither,

towards' J.St., P 5538.51 (O.Kh. vdlstv-i N 145.39),
compare casta 'whither' P 2783.3 (O.Kh. calsto E), and

tt&sta 'in that direction' J.St., P 5538.51.
81 Quoted by Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 25.
82 For the formation in -tant- on which the preterite of 'transitive' verbs is built see M. Leumann, Der altindische Typus
krtavan, Melanges Pedersen, Acta Jutlandica 9(1): 121 ff.
(3) stem *tta-: ttara 'there' E; denoting manner,

time, reason, etc. tta and tta tta 'thus, then, therefore'
Samgh.S., tta (tta), tte(tte) J.St.; ttd, ttama 'then, so,
now, at that time, etc.' Samgh.S., ttd, ttauma J.St.;
tti 'then' J.St., Ch.00269.59, 63, etc. (O.Kh. ttutd,
ttiyd); O.Kh. ttdna (instr. sg.) 'therefore,' ttane, ttina,
ttint, ttene, etc. J.St.

(4) stem ka-: ka 'that, when, if' E, etc., J.St., compare ka ni, ka ni, kai . . . na 'that not, lest' J.St.;
kusta 'where' Samgh.S., etc., kfistai (4 'of him') J.St. ;83
ku 'where (?), when, if, that' E, etc.; khu (kho E, etc.)
'as, like, that, when, since, although, if, how?' J.St.,
etc.
(5) stem ca-: cu 'when, since, so that'84 J.St., etc.;

ci 'when, if' Samgh.S., Ch.00269.95, 99, etc.
3. Other adverbs are:8" avasu, avasa, avase 'without
doubt,' avipa 'without doubt,' astam vi or vira, ustam
'at last, finally,' uska 'high,' kidd, kidi 'very, exceedingly,' vaina, veina 'now,' vana Samgh.S., vinia am P
2741.32, gvCna and hugvqna with negation 'not at all,'
tvare 'very, exceedingly,' patcd 'afterwards, again,

then,' pusa 'at once, immediately,' buda 'more,' sai
'even, indeed,' sa(m), si, se 'just, only, but,' si (sa)
introducing direct speech or thought, ham 'like, at the
same time, etc.,' ha 'away, towards,' haysa, hayse 'far,
distant, away,' hadi, hada, hadf 'just, indeed, but,'
hamada, hameda 'indeed, just,' hirstai . . . ni, na . . .
hirstai vira 'not at all,' haiysdi vira 'at the present
time,' etc.
4. Conjunctive and disjunctive particles are represented in J.St. by u 'and,' d, d va 'and, or,' ra, rd
'now, also, just.'
5. Negative particles are na (ni, ne, nai) 'not'
compare ka ni, khu na 'lest' which occurs once with
the imperative (prohibitive), also doubled na ne, ma
jve 'lest,' ma ne rd vd with imperative (prohibitive).
6. The use of postpositions and prepositions can
be illustrated by the following examples: dstamna,
dstamne, astam 'beginning with' (sakrrd astamna 'beginning with Sakra,' rrude astamne 'beginning with
the king'); udisayd etc. 'for the sake of' (ttye str4yi
udisd 'for the sake of that woman,' mire pyare udesaye
'for the sake of mother and father'); kina etc. 'because
of' (sarvasatvdm kine 'because of all beings'); khinda
'like' (veselakye khede 'like a mark on the forehead');
di, dina 'under' (pdkdm dina 'beneath the feet,' di
samde 'beneath the earth' P 2801.47); nvaiya, nve 'in
accordance with' (apramaVyam nvaiya 'by following
the (four) philanthropies,' nve ksama 'in accordance

with his wish'); bidd etc. 'on, upon' (sadye bida 'upon
the earth,' tvi bedd 'upon you'); pamna, panaka 'before,
in front of' (pafle pamna 'in front of everyone,' ttye
83 Compare kfsi& burd 'wherever' Ch.00269.93 and for other
ways to express the indefinite see p. 413.
84 Cu and ca are very common in P 2741 to introduce a relative

clause equivalent to 'as to . . .' as in cu hadi stare ttd ri nd
spastd yam 'as to the envoys, you cannot see them' P 2741.29.
8$ See Glossary II, ss.vv. for each of the following adverbs.

panaka 'before him'); vi, vira 'in, on, upon, for'86
(13) s'a- (O.Ir. *adi-d-?) :88 s tcampha- 'troubled'
(*adi-d-skamba-),
see Glossary II under tcamph-.
(ttyam vTra 'upon them,' huskd vi rratja 'to the
dry
bank'); va, vaska 'for, because of' (-um va 'for me,'
kTrdm vaska 'because of deeds'), hamtsa with jsa 'together with' (mu'sdi jsa hamtsa 'with mercy,' ttyam
das'dm hvamddm jsi hamtsi 'together with those ten
men' P 2741.76), also hacmtsa . . . jsa (hamtsi vd sacutpattm jsa 'with the men from Satsou' P 2741.64-65,
hamtsi sahq:nd uiga jsa 'with Sayun uga' P 2741.67);
vina etc. 'without' (vena tvi 'without you,' vina pyauram

'without clouds').
(14) ha- (O.Ir. *fra) :88a hatcaii- hatcasta- 'to break'
(*fra-skand-), hanas'- hanasta- 'to be lost' (*fra-nasy-),

harays- harasta- 'to extend, spread out' (*fra-raz-),
harrunii- 'to shine' (*fra-rauxs'naya-) ho'- 'to ravish'
(*fra-vazy-), etc.
(15) ham- (O.Ir. *ham): hamggalj- hagriya- 'to assemble,' hamjsem- hamjsauda- 'to accumulate' (*hamjamaya-), hamber- hambada- 'to fill' (*ham-pdraya-,
*ham-prta-), etc.
7. Preverbs are treated by Konow, Khotans.Gr.,
64 f., Primer, 54 f. They deserve closer and more

detailed attention than can be devoted to them here.
It may suffice to quote the following:

(1) a- (O.Ir. *d): dcand- dcasta- 'to long for,' ajimajimda- 'to bring,' etc.
(2) us-, uys- (O.Ir. *us): ulstairstai 'you tore,'

uysgdr- uysgrrita- 'to redeem,' uysdis- 'to teach,' etc.
(3) gu-, g- (O.Ir. *vi): gujsebriya- 'shattered,' gvays-
gvasta- 'to split' (*vi-vaz-), gvar- gu"da- 'to explain,

speak' (*vi- var-), etc.
(4) tca-:87 tcabalj- tcabrriya- 'to break.'
(5) tt- (O.Ir. *ati): ttrdm- ttramda- 'to enter,' ttume'-
7. SUFFIXES
An exhaustive survey of Khotanese suffixes falls

outside the scope of these notes. The following may
be mentioned:
(1) -aa- (-(a)ka-): ttarraa- 'thirsty' (ttar(r)a- 'thirst'),

hvamnaa- 'Khotanese,' kaspdraa- 'Kashmirian' E,
pruvaa- 'military post'89 and see the participle in
-a(n)daa- (p. 416); huska- 'dry,' vasuska- 'pure,' sirka'beautiful' (sira- id.), ysuska- 'sweet,' baysga- 'deep,'
rraysga- 'quick,' tturrka- 'mouth' (ttu'rra- id.), jsinaka- 'fine' (jsena- id.), muiraka- 'bird' St.H. 62 (mura-
id. J.St.),, ysTraka- 'heart' St.H. 55 (ys"tra- id. J.St.),
ste 'he swallowed' (*ati-mard-), etc.

(6) nu-, na- (O.Ir. *ni): nardm- naramda- 'to go
etc.
out,' narrva- 'broken open, pierced,' nuvad- nvasta-
etc.
'to lie down,' etc.
(3) -asta-: udviyasta- 'full of disgust,' ttisa'sta'brilliant,' vydksivasta- 'full of disturbance,' sparsa'sta-
(7) nas- (nis-) (O.Ir. *nis): nasdam- nasdoda- 'to

blow,' naspul- 'to spit?'
(8) pa-, pa(m)-, (O.Ir. *pati): pader- padada-
'to sustain' (*pati-daraya-), patcautta- 'stopped,

checked' (*pati-skambita-), paj(ad)- pajista- 'to beg'
(*pati-jad-), padim- padeda- 'to make' (*pati-damaya-),

pamjs- pamya- 'to wear' (pati-muc-), pammar- pamu,da'to recognize, anticipate,' etc.
(9) pa(')- (O.Kh. pal-, par-) (O.Ir. *pari): pa'jsaJ.St. (O.Kh. paljsata-) 'surrounded,' paljsem- pa'jsamda- 'to practise' (*pari-jamaya-) see Glossary II,
under pajsama-, parr-j- par(r)ya- (O.Kh. parrdta-) 'to
deliver' (pari-ric-), etc.
(10) bi- (O.Ir. *vi): biksista- 'dishevelled,' birds'birasta- 'to explain, preach,' etc.
(11) by- (bi-), be- (O.Ir. *abi): byeh- byauda- 'to
attain' (*abi-ap-), bekhaute 'by clutching' if from *abixauxti- see Glossary II, s.v., etc.
(12) va- (O.Ir. *ava): vadam- vadida- 'to make'
(2) -asaa-: hviyasaa- 'human,' compare hviya- id.,
'due to contact,' etc.
(4) -dka-: uysdisdka- 'teaching, teacher' and the

other forms in -dka- quoted p. 417.
(5) -dmjsia-: pasamjsia- 'autumnal,' compare thyauttandmjsi hq:nd 'the former Khan' P 2741.10, sviydm-
isi 'of to-morrow' P 2834.24 (Kh.B.T., 46), pa'sa'ramjsi kdla 'evening time' Siddhasara 4r2 (Kh.T.1, 6).
(6) -dna-: aysurqna- 'of the A suras,' cakrravarttqna-
'imperial,' rrumddna- 'royal,' himdvdna- E 'Indian,'

andivdrdna- 'belonging to the antahpura,' etc.90
(7) -diaa-, -oiia-, -aunia-: hvastniia 'the best thing,'
buimattoiid 'power,' see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 598.
(8) -dma- (O.Kh. -dmatd-): pyma`- 'cover,' bvdma'understanding'; see p. 409.
(9) -dya-: ttarrdya- 'thirsty,' sanaumaya- 'propitiatory,' sadydya- 'full of faith'; compare the past participle in -dta- p. 417.
(10) -dscyd- (-asca-), -dstyL- (-asta-): bvqscya- 'expe-
rience,' nvdya:scya- 'attachment,' sijdsta(- 'success.'

(*ava-dam-), vasus- 'to become pure' (*ava-suc-), vahan(11) -ia- (<-ika-): amu's'dia- 'merciless,' vistariavahamda- 'to sink' (*ava-hr-n-), vahaiys- vahaista- 'to
'wide, huge,' nyas'akia- 'despisable, weak,' etc.; see
descend' (*ava-haiz-), etc.
p. 410.
86 Vi iS common together with (other) adverbs as for instance
in vi ha and vi bure 'starting from, and the rest' (see Bailey, Asia
Major, N.S. 1: 43). See also Glossary I under hirstai, hi'ysda-,
ha (n).
87 On tca-, Ossetic cd see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945
('46): 7 f.
88 On verbs with two preverbs see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S.

1: 42, 46; see also Glossary II under bathamj-.
88a On the various forms assumed by Old Iranian fra- see
Bailey, BSOAS 13: 124.

89 On this word see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 922 f.

8. COMPOUNDS 97
(12) -i- corresponding to Skt. -ya-: krraiin- 'gratitude,'jadi- 'stupidness,' etc.; see p. 409.
(13) -ka- (-ya-): nariya- 'belonging to hell,' hviya'human' (comp. hvtyasaa-), etc.
(14) -ina-, -aina- (-naa-, -ainaa-): gvdysinaa- 'of
This paragraph also deserves a fuller treatment than

can be given here. The following may serve as examples:
(1) The only example of a dvandva compound is
separation,' baurTnaa- 'of snow,' dchainaa- 'sick' ;9" see
mdrd-pyara (nom.) 'father and mother'; see p. 410.
p. 410.
(2) Tatpurusas occur in rrispuraka- 'prince,' gyastaksira- 'world of the gods,' ksir-myqiia- 'the middle of
the country,' drrq-mujsa- 'hair-pore,' na'tcapha-kala-
(15) -ua- (<-uka-): aysmua- 'mind,' tcarsua- 'brilliant,' etc.; see p. 411.
(16) -uzna-: asiduina- 'evil, bad,' mjinamddina- 're-
sembling,' mi'ysdyu,na- 'miserable,' pve'styuna- 'terrifying,' ysirfP!ca- 'grievous, bitter,' etc.92

(17) -una-: gyastupi,a- 'royal,' ba'ysuniia- 'connected
with Buddha, exalted,' bisutha- 'of all kinds,' etc.
(18) -autta-: khejautta- 'exhausted,' dakhautta- 'distressed,' etc.
(19) -aunda- (-amda-(-@da-),-oda-): bu'jsauda- 'virtuous,' puiiauda- 'meritorious,' virscauda-, vers''da-,

verso'da- 'heroic,' etc.
(20) -austa-: brriyausta- 'full of love, subject to

passion,' etc.
(21) -ja-: b&ysvaja- 'of the arms,' baija- 'poisonous?92 a
(22) -j(y)a- (O.Kh. -gyd-): ddaja- 'gift,' padamjya'custom, behavior,'93 etc.

(23) -kya-: spyakya- 'flower' St.H. 52, 54, brr4yikya'beloved,' ibid. 64, etc.94
(24) -cyd-: haspiscyd- 'effort,' hdrscyd- 'abandonment, sacrifice.'
(25) -laka-: puralaka- 'young, little son,' vejelaka'boy, child'; see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 44.
(26) -ya-: das'ta- 'skilled' ( < *dastya-); compare also
O. Ir. -ya- (L.Kh. nom. sg. -i < -yd, plur. -ya < -ya) in
'a time of dissolution,' gara-ke'ca- 'mountain ravine,'

etc.; with verbal form in the first member barbira-
'pregnant' and in the second member hdvamgara'profitable,' sirara- 'doer of good.'

(3) The karmadhdraya type occurs in sava-tsuka-
'wandering at night,' ksana-matrd 'only one moment,'

sau-masi 'only one,' etc.
(4) Bahuvrihis are frequent as in damda-aysmua-
'with tamed mind,' sista-bis'' 'tongue-tied,' sahemdrrd-
pyiid 'with full senses and meritorious acts,' camczlz-
haphard 'in trembling confusion,' bru,na-pajsamya 'full

of illustrious honor,' hasprri-tcamjsa 'with dishevelled
hair,' sujsamdd-ttura 'having blazing mouths,' sujsamdd-jsaima 'with blazing eyes,' bihisada-jz1na- 'with
extended course,' kfira-drstVja- 'of crooked (heretic)
views,' etc.
The way in which Sanskrit compounds are treated
in Khotanese also deserves special attention. It was
remarked by Bailey98 that the conjunctive vowel -ais often lengthened (-a-) in Khotanese. Examples are
pararthacadr 'active on the welfare of others' P 3513,
82r4 (Kh.B.T., 65), pararthdcard in J.St., vatsavis?i'
Ch.iiO02, 105v2 (Kh.T.1, 42), vcatsdv7isa' Ch.iiO02, 1lr2
(Kh.T.l, 16), vatsaka-bija Ch.iiO03, 60r3 (Kh.T.1,

149), etc.
9. CONCLUSION
kalyqti-ystri 'auspicious-hearted' P 2957.67 (Kh.B.T.,

34), hauda-ramni 'of the seven precious stones' P
2782.26.95
(27) -viya-: braviya- 'delightful, happy,' dukhavi(ya)- 'distressed, miserable,' etc.
(28) -s'kya-: tci'mi'skyXm 'of the eyes' St.H. 58,

uv7'skydm 'wits' St.H. 71, gvahaiskye 'spoon' Siddhasara 152v1 (Kh.T.1, 98), tcaskye 'sport' P 2025.198
(Kh.B.T., 18).96
91 See footnote 39.
92 See Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 30.
92a On the -ja- suffix see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 921 f.

It would be natural to continue and conclude these

notes by remarks on Khotanese syntax of which only
a few points have been touched upon. No such
attempt however has been made previously either for
O.Kh. or L.Kh. A study of Khotanese syntax, therefore, did seem to exceed the limits of these notes both
in preparatory work, since necessarily it would have
to start from a description of O.Kh., and also in the
number of pages. Superfluous to say that the efforts
of future research should be turned to this subject.
It may be added finally that a promise by the author
to contribute to this subject can only be discharged in
cooperation with others.
97 See also p. 402.
98JRAS, 1942:27.
III. SYNOPSIS OF THE JATAKASTAVA

Strophe Folio
1.
Prologue.
1-10
1v1-3v4
ii. Jataka stories. 11-158; 3v4-36r4;
161-163 36v4-37v2
1 The elephant who swallows the heated ball of iron. 11-15 3v4-5r2
2 The six-tusked elephant. 16-19 5r2-5v4
3
The
hare.
20-23
5v4-6v3
4 The horse, Vdldha. 24-26 6v3-7r4
5 King Brahmadatta and the king of the antelopes. 27-29 7r4-8r2

6 The pregnant doe. 30-31 8r2-8vl
7 Darrdara, king of the Nagas, and his brother, Dumdubha. 32-34 8vl-9r2
8 The royal sage who throws himself into the mouth of a
yaksa (or raksasa?). 35-37 9r3-9v4
9
Ksamttavdda.
10
Sruittasuim.
38-41
42-46
9v4-10v2
10v2-11v3
11 The great king who gives up sovereignty for one sloka. 47-49 1 1v3-12r4
12 King Yamadatta who abandons his wife to a hungry yaksa. 50-52 12r4-13rl
13 The monkey who saves an ungrateful man. 53-54 13rl-13r4

14 The giving up of life for the sake of the Law. 55-56 13vl-13v4
15 King Camddprabha. 57-59 13v4-14vl
16 The emperor who gives his last morsel of food to a brahman. 60-62 14vl-15r2
17 The deer who saves a man from drowning. 63-67 15r2-16r2
18
Papamnkra.
68-70
16r2-16v3
19 The minister, Vidura, who preaches the Law to the Nagas. 71-73 16v3-17vl
20 The hungry tigress. 74-75 17vl-18rl
21 King Brahmadeva. 76-78 18rl-18v2
22 Suinettra-Mukdpamka. 79-83 18v2-19v2
23
The
24
physician,
King
Kescava.
Sarvadatta.
84-85
86-90
19v3-20r3
20r3-21r3
25 The shipwrecked merchants. 91-92 21r3-21v2

26 The Naga killed by murderers. 93-94 21v2-22r2
27 The young birds. 95-96 22r2-22vl
28 The dying courtesan. 97-98 22vl-22v4
29 King Ttrqma; the rescuing of the Kinnara princess. 99-100 22v4-23r4

30 DTpamkara. 101-103 23r4-24rl
31 The giving up of sovereignty and entering into the fire. 104-105 24rl-24r4
32 The vulture, the young monkeys, and the lion Anatttga. 106-108 24r4-25r2
33 Lost merchants; Hittes7. 109-111 25r2-25v2
34 King Sunaittra who gives up his eyes. 112-113 25v2-26r2

35 Dhrttardstrra, king of the hamsas. 114-116 26r2-26v3
36 The bear who saves a man from the cold. 117-119 26v3-27r4
37 The horse of King Subhadrra. 120-121 27v1-27v4
38
The
lizard.
122-123
28rl-28r4
39 King Padmaka who becomes a fish. 124-126 28r4-29rl

40 The young partridge who stops the forest fire. 127-130 29r1-29v4
41 Sarvarthasida. 131-133 30r1-30v2
42 The tortoise who saves the merchants. 134-135 30v2-31r1
43 Kajenesarra. 136-137 31rt-31vl
44
45
S&maka.
138-140
Ves'vdmttara
(1).
31vt-32r3
141-143
32r3-32v4
46 Vrryabala. 144-146 33rl-33v2

47 King Sive who abandons his queen. 147-148 33v2-34r2
48 The dove who gives grain to a sage. 149 34r2-34r4

49 Prince Kusa'c. 150-1 54 34r4-35v1
50 The merchants saved by the lion and the elephant. 155-157 35vl-36r3
51 The pigeon saved by the ransom of skin and flesh. 158 36r3-36r4
420
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 1955] TEXT AND TRANSLATION 421

Strophe Folio
iii.
Interlude.
159-160
36r4-36v4
iv. Jataka stories (continued).
45 Ves'v&mttara (2). 161-163 36v4-37v2

v. Epilogue. 164-169 37v2-39r2
vi.
Colophon.
39r2-39r4
IV. TEXT AND TRANSLATION
1. The figures printed in the left hand margin of
the transliterated text indicate the folios of the manuscript; r stands for recto, v for verso.
2. The numerals in the right hand margin are in

the manuscript. They apparently mark the end of a
strophe as for instance at the end of strophes 1, 2, 3,
and 5. There is no numeral at the end of strophe 4
and after strophe 5 they are missing altogether except
for the appearance of an occasional number (81 at the
end of strophe 71; t in strophes 100, 125, 130; 40 at
the end of strophe 118) the reason of which is unexplained.
3. By / the beginning of a new line in the manuscript is indicated.
4. The single dot . stands for of the manuscript,
the double dot: for ^ or: . They are by no means
punctuation marks in the accepted sense of that term.
In a small number of cases they seem to serve to fill
out the end of a line in the manuscript. In a much
larger number of cases the single dot marks the end
of a verse line. Equally frequent, however, are cases
in which the clear end of a verse line is not marked.
The number of cases in which the single dot is written
between syllables which clearly form a complete verse
line is also considerable. For the form in which the
text has been printed the remarks on p. 402 should be
consulted.
5. Raised numerals refer to notes at the end of this

chapter, p. 446. The reason which led in each case
to the emendation is to be found in one of the two
glossaries under the entry in question.
6. The subscript hook under an aksara of the manuscript is transliterated by' after the syllable; thus mu',
etc. for what is mu in other publications.
7. The subscript hook in the transliterated text as
in z, i, etc. is used to indicate what might be termed
'unetymological' anusvara.
8. By writing 'i-, 'e-, 'ai-, 'o-, 'au- it is understood

that the sign for i, e, ai, o, au is written in the manuscript over the (initial) aksara a-.
9. The horizontal stroke over gya indicates gya with

the lengthened subscript -y-; see Bailey, BSOAS 10:
602, fn. 1.
10. The curve over uvi indicates that the vowel

sign T is added to the u which itself is written on top
of v.
11. In the translation, which appears at the bottom

of the page, the strophes are numbered (1, 2, 3, etc.)
as in the text. Roman numerals (i, ii, etc.) indicate

the major subdivisions of the text (see synopsis, p.
420). Numerals in the center (1, 2, 3, etc.) indicate
the beginning of a Jataka story (see synopsis, p. 420).
Words in square brackets are not in the Khotanese
text.
lvl / siddham
1. jautti sai mista pramuha sahemdrra-pipia.

tta ttai ysira ksama pana sada uvara.
2 / ci bura 'i ?au-masi ba'ysa bu'jsa stavd.
3 si.khvai bi?a hva yuda yjnQim krranii ki/dna

2. khvam had) 'e'drre vanfa nyagakyi stare
asamahye aysmu camcalak-haphara.
4 vafia sam / va?ium' stava ci buri himamde.

sam khum hime mista priyauga ba'ysu?tadsta
I. PROLOGUE
1. Birth truly if associated with full senses and meri-
torious acts is great and excellent. So noble faith

when it arises pleases one's heart. However slight
may be one single word of praise of the virtues of the
Buddha, with the thought, 'How can I recite all of it
to express my affection?' . . 9
2. yet, though my senses are now weak, my mind

not concentrated in trembling confusion, now I will
recite as many praises as may be, that it may for me
be a great aid to bodhi.

2rl 3. sa' jattaka-sta./va gubhattratti garkha.
guiraphusta vyamjana sai vrtta anvasta.
tta ttaj stam o'ste khu jsaml hvamnau aya

2 / ksiram jsa hye himi mista Nasam'2 my4na 3
4. nimamdrrye jsaunikyi stam sadi jsa briya:
3 ttrivilai mesta / s4many4fia bisamja

si vedyagila n4ma khu acari deva.
vyamjanva dasta tta tta khu kivata ucyaj

4 5./ paryavuim va tta vafia byuitti mid4ne
ba'ysus4ti briya pufiam tvare kinaC
2vl sri visa' sfirra mistye. / rrumda hye udi?aya
khvam3 jsa vyachimlda ksira acha pile 5
2 6. sakrra gyasta astam cira semdrro/pemdrra.

tti garaja. gyas-ta dasapala hamida.
3 hamtsa parvarna lokapala tca/haura.
bi?a pyamtsasta husi pe' ttils' hauva:
4 7. misda gyasta hlya gyastQ/fia trrivarga.

jslna aysdada kasta 'i u padad.a: .
3rl / ssa bista paga' avasa drrunai 'iye.
bisi suiha bru,na-pajsamya byo byau tside
2 8. gyasta / rrina rrispuraka hamtsa hamida.

parvalyo hva hva aysdada himamde.
3 mi/sta tcaisya.na gyasta hiya parysa 4maca hamida

4 sira di./ra my4nya bi?a ksirva hvalndd.
9. husa tsi jslna pila harbiga: vyaIchi.
3vl / khu ye mara astam vi pharkak bira?e'.

vyaksivasta bada vi pha hva ni ysamde
2 vafin tta / marsya'ra arra ci tta tta ni bv4ne:
3. This Praise of the Jdtakas is of splendid system
the four Lokaplclas; of them all in the future may
strength, brilliance and power increase.

[?], venerable; the phrases are hard to draw out, the
very metre is difficult. Thus I wished that it should

exist in Khotanese; there should be great profit therefrom to the country within the Buddhist doctrine.
4. Humbly I invited, with faith [and] in love, the
great knower of the three pitakas, in the Samanya
congregation, namely, Vedyasild by name, [a man]
like Ac&ryadeva, skilled in phrasings like the [clever]
fisherman in the water.
5. 'Deign therefore now to translate for me, 0 gracious one, in love of bodhi, for the transferring of
7. May the gracious king's divine life of the three
aspects be guarded, protected, and sustained; for a

hundred and twenty autumns may he surely be in
health; may all his pleasures, full of illustrious honor,
more and more increase.
8. May the goddess-queen, the princes united together, be severally watched over by the guardian
gods, the great prime minister, the servants of the
king, the ministers together, the good, the low, the
middle
merits, with a view to the good of S'r 1isa' Sfirrd,
the great king, that therefrom in the country diseases

and calamities may cease.'
6. God Sakra and the other gods, who are with
Indra and Upendra; then the mountain-born goddess;
the gods, the Disadpdlas together; with their retinue
men, all the people of the country.
9. May life prosper, may every disaster vanish, so
that one here at a later time may explain much, [since]

in a time of disturbance one knows not much to state.
Therefore now-forgive my deficiencies, if I thus

should not know.
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 19551 TEXT AND TRANSLATION 423

10. na ttye britinai dai nascura. staura
3 ji./ga heme han nvaya:scya nasa'ma
4 vanau dathja flca tv4fie ba'/ysa.

ttan4 tta sada adhimattra uvara:
4rl 11. khu rre yai mahapra/bhasa. sarv4aia ba'ysa.
balacakrravartta Aire hampha mista.
2 klai4au' jsa byaudai samtt4nia / pi?ara.

cu brniyausta hasta. pasve ayula ttume'ste:4
3 12. hastava./lena khu jsam pyuste patca.

ba'ysifia avi?aisakye bu'jse miste.
4 ne' raysayana / hamamga5 tvi ttifia beda.
romaharsa pasta bisa amgam vira
4vl 13. khu virulya sphdlya ysi/rra a'jsa kvaysa.
gyasta-ksiryau jsa nahyamda braha ttera.

2 stimira gara m4namda aha/mista akhasta.
thu byaude aysmu ba'ysfu'sta vardsta.
3 14. pamjsa ge' natai bisa hamdara / mu'sde'.
styuida prranah4na cu tti bastai ttama.
4 buda ssa kulia yudai duskara ki/re.6

tcana tva byaude ba'ysuista uvara:
15. dvarabista byuirra hasta ysari7 pirma.
5rl ttirsthamda pa/rsai' ba'ysqfia tta rrumde.

ni hatcastai hatha cu hvai astam vira.
2 ttane tta orga bud.a ssa byu/ra juna.
16. haskye ksa' slya khu gamgd8 ava svida.
a mirThija kardas ava bora

3 / pasam'jsye purre hivi tti4a. ysanaka.
cu tvi ya hasta rre stana di sirka:
10. Of the fire of passion, cruel and fierce, there is no
gods, like the Sumeru mountain unchangeable and
quenching, [no] quiescence of other attachments, save
unmovable, you attained to thought towards bodhi.
by the water of your law, 0 Buddha. Therefore I

have thus exceeding and noble faith.
14. You entered upon all the five stages of life as

another favor, when you undertook a steadfast vow
at that time. More than a hundred ten millions of
wondrous deeds you did by which you gained the
II. JATAKA STORIES

1
11. When you were King Mahaprabhasa, 0 allknowing Buddha, an emperor with power, possessed
of great s?r, because of defilements you felt disgust in
life's continuance, when the elephant, subject to passion, swallowed the heated ball of iron.
12. When afterwards you heard from the elephantkeeper of its exalted great virtues beyond distinction, resembling the nectarial elixir, at that time horripilation came over all your limbs.
13. Like beryl, crystal, gold, and silver your side;
your back and forehead touching the worlds of the
exalted bodhi.
15. Two hundred and twenty-eight thousand ten
million [?] kings of bodhi you served in the world; you

did not break the vow which you had spoken, to the
end. Therefore, to you then homage more than a
hundred myriad times.
2
16. Six tusks white like a conch shell, or milk, or a

string of pearls, or snow, surpassing the splendor of
the autumnal moon, you who, as the lord of elephants,

had a beautiful appearance, . . .

4 17. khu tta a. / ludrrai cu haska pajaiste:
ksana-matrd na yudai hisd hai ?ira satva.

5vl hifia ttfirre ke'./cafia stam thlye virsa'dna.
sam khu prask4ndha bahya thamja uysbaya:

2 18. hamavamda garna khu hve' vi/ysa bathamje.
sird sadusta9 mugda hiv1 pve'hna.
damdina ramna haysa haudai rraysgana
3 / cu pvesti pa'jsa kai ks4ma na saije:

19. the mam bija bada hama pisai hvasta.
4 thu mump arfi/va thu ma ttraya mid.4ne.
sarvaloka vira bise jva ksir-my4fia.
aspatam vina tvi nista pe' ysira mista.
6rl 20. khu dyai ysa/d.aka risa'ya dukhye anaha.
handsai stama jsa masta duspye chamga.
2 ttarraye ksLna pa/suijsam.dai dfna
si vafia pitta vau'samdai samdye bida
21. tta khu bdsa' ysam.gara phuda bahya pasuiste.

3 khve rijsa/ksivi padam pe'jsye pvehna.
dva-pacad.a daina cu a hathrri tvare
panate ttye vi mu'Ada' pajsa attrima.

4 22. sahaica/ka stana hamye drratai tvare.
ka ni sa' hve mide pufiauda ksuna

6vl si' 4na paridivyai spastai cu si' samfi / upata.
vajsistai hala daina ham. bada mista:
2 23. tta khu ttaudana hamthrri satva viysamji ysi/nahe.

tta tta ttu m4fiamda sirye adara gihna.
3 uysana distai ttina d4fia pasvl/fia

attajsada est4me tvi tta orga:
17. when therefore a hunter came who asked for the

tusks, even for one moment you did not hesitate, 0
good being; out of your own mouth, in a cleft, you
pulled them, with heroism, just as an athlete (Pras-
kandha) pulls up trees [and] carries [them] away.

18. As a man plucks lotuses from the Hamavaamda
mountain, happy, contented, compassionate, by your
own blow, the jewels [which were your] teeth you

gave away at once, since you feared extremely lest his
wish be not fulfilled.
19. At all times you shall be my best teacher, you
shall be my refuge, you shall be my salvation, 0 gra-
cious one. In the whole world, for all living beings

in the land, there is no refuge save you. Great are
your strength and heart.
3
20. When you saw an old rsi, distressed, without

protection, lost, because of weariness dizzy, without
strength, irritated, thirsty, burning with the fire of

hunger so that he fell down, swooning, upon the
ground,
21. just as in a forest an old rotten tree burns, when

against it the wind with violent buffeting has struck
with a blow, . . . when he came exceedingly tor-
mented by the fire of two kinds [hunger and thirst],

there arose in you on his account strong and supreme
[?] compassion.
22. Being the hare you were exceedingly anxious
lest the virtuous man should die from hunger. He
sat lamenting. You looked to a remedy: you saw a
great pit filled with fire.
23. Just as a man tormented by heat bathes

in a lotus pool, likewise on an impulse of high
respect you threw yourself into that burning fire, [an
act of] unsurpassable firmness. Therefore to you
homage.

24. sakrra hivi barai yai piraya ba4na
4 / agvaraja'0 valaha 41 amgna mista.
a'jslja-trVaikha mirThlnai gara.
7rl purra hL./vyau ba'yo styerrijai tti4s'na:

25. raksasam' baijam sava-tsukam myafia.
2 jabviya pa-sse sat-ika and/ha
staura hatharka budamdda bu'ysye badna.
thvam vdst4 nva'stai bisa hamya ava'sta:

3 26. bi4e tta / saisti bi4sm amga baida.
mu'sde jsa kastai khu ji pura paysata.

4 asa'sta sati khu / ji byata harrunfie.
ysamasadai pvena pirorakye aurga:

7vl 27. rre brahmadatta khu pa'jsa. / yud.i baysa.
cu gamdaill khastadd cul halahaja yud.Iamda.
2 ysirfum astam.di skalam davam. . / pva'nna.
mu'sdi jsam12 vaska jiye pamtsyai patca:
28. fiam ttaji ne'sto hi baja hubasta:
3 pa/spud.Iamda tvanai brriha garanasta sata.

sambajsyau rrijsyau bi'stam.de aga
4 gugta / tt4fid harsta u astail3 natca ne'sta:
29. garam rrumdd ma4n-amdd ye suri virsa'na

8rl 'esta/va krr4fia ksamau parartha-cara
gfuysna rre stana yud.ai duskara kird.
2 ttine sira satva. / muhu jsa pakva orga.
30. barbirye guiysna ja va mu'sda' jsa patca.

3 bukaja pusa tsuai. / rrumdaina hurdfia
cu didi pha ysairka yud.a pane pamna.
4 sau na ye vena tvi / cuai jiye hera:
24. You were the steed of Sakra in former time, the

great king of horses Valdhd, with white body, a moun-
tain of pearls with peaks of silver, with the beams of

the full moon, with the splendor of the stars.
25. Among the female demons, full of poison [?],
ground, some raised a tumult-bitter cries of the animals rose up through fear. In compassion for them
you gave up life at that time.
28. As the bridge, built over the river stream, wellconstructed, they trampled on your back, they
mounted to the hill. With sharp claws that tore
your limbs. Your flesh and skin were broken and the
wandering at night, the five hundred merchants of
bones protruded.
Jambudvipa, without protection underwent harsh suf-
29. Like the king of the mountains you were in

bravery and heroism, steadfast, grateful, pitiful, active
for the welfare of others. Being the king of the antelopes you performed a wondrous deed. Therefore to
you, 0 good being, from me at your feet homage.
ferings for a long time. You brought them away: all

were saved.
26. All therefore took hold of you upon all your

limbs; in compassion you protected them as indeed
one s own children. You rose towards the sky as

lightning flashes. Homage to the remover of people's
fear.
5
27. When King Brahmadattd had the hunting park
enclosed-some [of the hunters] struck upon the
30. Afterwards for the sake of the pregnant deer,

in compassion, you went at once to the steward in the
royal kitchen [?], [the deer] which made so much

lament in front of all. There was no one save you
who would give his life for her.
31. pacid. ai ddsa hisa staurd avasta

8vl marana-bhaya trriksa pu./ralaka pracaina.
khu nd aha aspata himya avasta.

bisam aspata mami tta pakam 14 orga:
2 32./ nata-sfim' natai ysamtha mu'sda' pracaina.

ysurrinai be'na pasujsamdam my4na.
3 darrda./ra n4ma himyai natau rre.
maittrinai ne'na asphiramdai yamda.
4 33. 'iyarai dumdubha na sa' / kid.i pa'jsa

ahamfie ysire hve ttriksa salata
be'na samkhi'sta sam khu raijsa p1na
9rl ksamautta aysmu st.ne yude / harga:

34. tta tta khu purra hiye ba'ya ni pasi haysa.
2 ksamotta mu'sda' thi pa na yud.ai / harga.
estava mum.dai tta khu gara sumirdi5
ttane bra ba'ysa maha jsa pakam orga:
3 35./ na'tcapha-'6 kdla tta khu huska samudrra.

pattdla gamtsa bihi pve'styu tva.re
4 / gara-ke'ca m4namda vistari mista

blysanai stirfi raksaysa miysirka
9vl 36. sau silo dd / udisaya yaksai7 'eha
uysand distai gara-trraikhafia stana.
ni himye pvlina khu dyai ba'tai ttfirrd

2 aci-/ve'sard bisa' rrijsa haskye:
37. hatsa-aspe hamye gyasto hvamd.a.
3 sakrrd astamna. pha/re pajsama yud.mda
raja-risa'ya stana yudai duska kira
4 ttina" namasu/ma ba'ysa sadi jsa brriya
31. In her turn she failed [?] to find certain safety.
You remained steadfast just like the Sumeru moun-
Her fear of death was sharp with regard to her young,
tain. Therefore to you, 0 beloved Buddha, from me
when she found in you a secure refuge, the refuge of
at your feet homage.
them all. From me therefore at your feet homage.

7
32. You took birth in a ndga womb, in compassion.
35. At the time of dissolution when the ocean is
dry, [like ?] the Pattdla pit, vast, exceedingly terrifying, like a mountain ravine, huge, great, terrible, rigid
Among those burning with the poison of anger, you
(?), there was a monstrous raksasa.
were the king of the ndgas, Darrdara by name, ever
36. For the sake of one s'loka into the mouth of the
yaksa you threw yourself from the peak of a mountain.
You had no fear when you saw the open mouth, the
tongue darting like a flame, the sharp tusks.
permeating them with the nectar of kindness.

33. The malicious naga Dumdubha spoke very forceful, unfriendly, harsh, sharp words, smeared with
poison just like sharp arrows. He abandoned sym-
37. Gods and men gained refuge, S'akra and the

others. Many did honor to you. As a royal sage
pathy of mind to you.
34. Just as the moon does not cast away its beams,
you did not renounce then sympathy and compassion.
you performed wondrous deeds. Therefore, to you I

bow down, 0 Buddha, with faith, in love.
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 19551 TEXT AND TRANSLATION 427

38. ksamttavada etdne tvi kalabhu rre
apracai bimdi garkha basda' byaudi
lOrl marinai19/daina pasqjsamdai *t4na.

ni pamqd.i vyaysam cu ni busta padamjya20
2 39. viysam m4fiamda tturrka tv4na / gvaka
braviya ?irkyi ysara buijse haysgye
dasta pa ne'na raysayamna vadida
3 kadarna rejsai biga / ?adya hvaste:
40. ne himye amana ?ira satva pufiauda.
same jsam mu'?da' himya ttye vi mista
4 vira/nau jse svldi naramda vasve uivara.

hamya aspata sarvasatva mista:
lOv1 41. ?amdye jsa aistavaniar4 / aysmu hvarra.
hus4fiai yamda apram4ijydm nvaiya
samudrra m4fiamda himyai punau Aire jsa
2 / tvi hlai orga mami pharaka j1na:
3 42. hviya hfipa susta tcara cu hvadi pha/raka.

ttina himye ttauna guksamd2l amgna maysirka
4 maysdarva paijva ura jagyam bem/da
burbulye ysata khaund.a maunda pharaka.
llrl 43. be'saci mursala sefia di4ta maysi./rkd.22
biys4iiai tciri jsa tta khu vettala spasa.

biksista rnima jsa23 ka4ata hasprri-tcamjsa
2 kalmdsapa/da24 siha saudaysa rre:
44. viysa spulaka m4fiamda sumarka vasuska.

3 nauvari/nau rrumdi kelrafiau jsa piraude.
gara-ke'ca hktliVa sta ram9g4 vigq'na.

4 besum ha dl/sta pi jsa25 buysye badna
38. Being Karmttavddd, King Kalabhu, without
merits and sri. Towards you homage from me

many times.
10
reason committed a grievous sin against you. Burn-
ing with the fire of Mara [?], he did not anticipate
42. Because he ate much fat mixed with human
misery, because he did not understand your way of
blood, therefore he became fat, having an enormous
acting.
belly, with monstrous body; on his nipples [?]
39. Your mouth and ears resembling lotuses, de-
(maysdarva), breasts, belly, thighs, pustules appeared,
lightful, beautiful, having a thousand virtues, your
many and various lumps.
nose, hands, and feet, made from nectarial elixir, with
43. Whirling a monstrous club in one hand; because

of his terrifying face, as a vetdla appears, befouled with
filth, hideous, with dishevelled hair, Kalmdsapdda, son
a sharp sword he smote off all to the ground.

40. You were not displeased, 0 good being full of
merits; you had even great compassion for him. From
of Simha Sudasa,
your wounds pure, noble milk poured out; it became
44. carried off ninety-nine kings, resembling lotus
a great refuge for all beings.

41. Your sweet mind firmer than the earth you
buds tender and pure, from their lands. Detained in
the caverns on the slopes [?] of the mountain ravine,
developed constantly by following the [four]

philanthropies. You were like the ocean by your
long period.
in evil plight, he nourished them all with fat over a
428 DRESDEN: FHE JATAKASTAVA [TRANS. AMER. PHIL. SOC.

45. ttai ya si jasnid yanum buvam bal4.
1 lvl pathamjaki ra / thu yai srfuttasm stdana.
sirosa'da sau jaambvi harbisa satva:
2 gakrra sai aysam khausta ttye gira ki/rna.
46. vyaysanamk jigya nas4ma halai samnia.

hi'ysda tvi panie va havamgara:
3 / cu mi dida kusalai yai daita guma.

ttine tsum orga buda sa byura jqna:
4 47. guiha ysa/rnija khu jsaam ramnyau tida

si' hadi ml hambada 'aysdyau26 jsa biysirka
tti sirka striya cu aysmu tte pirede
12rl se' / hada gamjsa cu haqmd hvamda nivartte:
48. ttu mafiamda samda tva samudrra-na'scya
2 sau silo da udisa/ya pamtsai bigna
dharmachaya brrani.mam se' nate darrona
3 didamde gaurava ya davi mista rre / sana
49. karandyaq ttu didi mista da udisa
haudai haura satvam brriya

4 ttini hamyai sarvafia / bvame jsa akhosta
ttane brra ba'ysa aurga pakam dina:
50. yamadatta rre sta brra ysuska man4ta27
12vl sira / nara pamtsyai28 brra jiyena hamamga.

tta tta khu purra spasa purna pamjesa' vira
2 ttalottama ramba sfuja / rrlja ttigna'.

51. binasai yaksa bihi pvestyam tvare.
sai' tsodi ham jve brahyeti jsena.
3 sivalya / pasta sfira samde beda.
ne khausta aysmu tta khu gara sumira.
45. Then to him it occurred: 'A sacrifice I shall

make, a bali to the demons.' A restrainer of him you
were as Sruittasuim. All the beings of the whole of
took the pious gift from you boldly [offered]. Such

a great honor you had as a great king of the Law.
49. Full of mercy on behalf of the Law you gave
JambudvTpa were happy. The very seat of Sakra was

stirred by this good deed.
this so great gift. Therefore, you were, 0 all-knowing
46. A plan towards the removal of calamities and

tranquillity was before you, profiting every one, who
so much in resourcefulness were skilled and trained.
Therefore to you I come with homage more than a
hundred myriad times.
beloved [Buddha], homage at your feet.
11
47. Like a cave of gold encrusted with precious

stones, yet filled with snakes and terrifying, likewise a
beautiful woman who ravishes the mind, yet because
she has faults, she repels men,
48. similarly you gave up wholly the earth bounded
by the ocean for the sake of one sloka. The brahman
Buddha, unmovable in bodhi. Therefore, to you, 0
12
50. Being King Yamadattd you gave up your beloved wife, delightful, excellent, and beautiful, dear as
your life, as the full moon appears on the fifteenth

day, with the royal splendor of Ttalottama, Ramba,
and Suija.
51. The hungry yaksa, huge, very terrifying, swallowed her still alive into his belly. The white bones
fell upon the ground. Your mind was unmoved like

the Sumeru mountain.
4 52. virsi'nai styuida kasa/ta bastai pa'jsa.

ba'ysusgti brriya sarvasatvam kina
sa khva parye yanum biso dukhyau jsa
13rl virgau'da / ba'ysa ttere jse tta orga:
53. ?ira bu'ysa baysve tta khu v&suka na.
2 erakafia hamphvai tta khu hivi / pura.
nadau arafin cu tvi s4na himye.
3 cuai vasta thiyai gara-ke'ce'.fia29 st4/na.
54. makalii'a barna parehamdai vrrasta.

4 Airarn mista cu yai deva-risa'ya /.
ttane tsum orga paja-mandalk qtna.

13vl avasu jarmde ayauysa paca./lna:
55. amttarrdam d5Ae tsai ba'ysam da
uysdig5ki ra na ye bu'ysye b4dna
2 thvai vaska patsyai brri jiye / ysuska
pa-sete rriscye guihaifia hvastamda beda.
3 56. husafiai tvi tvi virsa' adara tha./ka

vvaysanarp jegi nisa'ma halaiyasta
duskaram sa-yseryam kiram vaska
4 himyai a./mund ttane pakva orga
57. slya viysa-bata khu baurinai gard
drrama sahauja cu tvi beda bud.ada
14rl tta/jsadai ttye jsa thu urmaysdam ttigna'.
camdaprabha st4na kamala pamtsyai ttama:
2 58. avihyau ramnyo brrqfia/dai maulna
ysanastq tcarsu ttisi' Aire yanaka.

pyahaste brrammam kad.arna ttini.
3 / didi sirka sma khu pura hambad.a pasa':
52. Valiant and firm you endured the most hideous

one, out of love for bodhi, for the sake of all beings,
with the thought: 'How can I deliver them from all
woes?' 0 heroic Buddha, thus to you homage with
my forehead.
13
53. Beautiful, with long arms, like Vdsukd the naga,

you held him in your arms like one's own child, the
ungrateful man, who was your enemy, whom you delivered from the mountain ravine,
54. in monkey shape, keeping the moral laws, under
on its behalf gave up your dear, beloved life. Five

hundred sharp knives they struck upon you.
56. You magnified your heroism, your care [and]
power [?] for the removal of calamities and tranquillity. Of a hundred thousand wondrous deeds you
were the dwelling place. Therefore, homage at your
feet.
15
a vow, [you] who were a divine sage, a great doer of

good. Therefore, I come to you with homage performing the five-fold prostration. May troubles cease
57. The white root of the lotus, like the snowy

mountain, such the umbrella which they carried over
you. You surpassed by it the splendor of the sun.
As King Camddprabha you offered your head at that
for you surely in their course.
time.
14
55. The Law of the Buddhas had disappeared.

There had been no teacher of it for a long time. You
58. The headdress shining with priceless jewels,

beautiful, brilliant, making splendor and sri, a brahman then with a sword cut it off, the face as beautiful
as the full moon in autumn.
430 DRESDEN: THE JATAKASTAVA [TRANS. AMER. PHIL, SOC.
4 59. ha'jafle pasta kamalq jsaunikyi qtd/na

ba'ysugti brriya didrrarm hudai haura.
atyamtta-tyaga cu drr4-mujse safie
14vl kam si' / satva ba'ysa cu tvi orga ni jsate:
60. cu ra ksjra bara ni pasta ttima bajautta

2 hamye durbiksa sa vafia / satva mirare
piskistai satvam kh4ysinai nasa

navai thu ?au bhaga satvyau jsa hamamga:
3 61. gesamda / disi' vi mi'ysdyina pravaiya.

ustam sau hamada a dukhye risa'ya
4 ttu bhaga hivi ttye hau/Ji
patca thu ml sa uysana hudai
62. drrai maNta ana balacakrravartta hvsta
15rl sadye bida yude ttu duiskara ki/ra mu'sdi30 jsa patca.
ysaujsa hvada khasta tcamna asada yai
2 hambaya ni yudai tvi aurga mi/A4ne:
63. gara-ttaja staga bihisada-jqna.
3 abe'syau khviyau vyaulasta-baja/sa.
varada rraga bamhya cambva ysaysa.
4 si vafia mu pacadni jida. ba/ysqfia bamhya:
64. hviyasai satva parauysamdai ysirka
15vl bisaije bamtve yudi du/khavi tvare
thu jsa ttifia basi' guysna yai kida sirka

ramninai hambisa khinda tcarsu
2 65. dyena ysire va parabyuitta pa'/jsa mu'sdi jsa hamtsa
vahaisti ttaja parauysandai vaska dukha

karitte jsa sirye stama jsa virsa'na
3 khu jsa tta ajiimdai / huska vi rramja3'
59. In the dust [?] the head fell. Bowing humbly

in love of bodhi you gave such a gift, generous exceedingly, that it made the hair-pores rise. Which is the
person, 0 Buddha, who comes not to you with homage?
16
60. In the country where rain did not fall at all,

crops failed, famine occurred so that people were
dying, you measured out shares of food to the people;
you took only one part equal to the people's.
61. Everywhere the mendicants roamed in misery.
17
63. There was a mountain stream, in flood, on its
extended course, its noise violent with whirlpools and

waves, tearing away trees, bushes, and plants on its
banks, so that in its course here it destroys the trees
in the forest.
64. A human being, drowning miserably, cried out
and screamed in great distress. You yourself in that

forest were an antelope, very beautiful, brilliant like
At last one solitary unhappy rsi came. You gave

a heap of precious stones.
your own portion to him; then you gave your very life.
65. At the sight your heart turned strongly towards
62. For three months, as preeminent emperor, upon
the earth you did this wonderful deed in compassion.
At that time the savory food and drink wherewith
you had been fed [?], you could not keep as your part.
To you homage, 0 gracious one.
him in compassion. You descended into the stream
for the sake of the hapless drowning man, with hard

effort, with strong exertion, by your heroism, so that
thus you brought him to the dry bank.

66. ttai hvai si hai nadi khve sirka sasta 'lye
cu ni mud! uica jiye byaudai ysuska
4 mqna / tta hirqtai sva n4ma ni hqnia. krrafia

bh4ga 4muha nasa sanau tta mamna:
16rl 67. si' va. /32 nidi tvi va ajidi jsinaka

ttina rruste ba'ysa si' hvi hiya dasta.
2 rura guysnd / qt4na yudai duskara kiri.

ttana namasui sadi gaurava thaufia.
3 68. pharakye stama /jsa va thlyai vd?td

hatcastye nauvi jsa sat4ka samudrra.
4 ramna va nudai sira va/sva agamjsa
papamkara brrate paysa krrqflf kina
69. apracai ana si' tvi s4na himye

16vl / husamdai 4ne bre tcemaq'fia thlye
kharija rraisci33 gvqlhai'fia cve tta hvaste.34
2 lobha pracaina ttauma ramnam / vaska.
70. ne hami'sta aysmu ttye brratara35 vlra.
sam khu atasa' cu pyauryau36 ni hamaitte

3 / krr.fiinai natai37 ttu hamdara mugde'.
hamdrruisa purrdai tvi aurga mid4ne
4 71. sam/udrra tsuai natarm biga hai thu mijani.
vidura38 amaca stana parysai rrumdad.
17rl ysu/rri jsa sujsamda-ttura nata visu'na
duma jsa pvestyamna eha byava niramde 81
2 72. thu ml vara mudai / hamtsam tcuramyai
had.ai.yum da hvai gambhlraq uvara
ne' raysayamna hamaga brrahma-vyahara.
3 ra/?i'yanq hivya sira namda padamja:
66. Thus you spoke to him: 'O man, if it has seemed

good to you that you died not in the water, but gained
your dear life, report not at all my fame and name
in gratitude. Accept my food and lodgings. Such
is my supplication.'
67. The man however brought your killers. Thereby

the man lost, 0 Buddha, his hands. As the ruru deer
you did a wondrous deed. Therefore, I bow down to
you with faith and reverence.
18
68. With great effort you drew from the broken

ship the merchants in the ocean. You brought here
the fine flawless precious stones to him-Papamkard
was your own brother-by reason of your affection.
69. Without reason he became your enemy. While
you were asleep he pulled out your dear eyes with a
sharp tool of acacia (Khadira) wood with which he

so struck you then in greed for the precious stones.
70. Your mind did not change towards your brother,
like the sky which changes not because of the clouds.
In affection for him you accepted this as another
favor; you overcame hostility. To you homage, 0
gracious one.
19
71. You entered the ocean, into the house of the

nagas, 0 you gracious one, as the minister Vidurd,
a servant to the king. The nagas were evil with
mouths blazing in anger; with smoke lightnings issued
from their fearful mouths.
72. You thus remained there with them. On the
fourth day you spoke to them the profound, noble
Law, the Brahma stages, resembling the nectarial
elixir. They undertook the good course of action of
the sages.
4 73. hajva bv4maya parehamda krramna /.
pademdai nata damda-aysmva bigd.

17vl samudrrd mafiamdai yai bvau'me jsa mida./ne.
tvi orga ham vi badd sadi jsa briya:
74. ksu ttarrna duspya sujsamda-jsaima.
2 ysira. / gr.Inamca biysisamdai iagkina.

cu asta puraka hvard vyaghrraja39 striya
3 yu./d.ai ttyam vira mahakaruna uvara.
75. ttye vyagri40 kiina garna pasti ttama
4 khu / na hvi4a hiya brra puraka vitka.
hamthrriyai aysmu ysamagamdai vaska
18rl ava'/ste hauraka tvi orga mikjane:

76. khue ksaudi mi4i vasve ba'ysa da
2 brraha beda kamga gurvai sadi jsa / briya
hatcast~!. aistai ilra m4namda Al
uysafie bida kala ?u'stai
3 77. ttye jsa bamda ji/vaina hamaga hqfid ttarqna.

nara udiNaya narrvai hivye re.
4 didam/de ddvi ya gaurava sada.
kelasa garna hamamga4l styulda beda.
18vl 78. brahmadeva rre s.tm. / da brriya uvara.

didi staura 'estyai hatharka biysamja.
2 ttane gambhira samudrra maniam./da bvscya
dukhya bajattye ttumfie tsum ml orga:
79. udviyasta ysati raysaysfia uska bihivi

3 / pve'sti ttya rrumda byeha phara sali
nvasta avyayamdai bu'ysa badna42
4 tta tta mumdai ma jve vania ache / be.da
73. You made all the nagas in turn wise, intelligent,

to keep the moral laws, tamed in mind. Like the
ocean you were in knowledge, 0 gracious one. To
you homage at all time, with faith in love.
20
74. [When] a tigress, weak by hunger and thirst,

with blazing eyes, savagely growling, seizing them
with her mouth, was about to eat her cubs, you did
for them a great, noble favor.
75. For the tigress you fell then from the mountain,
lest she should eat her beloved young cubs. You
suffered distress for the world, as giver of security.
To you homage, 0 gracious one.
21
76. Since the pure Law of the Buddhas pleased you,
0 gracious one, you broke open the skin upon your
back, with faith in love; you broke a bone white like

jade [?]; for yourself you prepared a pen.
77. From it gushed red blood precious as life. For

the man [the brahman] you broke open your own
veins. You had such a reverence and faith in the

Law, like the Kel2sa mountain in steadfastness.
78. As King Brahmadevi in love of the noble Law
you endured such rough and terrible torments. Therefore, to you with experience like the deep ocean,
suffering, wretched, and strong, I come thus with

homage.
22
79. Full of disgust you were born; upon the royal
throne high you were lifted; you feared many years
to accept the splendor of it; you lay long without

speaking; thus you remained lest any trouble should
be on you.

80. sera nama rrustai cue ya si siinettra.
muka-pamka nama himyai siqa-biga'
19rl pravaje ksauda ha/spiscya paraha.
parriyastani sirkye 4'me thana:

2 81. yava khue rraga' yud1mdd hamai ri/sa'ya.
avamava kuila parryai satva dukhyau jsa.
3 ba'ysa-virifia yudai vara tte./fia kslra:
82. hamya phara satva dhy4na-labhya vrrasta:
4 aysmvijva bisva bisa baysga. / jadija.
k5ra-drsqlja stura ttada ttriksa.
19vl da hiyau ba'yau harahustai rraysga/na
83. tta tta khu urmaysdi pasa'-bad4i asa'

tta khu visi'ra pamna urvarinai gara burs.a
2 vasprigta jiya-bqliii / karya jsa tta tta bu'ysa badna

3 magara jadija hatcastai tt4da tvi orga midane: /43
84.: striya brri ksudai gvaysinai daina
4 nasau'/dai aysmya tta khu pyaura mayserka.
utcinai garkha pasa tcamna44 buysvaiye. 10
20rl / ysaysa kisemj a pana basa' si' dai.

85. vlja yai dagta guima kegava n-ma.
2 sanii jsa ttye / striyi udisa sve bemda
patca muda striya bastai garkhu bu'ysye ba4na.

3 hamdaryam vya/ysana jai tsqme orga:
86. pajamdai brammam vigpasti kina.
4 behl bure pva'ste hatcafin/me vlra
sarvadatta, rre st cu haura pajiste.

khve na ya hamda haurama45 vaska
20vl 87. yu/lai hariscya hivi jiye bigna.

karaii jsa bastadc46 hiya dasta.
uysana haistai ttye brammam ttama
2 si' / aha pusa basta sana rrumda haisce:
80. You lost the good name Suinettrd which was

yours; you were named Mukapamka, tongue-tied.
Ascetism, striving, moral duty pleased you, as a
place of good dwelling for those who were to be
delivered.
81. While they ruled the kingdom for you, yourself
a sage, innumerable millions of beings you saved from
woes. You created Buddha-sonship there in the land.
82. Many beings were eager for dhyana, under vows,
dwelling in the houses of the mind; many were ignorant, holding heretical views. You dispelled the
thick, cruel darkness at once by the beams of the
Law.
83. Just like the sun in the sky at autumn's time,

as the thunderbolt bursts the crystal mountain and
scatters it, just so in the Jetavana, by your efforts you
destroyed for a long time the long-continued darkness
of ignorance. To you homage, 0 gracious one.
23
84. The woman in the fire of separation from her

beloved husband you tranquillized in mind, like the
huge cloud, from which the heavy mass of water
quenches the fire arisen in a forest full of bushes.
85. You were the skillful and practised physician,
Kesavd by name. Afterwards with a plan for the
woman you long carried on your shoulder the stiff,
heavy corpse [?]. For others you got rid of calamities. I come to you with homage.
24
86. To comfort the begging brahman and to remove

his extreme fear, as King Sarvadattd, when he asked
for a gift, since you had nothing else to give,
87. you surrendered utterly your life; you bound
your own hands with the creeper. You gave yourself
then to the brahman. He at once led you away to
give you to the king, your enemy.
88. keyuda ysarrna sakyau jsa samartha
3 tti baysve / tt4ma khu nar4yam gyasta.
ttigna' s-urina gakrra mumdai sam raudrra
4 se dyama-mattra hasprri sohna pu/sa
89. se aysam beda gorva kina bisqfia

brrina pajsama cue tta haiste
21rl k?amau tta pa ... /ysvira Nam briya ysirasta.

cakrravartta js4na himyai
2 90. sai ttina ysamthana jiviji piha hamjsau/dai47 miste.

ttiga'sta bu'jse ba'ysuisti pracaina.
himyai aspata sarvasatva mista
3 byuira ku/la jqna mami jsam tta orga:

91. gara hiyau ttrikhyau piskista samudrra
4 hatcascye nauvi jsa./ satlka anaha
mu'sda' jsaM48 vaska jiye k?ina yudai:

saista tvi bemda u rram1jast4 naramdd4
21vl 92./ sat-ikam pvesti ka ni uci mirare.

tti va bisa byodamda biga dukham nasau'da
2 suka tsai pari/lo ttya kena ava'sta
ttine gira satva aurga patce aurga:
3 93. vasve naso'd4 ysirra m4an~am/da che jse:

kamga ya tvi beda ramnyo jsa najsata.
ata tta tvil va asiduina jsanaka
4 bi'sta/de kamga bigd satvam beda:
94. na uysamdi thu vasta hirstai vira
22rl uysana be'-tuda ka na tti. / satva mirare.
nagaraja stana yudai duskara kira.
2 ttana namasilma ba1ysa sadi isa brri/ya:
compassion
for their sake you gave up your life. They
88. Golden bracelets set with corals, your arms
at
clung
upon
that time were like the god Narayam; in brilliance and you and escaped to the shore.
92.at
You feared lest the merchants should perish in
valor you resembled Sakra and Rudra also, so that
the water. They on their part reached their homes;

once at the mere sight one was penetrated with delight.
all their pains were dispelled. You went alone to the
89. But upon the throne, you, to whom in reverence
other world for their security. Therefore, 0 good
,one gave [?] all splendid honors, with sympathy, therebeing, homage to you and again homage.
fore, while lying prostrate upon your face, cordial
-through love, were yet an emperor.

90. In this birth, at the price of life, you assembled
brilliant virtues with a view to bodhi. You

great refuge for all beings. Ten thousand
times from me thus homage.

25
91. In the ocean separated by the mountain peaks,
with broken ship, the merchants were helpless. In
26
93. Pure and tranquillized the skin upon you was
were a
like gold, inlaid with precious stones. Evil hunters
million
came then against you. They tore the skin from all
the beings.
94. Surely you did not breathe against them your

poisoned breath lest the beings should die. As king
of the nagas you performed a wondrous deed. Therefore, I bow down to you, 0 Buddha, with faith, in love.

95. jambufia49 causkafia mura pura yudamda.
tvil tteri bemda tt4ma pirtiya bad.na
3 / drrai masta vina pvnia vara 4ste kam4'fia.
sabajsyau rrijsyau tvi baistada ttara:
4 96. vratta/vagcarna ni nvathatai gvana
tta ttam kaste khu mata pura ki'tta
22vl vir?lja pa'jsa didi dtira50 sira / styulda
dijsakye halai tvi orga mid4ne:

97. achaija gyauha miraniya dukhya.
2 maiysdyina5l ksuva anaspe/ta anaha
patsyai thu jiye bri ttye kina amga.
vini o'sa stana rrugta vira mid.4ne
3 98./ mu'sda pracaina gyauhya drrine kina.

haudai thu hiya hinia gugti jsa hatsa.
4 cu bure ysama/samdya dukhaviya uysnaura
thvam suka trraste tvi orga mid4ne:

23rl 99. sava-tsuka buiva u. / kalaputtana baysga
ajavaisa' ysurrja naspulamda vasta
2 raksaysaim52 my4nia tta va yaksa1m mya/fia

gara trramdi thu nere krr4aii53 kidna:
100. tsuai thu gyastania kitha kimnara-dvipa
3 arahye mista / ttr4ma kinara-rrumdi
ajidai vasta rrina kinara-kqn~a
4 ttana namasti/ma ba'ysa sadi jsa brriya

101. crram m4fiamdfu purra brri4a vasve
23vl aga' vina pyauram54 naksattra / my4iia

tta tta ba'ysa ysamdi dipamkara brrfuna
khu dyai pamdaya js4na sastara ttu:
27
95. Then in the golden headdress, formerly, birds

placed their young, upon your forehead. Three
months without fear it [the bird] stayed there upon
your head. With sharp claws they pierced your
forehead.
96. You changed not at all your vowed austerities.

Thus you cared for them as a mother cares for her
young. To you, possessor of most heroic, long-established, steadfast s?r, homage, 0 gracious one.
28
97. The sick courtesan was at the point of death,
the world who were distressed, you saved alone. To

you homage, 0 gracious one.
29
99. Night-wandering demons and many katacpitanaspirits, angry snakes, spitting [?] at you-among the
raksasas, among the yaksas-you entered the mountains, from affection towards your wife.
100. You went into the city of the gods, in the
Kinnaradvipa; you propitiated the great Ttrama, king
of the Kinnaras; you brought hither as queen the
Kinnara princess. Therefore, I bow down to you, 0
Buddha, with faith, in love.
distressed and pitiful, hungry, refugeless, and helpless.
30
You gave up your dear life for her body, having no
101. As the moon shines, pure, in a sky without

clouds, among the constellations, thus you recognized
the splendid Buddha Dipankara, when you saw that
teacher on his path.
desire for sovereignty, 0 gracious one.

98. In compassion, for the courtesan's health, you
gave your own blood with the flesh. All beings in

2 102. jala harastai / thu khajafia ttye va tt4ma.
sadyaya gauriva jsai p4jsam55 yud.ai.

asai upala harastai ha beda
3 / natai thu vyarana ba'ysugta varasta:
103. avamayau bu'jsyau bu'jsaudi ba'ysa.
4 bvaki / thu hast4md nirv4inj pamde
24rl paphadai satva vasve ddti.ne ... / ne'na:
ttan41 tta aurga ttasta gauravi thaunia

104. urmaysda hlyau ba'yau jsa bajautta
2 viysjnai grau/na khu pamtsyamde satva
ttu m4fiamda pamtsyai rrugta dvipa beda

3 sai hivi brri jiye ttye da. / kina patca.
105. se silo kina dadi4 ttramdi hasta.

viysiiia pagtd sa khu hasta vahaiysde.
4 / nisau'dai aysmya hagav4ma hisaA.5a

ttarrai da vaska ttine pakva orga:
24vl 106. pura/56 pe'me'sti aysgam rraijsai pneha.

dva makala sika cu tta makala pagate.
2 ysiniya tvi vi / aspeta jsa tvare bihiye

aysmu kaust.a mu'sdi pracaina.
3 107. ustairstai mgagm be/dd jsinakye chale

humjija mista kane stura stura pha.
bala1 ha haistai ttyam vaska57 uysgri

4 / sanaumaya khue jsa tta paskyasta hude:
108. ysaysa58 hiyara chaka bagara hvara
25rl a/nattaga nama sarrau data rre.
ttavagcarani tta tta khu diva-risa'ya
2 Aura vir?au'da ttine / pakva orga:
102. Your matted hair you then spread out in the

mud for him. Full of faith, with reverence, you did
honor to him; the blue lotus you threw upon him; you
received a prophecy of the attainment of bodhi.
calmed in your mind longing and greed thirsting for

the Law. Therefore, homage to you at your feet.
32
103. With immeasurable virtues you are full of
106. The vulture with sharp beak seized the young
virtues, 0 Buddha. You are he who knows the best
ones, two young monkeys whom the monkey had left
path to Nirvdna. You delighted the beings by the
in your charge for a refuge. Your mind was most
pure nectar of the Law. Therefore, homage to you
greatly agitated in your compassion.

107. You tore upon your limbs the delicate skin.
with reverence.
31
104. As people discard the lotus garland withered
by the sun's rays, so you gave up sovereignty over the

continents, even your own life, for the Law's sake, at
that time.
105. For the sake of one sloka you entered into the
fire, as into a lotus pond an elephant descends. You
Great drops of blood, many and thick, a sacrifice, you

gave away for them, as a propitiatory ransom, so that
then he gave them back to you.
108. Eating plants, fruits, shoots, and leaves, as the
lion by name Anattdgd, king of the wild animals, per-
forming austerities just as a divine sage, bold and

heroic [you were]. Therefore, to you homage at
your feet.
VOL. 45, P. 5, 1955] TEXT AND TRANSLATION 437
109. satika pam-se mai'ysdy4na59 anaha.

hanastada ttara vissagmera alava
3 / cu gamtsva pasta garyau samgyau hvasta.
khainudva baskhva tta khu prriya nariya:

4 110. ttya vaska / dasta pasvai mu'?da pracaina.
bi?ium hagriya diryai kdsta pacadna.

25vl byaudamda magpa60 hvaha' / dukham nasau'da
hittesl stana yuA1ai duska kira

111. ttadeta kastye ysamagamdai vaska
2 yudai upakara / harrfi4ma tvi
cirau m4fiamda himye pIfie pamnall
tcema'niam haurakye tvi tta aurga:
3 112. kii/ra-d-st.ija ttara kigana baysga.
hanastamda satva buysa b4ad jadina

4 thvam62 vaska da/tinai cirau didai
tcamna byaudamda vasve arya pamde:

113. plha udisaya ?irye ba'ysam da
26rl nilopa/la m4n~amda dvi tce'm4'fia ysuske.

sunaittra rre sana haysa hodai brrnya.
2 ysamagamdai tcema-vadi tvi63 / tta orga:
114. dhVttarastrra64 nama syana rre yai hvast'a
3 aaisamja hamdrra saram m4nasa / n4ma.

cu tv4na bu'jse disi' vira biras.te.
brrahmadatta juttai rrumda kgasm ksira:65
4 115./yava tta khu ati ttye panaka hasta.

uysasta hvarra khu ne' pejsida gvl'fia
26vl ahu/rrja dArivada vyasthanaiya birastai

sirka va minu valmika aste ysurra66
33
109. The five hundred merchants, pitiful and helpless, were lost in a dark, most dangerous forest, who
had fallen into pits and had been struck by stones from
the mountains, in the thorny thickets, just as pretas
in hell.
110. For them you burnt your hands in compassion.

All of them you assembled, you duly kept under your
protection. They reached the broad highway; their
woes were dispelled. As Hittesi you performed a
wondrous deed.
111. For the world plunged in darkness you gave

the aid of your illumination. You were like a lamp
in the presence of all. To you, therefore, the giver of
eyes homage.
34
112. In the thick, dense darkness of false views the

people were long lost through ignorance. For them
you created the lamp of the Law whereby they reached

the pure path of the Aryas.
113. As price for the good Law of the Buddhas your
two precious eyes, resembling the blue lotus, you gave
away, as King Sunaittrd, in love, before the eyes of
the world. To you, therefore, homage.
35
114. You were Dhrttardstrrd by name, most excellent king of the hamsas, beside the beautiful lotus
pond named Mdnasa, you who revealed your virtues
in all directions, when King Brahmadattd was living
in the land of the Kas'as.
115. When you appeared before him, you spoke

sweetness in his ear, as one gives nectar; the delightful
gospel you preached that concerns entrance into the
order. At their excellence in this place [?] Valmiki
was angered.
2 116. samttofia bu/ysna pathisida kiryau jsa67

si' hvi ysatha aspate havad8 himye
3 satvam ysa./maga1mdya mista.
ttana tta namasum brra sarvafia ba'ysa:
4 117. baura-py4me jsa ysumana asti mi/ram

hviyeaai asti mirdm tti jsam ksqna
thvai arra stana khu pye puraka ke'tta
27rl 'erakafia kaste jilyne hamam1/ge.69
118. sa' arIiia 'iyarai pamda satva.

lobhe udigaye byehaysam pyamtsy4.
2 gud.e / ttaniya tvise yud.1amde buvamde gugta.

3 arfiine70 dasti van samdya pasta / 40
119. ksamautta mu'sde jsa7' akhauste aysmu styuide.
4 ysira ptinamdai ttumna tta khu re/ne vige're.

ttusva' tsve miste pajsam byaudai suhe.72
ttane tsu 'orga ba'yse goreva th4iia
27vl 120./ age yai ayani rrumde subhadrre.

haysgema byaude se' rre s4na my4na.
2 perodai.yi / tha sirye mu'sde jse versa'na.
ssa puna stasta ce bistamde aga:
3 121. paramthafia verttai ve/re banve baysge
veysva sta drronve seste73 tvi bede pa'jse.
4 raysgena veyse. / murdai ne vahamdj74 kheja.
paphvai rrumde kithe cevyai tvi tta 'orga:
28rl 122. gode n4ma prrane yai / ysaregum che jsa.

samuva ujdamde ramfiau jse pacadena.75
2 amu'sdye satv41 prraharenyo / jse bege
sud.1vamde kustade kamge pa'jsye lobhena.
116. In life's course they long abstained from [evil]

deeds. This your human birth was a refuge and a
great blessing for the people upon the earth. Therefore, I bow down to you, 0 beloved all-knowing
Buddha.
36
117. Under the snow's covering in winter the man

was like to die; was like to die by hunger also. You,
as the bear, as the father cares for his son, cared for
him in your arms, precious as your life.
118. This ungrateful, ignoble, avaricious man for
greed spoke of you in the presence of huntsmen.
Therefore, they destroyed you and parcelled out your
flesh. For the ingratitude at once his hands fell upon
37
120. You were the well-bred steed of King Subhadrra. That king fell into trouble among his ene-
mies. You rescued him by your heroism, in noble

compassion. A hundred arrows stayed in you which
tore your body.
121. There in the battle tumult you turned away

to the thick waterplants; among the lotuses the scorpions clung fiercely to you. Swiftly you crushed the
lotuses; you did not sink into the mud. You held up
the king, you brought him into the city. To you,
therefore, homage.
38
the ground.
122. The lizard you were godha by name with a

119. In sympathy and compassion your heart was
golden-colored skin. Your scales [?] (samuva) were
unmoved, firm, hard, solid and strong like the diamond
well covered with precious stones. The merciless men
stone. You went among the Tu.ita gods, you attained
all tormented you with their weapons; they flayed off
great honor and pleasure. Therefore, I come to you
your skin, impelled by greed.
with homage, 0 Buddha, in reverence.
VOL. 45, PT. S, 1955] TEXT AND TRANSLATION 439
123. pha drrv4pnie prrana ca sau'vam

3 / ksema bhavyai sam tt4 akhosta.
ttiA' di husti sam pase're dana.

4 mere- pyare m4n~am/de tvi pakam 'aurga:
124. berasta76 veselakye khede mista uvara:

28vl cekrravartt4na seramr rrugte / jse suhena.
ttaramdare drruinai pa'jsa dy4ma Airky4.
tte tte khu pure spase purna pamjese' vira
2 125./ rre qdne padmake dyai satv41 dakhautta.

ksusna achaine anaspete s4tcampha
3 keve ha/myai haije khu gtiitine gara.
hvadamda satv4 hemya drrin4 pa'jsa.
4 126. sai sine ha/meda yserka77 ste di dyai.
ma ne ra va pva'se ysuske bra bra hv4IUde
29rl ana/si'ne navai phare ysamthe ve4ina.
prrana4hana keigie ttai78 pakam 'aurga:

2 127. pi'jse dai ham/ge'sta senia kigefia basa'.
baysamdai gama pamde vahi pvehna.
3 m4ram m4niam/de phusti ge'sane d-iml jse.
ha bu'yse bvaysve aclna dasta.
4 128. tcane a/ce ste bahya kisemje beda.
mura data bdaa' phare79 biyslyai
29vl viramda-/behya besaijamda-de
si mum vattala pane hertham vira
2 129. thu ml ttefia baga' husure se bemhye / bemda

ttere sike astlye bu'jsyau jse samartha.
ttu ktistai80 uce patcauttg pa bu'jsa.
3 tvi pu/fio harbesg. dai bu'ysva avipa
123. Many were the scorpions, animals which stung

your limbs. You meditated on your highest good,
therefore quite unmoved. Under the rays in the very
sunshine you shrivelled up. To you, like father and
mother, at your feet homage.
39
124. Exalted, like a forehead ornament (tilaka),

great and noble, in happiness from the imperial, auspicious sovereignty, your body was in health, very
good to look upon, as the full moon appears on the
fifteenth day.
125. As King Padmaka you saw the people in distress, ill with hunger, without refuge, troubled. A
red fish you became like a mountain of flesh. The
people ate you; they became quite well.
126. Even the very enemy was distressed at the
sight; how much more loving, most friendly men.
Many unworthy, evil births you accepted by reason

of your vows. Therefore, to you at your feet homage.
40
127. The vehement fire whirled in the thick forest,

rushing swiftly on its path, escorted by noise. Smoke
whirling like death was thrown out; it boiled at once
with long arms, with hands of flame.
128. The flame was blazing [?] over the thick trees;
it seized the many [?] birds and wild animals in the
forest, tossing the trees, with its roaring fire; at that
moment too a whirlwind suddenly started up.
129. You then in that forest, as a bird of the chase,
a young partridge on a tree, were unyielding, as one
full of virtues. You fetched [?] (ttu kfistai?) the
water; then you checked the flames. By your merits
the whole fire assuredly was quenched.

130. ce ttu ver?a' thlyai ce bede parahi.
4 ksamautta mu'sde sa/rvasatvam vire
ttene nve ksama bu'ysvai dai dede miste de.
verso'de ba'yse ttene pak5s- 'aurga
30rl 131./ beysi4a gaysde pasijjsada-negte.
ba'-bhuide haskye uysna tcm1iia amga.
2 benfia prr4/nia kave khuysa meysairka.

mere myaina sim4drre trramdli sqka.
3 132. baysvaje / hauve jsa sam hivi virse'na.
sagare-nd bige tsvai ramnam vaska.
4 cett4mene nu/dai ramne jambvi vire.
nesatai8' ysarrnai82 bare satva vaska83
30vl 133. suhya bege satva hamya sa/jya-hova.
tte khu striyestriga ce dukh4 n4ma na bvare.
2 sarvarthaside sc4ne yude duskere / kire.
hemyai ba'ystina ramna tvi tta 'aurga:
134. sathike pa-se adtade miram

3 ce nauvi / byuitte padaM84 hivi pvehna.
thvaM85 natcaste nvastai kurme prr4iai st4na.
4 tte va aha / paskyadte86 jsamde ttamda kena

135. sahyai sam 'estyai aysIre udege.
31rl cai duira kale pamy) mu'sde' jsi / suste

h4mamge aysmu sane vire u pure
tte87 va v4num88 brra sarvania ba'ysa:
2 136. kajenesa rre89 sta / da brriye uvare.
ahavaysai90 ttraiksa' vine jiye bemda.
3 cvai ttaramdare narrvamde pha/rake daige'.
pilirrv4 stardamde rrum niyade hast4:
130. Because you exhibited this heroism on whom

were based moral actions, sympathy and compassion
towards all beings, therefore, according to your desire,
you quenched the fire, so huge a fire. 0 heroic
Buddha, therefore, to you at your feet homage.
41
131. Where were the terrifying snakes, with blazing ends [?], with fangs, breath, eyes, and limbs
covered with poison, all monstrous animals, fishes and
tortoises, here, into the midst of the ocean, you entered
alone.
132. By the strength of your arms and also by your
own heroism you went into the house of the sagara
naga to get the precious stones. The cintdmani jewel
you brought to Jambudvipa; you made a golden rain
pour down for the people's sake.
133. All people were happy with the force to gain
siddhi, like the Thirty-Three gods who feel no woes.
As Sarvdrthasida you performed wondrous deeds. You
were the jewel of the Buddhas. To you, therefore,

homage.
42
134. The five hundred merchants were at point of

death of whose ship the course changed under the
wind's buffeting. As the animal Kuirma, the tortoise,
you delivered them. It was so that they killed you
in return by reason of the scarcity.
135. You endured and suffered too through your
equipment which, full of compassion, you wore for
long periods. Your mind was the same towards an
enemy and a son. Therefore, I honor you, 0 beloved
all-knowing Buddha.
43
136. As King Kaijenesarra for love of the noble Law

you endured violent sufferings upon your life, whose
body they pierced in many places. Tubes they set
about in it; they poured [?] (niy&de) oil therein.
VOL. 45, PI. 5, 19551 TEXT AND TRANSLATION 441

4 137. pasvade di-mala tteramda./re bese.
pasve ham bade khu hauske brramje pasuste.

31vl ysemagamdai kaina yujai. / duska kire.
'estevana ba'ysa sime pakam 'orga:
2 138. byehayse rre guysne9l udege pqna / pasave.

tti aha bai'ste hasure viysamje stdna.
3 mareni dve vina tte na s41ste / hugv4na

mire pyare udesaye hvai' ysairka salava
4 139. avijsyamda ysadaka / dva mara pyara.

venai mam pure92 na ye hamda ka'ke.
32rl tta vafna mum khu ya./nide mum ksqn4 mirare

ysaysjna gvahafia xAi bage' ttusgfia.
2 140. sera cede satvam va sI/ve had.ya
bege bade pva'se ka93 na1 duikhya hamare.

3 krr4fiIna vayse yai sma/ke s*tana.
verg4'de ba'ys4 ttere jsa94 tta 'aurga:
4 141. beysa-dend. e cand. a rre yai Au.rx / ysurrje
ttlAa'st4 khu dai spage maysairke.95
ttye rrumde hivi ye haste uvare.
32vl sure gaje-/g41gdy rrajevarrdam nama

142. samjaya mistye rrumde brriye tvare
2 geblyd satv-am -aspa/ve ysirflva.

sanindm khenam vamurake jenake.
3 dy4nam ce meste sera ttye / ksire vaska.

143. vesvamttare stane pusai haudai haura.
4 rrude astamne khauste sau ks!/re hv4nida.
vamke gire mumdai vare ttamttrya baga'.
na 'isti horana ttane 'aurg4 mid1ne
137. They lighted a garland of lamps; your whole

body burned at the one time, as a dry birch tree burns.
For the sake of the world you performed a wondrous
deed. 0 enduring Buddha, therefore, to you at your
feet homage.
44
138. The king, a hunter, shot an arrow at the deer.

Then he struck you as the quarry in the lotus pool.
Death, sufferings, and pains seemed nought to you,
but for your mother and father you uttered words of
lament:
139. 'Both my mother and father are blind and old.
Apart from me, their son, there was no other protector
for them. So now on the one hand how will they

fare? On the other hand they will die of hunger, in
their grass hut, in the desolate forest.'
140. For the sake of the good beings you meditated
night and day. Always you feared lest they might
be unhappy. You were permeated by your filial

affection, as Sdmaka. 0 heroic Buddha, with my
forehead, therefore, homage.
45(1)
141. There was the violent, passionate king, valorous and irascible, full of splendor as a huge fire
appears. To this king belonged a noble elephant,
brave, an excellent elephant, Rrajevarrdam by name,

142. of Samjaya, the great king, the great treasure,
for the people of Sibi a refuge dear to the heart, a
vanquisher and destroyer of the laughter of enemies,
which to behold was a great fortune for the country.
143. As Ves'vdmttara you straightway gave him away
as a gift. You offended the people of the whole
country from the king on. On the Vamka mountain
you lived, there, in the Ttamttraa forest. You refrained not from giving. Therefore, to you homage,
0 gracious one.
33rl 144./ saysdyau jse kisana anasam'de atsa ta

duima jsa byavyau jsa pasfljsa da-ttisa'.
2 bihi / pva'scy4na ttrekse ysira bajase.

raksaysyo maryo khoysamdai skarbe.
3 145. ham vire surl sfu/re pufiau hivi ttige'na.
vaspud.ai saysda beda hvahye ysairena.
4 samqdrre sta nui/dai phare ramne aviha'.

padedai satv4 siihya cui ya dakhautta.
33vl 146. mu'sde' virsa' suri cui / hatha parahe'.

ttyam vaske bajam yai harbege ysamtha.
2 viryabala stdana yud.ai / duskare kira.
ttane tta 'aurga mulhu jsa pakam dmna.
3 147. tte tte khu pura ysamde vesve / avage' vira

a khu hamdrramje besa veselake spasa.
4 keste keyure hare grau/ne gal4na.

ysirrna rano jse mirahyau jse samartha.
148. dy4ne ce96 brriya ya samde bede.
34rl / a mara-kafia ce uvi hoga' avipa.
give rre st4ne rrina patsyai ysuska
2 da udiga/ye satvam kene patce 'orga:
149. asnake st4ne resa'ya97 mu'sde' pracaina.

3 veksottai daim / vania sam khu ks.na ne mide.
ce am pa'jse besta ksu ttarna khejautte.
4 bayake pa/fie satva tvi tta 'orga:

150. tte khu sumire garna samudrre kaustamde.
34vl khu ml ttefia bede mista ramth4 / pana.
dedrr4mye tcephine drro mestye skalana.
tcure-ys4lia hine cu ha ksiraste trramda
46
144. [From the ocean] full of snakes, turbulent,

restless, blazing with fire, with its smoke and lightnings, with most terrifying, fierce, cruel roaring,
swarming with rdkcasas and sea monsters, horrible,
145. always brave in bravery, with the brilliance of
your merits, you trampled upon the snakes with a
bold heart, from the ocean you brought many priceless
gems. You made happy the beings who were in
misery.
146. Compassion, heroism, and bravery which are

the true moralities, for them you were a receptacle in
all births. Being Viryabala you performed wondrous
deeds. Therefore, to you homage from me at your
feet.
47
147. As the moon is known in a clear sky or as an

ornament (tilaka) placed on the forehead is seen, ornaments, bracelets, necklaces, garlands, necklets, set
with gold, with precious stones, with pearls,
148. your beloved queen, who was lovely to behold
on the earth, or a Mdra's daughter who unfailingly

ravishes the mind, as King Sive you abandoned for
the Law's sake, on behalf of living beings. Again to
you homage.
48
149. As the dove, in compassion for a rsi, you
scattered grains so that he might not die from hunger,

[a rsi] who came to you in great distress and ex-
hausted by hunger and thirst. To you, guide of every

being, therefore homage.
49
150. As when with Mount Sumeru they churned the

ocean, so that at that time great uproar arose, with
so great a tumult roared, with mighty noise, the fourdivisioned army which entered into the land.
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 1955} TEXT AND TRANSLATION 443
2 151./ tte tta khu mdrifia hine a aysur4na.

prraharen.va kisana pha satva vigfi'ina
3 sta/rda bege karvina pa'jsamde kamtha.
se vefia ttye ksire yanide ne'mam begna.98

4 152. na/ramdi haste tha ttye panake suika:
tte khu dyuima-baste sero spase pichaste.

35rl nasdodai99 ttyam / va samge ce uvi'll thiye.
khu khvastai gamda bege ?ramdya pastam
2 153. gujsebriy4 hva hva dese vlre / tcabrriya.

ave'sta byaude se' ksire sfiio(jsa)'0l besne'l02:
pha damje byodai kuge'03 rrespare stana
3 / nare vsare ysusti rrumde hlya duiva

154. tvi pufiau satva geretir4'104 vestava.
4 cekrreva/rtta jsana hamyai vare ttefia ysitha.
karmapaha-samvere node satva pacedena
35vl ttene tta / 'aurg4 mu'hu jse pakamI djna:
155. ajegarna pa'jse sathe dukhavi tvare.
2 cvai thu dyai alavam jsam mu'/sde' jse patce.
saro rre st4na hayum gurstve hasta
3 bejesyai harntse yud.ai jlye / ksina

156. hasta bede sati stai nauha kamala.
4 payve jsai gvastai ttare bekhaute a/vipa
sathike guve jlye byaudamdam bege
thvai hada rrustai brri hayumna hamts4.
36rl 157./ pharakem satva hye-suha' udaisaya.
2 ahavavsai ayauvse bese mu'sde' prra/caina
phare ysamtha stdan yudai duskere kira.
3 ba'ysuiste brriye ttene pakam 'au/rga:
151. As the armies of Mdra or of the Asuras, many

evil men, armed with weapons, overspread all the
environs, they surrounded the town that they might
utterly make an end of the land.
152. You went out alone to meet it, as a lion, bound
upon ravening, himself is seen. You blew upon them
with the conch which confounded their mind. When
you struck the earth, they all fell upon the ground.
153. They were scattered severally, in all directions
they broke. The land altogether gained security from
its enemies. Many donations you made as prince
Kus'a. With a thousand wives you rejoiced, each
daughter of a king.
154. Through your merits the beings did good deeds.
An emperor truly you were there in that birth. The
people rightly kept the prohibitions of the path of
conduct. Therefore, to you homage from me at your
feet.
50
155. The merchants, surrounded by a serpent, in

great distress, whom you saw then in a forest, in your
compassion, as the lion king you called your friend,

the elephant. You roared together with him; you
offered up your life.
156. Upon the elephant you mounted; standing on

the top of his head with your claws you surely split
his forehead by your clutching it. The merchants
escaped, they all found life. You, however, lost it
with your beloved friend.
157. For the good and happiness of many beings

you endured all torments through your compassion.
In many births you performed wondrous deeds in
love of bodhi. Therefore, to you at your feet
homage.
158. patce va asnai kane b4'js4 vaska

iistairstai chala guste agyam beda.
4 uysgrl / udegaye nai acastai suha'.
cakrravartt4nai sera cve ya miste.

36vl 159. cva jse pe' / kulysdamde aspata bud.mde.
begdm tte tta gistai khvam avam sije.
2 mamj pa ttamdi pe' a/jse mid4ne'05
dige'n4 hori avage ba'yse him4ne:

3 160. mu'sde' jse satve h4mamge brra / ya bese.
sere dire my4na avays4-n4 pays4na.
4 si s4 sane si jsam hayfim / ne ye sania
tt4ne cu tvi dharmam vi na satve samfia.
161. khve vaska brrammam a ttamttrya basa':

37rl / pajeste pureke dva aysmu-harsa'.
vejelake'06 ramafia bravlya agamijsa.
2 ysaujsam / hvare hv4nia ne'ne sui'sti salava

162. tteniyum haudai ba'ysuiste prracaina.
3 sahyai / pur4na fiuska briya streha'

brramm;4num haudva habasta kidye jsa.
4 bu'yse khai/nude kerage ttye jsam hvaste
163. ce nvasamde sanau yudamde dukhavi tvare.

37vl ysirpine bam/tve maysdytine107 anaha.
hayse buram pytistai ttya.m yserka salata.
2 sumire ga/re khainde sahyai tvi tta 'aurga:11 |

3 164. cade mare bvamai sta sarvania ba'ysa 7.
tti darro thiyai tvi bujsam. vaska.
4 cvam. himye 'iye sa-thana nejsa./dana
tva ttaste ase'na y4 mu'sde' prracainal08

51
158. Again for the pigeon's sake by your virtues

you tore the skin and flesh upon your limbs for a
ransom. You did not long for the pleasures and the
great imperial s?r which was yours.
III. INTERLUDE
159. They who from you sought strength, obtained

a refuge. All of them you so assisted that their desire
was realized. If only I have the invincible strength,
0 gracious one, to give instruction, may I surely
become a Buddha.
160. In your compassion all beings were equally

dear to you, the good, the low, the middle ones, the
unknown, the known. Whether this one was a foe,
this one a friend, such was not your thought who
thought of the qualities not of the person.
IV. JATAKA STORIES (continued)
45 (2)
161. When to you a brahman came in the Ttamttraa
forest and asked for your two children, your heart's
delight, young children, delightful, happy, innocent,

with savory, sweet-spoken words full of nectar,
162. then you gave them to him for the sake of
bodhi; you suffered violently from the natural love for

your children. The brahman bound them both
with a withy; he struck them with a long, thorny
creeper.
163. Of them as they screamed and made supplication, exceedingly unhappy, with grievous laments,
pitiful and helpless, in the distance you heard the
desperate words. Like the Sumeru mountain you
endured. To you therefore homage.
V. EPILOGUE
164. Whatever amount of knowledge there may be

here [in this poem], 0 all-knowing Buddha, the
courage therefor [litt.: this] you drew out [of me] by

reason of your virtues. What of them [your virtues]
there may have arisen [been expressed] from the
treatment as a single theme, that make worthy of it
[your virtues] in your compassion.

165. si' tv4nai ba'jsinai mahasamudrre
38rl ano vara / nauh4 ce b4ne pagte na byaide.
sakrra brahmane lokepalo varuhne.
2 tvi ba'yse bu'/jsye bege ne hva yqdamde.

166. cam nasphajamde mamj pufia avamata.
3 ce ba'yse bvejse / hvi s4de jsa brriya
pajse ge' satvam trayake himdne.109

4 duikhyo parsime avage / ba'yse himane
167. ca si' ci ttu saje vage"'0 asa yamde.

38vl samskare drraya suira / agapya himare.
vasusidj 'edrre sradha-deye pamjse:
2 byehi jsam pamde vasve ba'ysu/stasti.
168. karmam jsam j4re klega' ttamge himare.
3 ysamth4q vare naste kuistai avam. / 'auste.
?ere satve pyamtsaste. ttaragva na ne ruiye.

4 paced.ena ka/se'"ll bhadrre-kalpya ba'ysa.
169. marne-bhaye astam pha pvline"12 harlysa
39rl upa/drrava acha sparga'stj vagiu'ne.

biga vyachide pufia hivi ttisa'na.
2 devattai para/vala aysde yenare.
cvai"13 pilde vasve ba'ysam da:

3 tttil4 jattaka-stava biysiifiam daskara ki/ram aga ca klma ?ana pasta
pidai biysuigta brriyi ttye ptu-na kui?ala-muila parrjsai jsa caka4 vartta sai tcuina ani'scya-ragd' gavu ga-vagisa hamava upa/ttavagesa sthana-vi?aisa haiysdi vlra jsa vigara-rdag' rada bvimysye jslna prriy4ga hamavi: maiscye ane'scyana bvaiysa jsina
or circuit, whose bottom and root is not reached,
may all vanish by the splendor of merits. May the

protecting deities take under their protection him who
Sakra, Brahmdna, the Lokapdlas, and Varuna could
has written the pure Law of the Buddhas.
165. This your great ocean of virtues, without top
not tell, 0 Buddha, all your virtues.

166. What immeasurable merits may have been
earned [?] (nasphajdmde) by me because I have told
the virtues of the Buddha with faith, in love, may I
[therefore] become a savior of beings in the five stages

of life, may I escape from sufferings, may I assuredly
become a Buddha.
167. Whoever studies, recites, and memorizes this
[poem], his three samskdras will become clean and

pure, his five senses will be purified by gifts in faith,
he will indeed attain the pure path to bodhi.
168. May his deeds (karmans) perish, may his defiling passions (klesas) become rare, may he secure
birth there where he has the wish, may he, a good

being, not be lost in future among animals, may he in
due course come as a Buddha of the Bhadrakalpa.
169. Fear of death and the like, the many fears,
tremblings, troubles, and illnesses due to contact, evil,
VI. COLOPHON
This Praise of the Jdtakas, a book of the wondrous

deeds of the Buddha, Tsang Kim-san ordered to write
it in love of bodhi. In reliance upon the favorable
roots of this merit may the emperor Sing-fsun hav
endless sovereignty, a peculiar place in the stages of

life, a peculiar birth, a peculiar station.
At the present time may the enjoyment of a long
life come to the king of the Vajra-kingdom; may he
have great, endless, long life; may all his sins of karman,
accumulated through the age, disappear; may they
[the king] therefore condescend to devote themselves
to all-supreme bodhi.
This merit I share with Padd s2dnd, my father,
Puihyd cd pina. May his stages of life be purified.May my mother Hui-mdm be long-lived.
39vl hamavi kalpa jsa / hajsaidj karma-bigdi' jadi biga pirmattama tta
baiysuigti paridi vyechai tta stam puna pada sana pyara puihya ca
2 pina jsa habrrihti gavi vasasida: mira hui-/mam bveysa jsina hamaya tta stadmr5 puiina pyara hiye paysaye brravara ca ttaiha tcaina
kharuisa jsa habrrihti u puira dvara jsa ttu stam puiina naira kima hva
3 jsa habrrihti u dvira / rtipajiva jsa: dvira jvalakya jsa brravara
trravilai sidyavarrda jsa trravilai darmajfia jsa harbigam agi'rya
4 gatha vajrrayaunyam jsa biga satva bi/ysutistast vyarna byehida
aysa tta ca"6 kima ?ana byehime thyau madrr-am sljaast baiysuigta
vyichime kym's'n"l7 paysavye hvarakya suiraimaittra jsa
This merit I share with my father's own brother
Cd ttaiha tcaind Kharucsa, with his sons and daughters.

This merit I share with my wife Kima hva and my
daughter Rzupa-jiva, with my daughter Jvdlakya, with

my brother Sidyavarrda, the knower of the three
pitakas, and Darmacjnd, the knower of the three
pitakas, with all the teachers and householders of the

Vajraydna. May all beings attain a prophecy of
attaining bodhi.
May I therefore Tsang Kim-s'an quickly obtain
success in the mantras; may I devote myself to bodhi.
Kyms'n
With my own sister Sufraimaitrra.
NOTES
41 hapaga MS.
1 jsami MS.
2 ?a?a' MS.
42 bu'ysa MS.
43 The first half of line 19v3 is blank.
3 khva MS.
4ttra me' ste MS.
44 tcand MS.
41 haurama MS.
I ha/ha mami ga MS.
6 ki ra (ri with 1 struck out)/re MS.
7 ysa ra ri MS.
8 'iga MS.
46 bastada MS.
47 pi ha jsau / dai MS.
48 jsa MS.
49 The second aksara is somewhat un-
9 sadiista MS.
10 a / a sva ra ja MS.
certain. It looks like ba changed into ?u.

50 di dfu ra MS. Or read: duira?
51 maiysyuna MS.
11dai MS.
12 jsa MS.
13 asvai MS.
14 pa MS.
52 raksaksaysam MS.
79 pha a re MS.
80 Or: ttre kastai?
81 ne ? cai MS.
82 ysarrvai MS.
83 caska MS.
84 pam da MS.
85 tham MS.
86 pa / paskyaste MS.
87 ?te MS.
88 na num MS.
89 Or: kajenesar(r)a rre?

90 su ha va ysai MS.
91 guysve MS.
92 vu re MS.
15 sumuird MS.
53 drranii MS.
54myauram MS.
16 na/na' tca pha MS.
55 pq MS.
94jsa MS.
95 paysairke MS.
56 pu ra / ra MS.
57 caska MS.
96 ve MS.
17 ksi MS; or read: rak?aysd?

18 tti na ma MS.
19 rhj nai MS.
20 pa na (crossed out) dam jya MS.
21 guksapa MS.
22ma ysi. / ka MS.
23 jsa MS.
24 ka lmd sa s / da MS.
25 jsa MS.
55a hisi MS.
58 ysdaysa MS.
59 mai'ysdyasna MS.
10 ma ?ma MS.
61 pana MS.
62 tham MS.
63 tva MS.
26 ?aysyau MS.
"4dhyattarastrra MS.
27 manambha MS.
65 k5iri MS.
66 ysurri MS.
28 pamnyai MS.
29 ke' ce' fia fia MS.
30 mu' MS.
67 na ?iryau kiryau MS.

68 haca MS.
32 va. / va MS.
70 arnifie MS.
31 rraja MS.
69 hmam/ge MS.
33 rraisvi MS.
71 mu'?de MS.
34hvasve MS.
36 brrabhara MS.
36 pauryau MS.
37 bhatai MS.
72 su hve MS.
73 se sve MS.
74ca ham di MS.
75 jsa ca de na MS.
76 be ra sva MS.
77 yse ra MS.
38 cidura MS.
39 vrraghraja MS.
40 vrragri MS.
78 nai MS.
93 da MS.
97 re sa' MS.
98 besta MS.
99 sd written incompletely.
100 rrvi' MS.
101 sano MS.

102 beste MS.
103 ttra?e MS.
104 se re ni ra MS.
105 pid4ne MS.
106 cejelake MS.
107 maysdytiane MS.
108 prracnai MS.
109 himate MS.
110 va r?e' MS.
" ka r?e' MS.
112 pta n1e MS.
113 si' cvai ttu (si' and ttu written cursively) MS.
114 In cursive script from hereon.
115 S MS.
116 tta pa ca ca MS.

117 In Sogdian script.
V. PARALLELS TO THE JATAKA STORIES

Story No. 1
Story No. 4
Sanskrit: fragments in Kalpanamaniditika (ed.

Liiders), 166 (ayoguldn); Mahajjatakamdal, see the
article by E. Lang, JAs, 1912: 511 ff. (King Supra-
For the Valdhassa-jdtaka compare the following:
Pali: Jataka No. 196 (Fausboll, 2: 127-130; Cowell,
2: 89-91); Divyavadana No. 36, 523-528.

Literature: J. Przyluski, The horse Balaha and the
Indian kings, Indian Historical Quarterly, 1937: 218-
bhdsa).
Tocharian: Sylvain Levi, Le suitra du sage et du fou

dans la litterature de l'Asie Centrale, JAs, 1925: 305307, (King Mahdprabhdsa).
229.
Story No. 5
Chinese: Sutralamkara, (transl. Huber), 258-263

(king 'splendor'), see Levi, I.c., 307 ff.
A similar story of the deer which helps the animals

across a river is to be found in Avadana?ataka No. 40
(ed. Feer, 157): 'Les cornes (de leurs pieds) en
tombant sur son dos lui dechirerent la peau, et il ne
fut bient8t qu ('une masse de) chair, (de) sang et
(d')os'; Satapafica?atka (p. 201) in a similar way:
'Bearing the deer on his back he transported them
across a rushing river. His blood flowed (from wounds
inflicted) by the sharp hooves of the deer, his whole
body was hurt, his joints were cut, . . . etc.' Compare also CCC, 1: 218-220.
Tibetan: Schmidt, der Weise und der Thor, see

Levi, l.c.: 311 ff.
Story No. 2
For a bibliography of the Saddanta-j'ataka see Lamotte, Traite, 2: 716, fn. 1. The following may be
quoted here:
5: 20-31).
Sanskrit: Avadanakalpalata No. 49 (in Cambridge

manuscripts Add. 1306 and 913 according to Foucher,
The beginnings of Buddhist Art, 204, fn. 1) and see
Mitra, Nepalese Buddhist Literature, 301-302.
Chinese: CCC No. 28 (1: 101-104; 2: 289-293; 4:
100-102); Suitralamkara (ed. Huber), 403-411; Beal,
2: 49; Watters, 2: 53. See Lamotte, Traite 2: 717, fn.
Uigur: F. W. K. Muller, Uigurica, 2: 20-24; Uigurica, 3: 52-61.
Tocharian: E. Sieg, Ubers. aus dem Toch., 2: 7-17.
Articles: L. Feer, Le Chaddantaj taka, JAs, janvierfevrier, 1895: 31-85; maijuin, 1895: 189-223.-J. S.
Speyer, Uber den Bodhisattva als Elephant mit sechs
Hauzahnen, ZDMG, 57: 305-310.-A. Foucher, Essai
de classement chronologique des diverses versions du
Story No. 6
The Nigrodhamiga-jataka occurs in:
1: 39-41).
Sanskrit: Mahavastu, 1: 359-366; Jones' translation, 1: 305 ff.
Chinese: CCC No. 18 (1: 68-69), No. 175 (2: 3537); Suitralamkara (ed. Huber), 411-416; Mahaprajfiaparamitdagstra k. XVI, p. 178b (Lamotte, Traite,
2: 972-975); Beal, 2: 50-51; Watters, 2: 54-55.
Khotanese rrumddiaa hurdsna (8r3) seems to correspond to Skt. rajnio mahanasam 'the king's kitchen'
(Mahavastu, ed. Senart, 362, line 1).
Saddantajataka, Melanges d'indianisme offerts 2 Sylvain Levi, 231-248, 1911.-A. Foucher, The six-tusked
elephant, in Beginnings of Buddhist Art, 185-204,
1917.
The Chinese description of the way in which the
elephant offers his tusks to the hunter as contained in
Lamotte, Trait6, 2: 718 is very close to the Khotanese
version. It runs: 'Aussit8t l'elephant blanc engagea
ses six defenses dans le trou d'une pierre (ke'cana)
(et les brisa)...
Story No. 7
There are considerable differences between the Pali
Daddara-jdtaka (Fausboll, 3: 15-17; Cowell, 3: 10-12)

and the Khotanese version.
The name of the younger brother is Culladaddara

in Pali. The Khotanese Dumdubha corresponds to
Dundubhi, the name of an evil Ndga (CCC, 3: 26-27).
Story No. 8
Story No. 3
A close parallel to this story is to be found in EckeDemieville, p. 42 (see plate 32, 1): 'In a former existence the Bodhisattva was a brahman who practised
The Pali and Sanskrit versions of the Sasa-jataka

are much more elaborate than the Khotanese. Com-
the austerities in the HimMlaya. Indra appeared be-
pare:
3: 34-37).
Sanskrit: Jatakamala No. 6 (Kern, 27-33; Speyer,
37-45).
Chinese: CCC No. 21 (1: 76-77), No. 139 (1: 412).
fore him in the form of an ogre (rdksasa) and recited

the first half of the stanza . . . etc. The brahman
asked for the second half, but the ogre made him
promise that after having heard it he would give him
his body as food. When the second half had been
447
recited, the brahman climbed on a tree and threw

himself down towards the ogre; the latter, resuming
his form as Indra, took him up before he had reached
the ground and worshipped him.'
The theme of the performance of deeds by the future
Buddha in order to obtain one sloka is a common one.
The same theme occurs in stories No. 11 and 31.
Similar stories are enumerated by Lamotte, Traite,
2: 689.
Story No. 12
Parallel story in Avadanagataka (transl. Feer, 128131) according to a private communication by Dr.
E. J. Thomas.
Story No. 13
The Mahdkapi-jdtaka is found:
5: 37-41).
Story No. 9
A bibliography on the Khantivadi-jataka is given by

Lamotte, Traite, 1: 264 f., see 2: 889 f.
3: 26-29).
Sanskrit: Jatakamala No. 28 (Kern, 181-192;
Speyer, 253-268); Avadanakalpalata No. 38, 1: 932-
941; Mahavastu (ed. Senart), 3: 355-361; Rastrapdla-
pariprccha (ed. Finot, 21: chinna karau caranau

kalirajna naiva mano 'pi tadd mama dustam; transl.
Ensink, p. 22: 'King Kali cut off my hands and feet,
but my mind did not turn angry then.'
Chinese: CCC No. 44 (1: 161-164; 4: 113-114);
Suitralamkara (ed. Huber), 325, 352; Beal, 1: 121;
Watters, 1: 227.
Khotanese: a reference is made to this story in Vajr.
Chinese: CCC No. 47 (1: 178-179).

See the next story.
Story No. 14
The clues offered by strophes 55-56 are not sufficient to permit an identification.
It should be noted that there seems to be the possibility that this and the preceding story are one which
would bring the total number of stories recorded to
fifty. The homage formula in strophe 54 (13r4 ttane
tsum orga paja-mandald stqna) is not in the regular
place which is the end of the strophe. On the other
hand if strophes 53-56 are taken as to relate one story
the Pali and Chinese versions differ in so far that the
monkey is only wounded by a stone, not struck by
five hundred knives (13v2 pa-sete rriscye guthaiind
hvast&mdd beda).
25v2, 26r2.
Story No. 10
Bibliography on the Sutasoma-jdtaka in Lamotte,

Trait6, 1: 260, fn. 1.
Story No. 15
Parallels to the story of Camddprabha in: Avadanakalpalata ch. 5, 1: 154-175; Divyavadana ch. 22, 314-
328; Rs trapalapariprccha (Finot, 23; Ensink, 23);

Pali: Jataka No. 537 (Fausboll, 5: 456-51 1; Cowell,
5: 246-279).
Sanskrit: Jatakamala No. 31 (Kern, 207-224;
Speyer, 291-313); Bhadrakalpavadana ch. 34, trans-
lated by S. d'Oldenburg, On the Buddhist Jatakas,

JRAS, 1893: 331-334, Lankavatarasuitra, 250-251;
RastrapMlapariprccha (ed. Finot, 22; transl. Ensink,
22).
Jaina: Frank-Richard Hamm, Jaina-Versionen der

Sodasa-Sage, Beitrdge zur indischen Philologie und
Altertumskunde, Walther Schubring zum 70. Geburtstag dargebracht, 66-73, Hamburg, 1951.
Chinese: CCC, 1: 143-154; Schmidt, Der Weise und
der Thor, 300-326; Lamotte, Traite, 1: 260-263.
Uigur: F. W. K. Muller, Uigurica, 3: 62-74.
Literature: H. Kern, Kalmasapada en Sutasoma,
Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Academie
van Wetenschappen, Afdeling Letterkunde, Reeks IV,
Deel 11: 170-208.-K. Watanabe, The story of Kalmasapada, JPTS, 1909: 236-310.
Story No. 11
Similar stories on the same theme (the obtainment

of one sloka) are enumerated by Lamotte, Traite, 2:
689, 690, fn. See stories No.8 and 31 in Jatakastava.
CCC No. 5 (1: 17-19). See Lamotte, Traite, 1:

144, fn.
Story No. 16
Similar story in Avadana?ataka (transl. Feer) No.

32, 117-119; Divyavadana No. 20 (translated by
Burnouf, Introduction 'a l'histoire du Bouddhisme
Indien, reimpression, 79-87).
Feer's transl. (p. 118) may be summarized as follows: one ration of food per month is distributed; the
king gets two rations; a brahman comes and gets one;
then another brahman asks and gets the second ration.
Story No. 17
The Ruru-jdtaka is to be found: Jataka No. 482
(Fausboll, 4: 255-263; Cowell, 4: 161-166); Jataka-
mala No. 26 (Kern, 167-175; Speyer, 234-244). A

very similar story from the Vinaya of the Muilasarvastivadins in which the same punishment viz. loss of
the hands occurs (see also J.St., Story No. 36) was
translated by Lalou, JAs, oct.-dc.,1925: 334. Compare Dulva 278b, Tripitaka, TOky6, XVII, 3, 64b,
col. 3 and Foucher (JAs, avril-juin, 1921: 216) on
Ajanta.
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 1955] PARALLELS TO THE JATAKA STORIES 449

Story No. 18
A bibliography on the story of Pdpamkdra and

Kalydnamkara is to be found in Lamotte, Trait', 2:
The words nard udisaya (18r3) 'for the sake of the

man' refer in all probability to the brahman from
whom the knowledge of the one s'loka is to be obtained.
756 f., fn.
Chinese: CCC, 2: 389-397.

Tibetan: Schiefner-Ralston, 279-285.
Uigur: C. Huart, Le conte bouddhique des deux

freres, en langue turque et en caracteres ouigoures,
JAs, 1914: 5-58; P. Pelliot, La version ouigoure de
l'histoire des princes Kalydnamkara et Papamkara,
T'oung Pao, 1914: 225-272.
Story No. 19
The Vidhurapanditajdtaka is to be found in Jataka

No. 545 (Fausb0ll, 6: 126-156; Cowell, 6: 255-329).
Story No. 22
The following parallels for the Muigapakkha-jdtaka

may be quoted here:
Pali: Jataka No. 538 (Fausb0ll, 6: 1-30; Cowell, 6:

1-19).
Chinese: CCC No. 38 (1: 126-131).

Tocharian: UYbersetzungen aus dem Toch., 2: 17-26.
A Tibetan parallel for the bursting mountain (strophe
83) is to be found in Schiefner, Der stumme Kruippel,
Bulletin de l'Acade'mie Impe'riale de St. Pe'tersbourg 22:
123 ff., 1877, see also Melanges Asiatiques 7: 773.
For an abridgment of the same story, see CCC, 3:

100.
See also H. Luiders, Das Vidhurapand.itajataka,

ZDMG 99: 103-130, 1945-1949.
Story No. 20
Parallels to the Vydghri-jataka in:

Sanskrit: Avadanakalpalata, 2: 53-61; Jatakamald
(Kern, 1-6; Speyer, 2-8); Rastrapdlapariprccha (Finot,
22; Ensink, 22); Suvarnaprabhasastitra (ed. Nobel),
201-240 (vyaghri-parivarta).
Chinese: CCC No. 4 (1: 15-17).
See Lamotte, Traite, 1: 143, fn. for bibliography.
Story No. 21
Other references to this jataka are to be found in:

Sanskrit: Mahavastu (ed. Senart), 2: 255, line 7
(bhagavata subhdsitasya arthaye mansa-sonitam parityaktam).
Story No. 23
In a private communication to H. W. Bailey, P.

Demieville referred to the following parallels: Chinese
Rastrapalapariprccha, T6ky6 ed. 321, II, 5 c 19 (Sung
version): King Lien-mu 'Lotus-eye' (Utpalanetra) who
delivers a woman who is harboring sorrow (or: a disease of sorrow); T6ky6 ed. 310, LXXX, 462a (Suei
version); Bodhisattva To-fa 'Much-hair' (Kesava)
saw a woman mourning her husband with such sorrow
that she went mad; he then appeared to her as her
dead husband, talked to her, and brought her back to
reason.
The Sanskrit Rastrapalapariprccha (Finot, 24)

reads (Ensink's transl., 24): 'Having seen a woman
whose appearance, mind and dress were ruined, as she
was afflicted by separation from her beloved one, I
freed her out of compassion, when I was Kesava, the
king of physicians.'
The Pali Kesava-jataka (Jataka No. 346) is evidently a different story.
Khotanese: ttdnau aysu ha.mjse' hviye balysanu hastamu datu kye kdadna hatdro hamatd balysi hivi uys-
grute tcarma ttye bendi hivina astaina hiviie huniie jsa
pide (E VI. 7-8) 'Therefore I intend to tell you the
best Law of the Buddhas on account of which once

the Buddha himself scratched his skin upon which he
wrote with his own bone and his own blood'; and
again: ttdna hatdro sarvaiii balysd hdvye ttani (uys)

grute tcarma hatcaste asto pide sso ss'ilo hniie jsa ddtu
(E XXIV. 15) 'Therefore once the all-knowing Buddha
scratched the skin of his own body, broke a bone and
wrote with his own blood the Law (of) one sloka'; and
also; kaga huniia astai thiya 'skin, blood, bone you
pulled' P 4099.130 (Kh.B.T., 119).
Uigur: F. W. K. Muller, Uigurica, 3: 51-52, 92.
Chinese: see Lamotte, Traite, 2: 975, fn. 1.
Literature: F. D. K. Bosch, Het Awatamsakasuitra,
de Gandawyfuha en Barabadur, Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde, uitgegeven door
het Koninklijk Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten
en Wetenschappen 61: 268-303, 1922.
Story No. 24
Lamotte, Traite, 2: 714, fn. 1 gives a bibliography

on the Sarvadatta story. In the Mahaprajnaparamitasastra (Traite, 2: 714-715) the king is called Sa p'o ta
(Sarvada) and Sa p'o ta to (Sarvamdada). CCC gives
several versions of the story: the usurper kills Sarvadatta (1: 38-45); Sarvadatta (called Po ye) offers his
own head to the usurper who then honors him (1:
46-49); Sarvadatta is reinstated by the usurper (2:
59-61; see Sfutralamkara (ed. Huber), 416-421).
Story No. 25
A close Chinese parallel is to be found in CCC No.

67 (1: 245-247).
Story No. 26
A rather close parallel on the theme of a Naga being

killed by murderers in Lamotte, Trait6, 2: 853-854,
as the following summary will show: 'A Naga, being
converted, fell asleep and thus resumed its natural

snake form. A hunter wanted its golden skin. The
Naga decided not to resist. Its flesh was eaten by
Khotanese: kho dite divaamggaru balysu meghi ha

upala haraste (E XIV. 52) 'as Megha saw the Buddha
Dipamkara and threw lotuses towards him.'
ants.'
See also the Pali Bhfiridatta-jataka (Jataka No. 543,

Fausb0ll, 6: 157 ff.; Cowell, 6: 80 ff.).
Story No. 27
Lamotte, Traite, 1: 266 has the following story:
'Ainsi le rsi Chang cho li (SaAkhacarya), assis en

extase, n'avait plus d'inspiration, ni d'expiration; un
oiseau vint pondre ses ceufs dans son chignon en forme
de conque (saAkha?ikhd); le bodhisattva resta immobile et sans mouvement jusqu'au moment ocu les
jeunes s'envolerent.' The same story recurs in Mahaprajnaparamitasastra, see Lamotte, Traite, 2: 1046.
To the references given by Lamotte (Traite, 1:
266, fn.) to the well-known fact that the legendary
yogins used to stand on one leg so steadily that birds
could safely make their nest in their hair (L. de la
Vallee Poussin, Le dogme et la philosophie du Bouddhisme, 183, 1930, see Hopkins, The great epic of
India, 106) can be added R. Menendez Pidal, The
Cid in Spain (English transl. by H. Sunderland, 174,
1934): 'King Jaime (refused) to strike his tent, until
the swallows nesting there had taught their young to
fly' (communication of Bailey).
Story No. 31
No exact parallel has been found. The act of entering into a fire for the sake of one Cloka occurs in Maha-
vastu (ed. S6nart), 1: 95 agniskandhe punah patitah.

srutva gatham subhasitam 'Again he throws himself
into the fire as the price of hearing a verse of wise
saying' (transl. Jones, 1: 75).
Similar stories for the sake of one sloka in Jatakastava No. 8 and 11.
Story No. 32
Both Paul Demieville and Etienne Lamotte referred

in personal communications to similar stories in
Chinese (Mahaprajfinparamita, T6ky6 ed. 1509, R
XXXIII, p. 307c; Mahasannipata, T6ky6 ed. 397,
XI, p. 70a-b). They are as follows: a monkey entrusted its two young to a lion; while the lion was
sleeping an eagle took the young monkeys; after the
lion woke up, he asked the monkeys back, but the
eagle being hungry refused; then the lion gave his own
flesh in order to redeem the monkeys.
Story No. 33
Story No. 28
This story has not been identified.

Story No. 29
The Sudhana-avadana, the story of Sudhana and

Manohara is well known.
Sanskrit: Mahavastu (ed. Senart), 2: 94-115 (Srikimnari-jdtaka); Divyavadana, ch. 30, 435-461 (Sudhanakumdra-avad&na); Avadanakalpalata, ch. LXIV,
2: 318-413 (Sudhanakimnary-avad&na).
Chinese: CCC, 1: 292-304.
Tibetan: Schiefner-Ralston, No. 5, 44-74.
Khotanese: the main part of the story occurs in
three copies, the introductory lines in seven, all of
which were printed by Bailey in B.Kh.T., 11-39.
A bibliography is to be found in Lamotte, Traite, 1:
609, fn. 4.
Story No. 30
Parallels to the story of Dipamkara are to be found

in:
Pali: T. W. Rhys Davids, Buddhist Birth-Stories,

revised edition by Mrs. Rhys Davids, 3-31.
Sanskrit: Mahavastu, 1: 232-243; Divyavadana,
246-252, translated by H. Zimmer, Karman, Ein
buddhistischer Legendenkranz, 42-60, Mtinchen, 1925.
Chinese: CCC, 1: 316-321, see also 4: 134.
Tibetan: translation by Feer, Fragments extraits du
Kandjour, Annales du Muse'e Guimet, 4: 305-321,1883.
In a private communication to Bailey, E. J. Thomas

referred to a somewhat similar story about lost merchants in Avadanasataka No. 13 (Feer's transl., 61).
The burning of the hands, however, is not mentioned
there.
Story No. 34
No exact parallel for the story of the gift of his eyes

by King Sunaittra has been found. King Utpalanetra
gives his eyes Rastrapdlapariprccha (Finot, 24; Ensink, 24): subha nilapadmasamavarnzd netra manorama
hrdayakantd/tyakta maya ca jagadarthe utpalanetra
parthiva yaddsUt 'My eyes, pure, in color like the blue
lotus, charming, dear to the heart, I gave away in the
interest of the world, when I was King Utpalanetra.'
A similar act by King Sibi is well known from
Jataka No. 499 (Sivi-jdtaka, Fausb0ll, 4: 401-412;

Cowell, 4: 250-256); Avadana?ataka, 1: 182-186 (Feer,
124-127); Jatakamala, ch. 2 (Qibi-jdtaka, Kern, 6-14;

Speyer, 8-19); Schmidt, der Weise und der Thor,
288-300.
Story No. 35
The Mahahamsa-jataka occurs: Jataka No. 534

(Fausb0ll, 5: 354-382; Cowell, 5: 186-202); Avadana?ataka (transl. Feer, 229-231); Jatakamala No. 22
(Kern, 127-142; Speyer, 181-199); CCC, 3: 101-102.
VOL. 45, PT. 5, 1955] PARALLELS TO THE JATAKA STORIES 451

Story No. 36
A similar story occurs Karmagataka, 29, II, 16 (see
Feer, JAs, neuvieme serie, 17, 100) and Rastrapala-
pariprccha (Finot, 25; Ensink, 26): rksapatir abhuiva

sailadurge himahata saptadin[na raksito me/purusa
vadhuka tenca ma prayukto na ca pratighata krtasc ca
taddsmin 'Once I was a great bear and on an inaccessible rock during seven days I gave shelter to one
who was beaten by snow. He brought to me the
man who killed me, but I felt no wrath against him
then.' The ungrateful man's punishment which consists of the falling off of his hands (see J.St., Story
No. 17) is mentioned in the Khotanese version and
in the similar story from the Vinaya of the Muilasar-
The partridge has made a vow (pranidhana) to put

out the fire even should it lose its own life; it is firm
in its vow (Khotanese: astuye 'you were unyielding'

29v2). It dips its wings into a nearby pool, flies back,
and drops water on the fire. Part of its action is
shown on plate 40 of a carving at Zayton, see EckeDemieville, 61. In spite of this detailed description it has proved impossible so far to explain the
syllables ttre (or: ttu) kul stai (29v2) which look like
the 2nd sing. pret. form of an unknown verb (see
Gloss. II, s.v.).
Story No. 41
No complete parallel has been found.

SarvCdrthasiddha is mentioned as going to the island
of the Raksasas, then to the island of the Yaksas and
finally to Baladvipa in order to remove poverty from
Jambudvipa, see Sieg, [bers. aus dem Toch., 1: 4, see
also Hidn-lin Dschi, Parallelversionen zur tocharischen
Rapport prelimincaire . . . , 23; JAs, avril-juin,
1921:des Punyavantajataka, ZDMG 97: 284Rezension
vastivadins which was translated by Lalou, JAs, oct.dec., 1925: 335 f. Compare Dulva, 4: 286b, translation Rockhill, JAOS, 1897: 9, Tripitaka, T6ky6,
XVII, 3, 66b, col. 9. The scene is represented in
Ajanta (No. 28 of the Paintings), see A. Foucher,
216.
324, 1943.
Story No. 37
Story No. 42
No exact parallel has been found of the story of

King Subhadrra and his horse. The following may
be compared for what the Khotanese version offers in
a condensed form: Divyavadana ch. 35, 510-515; CCC
No. 398, 2: 437-447; 446: 'un etang qu'on appelait Miao-fan (Brahmavati); il etait recouvert d'une
multitude de fleurs de lotus et de fleur de wen-po-lo
(utpala); quand le cheval intelligent etait arrive au
bord de l'etang, il posa ses pieds sur les fleurs de lotus
et parvint a passer en avancant doucement; il put
ainsi pen6trer dans la ville.'
ham kacchapayonigato 'pi ca maitrah 'When I was born

as a tortoise, with a kind heart, I saved five hundred
merchants who were at sea without help, and as they
were hungry (ksuditais seems to correspond to ttamda
kena (30v4) 'by reason of the scarcity'), they slew me
afterwards.'
Story No. 38
Story No. 43
Various Godhajtactakas are known from the Pali

canon (Nos. 141, 325, 333) none of which is comparable to the Khotanese version.
The story of Kaiicanasara was printed, translated

and annotated by H. W. Bailey, Kdiicanasdra, B. C.
Law Volume, Part 2: 11 ff., Poona, 1946. From the
bibliographical references given there the following
Story No. 39
For the story of the tortoise see CCC, No. 434, 3:

192-193 and 4: 226-227; Rastrapalapariprccha (Finot,
26; Ensink, 26): tdrita paiicasatam vanijndam sdgara-
madhyagatdaca andthah./tais'ca hatah ksuditais`ca tada-
may be quoted:
Tibetan: Schmidt, Der Weise und der Thor, 3-6

(Ka-na-s'i-ni-pa-li).
Avadana?ataka No. 31 (Feer, 114-116); R4strapdlaUigur: F. W. K. Muiller, Uigurica, 3: 27 ff., 91
pariprccha (Finot, 26; Ensink, 26); CCC No. 3 (1:
(Kan&a (n)sari).
11-14).
To these may be added:
Chinese: Lamotte, Traite, 2: 688-691 (K'iennili).
Story No. 40
Sogdian: part of the story occurs in the Sogdian
Bs' syr'krtyh 'The ten good deeds,' fragment (T i a) of
The bird which quenches the forest fire is a kapinijcala
The story of Padmaka becoming a fish also in:
(pheasant or francolin) or a s.uka (parrot), see Lamotte, Trait6, 2: 976 f.; in the Khotanese version it
is a ttere sike (young partridge).
Other versions: Rastrapalapariprccha (Finot, 26;
Ensink, 26: 'As a young partridge, living in the forest
on the continent Khandaka, delighting in lovingkindness, I calmed the fire as soon as I saw it'); CCC,
2: 385-386; Beal, 2: 33-34; Watters, 2: 29.
the pncmyk prwrt according to Henning, Asia Major,
New Series, 1: 160, fn. 2, 1950.

Story No. 44
The Sama-jataka occurs in:
Pali: Jataka No. 540 (Fausb0ll, 6: 68-95; Cowell,

6: 38-52).

Sanskrit: Mahavastu (ed. S6nart), 2: 209; Rastra-
pdlapariprccha (Finot, 22; Ensink, 22).

Chinese: CCC No. 43, 1: 156-160.
Story No. 49
The Kusa-jataka has been printed, translated, and
annotated by H. W. Bailey, An Indo-Scythian version
of the Kuga Jataka, Lakshman Sarup Memorial Volume, 1-5, 1954.
Story No. 45 (1 and 2)
Parallel versions are to be found in:
For a detailed bibliography on the Vessantara-jataka

see Lamotte, La somme du grand vehicule d'Asanga,
2: 43, 1939, and also Traite, 2: 714 (Chinese sources).

It may suffice to quote here only:
Pali: Jataka No. 547 (Fausb0ll, 6: 479-596; Cowell,
Pali: Jataka No. 531.

Sanskrit: Mahavastu (ed. Senart), 2: 421 ff.; Nalinaksha Dutt, Gilgit Manuscripts, 3 (1): 99-109.
Tibetan: Schiefner-Ralston, 21 ff.
Chinese: CCC No. 81, 1: 305-313.
6: 246-305).
Story No. 50
Sanskrit: Jatakamdla No. 9 (Kern, 51-67; Speyer,

71-93).
Tibetan: Schiefner-Ralston No. 16, 257-272; Bacot,
Drimedkundan, une version tibetaine dialoguee du
The same story occurs: CCC No. 70, 1: 252-255;

No. 407, 3: 69-70; see 4: 130.
Compare also R. Mitra, The Sanskrit Buddhist
Literature of Nepal, 76, 1882.
Vessantara-jataka, JAs, 1914: 221-305.
Story No. 51
Sogdian: E. Benveniste, Le Vessantara Jataka,

Paris, 1946.
The gift of the flesh to ransom a pigeon occurs:
Tocharian: Ubers. aus dem Toch., 2: 43-44.

Chinese: CCC, 3: 362-395 and see Chavannes,
BEFEO 3: 413-414, 419-420, 1903.
Sanskrit: Avadanakalpalata, ch. 2, verse 109 (1:

49) and compare ch. 55 (2: 119-135); Lankavatarasuitra, 251; Kalpanamanditika (ed. Luiders), 181;
Rastrapdlapariprccha (Finot, 22; Ensink, 23).

Chinese: CCC, 1: 7-11; 2: 70-72 and see Lamotte,
Traite, 1: 255, fn. 1.
Stories No. 46, No. 47, and No. 48
Brahmanic sources are mentioned by Levi, JAs,
No parallel has been found.
1908: 146.
VI. GLOSSARY I
An asterisk (*) indicates that the same entry occurs also in
Glossary IL. The entries in both glossaries are in the following
order:
*atsdsta- 'not quiet, restless' -ta 33rl.
*ajsa- 'unbeaten, invincible' -jse nom. sg. 36vl-2.

attajsdda- 'insurpassable' -da nom. sg. 6v3; se* ttajsdda-
a, a, i/d, i, u, ul, e/ai(ei), o/au;

k, kh, g/gg;
atyamntta- 'exceeding,' Skt. atyanta-, in compound with ttyi4ga14r4.
c/(ky), ch, jlgy, tc, ts, js;

(tltt, d, dh);
tltt, th, dldh, n/ni/n(ny);
p, ph, b/bh, m;
*attrima- 'insurpassable' -ma nom. sg. fem. 6r3.

adhimattra- 'excessive,' Skt. adhimatra-, -ra nom. sg. fem. 3v4.
*amttarrdam 'vanishing, disappearance,' Skt. antardhana-, 13vl.

anattaga- proper name, Skt. anantaga- (?) -ga nom. sg. 25rl.
y, r/rr, 1, v;
s/(s), OMss, s/(s), ys;
anasam'da- 'not being calm, turbulent' -de 33rl; see nasa'ma-.
andsi'na- 'unworthy' -tie acc. pl. 28v4-29rl; see ase'na-.

anaspeta- 'without refuge, helpless' -ta nom. sg. fem. 22vl, -te
acc. pl. masc. 28v2; see dspata-.
*anaha- 'without protection,' Skt. anatha-, -ha nom. sg. fem. 22v2,
nom. pl. masc. 7rl-2, 21r4, 25r2, 37vl, -ha acc. sg. 6rl.
-am 'them' enclit. pers. pron. 3 pl., in: khvam, cam, cvam, (tham),ani'scya- 'endless' -ya in compound with rdsa'- 39r3; ane'scydna
thvam; see -a, -um.
39r4; see na'scyd-.
-am 'me' enclit. pers. pron. 1 sg., in: khvam.
*ano 'without' 37v4.
-a 'them' enclit. pers. pron. 3 pl., in: khva; see -am, -um.
akhdsta- 'unmoved, unmovable' -td nom. sg. masc. 4v2; see

khauys-.
akhosta- 'unmoved, unmovable, undisturbed' -ta nom. sg. masc.
12r4, -ta id. 28r3; akhauste id. 27r3.

*agarnjsa- 'faultless, flawless' -jsa acc. pl. masc. 16r4, 37rl; see
gamjsa-.
*agapia- 'pure,' Skt. akalpika-, -pya nom. pl. 38vl.

*amga- (1) 'limb,' Skt. antga-, -gna instr. sg. 6v4, 10v3, -ga gen.
7r3, -gam id. 24v2, agyam id. 36r3, a(m)ga acc. pl. 7v3, 22v2,
27v2, 28r2; (2) 'book,' Skt. id., aga acc. sg. 39r3.
ajegara- 'goat-swallower, serpent,' Skt. ajagara-, -rna instr. sg.
35vl.
*anvasta- 'difficult' -ta nom. sg. 2rl.

*apracaa- 'without reason' -cai 16r4; see pracaa-.
*apramqfla- 'philanthropy,' Skt. apramana-, -nyam nvaiya lOvl.

*amanaa- 'unhappy, impatient' -nd nom. sg. masc. 10r3; see
manata-.
amu's'dia- 'merciless' -dye nom. pl. masc. 28rl; see mu's'di-.
*ayula'iron ball,' Skt. ayogula-, -Ia acc. sg. 4r2.

pl.
*arra- 'bear' -rra nom. sg. 26v4.
*arana- 'ungrateful' -ici acc. sg. masc. 13r2, arcina nom. sg. masc.
27rl.
arahi- 'ingratitude' -ijine (MS has: arniiie) instr. sg. 27r2.
VOL.
45,
*alava-
PT.
5,
'forest,'
1955]
Skt.
-am 'them') 35vl.
avamata- 'immeasurable' -mata nom. pl. 38r2, -mava acc. pl. 19r2,
-mayau instr. pl. 23v3.
*avasa- 'without doubt, certain,' Skt. avascya-, -sd adv. 3rl, -su id.
13r4, -se id. 36v2, 38r3.
*ava(')sta- 'without fear, safe' -ta nom. pl. masc. 7r2, nom. sg.
fem. 8vl.
avasta- 'fearlessness, safety, security' -ta acc. sg. 8r4, ava'std

21v2, -te 17v4-18rl.
avays4an- 'unknown' -n-q nom. pl. masc. 36v3; see pays4ina-.
GLOSSARY
453
aya 'may it be' opt. perf.

3 sg. of ah'to be,' the
2rl.
atavi-,
-vd'
'in
forest'
*ay4ni 'noble, well-bred,' Skt. ajaneya-, -ni nom. sg. 27vl.

*ayauysa- 'trouble, torment' -ysa nom. pl. 13r4, -yse acc. pl. 36rl.
*arra- 'sin, evil, deficiency' -rra acc. sg. (pl. ?) 3v2.
*arah- 'to propitiate,' Skt. aradh-, -hye pret. 2 sg. 23r2.
*aruva- 'refuge' -va nom. sg. 5v3-4.
drya- 'noble, Arya,' Skt. id., -ya gen. pl. 25v4.

*avama- 'wish, desire,' Skt. akama-, -vam nom.-acc. sg. 36vl, 38v2.
avasca- 'sky,' Skt. akasa-, -se' vira 33v3; see atasa-.
ava see a.
dsa- 'sky,' Skt. asa-, -sa' loc. sg. 19vl, 23r4, dsa's(a 7r3, see -a&a.
*dsi'rya- 'teacher,' Skt. acarya-, -rya 39v3.

*avijsyatndaa- 'not seeing, blind' -da nom. pl. 31v3.
*avtpa 'without doubt, assuredly, unfailingly, surely,' Skt. avikal-*&srivada- 'blessing,' Skt. ds'Irv&da-, -da acc. sg. (or pl.) 26vl.
pam, 29v3, 34rl, 35v3-4.
*asaina- 'blue' -sai acc. sg. 23v2.
*asaimja- 'pond, lake' -ja gen. sg. 26r2.
avisaisakia- 'beyond distinction,' cp. Skt. avisesa-, -kye acc. pl.
fem. 4r3.
*ase'nia- 'worthy' -nza acc. sg. 37v4; see andsi'na-.
aviha- 'priceless' -ha' acc. pl. masc. 33r4, -hyau instr. pl. 14rl;
*-.sta (-td, -te) 'towards' &?&'s(a 7r3, kslrdste 34vl, garahaita 7v3,
see piha-.
ttasta 24rl, 37v4, natcaste 30v3, paskyasta 24v4, paskykste
*avyayamndaa- 'without speaking, speechless' -dai nom. sg. masc.
30v4, ba'ysils'tasta lv4, biysustatsta 39v3-4, rranja(stq 21r4,
18v3; see uysasta.
*asna(k)a- 'dove, pigeon' -ke nom. sg. 34r2, -nai gen. sg. 36r3.
*asa- 'horse' -s'e nom. sg. 27vl.
asvaraja- 'king of horses' -ja nom. sg. 6v4.
vardsta 4v2, 23v3, sijdstd 39v4, hdlaiydsta 13v3, hdsta 24r3.

*(ast-, astan-) asta-, dstamda- 'to be about' -ti pret. 3 sg. masc.
26v3, 26v4, -ta id. fem. 17v2, -tade id. 3 pl. 30v2, 1stamdi
pret. 3 pl. (?) 7vl.

*asamahia- 'uncontrolled, not concentrated' -hye nom. sg. *asadalv3. 'satisfied, fed' -dd nom. sg. masc. 15rl.
*asiduna- 'evil, bad' -na nom. pl. masc. 21v3.
*asa yan- 'to memorize' 38r4.
*asphir- 'to fill with, permeate' -ramdai part. pres. nom. sg.*astam
masc. 'at last, finally' astam vi 3vl, astam vTra 5rl; see ustam.
8v3.
aysa 'T' pers. pron. 1 sg. 39v4.
aysur4na- 'of the Asuras' -na nom. pl. fem. 34v2.
*aysgana- 'vulture' -gam nom. sg. 24vl.
aysmua- 'mind, understanding' -mu nom.-acc. sg. Iv3, 4v2, lOvI,

IIv4, 12v3, 16v2, 17v4, 24v2, 27r3, 31rl, -mu gen. sg. 8v4,
-mya loc. sg. 19v4, 24r4; aysmu-harsa' 'heart's delight' compound 37rl; see damda-aysmua-.
aysmvija- 'of the mind' -jva loc. pl. 19r3.
ahamista- 'unchangeable' -ta nom. sg. masc. 4v1-2; see (hamaih-)
hami'sta-.
*ahamnja- 'unfriendly' -nie acc. pl. 8v4.

*ahavays- 'to endure,' Skt. adhivas-, -sai pret. 2 sg. 31r2 (MS:
suhavaysai), 36rl; see vaysa-.
aha 'you' pers. pron. 2 pl. acc. 8vl, 20v2, 30v3, 31v2.
*astana- 'beginning with' -tamna (instr. sg.) 9v2, -tamne (id.)

32v3, dstam 2vl, 38v4.
*astiye 'you were firm' pret. 2 sg. 29v2.

(ah-) asta- 'to sit, stay' -te pret. 3 sg. 22r3, 26vl.
*dspata- 'refuge' -ta nom.-acc. sg. 8vl (twice), IOr4, 21r2, 36vl,
-tam nom. sg. (with - (a)mn 'for them') 5v4, -peta jsa 24v2,
dspave nom. sg. 32vl-2; see andspeta, hatsq-dspda-.

dstaa- 'bone' -tai nom. sg. 7v4, -tai gen. sg. (?) 18r2.
*aysana- 'seat,' Skt. asana-, -ysam nom. sg. llvl, -ysam bedd
20v4.
*aysira- 'equipment' -re udese 30v4.

*aysda with yan- 'to take under one's protection' aysde 39r2.
*dysdada- 'protected, guarded' -da nom. sg. 2v4, -da nom. pl. 3r2.
(ah-) 'to sit, stay,' see ana-, (ah-) asta-.
aha- 'mouth' 'eha loc. sg. 9vl, eha id. 17rl.
*&hurrja- 'delightful' -ja acc. sg. (or pl.) 26r4-vl.
a 'or, and' 5r2 (three times; twice ava), 33v3, 34rl, 34v2.
a see ata.
(acand-) acasta- 'to long for' -tai pret. 2 sg. 36r4.

*aca- 'flame' -ci in compound 9vl, -ce nom. sg. 29r3-4.
dcinaa- 'consisting of flames' -nd dasta 29r3.
*icCri deva proper name, Skt. acaryadeva-, -vd nom. sg. 2r3.
dchaa- 'illness, sickness' -cha nom. pl. 2vl, 39rl, -che nom. sg.
(with -e 'you') 18v3.
achaija- 'sick' -ja nom. sg. fem. 22vl.
*achainaa- 'sick' -ne acc. pl. masc. 28v2.
i/f
-t enclit. pers. pron. 3 sg., in: khvai, thvai and see uysdisaka-,
patharnjaka-.
*-i emphatic particle see ma, vara.
1 (1) pres. indic. 2 sg. of ah- 'to be' see bujsauda-, bvaka-; (2) '9
opt. 3 sg. of ah- 'to be' lv2, 2v4.
'lye opt. 3 sg. of ah- 'to be' 3rl, 15v3, 37v3.
*`ira- 'jade?' -ra mn4amda 'like jade' 18r2.

*9iyaraa- 'malicious, ignoble' -rai nom. sg. masc. 8v3, 27rl.
*(is-) 1sta- 'to return, withdraw, refrain' 'ks(1 pret. 2 sg. 32v4.
*ajavaisa- 'poisonous snake,' Skt. dsivisa-, -sa' nom. pl. 23rl.

*(ijim-)&ji(rn)da- 'to bring, lead' ajimdai pret. 2 sg. 15v2, ajidi
pret. 3 sg. 16rl.
*a'jsa- 'silver' -jsa nom. sg. 4vl.

*a9jsija- 'silvery' -ja in compound 6v4.
ata- 'to come' pret. stem, d 3 sg. 5r3, 6r3, 14v3, 36v4, am id.
34r3, dti 2 sg. 26r4, ata 3 pl. 21v3.
u 'and' 2v4, 7v4, 21r4, 22v4, 31rl, 39v2, in: gyasto 9v2, lokepalo
38rl.
uca- 'water' ucyq loc. sg. 2r3, uce acc. sg. 29v2; see uca-.
utclnaa- 'of water' -nai nom. sg. 19v4; see uca-, uca-.
-uda- 'covered,' see be'tuda-, uida-.

*atasa- 'sky,' Skt. akds'a-, -sa' nom. sg. 16v2; see avas'a-.
*udisaya 'with a view to, with reference to, with regard to, for,
*adara- 'respect,' Skt. adara-, -rd gihna 6v2, -ra acc. sg. 13v2. etc.,' Skt. uddisya, 9v1, 12rl-2, 25v4, udisaya 18r3, udis'aye
*ana- 'sitting, staying' pres. part. middle of ah- 'to sit, stay,' -na
27rl, 34rl-2, udes'aye 31v3, 36r4, udaisaya 36rl, udis?a 12r3,
6r4 (4na), 14v4, 16r4, 4ne 16vl.
*abe'sa- 'whirlpool' -syau instr. pl. 15r2.

*a'ma- 'dwelling' -me 19rl.
20r2, udese 30v4, 31vl.
*udviyasta- 'full of disgust' -td nom. sg. masc. 18v2.

*upatta- 'birth,' Skt. utpatti-, -tta in compound 39r3-4.
*amaca- 'minister,' Skt. amatya-, -cd nom. sg. 16v4, -ca nom. pl.*upadrrava- 'trouble,' Skt. upadrava-, -va nom. pl. 38v4-39rl.
3r3 (4maca).
*upakdra- 'service, aid,' Skt. id., -rd acc. sg. 25vl.
*amuna- 'dwelling place' -na nom. sg. 13v3-4.
upala 'lotus,' Skt. utpala-, -la acc. sg. (or pl.) 23v2.
*4muha- 'lodgings' -hd acc. sg. 15v4.
*upata- 'remedy,' Skt. updya-, -ta 6vl.

upemdrra- Skt. upendra-, see semdrropemdrra-.
-um enclit. pers. pron. 3 pl.; see bis'a-, hada-, -a, -am.
*ura- 'belly' -ra . . . bemda 10v3.
urmaysda- 'sun' -dd gen. sg. 24rl, -dam id. 14rl, -di nom. sg.
19vl.
*urvarinaa- 'crystal' -nai nom. sg. 19vl.

*uvra- 'exalted, noble,' Skt. uddra-, -ra nom. (fem.)-acc. (fem.)
sg. lvl, 3v4, 4v4, 17v3, 18vl, 28r4, -rd id. masc. 10r4, 17r2,
-re 31r2, 32r4.
*uvi (uvi') 'mind' acc. 34rl, 35rl.

*uska 'high' adv. 18v2.
ustam 'at last' 14v3; see astam.
ustairstai 'you tore' pret. 2 sg. 24v2, 36r3.
*uysbay- 'to carry away' -yd pres. 3 sg. 5vl.
*(uysan-) uysamda- 'to breathe (out)' -di pret. 2 sg. 21v4.
uysanad- 'self' -nd acc. sg. 6v2, 9vl, 14v4, 20v1, -ine bida 18r2.
*uysasta 'you preached to them' pret. 2 sg. and -d 'to them' 26r4.
*uysgri(ya-) 'ransom' -ri acc. sg. 24v3, -ri udes'aye 36r3.

*uysdis'dka- 'teacher' -ki nom. sg. and -i 'of it' 13vl.
uys(a)na- 'breath' uysna in compound 30rl, uysana acc. sg.
*kalama 'pen' -la acc. sg. 18r2.

*kalaputtana- class of demons, Skt. katapuitana-, -na pl. 23rl.
kalabhu- proper name, -bhu nom. sg. 9v4.
kalmdsapada- proper name, -da nom. sg. llrl-2.
kalpa- 'age,' Skt. id., -pa jsa 39r4.

*kavd- 'fish' -ve nom. pl. 30r2, keve nom. sg. 28v2.
kas'ata- 'hideous' -td nom. sg. llrl, acc. sg. 12v3-4.

*kas- kasta- 'to fall, transmigrate' kase' pres. middle 3 sg. 38v3-4,
kastye past part. gen. sg. 25vl.
*ka'ka- 'protector' -ke nom. sg. 31v4.

*kajenesa(rre) proper name, Skt. kaiicanasdra-, 31rl.
*kadara- 'sword' -rna instr. sg. I0r2, 14r2.
kama- 'who?' interr. pron., kam nom. sg. 14r4.

kdla- 'time,' Skt. id., -la 'in a time' 9r3, duira kale 'for a long
time' 30v4.
*(kit'-) kasta- 'to protect' -ta past part. nom. sg. 2v4, id. acc. pl.
25r4, -te pret. 2 sg. 26v4, -tai id. 7r3; see kit'-.
*kasa- proper name, Skt. kasi-, -s'a-m gen. pl. 26r3.
*kidd 'very' adv. 15vl; see kidi.
*kina 'because of, for the sake of, for' postposition, 12v4, 16r4,
20r3, 20v4, 22v3, 24r3, kjnaq 2r4, kitza 17v3, kena 21v2, 30v4,
21v4.
uysnaura- 'living being' -ra acc. pl. 22v4.

ii
*ujca- 'water' vanau . . -ca 3v3, -ca loc. sg. 15v3, -ci id. 21vl;
see uca-, utcinaa-.
*uda- 'covered, set, encrusted' -da nom. sg. 11v4; fiddmde pret.
3 pl. 'they were covered' (?) 28rl; see -uda-.
kC.ze 29rl, kene 34r2, kainaq 31r4, kane 36r3, kidna lv2-3,
23r2.
*kit'- (kdsla-) 'to protect' ki'ttd pres. 3 sg. 22r4, ke'ttd id. 26v4.
*ki(m)nara- 'Kinnara,' Skt. id., kimnara-dvipa 23r2, kinara-rrumdi 23r3, kinara-kqiia 23r3.
*kdad- 'creeper' -dye jsa 37r3.

kidi 'very, exceedingly' 8v4; see kida.
*kima hva proper name, 39v2.
*kimd sana proper name, 39r3, 39v4; see cd kimds'and.

e/ai
-e enclit. pers. pron. 2 sg., for instance in: panate 6r3, ttane 12r4,
ttine 8rl, phare, 9v2-3, same 10r3, ndte 12r2, didamde 12r2,
ysire 15vl, etc.
kira- 'deed, act' -ra acc. pl. 9v3, 33v2, 36r2, -ra acc. sg. 8rl,
14v4-15rl, 16r2, 22rl, 25vl, -re acc. sg. or pl. 4v3-4, 30v2,
31vl, -rna instr. sg. llvl-2, -ram gen. pl. 13v3, 39r2-3, -ryau
jsa 26v2.
*kivata- 'fisherman' (?) -td nom. sg. 2r3.

*'edrra- 'sense,' Skt. indriya-, -rre nom. pl. 38vl, 'e'drre id.
1v3.
*kisana- 'thick, full of' -na 25v3, 33rl, 34v2, kiseiia loc. sg. 29r2
*erakana 'in the arms' 13rl, 26v4 ('e-).
kisernja- 'thick, full of' -ja loc. sg. 20rl, bahya kisemnje beda 29r4
*(est-) estya- 'to endure' -yai pret. 2 sg. 18vl ('e-), 30v4 (id.).
*'estevana- 'firm' -na voc. sg. 31vl, 'estava nom. sg. 7v4-8rl, 9r2,
aistavaiarq comparative acc. sg. 10r4.

*est4ma- 'firmness' -me 6v3.
eha see dha-.
o/au
orga, 'orga, aurga, 'aurga 'homage' passim.
*o'sa- 'wish, desire' vini osd 'without desire' 22v2.

o'sta- 'to desire, wish' pret. stem, -te 1 sg. 2rl, 'auste 3 sg. 38v3.
k
*ka 'that'; with negation 'lest' kai . . . na 5v3, ka ni 6r4, 21vl,

ka na 21v4, ka (MS: da) nq 32r2.
*kamgd- 'skin' -ga nom.-acc. sg. 18rl, 21v3, 21v4, -ge acc. sg.
(and -e 'of you') 28r2.
kanji- 'princess, daughter,' Skt. kanyd-, in: kinara-kqiia acc. sg.
23r3, mdra-kqiia nom. sg. 34rl.
kurma- 'tortoise,' Skt. kuirma-, -me nom. sg. 30v3.
kus'a- proper name, -se nom. 35r2.
*kusala- 'resourcefulness,' Skt. kausalya-, -lai 11v3.

kushide see under kausta-.
*kusald-mula 'base (consisting) of prosperity, favorable root' -la
39r3.
*kira-drstija- 'of crooked (heretic) views,' kuira- and Skt. drsti-,

-ja acc. sg. fem. 19r4, 25v2-3.
*kuila- 'a crore, ten millions,' Skt. koti-, -la 4v3, 19r2, 21r2-3.
kuista 'where' -tai (with -i 'of him') 38v2.
*kustai (?) 'you collected?' 29v2.
*(kujys-) kuiysda- 'to seek' -damde pret. 3 pl. 36vl.

*ke'ca- 'cleft' -ca 9r4, llr3, -canja loc. sg. 5r4-vl, ke'ce'ia id. 13r2.
*keyuda- 'bracelet,' Skt. keyfira-, -da nom. pl. 20v2, keyure id.
33v3.
*keldsa- name of a mountain, Skt. kaildsa-, -sa garna instr. sg.

18r4.
keve see kavd-.
*kand- 'drop' -ne acc. pl. 24v3.

kesava- proper name, Skt. id., -vd nom. sg. 20rl.
*kamtha- 'town, city' -tha acc. sg. 34v3, kitha loc. sg. 23r2, kithe
*kestd- 'ornament' -te nom. pl. 33v3.
id. 27v4.
*kausta- 'to agitate' pret. stem, -td 3 sg. 24v2, -t(mde 3 pl. 34r4;
*kamala- 'head' -lI acc. sg. 14rl, -lq nom. sg. 14r3, -la 35v3,
kamq'iia loc. sg. 22r3.
karandya- 'full of pity' -yq nom. sg. 12r3; see mahakarund-.
*kardsa- 'creeper, string' -sd nom. sg. 5r2, -si jsa 20vl, kerdge
37r4.
*karittd- 'effort, energy' -tte jsa 15v2.

karma- 'work, deed, act,' Skt. karman-, -mam nom. pl. 38v2,
-ma in compound 39vl.
*karmapaha- 'the path of (good) conduct,' Skt. karmapatha-, -ha

in compound 35r4.
karyd- 'exertion, toil, effort' -ya jsa 19v2.

*karvinaa- 'belonging to the surrounding parts; environs' -nd
34v3.
kustade id. 28r2.

kyms'n proper name, 39v4; see cd kimdsand.
*krrana- 'grateful' -quia nom. sg. masc. 8rl, -anja 15v4.

*krrmqji- 'gratitude, piety, affection' -ni kidna lv2, 23r2, -ni kina
16r4, -nina instr. sg. 32r2, -iiinai id. (with -i 'for him') 16v3.
krrama- 'grade, step' -mna instr. sg. 17r3.
*klaisa- 'attachment,' Skt. kles'a-, -klesa' nom. pl. 38v2, -sau' jsa
4rl.
*kvaysa- 'side' -ysd nom. sg. 4vl.

*ksd for yaksd (or raksaysd?) 9v1.
*ksa 'six' 5r2.
ksana- 'moment,' Skt. id., -nza-matrd 'only one moment' 5r4.
VOL.
45,
ksama-
PT.
'wish;
5,
1955]
highest
ksemd loc. (?) sg. (with -d 'of you') 28r3.
*ksam- ksauda- 'to please' ksqmd pres. 3 sg. lvl, ksaudi pret. 3 sg.
masc. 18rl, ksaudd id. fem. or masc. (with -a 'to you') 18v4.
*ksamau- 'pitiful' -mau nom. sg. 8rl, 20v4.
*ksamauttd- 'sympathy, forbearance' -tta acc. sg. 8v4, -tta mu'sde
Isa 27r3, -tta mu'sde (acc. sg.) 29v3, ksamott2 mu'sdd' (acc.
sg.) 9rl.
ksamttavada- proper name, Skt. ksantivadin-, -da nom. sg. 9v4.
GLOSSARY
good'
-qmma
g
455
nom.
sg.
ga- 'stage, station,' Skt. gati-, ga-vasisa 39r3, gavu 39r3, gavi
nom. pl. and -i 'of him' 39vl, ge' acc. pl. 4v2, pajse ge' 38r3;
see ge'.
gaja- 'elephant,' Skt. id., gaje-gqa.daq 32r4.

*gamtsa- 'pit' -tsa 9r3, -tsv2 loc. pl. 25r3.
*gamnjsa- 'fault, deficiency' -jsa nom. sg. 12rl; see agamjsa-.
gqaida- 'best, excellent,' translates Skt. srestha-, gaje-gqadzq nom.
sg. 32vl.
*ksina7- 'end' jiye ksina yudai 'you gave up your life' 21r4, yudai
j]ye ksina id. 35v2-3.
ksira- 'land, country' -ra 'in the country' 2vl, 14vl, 19r3, -ram
jsa 'from it to the country' 2r2, -ri (for -rd, see p. 406) 26r3,
-re gen. sg. 32v3, 32v3-4, 34v3, nom. sg. 35r2, -ryaujsa 4vl,
-raiiau jsa I lr3, ksirdste 'into the country' 34vl, ksir-my4ian
'in (the middle of) the country' 5v4.
ksirua- 'belonging to the country' -rva nom. pl. masc. 3r4.
ksivi see rijs&kstvt.

*ksu 'hunger' ksuna instr. sg. 6r4, ksuna id. 6rl, 26v4, 28v2, 34r3,
gambhira- 'deep,' Skt. id., -rq acc. sg. 17r2, -ra 18vl.
*gara- 'mountain' -rd nom.-gen. sg. 4vl, 9r2, 13v4, 19vl, 21r3,
-ra nom.-acc.-gen.-loc. sg. and in compound 6v4, 9r4, 9vl,
llr3, 12v3, 13r2, 15r2, 23r2 (acc. pl.), 28v3, -re 37vl-2, gire
loc. sg. 32v4, gardm gen. pl. 7v4, -rna abl.-instr. sg. 5vl,
17v3, 18r4, 34r4, -ryau instr.-abl. pl. 25r3, garaiistad 7v3.
garaja- 'born in the mountains' -ja nom. sg. fem. 2v2.
*garkha- 'heavy, difficult, venerable' -kha nom. sg. 2rl, 19v4,

-kha acc. sg. 9v4, -khu acc. sg. 20r2.
*galqna- 'necklace,' -na nom. pl. 33v4.
-nC id. 32rl, ksu ttar(r)na 'by hunger and thirst' 17vl, 34r3;*gdthaa- 'householder' -thd 39v3.
see ttarra-.
*ksudaa- 'husband' -dai gen. sg. 19v3.

*ksuva- 'hungry' -va nom. sg. fem. 22vl.
kh
*khanaa- 'laughter' khendm gen. pl. 32v2.
*khariia- 'made of acacia (Khadira) wood' -ja 16vl.

*kharusa- proper name, -sa jsa 39v2.
*khasta- 'drink' -ta acc. pl. 15rl.

(khad-) khasta- 'to strike' -tadd pret. 3 pl. 7vl.
*g2ma- 'quick, alert' -ma adv. 29r2.

gire see gara-.
*gih- gista- 'to be associated with, help, assist' gistai pret. 2 sg.
36vl; gihna instr. sg. of giha- 'association' 6v2.
*guksama- 'having an enormous belly' -mii nom. sg. masc. 10v3.
*gujsebriya- 'shattered' pret. stem, -yq pret. 3 pl. 35rl; see

(tcabalj-) tcabrriya-.
gu,de 'he spoke, explained' pret. 3 sg. 27rl; see *gvar- guda-.
*gum 'color' in compound ysaregum, q.v.

*gumd- 'practiced, trained' gumd nom. sg. 11v3, guim2 id. 20rl.
*gurvai 'you scratched' pret. 2 sg. 18rl; see narrva-.
*khaja- 'mud' -jaiia loc. sg. 23v2, kheja id. 27v4.

*(grujs-) gursta- 'to call' -tye pret. 2 sg. 35v2.
*kh4ysinaa- 'of food' -nai 14v2.
gus't2- 'flesh' -ta nom. sg. 7v3, acc. sg. 27r2, -ti jsa 22v3, -te
*khiflda 'like, resembling' postposition with gen., 15vl, khede
acc. sg. (and -e 'of you') 36r3.
28r4, khainde 37v2.

*guysna- 'deer' -na nom. sg. 15vl, 16rl, -na nom. sg. fem. ('doe')
khu (1) 'as, like' 4r4, 5r2, 5vl, Ilv4, 13v4, 14r3, 20v3, 24r2,
8r2, -nd gen. pl. 8rl, -ne udes'e 31vl.
26r4, 26v4, 28v3, 31r4, 32r4, 33v3, sam khu '(just) like, (just)
*guiraphusta- 'difficult to draw out' (?) -ta nom. pl. 2rl.
as' 5vl, 8v4, 16v2, sa khu id. 24r3, tta khu id. 6r2, 6vl, 9r2,
*(gujch-, inchoat. guis-) guiva- 'to escape' -ve pret. 3 pl. 35v4.
9r3, 12v3, 13rl, 19vl, 25r3, 27r3, tta tta khu id. 9rl, 12vl,
gilsttnaa- 'of flesh' -ne nom. sg. 28v3.
19vl, 25rl, tte khu id. 30vl, 34r4, 34v4, tte tta khu 34v2,
*gutha- 'cave' -ha nom. sg. 11v3.
tte tte khu id. 28vl, 33v2, khu ji 'as (indeed)' 7r3, 7r3-4;
*gujhainad 'knives' (?) 13v2; gvqhai'iid id. 16vl.
(2) '(so) that' 3vl, 15v2, sam khum 'that for me' Iv4, sam
*ge' see ga-.
khu . . . ne 'so that not' 34r3, khu na 'lest' 17v3; see khue,
*ges- 'to turn around, whirl' -samdd pres. part. nom. pl. 14v2;
khvam; (3) 'when' 3v4, 4r3, 5r3, 6rl, 7r4, 8vl, 9vl, 23vl;
ge'sane instr. sg. of ge'sa- 'whirling' 29r3.
see khue, khvam; (4) 'since; although,' see khue, khvam;
*goda- 'lizard' -de nom. sg. 27v4.
(5) 'if,' see khve; (6) yava tta khu 'as long as' 26r4; see under
*gaurava- 'honor, respect' -va nom. sg. 12r2, 18r4, -va thauiia
khue; (7) 'how?' 31v4; see khva, khvai.

khue khu (2) and -e 'to you' 24v4; khu (4) and -e 'to you' 18rl,
20r4; yava khue 'as long as for you (-e)' 19rl.
*kh4fa- 'cavern' -nd in compound (?) IIr3.

*khuysaa- 'frog; tortoise' -sa nom. pl. 30r2.
kheja see khaja-.
*khejautta- 'exhausted' -tte nom. sg. masc. 34r3.

khede see khinda.
khendm see khanaa-.
*khainuda- 'thorny' -de 37r3-4, -dva loc. pl. 25r3.

khainde see khinida.
*khaunda in khaunda maunda 'various?' IOv4.
16r2, -vi thauiia 24rl, goreva th42,a 27r4, gorva kina 20v4,
gauriva jsai 23v2.
*grqfnamca 'growling' pres. part. nom. sg. fem. 17v2.
*grauna- 'garland' -nd nom. or acc. sg. 24rl-2, -ne nom. pl.
33v3-4.
*gva'- 'ear' -q'iia loc. sg. 26r4.

gvaka- 'ear' -ka pl. 10r2.
*(gvays-) gvasta- 'to split' -tai pret. 2 sg. 35v3.

*gvaha- 'hut' -hcina loc. sg. 32rl.
gvahai'iia see guihaiiid.
*gv2na in ni . . . gvana 'not at all' 22r4.

gv&ysinaa- 'of separation' -nai daina instr. sg. 19v3.
*khoys-khausta- 'to move, shake, shock' khoysamdai pres. part.
33r2, khaustd pret. 3 sg. llvl, 12v3, -te id. 2 sg. 32v3; see
akhadsa-, akhos(a-.
khva khu (7) and -a 'of them': 'how (all) of them?' 12v4.
khvam khu (4) and -rm 'of me' v3; khu (2) and -am jsa 'from
them' 2vl; khvam avam, khu (2) and -am 'in order that their
(desire)' 36vl.
khve khu (3) and -e 'of you' 36v4; khu (3) and -i 'it' 6r2; khu
(5) and -e 'to you' 15v3.
khvai khu (7) and -i 'of it': 'how (all) of it?' lv2.
*khvi- 'wave' -iyau instr. pl. 15r2.
ca in ca si' ci 'whoever' indef. pron. 38r4.

ca 'which' rel. pron. 28r2.
cam 'what by me' rel. pron. and -m 'by me' 38r2.
cakrravartta- 'emperor' -tta nom. sg. 21rl, cekrrevartta id. 35r3-4,
cakavartta 39r3.
cakrravartt4na- 'imperial' -nai serd acc. sg. 36r4, cekrravarttana

serdm 28r4.
*camcqla- 'trembling' -lq-haphdrd 'in trembling confusion' nom.

sg. lv3.

*jiya- 'life' -ye acc. sg. 7v2, 8r4, 13vl, 15v3, 22v2, 24r2, 35v4,
(hariscya hivijiye) 20vl, (jiye ksina yudai) 21r4, (yudaijiye
*canda- 'hot-tempered, passionate' -da nom. sg. masc. 32r3.

*cada- 'as much; as little' -de nom. sg. 37v2.
camddprabha- proper name, Skt. candaprabha-, -bha nom. sg.
14rl.
*cambva- 'bushes' -va nom. pl. 15r3.
ksina) 35v2-3, jlyena instr.-abl. sg. (hamamga) 12vl, jiyne
id. (hamamge) 26v4, jivaina id. (hamaga) 18r2-3.
*jiyabqna- name of a forest, Skt. jetavana-, -ni loc. sg. 19vl.

jivija- 'consisting of life' -ji pihd 21rl.
jivaina see jiya-.
juttaa- 'living' past part., -ttai gen. sg. 26r3; see *ju- jultta-.
*c2 kima sana proper name, 39r3, 39v4.
*c2 pina proper name, -na jsa 39vl.
*c2 ttaiha tcaind kharu-sa proper name, 39v2.
juIna- 'time' -na (buda ssa byird juna) 5r2, (buda sa byuird jina)
ci 'who' rel. pron. 3v2; in ca si' ci 'whoever' 38r4.

cira 'who; such as' 2vl.
ci bura 'as much as, however much; however small' lv2; ci buri
gas many as' lv4.
*cirau- 'lamp' -rau 25v2, 25v4.
1 1v3, (byuird kula juna) 21r3, (pharaka jina) 10v2.

*j.na- 'moving, gait' -na 15r2.
jegi see yjga-.
jendka- 'killer' -ke nom. sg. 32v2.

jai 'you destroyed' pret. 2 sg. 20r3; see *jina- ja-.
cu (1) 'who, which' rel. pron. nom. sg.-pl. 5r4, 7vl (cu . . . cu
'some . . . some'), 6r4, 8r3, 11v3, llv4, 13r2, 13r3, 14vl,
jautti- 'birth' -tti nom. sg. lvl; see *jattaka-.

*gyauha- 'courtesan' -hya gen. sg. 22v3.
16v2, 25r3, 26r3, 33r4 (cui twice), 36v4, acc. sg.-pl. 5rl, 13v4,
24vl; cu bure 'as many as' 22v3, see ci bura; see cam, ci, cue,
ce, cvam, cv2, cve, cvai; (2) 'when' 4r2, 4v3, 6r3, 12rl,
14vl, 17v2, 20r4; see cvai; (3) 'since' 5v3, lOrl, 10v2; see ce;
(4) 'so that' 14r4, 15v3.
cue 'which to you' cu (1) and -e 'to you' 18v4, 'you to whom'
id. 20v4.
cuai 'who for her' cu (1) and -(a)i 'for her' 8r4; 'who him' id.
jva- 'living' -va pl. 5v4, jve acc. sg. fem. 12v2; see *jfu- jultta-.
jvdlaka- proper name, -kya jsa 39v3.
jve ju (see under ja) and -e 'of you' 18v3.
*jse 'it boiled' opt.-pret. 3 sg. 29r3.
tc
*tcamjsa- 'hair' -jsa nom. sg. llrl (in compound with hasprri).
13r2.
tcana 'by which, whereby' 4v4; tcamna 15rl, 19v4, 25v4.
ce '(you) who' or 'because (you)' 29v3; 'who (to you)' 34r3;

*tcane 'blazing' (?) 29r3.
ce bede 'on which' 29v3.
*(tcabalj-) tcabrriya- 'to break' -ya pret. 3 pl. 35r2; see *gujsebriya-.
cekrravartta-, cekrravartt2na- see cakrravartta-, cakrravartt4na-.
*cett4mena- name of a jewel, Skt. cintamani-, -ne acc. sg. 30r3.
*tcarsua- 'brilliant' -su nom. sg. 14r2, 15vl.
*cede 'you thought' pret. 2 sg. 32rl.
tcahaura- 'four' -ra 2v2-3.
*tcara- 'fat' -ra acc. sg. 1Ov2.
cevyai 'you brought, moved' pret. 2 sg. 27v4; see under *cav-.
*tcdra- 'face' -rijsa llrl.
*causka- 'frontlet, headdress' -kaina loc. sg. 22r2.
crrdma- 'such as' crr2m m42,amdui 'just as' 23r4.

cvam cu (1) and -am 'of them': 'what of them' 37v3.
cv2 'who from you' cu (1) and -2jse 'from you' 36r4.
tcurama- 'fourth' -myai hadaiyum 17r2.

*tcure-ysania- 'fourfold' -qona nom. pl. 34vl.
*tcepha- 'tumult' -phine instr. sg. 34vl; see *tcamph-.

*tceman- 'eye' tcfmq'iia acc. pl. 16vl, tce'mq'iia id. 26rl, -ma'na&m
cve 'which on you' 16vl; 'which of you' 36r4.

cvai 'you whose' (or 'when of you') 31r2; 'when him' 35vl;
gen. pl. 25v2; tcema-vadi 'in the eyes (of the world)' 26rl,
'who it' 39r2.
see under vadia-. As second part of compound: -jsaimasee sujsamdaa-.

*tcaisya.na- 'prime minister' -nd nom. sg. 3r3.
ch
*chaka- 'shoot' -ka pl. 24v4.
ts
*chal2- 'skin' -la acc. sg. 36r3, -le 24v3.
tsi 'may it go' opt. 3 sg. 3r4; see *tsu- tsuta-.

tside 'they go' pres. 3 pl. 3rl; see *tsu- tsuta-.
tsum 'I go' pres. 1 sg. 11v3, 13r4, 18v2, 27r4 (tsu); see *tsu-
*ch2mga- 'excited, irritated' -gd acc. sg. 6rl.
*che- 'skin; color, appearance' chejse 21v3, chejsa 28rl.
tsuta-.
j/gy
tsuai 'you went' pret. 2 sg. 8r2, 16v4, 23r2; see *tsu- tsuta-.
tsume 'I go to you' (tsum and -e) 20r3; see under *tsu- tsuta-.
tsai 'you went' pret. 2 sg. 21vl; see *tsu- tsuta-.
tsai 'to go' infin. 13vl; see under *tsu- tsuta-.
*tsodi 'he swallowed' pret. 3 sg. 12v2.
tsve 'you went' pret. 2 sg. 27r4; see *tsu- tsuta-.
tsvai 'you went' pret. 2 sg. 30r3; see *tsu- tsuta-.
*ja 'indeed' 8r2, ji 7r3, 7r4, ju (in jve) 18v3.

*jagya- 'thigh' -y2m bemda 10v3.
*jad- 'stupidness, stolidity' -mna instr. sg. 25v3.
*jadmja- 'stupid, stolid' -ja nom. pl. 19r4, -ja acc. sg. 19v2.
*jambvi- name of a continent, Skt. jambudvmpa-, jambvi harbisd
11v1, jambvi vire 30r4.
*jabviyaa- 'of Jambudvipa' -y2 nom. pl. 7rl.
*jambu(na)- 'golden' -buiia loc. sg. 22r2.

*jalda- 'matted hair,' -la acc. 23vl.
Js
*gyasta- 'god; king (His Majesty)' -td nom.-gen. sg. 2vl, 2v3,
3r3, 20v3, -ta nom. pl. 2v2, -to nom. pl. and u 'and' 9v2;
gyasta-ksira- 'the world of the gods' 4vl; gyastd 'queen'
nom. sg. 3rl.
gyastnipa- 'celestial; royal' 'ina nom. sg. 2v3.

jaysiia- 'sacrifice' -nd acc. sg. 1 1r4.
*j2ttakastava- 'praise of the Jatakas' -vd nom. sg. 2rl, acc. sg.
39r2.
j2di 'they shall perish' conj. 3 pl. 39vl; see *jina- ja-.
j2mde 'they shall perish' conj. 3 pl. 13r4; see *jina- ja-.
j4re 'they perish' pres. middle 3 pl. 38v2; see *jina- ja-.
ji see ja.
jig2- 'destruction, removal, quenching' -ga nom. sg. 3v3, -gya
gen. sg. (vyaysan2m jigya nas4md hdlai) 11v2, jegi id.

(vyaysan2m jegi nis2'ma hdlaiy&sta) 13v3.
jidd 'it destroys' pres. 3 sg. 15r3; see *jina- ja-.
jsa 'from, by with, etc.' postposition, passim; jsi 30v4; jsam
vaska 'with . . . for them' 2 1r4; jsa error for jsa 32r3; ttye
jsam 'with it them, 37r4; jse 'from . . . (to) you' passim;
jsai 'with . . . (to) him' 23v2, 35v3.
*jsa 'indeed' 15vl, 15v2, 24v4, 39r4;jsam 4r3, 10r3, 11v4, 21r3,
26v4, 35vl, 36v3, 38vl, 38v2 and 2rl (instead of jsam);
js2(4)na 21rl, 23vl, 35r4.

*jsate 'he goes' pres. 3 sg. 14vl.
*jsamde 'they slew' pret. 3 pl. 30v4; see jsan- jsata-.
jsi see jsa.

*jsinaka- 'thin, fine, minute' -kye 24v3; see jsena-.
jsindka- 'killer, murderer' -ka nom. pl. 21v3, acc. pl. 16rl.
jsina- 'life' -na nom. sg. 2v4, 3r4, 39r4, 39v2 (-nd), (-nHd) gen. sg.
39r4.
jse,jsai see jsa.

jsena- 'fine, tender' -nd with loc. sg. brahye-t-i 12v2; see braha-.
*jsaunika- 'humble, respectful,' -yi rtrm 2r2, -yi s(dna 14r3.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
tt
tta 'this' dem. pron. acc. sg. 39vl, 39v2 (comp. ttu 39v2); 'then,
thus' 5rl, 15v4, tta vd 23rl; see khu, tte, ttai.
*ttamga- 'small' -ge nom. pl. 38v2.
*ttajs2dai 'you surpassed' pret. 2 sg. 13v4-14rl.
GLOSSARY
457
*ttaudd- 'heat' -ddna instr. sg. 6vl.

ttauma 'then, at that time' 16vl; see tt2(4)ma.
*ttauna- 'fat, thick' -na nom. sg. 10v3.
ttya 'of it' dem. pron. gen. sg. 18v3.
ttyaga- 'renunciation,' Skt. tyaga-, in compound attyamta-ty4ga'exceedingly renunciating, liberal' -gd nom. sg. masc. 14r4.
tty2 dem. pron. gen. pl. 21v2, 25r3; tty2m 17v3, 33vl, 34v4, 37vl.
ttye dem. pron. obl. sg. 3v2, 6r3, 10r3, llvl, 11v4 (instead of
tte?), 14rl, 14v3, 16v2, 17v3, 18r2, 20rl, 20vl, 22v2, 23v2,
24r2, 26r4, 32r4, 32v2, 34v3, 34v4, 37r4, 39r3; see ttya.
tta tta 'so, thus' 3vl, tta ttq 2rl; tta ttam id. 'so for them' 22r4; tta
ttai 'so to him?' or emphatic -i? lvl; see under khu.
ttand 'therefore to you (-2)' 16r2, 22rl, 23r3, 26v3 (ttand tt2).
*ttani- 'skinl' -qna gen. sg. 7v4.
ttaniyd 'therefore to you' (ttana, emphatic i, -y-, -d 'you') 27r2.

ttane 'therefore (to you)' 5rl, 9r2, 12r4, 13r4, 13v4, 18vl, 27r4,
32v4, 33v2, 36v4; see ttene.
*ttamttraa- name of a mountain, -ttrya loc. sg. 32v4, 36v4.
ttamd2- 'scarcity' -dd kenza 30v4; see *ttamga-.
ttamdia- 'so great' -di nom. sg. 36vl.
ttaramdara- 'body' -re nom. sg. (and -e 'of you') 28vl, tteramdare
id. 31r3-4, ttaramdare acc. sg. (and -e 'of you') 31r2.
ttar(r)a- 'thirst' -rrna 17vl, -rna 34r3.
*ttarraa- 'thirsty' -rrai nom. sg. 24r4.
*ttarasa- 'animal' -sv2 loc. pl. 38v3.

ttarr2ya- 'thirsty' -ye nom. sg. 6rl.
*ttaruna- 'red' -na nom. sg. masc. 18r3.
ttalottam2- proper name, Skt. tilottam2-, -ma nom. sg. 12vl.
*ttavascarania- 'performing asceticism' -ni nom. sg. 25rl; see
vrrata-.
ttd 'therefore, then, thus, at that time' passim.
*(ttram-) ttramda- 'to enter' -da pret. 3 pl. fem. 34vl, -di id. 2 sg.
23r2, 24r3, 30r2.
ttravilaa- see trivtilaa-.
*ttr4ma- proper name, -ma acc. sg. 23r3.
ttrdya- 'savior' -ya nom. sg. 5v4.
trdydka- 'savior' -ke nom. sg. 38r3.
(ttray-) ttrdsta- 'to save' -ste pret. 2 sg. 22v4.
*ttriksa- 'sharp, harsh, pungent' -sa nom. sg. 8r4, acc. pl. 8v4,
acc. sg. 19r4, ttrekse 33r2, ttraiksa' acc. pl. 31r2.
*ttrikha- 'peak' -khyau instr. pl. 21r3, trraikha 6v4, trraikhaiia
loc. sg. 9vl.
ttrivilaa- 'knower of the three pi(akas' -lai 2r2; ttravilai . . . jsa

39v3 (twice).
trrivarga- 'the three aspects,' Skt. trivarga-, -ga 2v4.

trraikha- see ttrikha-.
ttre ? 29v2, see kuistai.
ttreksa-, ttraiksa- see ttriksa-.
*tt2ja- 'stream' -ja nom. sg. 15r2, -ja loc. sg. 15v2, -ji id. 7v2.
tva probably for tvi 'to you' 26rl.
*ttddd- 'darkness, obscurity' -dd acc. sg. 19r4, 19v2, -deta loc. sg.
25vl.
tt2(4)ma 'at that time, then' 4v3, 17v3, 20vl, 20v3, 22r2, 23v2.
*tt2ra- 'forehead' -ra acc. sg. 22r3, -re id. (and -e 'of you') 35v3,
ttere jse 13rl, ttere jsa 32r3, tteri bemda 22r2, tterd nom. sg.
4vl.
tt2ra- 'dark' -rd 25r2; -ra 'darkness' (?) 25v3.
ttds(a 'in that direction' 24rl, -te 37v4.

tti dem. pron. nom. pl. 20v2, 21vl, 21v4; see tte.
ttina dem. pron. instr. sg. 21rl; 'therefore, so' 10v3, 16rl.
ttini 'therefore, so' 12r3.
ttini 'therefore, so' (emphatic -i) 14r2.
ttine 'therefore, so to you' (-e 'to you') 8rl, 11v3, 21v2, 24r4,
25rl.
ttiiia dem. pron. loc. sg. 4r4, 6v2, 15vl; see ttena.
*ttirsthamda- 'in visible form; in the world' -da 4v4.
*W 'then' 2v2, 4v3, 26v4, 31v2; 'thus, likewise' 11v4.
*ttiman- 'seed, crop' -ma nom. pl. 14vl.

ttisa'- 'brilliance; ray,' Skt. tejas-, -sad' ysandkd 5r3, -si .
yandkd 14r2, -sa' 33rl, -sad'na instr. sg. 7rl, -sa'na id. 39rl,
-se'na id. 33r3, -sna' id. 12v2, 14rl, 20v3; ttis'd di 'under the
rays' 28r3.
ttisa'sta- 'brilliant' -tq nom. sg. 32r4, -ta acc. pl. 21r2.
ttu dem. pron. acc. sg. 6v2, 12rl, 12r3, 14v3, 14v4, 16v3, 23vl,
24r2, 29v3, 38r4, 39v2; see ttui; ttu (?) 29v2; see kuistai.
*ttumna- 'strong, solid' -na nom. sg. 27r3, -ne obl. sg. 18v2.
*ttume'ste 'he swallowed' 4r2.
*ttusa'- Skt. tusita-, -sv2' loc. pl. 27r4.
ttusa- 'empty, desolate' -sqfia loc. sg. 32rl.
ttui dem. pron. acc. sg. 37v3, 39r2; see ttu.
*ttuirra- 'mouth' -rrd acc. sg. 9vl, -rre loc. sg. 5r4; compound
sujsamd2-ttura 'with blazing mouth' nom. pl. 17rl.
*tturrka- 'mouth' -ka nom. sg. lOrl.
tte dem. pron. pl. 31v2; 'so, thus, therefore' 31rl; instead of
ttye (?) 1 1v4; see tti.
tte, tte tte, tte tta, see khu 1.
ttai 'therefore to you' 29rl; 'then to him' 11r4.
ttenia dem. pron. loc. sg. 19r2-3, 29vl, 34r4, 35r4; see ttiiia.
tteniyum 'then to him them' 37r2.
ttene 'therefore, then' 29v4 (twice), 35r4, 36r2; see ttane.

tterd, tteri, ttere see tt2ra-.
*ttera- 'partridge' -re nom. sg. 29v2.
tteramdare see ttaramndara-.
*tvare 'very, exceedingly' 6r3, 6r4, 9r3, 12v2, 15vl, 24v2, 32vl,
35vl, 37r4.
tv2 dem. pron. acc. sg. 4v4, 12rl, 37v4.
tv4naa- poss. pron. 2 sg. -n2 pl. lOrl, -na acc. pl. 26r3, -nai
(tv4nai brrjiha 'upon your back') 7v3, nom. sg. 37v4, -nte
obl. sg. 3v3.
*tv2ra- 'transferring' -re kjioq 2r4.

tvi pers. pron. 2 sg. obl. passim.
tvi tvi 'that of you' (tvi dem. pron. acc. sg. with emphatic -i and
tvi 'of you') 13v2.
*tvi$e in tvise yan- 'to destroy' 27r2.

th
tha pers. pron. 2 sg. nom. 27v2, 34v4.

tham pers. pron. 2 sg. nom. and -am 'them' 25v3, 30v3; perhaps
one should read in both passages thvam rather than tham;
see thvam.
*thamj- (thiya-) 'to pull out' -ja pres. 3 sg. 5vl.

*th2ka- 'force, power' (?) -ka acc. sg. 13v2-3.
th2na- 'position, place; theme' (?), Skt. sth2na-, -na nom. sg.
19rl, -4,ia loc. sg. 27r4, thauiia id. 16r2, 24rl; s2-th2iia loc. sg.
'on a single theme' 37v3, see sau.

thi pers. pron. 2 sg. nom. 9rl.
(thamj-) thiya- 'to pull out' -ye pret. 2 sg. 5vl, -yai id. 13r2,
16r3, 29v3, 37v3, -ye id. 3 sg. 16vl, 35rl.
thu pers. pron. 2 sg. nom. passim.
the pers. pron. 2 sg. nom. 5v3.
*thyau 'swiftly, quickly' 39v4.
thvam pers. pron. 2 sg. nom. and -am 'them' 7r2, 22v4; see tham.
thvai pers. pron. 2 sg. nom. and -i 'it' thvai vaska 'you for it'
13vl, 'you him' 26v4, 'you it' 35v4.
d/dh
*dakhautta- 'distressed' -tta nom.-acc. pl. 28v2, 33r4.
data- 'wild animal' -ta acc. pl. 29r4, -t2 gen. pl. 25rl, davam id.
7vl.
*damda-aysmua- 'with tamed mind' -mva acc. pl. 17r4.
*damdinaa- 'of teeth, tooth-' -nd acc. pl. 5v2.

*darro- 'courage' -rro acc. sg. 37v3, -rrona instr. sg. 12r2.
darrdara- proper name, -rd nom. sg. 8v2-3.
darmajiin- proper name, Skt. dharmajiidna-, -n2 jsa 39v3.
dharma- 'quality,' Skt. dharma-, -mam vi 36v4.

dharmachaya- 'gift according to the Law, pious gift' -yd acc. sg.
*duitar- 'daughter' duiva pl. 35r3, dvard jsa gen. pl. 39v2, dvira jsa
gen. sg. 39v2, dvird jsa id. 39v3.
12r2.
davam see data-.

*das'dpdla- 'guardian of the quarter,' Skt. disapdla-, -la nom. pl.
2v2.
*dasta- 'skillful' -ta nom. sg. 2r3, 11v3, 20rl.
dasta- 'hand' -ta nom.- acc. pl. 10r2, 16rl, 20vl, 25r4, 29r3, -ti
nom. pl. 27r2; ds'ta loc. sg. 10v4.

*da- 'Law' d2 passim.
*dana- 'grain' dam acc. pl. 34r2.
dda- 'fire; passion' dai 20rl, 29rl, 29v3, 32r4, gen. sg. 3v2, acc.
sg. 29v4, de acc. sg. 29v4, daina instr. sg. 6r3, 6vl, lOrl,
19v3, d4na id. 6r2, dana loc. sg. 6v2 (-4-), 24r3; de in comp.
duiskara- see dz4skara-.

dhrttardstrra- proper name, Skt. dhrtardstra-, -rra nom. sg. 26r2.
drstija- see kftra-drstija-.
de, dai see daa-.
dede see didi.
dedrr4mye see didrr&ma-.

dena, daina see daa-.
den,da- 'stick; punishment' -de nom. sg. in compound with beysa

(q.v.) 32r3.
devatta- 'deity,' Skt. devat2-, -ttai nom. pl. with -i 'him' 39rl.
deva-risa'ya- 'divine sage,' Skt. devarsi-, -yd nom. sg. 13r3; see
diva-risa'ya-.
29vl.
*dmnja- 'gift, donation' -je acc. pl. 35r2.
*ddtija- 'belonging to the Law, of the Law' -ja 3v3.
*ddtinaa- 'belonging to the Law, of the Law' -ne ne'na 23v4,

-nai cirau 25v3-4.
davia- 'of the Law' -vi (d&vi mista rre) 12r2, (d&vi . . . gaurava
sada) 18r4.
*dsasa- 'to finish' pret. stem, -sa pret. 3 sg. fem. 8r4, -s'e id. masc.
13vl.
ddskara- see du2skara-.

*di- 'sight, appearance' di 5r3; see dyai, dyena.
des'a'-, daisa'- see disa'-.

dhy4na-labhia- 'eager for dhydna' -bhya nom. pl. 19r3; see
*labhya.
dy- (dya-) 'to see' dyana- pres. part. pass., dy4nam ce 'being seen
which' 32v2, dy4ne ce 'to see whom' 33v4.
(dy-) dya- 'to see' dyai pret. 2 sg. 5v4, 9vl, 23vl, 28v2, 35vl.
*dy2ma- 'sight' dyama-mattra 'at the mere sight' 20v3, pa'jsa

dy4ma sirkyq 'an exceedingly good sight' 28vl.
*dyfuma-basta- 'bound upon ravening' -te nom. sg. 34v4.
dyena 'at the sight' instr. sg. of di- (q.v.) 15vl.
dyai in di dyai 'at the sight' gen. sg. of di- (q.v.) 28v4.
*dijsaka- 'holding, holder' -kye hdlai 22vl.

drraya see under drrai.
*didi 'so (much)' 8r3, 12r3, 14r3, 22r4 (MS: di), dida 11v3, didi
18vl, dede 29v4.
didamde 'so great' 12r2, didamde 18r3-4.
(dam-) dida- 'to create' -dai pret. 2 sg. 25v4.
didrrama- 'so great; such' didrr2m acc. sg. 14r4, dedrr4mye tce-
*drrataa- 'anxious' -tai nom. sg. 6r4.
drrama- 'such' -md nom. sg. 13v4.
*drr4-mujsa- 'hairhole, pore' -jse acc. pl. 14r4.

*drruinaa- 'healthy' -nai nom. sg. 3rl (-u-), 28vl, -u,n4 nom. pl.
28v3.
phine 34vl.
diva-risa'ya- 'divine sage,' Skt. devarsi-, -yd nom. sg. 25rl; see
deva-risa'ya-.
*dtsa'- 'quarter, direction,' Skt. disa-, -si' vi 14v3, disi' vira 26r3,
dese' vire 35rl, daise' 31r3.
dise'nd- 'instruction,' Skt. desand-, -nq 36v2.
drru,n&- 'health' -ne kina 22v3.

drrai 'three' 14v4, 22r3, drraya 38r4.
*drro 'it roared' pret. 3 sg. 34vl; see *drav- drau(o)ta-.
*drronva- 'scorpion' (?) -ve nom. pl. 27v3.

*drrvqzna- 'scorpion' (?) -ne nom. pl. 28r2.
dva 'two' 6r3, 24vl, 31v4, 37rl, dvi (neuter) 26rl.

*di- 'lamp' in: di-mdla 'garland of lamps' 31r3.
*di, dina 'under, below' with following or preceding gen., di dyaidvard see duitar-.
'at the sight' 28v4, pakam dina 'at the feet' .l12r4, 33v2,
dina 35vl; tts'd' di 'in the rays' 28r3.
*dvarabistd 'twenty-two' 4v4.

dvi see dva.
dipamkara- proper name, -ra nom. sg. 23vl.
dvipa- 'continent,' Skt. id., -pa beda 24r2.
didamde see didamde.
dvira (-rd) see duitar-.

dve see duva-.
*dira- 'bad, humble' -ra nom. pI. 3r3-4, -re id. (and -e 'to you' ?)
36v3.
n/i/fi(ny)
diryai 'you kept' pret. 2 sg. 25r4; see *dijs&ka-.

dista see dasta-.
na 'not' 3v2, 5r4, 8r3, 9rl, 13vl, 20r4, 30vl, 31v2, 31v4, 36v4,
38rl, 38v3 (na ne), ni 3vl, 3v2, 5rl, 6r4 (ka ni), 9rl, lOrl
(twice), 14vl, 15rl, 15v3, 15v4 (with imperative), 16v2,
*duva- 'suffering, pain' dve nom. pl. 31v2.
21vl (ka ni), 22r4, ne possibly represents na with -e 'to you'
*du2kha- 'pain, misery' -khd (with vaska) 15v2, -kham nom. pl.
12v3, 16v2, 36v4, is however not distinguishable from na
with -am 'of them' 21vl, 25vl, -khq acc. pl. 30vl, diikhyo
27v4, 28v4 (ma ne with imperative), 34r3, 38r2, 38v3 (na ne),
*dista- 'to ripen, nourish' pret. stem, -ta pret. 3 sg. 11r3-4.
*(diss-) d.sta- 'to throw' -jai pret. 2 sg. 6v2, 9vl.
abl. pl. 38r3.

*dukhav- 'distressed, miserable' -vi nom. sg. 15r4-vl, nom. pl.
35vl, 37r4, -viya nom. pl. 22v4.
*duikhya- 'unhappy, miserable, distressed' -ya obl. sg. 18v2, nom.

sg. fem. 22vl, -ye nom. sg. 14v3, duikhya nom. pl. 32r2.
dumdubha- proper name, -bha nom. sg. 8v3.
*duma- 'smoke' -ma jsa 17rl, duimajsa 33rl, dumi (error for -ma?
see p. 406) 29r3.
*durbiksa- 'famine' -$d nom. sg. 14vl.
nai 36r4.
*naksattra-, Skt. naksatra-, -rd gen. pl. 23r4.
*natca 'out(side)' 7v4, natcdste id. 30v3.

*na'tcapha- 'destruction' -pha (in compound with kdla) 9r3.
*najsata- 'inlaid' -ta nom. sg. 21v3.
*nadaun- 'man' -di voc. sg. 15v3, -dau acc. sg. 13r2, nidi nom. sg.
16rl.
namas- 'to bow down' -su,md pres. 1 sg. 9v3-4, 22rl, 23r3-4,
-sum id. 26v3, -sui id. 16r2.

*duljkara- 'wonderful, wondrous' -ra acc. pl. 4v3, -rd acc. sg.-pl.*nara- 'man' -rd udisaya 18r3.
8rl, 16r2, 22rl, duska acc. sg.-pl. 9v3, 25vl, 31vl, -ram gen.
*(naram-) naramda- 'to go out, stream, escape' -dq pret. 3 pl.
pl. 13v3, duiskard acc. sg. 14v4, duskere acc. pl. 30vl, 36r2,
d&Ekard gen. pl. 39r2.
17rl.
*du$pya- 'weak' -ya nom. sg. fem. 17vl, -pye acc. sg. masc. 6rl.
duikha- see du2kha-.
duikhya- see du2khya-.
duima- see dulma-.
*duiraa- 'far, long, continued' -rd acc. sg. 22r4, duird kdle 'for a
iong time' 30v4.
21r4, -dd id. 3 sg. 10r4, -di id. 2 sg. 34v3-4, niramde id. 3 pl.
nariya- 'belonging to hell' -ya nom. pl. 25r3.
*narrva- 'to break open, pierce' pret. stem, -vamde pret. 3 pl.
31r2, -vai id. 2 sg. 18r3.
*(nasam-) nasau'da- 'to calm, soothe, tranquillize' -dai pret. 2

sg. 19v3-4, nisau'dai id. 24r4, nasau'da id. 3 pl. 21vl, 25vl,
naso'dq past part. nom. sg. 21v2.
VOL.
45,
*nasa'ma-
PT.
5,
1955]
'quiescence'
nisa'md hdlaiy&s(a 13v3.
*nasdodai 'you blew' pret. 2 sg. 34v4.

*naspulamdaa- 'spitting' (?) pres. part., -dd pl. 23rl.
nasphajamde (?) 38r2.
*nasa- 'share' -sd acc. sg. 14v2.

*na'scya- 'limit, boundary' samudrra-nascya 'bounded by the
ocean' 12rl.
*nahy- 'to touch' -yamnda pres. part. nom. pl. 4vl.
GLOSSARY
459
*pacada- 'manner,
kind, sort,
way' dva-pacada
daina
'by the fire
-ma
nom.
sg.
3v3,
naq4md
of two kinds' 6r3, -dna instr. sg. 'in due time' 13r4-vl, 'duly'
25r4, -dni 'in its course' 15r3, -dena 'well' 28rl, pacedena 'in
due course' 35r4, 38v3, pacidai loc. sg. and -i 'of her' 8r4.
*patcauttf 'you checked' pret. 2 sg. 29v2.

*paj- pajista- 'to beg, ask for' pajamdai brammam pres. part. 20r3,
pajiste pret. 3 sg. 20r4, pajeste id. 37rl, pajaiste id. 5r4.
*paja-mandala- 'the five-fold prostration' -lI st4na 13r4.
*pa'jsa- (pajsya-) 'to enclose, surround' pret. stem, pa'jsa yan'to enclose' 7r4, -jse nom. sg.-pl. 34r3, 35vl, -jsye nom. pl.
nd see nds- ndta-.
*na(ta)- Skt. ndga-, nd nom. sg. 8v3, 13rl, sagare-na, Skt. sagara-28r2, -js2mde pret. 3 pl. 34v3.
ndga-, 30r3, -tam gen. pl. 16v4, -tau id. 8v3, -ta nom. pl.
17rl, acc. pl. 17r4.
nagaraja- 'king of the Nagas' -jd nom. sg. 22rl.
pajsa, pa'jsa, pa'jse see pa'jsd.

*pajsama- 'honor' -ma acc. sg.-pl. 9v3, 20v4, pajsam acc. sg. 23v2,
27r4.
pajsamia- 'consisting of honor' bru,na-pajsamya 'full of illus*nata-sum'- 'a Ndga's womb,' Skt. naga-yoni-, -suim' 8v2.
*na&m 'river' 7v2.
trious honor' nom. pl. 3rl.
na(a)ma- 'name' -ma 'by name' 2r3, 8v3, 18v4, 20rl, 25rl, 26r2,
26r3, 27v4, 32vl, acc. sg. 15v4, 18v4; n4ma 'indeed' 30vl.
pa'js2mde see pajsa-.
*pa'jsa 'strongly, completely, extremely' 5v3, 8v4, 12v4, 15vl-2,

ndra- 'wife' -ra acc. sg. 12vl, -re pl. 35r3, nere krrqiio kidna 23r2, pajsa id. 6r3, pa''sa id. 22r4, 28vl, 28v3, pa''se id. 27v3,
pi''se id. 29rl.
naira . . . jsa 39v2.
*ndr4yam Skt. narayana-, nom. sg. 20v3.

nds- ndta- 'to take, undertake, enter upon' nasa imper. 2 sg.
15v4, ndste pres. 3 sg. 38v2, nd pret. 3 sg. (fem.) 8vl, ndtai
id. 2 sg. 4v2, 8v2, 16v3, 23v3, n2vai id. 14v2, 29rl, ndte id.
3 sg. (-e 'of you') 12r2, namdd id. 3 pl. 17r3, node id. 35r4.
ni see na.
nidi see nadaun-.
*(nimamdrr-) nimamdrrya- 'to invite' -rrye pret. 1 sg. 2r2.
niramde see (nardm-) naramda-.
*nirvana- Skt. id., nirva,nu (adj.) pamde 'the road to Nirvana'
23v4.
nivart- 'to repel,' Skt. nivartay-, -tte pres. 3 sg. 12rl.
*nistd 'is not' 5v4.
nisa'ma- see nasa'ma-.
nisau'da- see nasau'da-.
*niydde 'they poured' (?) 31r3.
*(patats-) pa(m)tsya- 'to give up, abandon' pa,mtsyai pret. 2 sg.

7v2, 12vl, 14rl, 24r2, pamtsyamde id. 3 pl. 24r2, patsyai id.
2 sg. 13vl, 22v2, 34rl, pamtsai id. 12r2.
pamjsa 'five' 4v2, pamjse 38vl, pajse 38r3.

pamjsesa'- 'fifteenth' -sa' vira 12vl, -se' vira 28vl.
*pathamj2ka- 'restraining, restrainer' -ki nom. sg. and -i 'of him'
11r4.
*pathis- 'to withdraw, abstain from' -sidd pres. 3 pl. 26v2.

*padamjyd- 'custom, behavior, way of acting' -jya acc. sg. lOrl,
17r3.
*padama- 'wind' -dam nom. sg. 6r3, -dam hivi pvehna 30v3.
*(pader-) pad2da- 'to sustain' -da past part. nom. sg. 2v4.
pada s'2nd proper name 39vl.
*(padim-) padeda- 'to make' -dai pret. 2 sg. 33r4, pademdai id
17r4; see (vadam-) vadida-.
padmaka- proper name, -ke nom. sg. 28v2.
*pamda- 'avaricious' (?) -da nom. sg. 27rl.

nilopala- 'blue lotus,' Skt. nilotpala-, -Ut m4aamdd 25v4-26rl.
*pamda- 'path' -de acc. sg. 38vl, 23v4, 'on the path' 29r2, pamddya
*(nuv2r-) nuda- 'to bring, give' -dai pret. 2 sg. 16r3, 30r3-4, nuidai
loc. sg. 23vl.
id. 33r3-4.
*nnuwcura- 'harsh, rough' -rd 3v2.

*nuska- 'usual, natural' -ka briyd 'in natural love' 37r3.
ne, nai see na.
*(panam-) pana(ta)- 'to arise' -na past part. nom. sg. lvl, 20rl,
pret. 3 sg. 34vl, -ne id. 29vl, -nate id. and -t-e 'for you' 6r3.
*pana- 'each, everyone' pane gen. sg. 8r3, 11v2, 25v2, 34r3-4.
*pamna, panaka 'in front of, in the presence of, before' pamna
*ne'- 'nectar' ne' (ne' rays2yana hamamga) 4r3, (ne' rays2yamnna
hamagd) 17r2, (ne' pejsida) 26r4, ne'na instr. sg. 8v3, (ne'na
raysayamna vadida) 1Or2, (d&tine ne'na) 24rl, ne'ne id. (ne'ne
sui'sti saldva) 37r2.
*nejsada- 'proper way; treatment' -dana instr. sg. 37v3-4.

*ne'm2m 'end' acc. sg. 34v3.
nere, naira see ndra-.
8r3, 25v2, panaka 26r4, panake 34v4; pamna uncertain

19vl.
*pandha- 'beak' pneha loc. sg. 24vl.

*(paphan-) paphdda- 'to delight' -dai pret. 2 sg. 23v4.
*paphva- 'to hold up' pret. stem, -vai pret. 2 sg. 27v4.
* (pammar-) pamu,da- 'to recognize, anticipate' -di pret. 2 sg.
nes2tai 'you let loose, made pour down' 30r4; see *niss- niss2ta-.
*neste in compound with pajs4sadd 'having blazing ends' (?)

nom. pl. 30rl.
*ne'sta- 'set, put, established, built' -to (-o?) past part. 7v2, -td
id. 7v4.
no- 'ship' nauvijsa 16r3, 21r3, nauvi gen. sg. 30v2.

node see nds- n2ta-.
*nauvarinau 'ninety-nine' 11 r2-3.
*nauha- 'top' -ha 35v3, ano . . . nauhq 38rl.

*nyasakia- 'despicable, weak' -kyi nom. pl. 1v3.
*(nvamth-) nvathdta- 'to change' -tai pret. 2 sg. 22r4.
*(nuvad-) nvasta- 'to lie down' -td pret. 2 sg. 18v3.

*(nvay-) nv2'sta- 'to grasp, bring' -tai pret. 2 sg. 7r2, nv2stai id.
30v3; see *usb2y-.
nvdya:scyaJ- 'attachment' -cya 3v3; see *usb2y-.
lOrl.
*(pamjs-) pamya- 'to wear' -yq pret. 2 sg. 30v4.

*paramtha- 'battle tumult' -thaina loc. sg. 27v2.
*parabyuitta- 'to change, turn' pret. stem, -tta pret. 3 sg. 15vl.
*pardrtha-cara- 'active on the welfare of others' -ra nom. sg. 8rl.
paravdld see parvd1aa-.
*pardha- 'restraint, self-control, morality' -ha nom. sg. 19rl,

-hi nom. pl. 29v3, -he' id. 33vl; see pareh-.
*parilo 'the other world' 21vl-2.
*paridivyai 'he lamented' pret. 3 sg. 6r4.

paridi 'they condescend' pres. 3 pl. 39vl; see *pary- pasta-.
parriyasta- 'delivered' -t2ni gen. pl. 19rl; see par(r)ya-.
pareh- 'to keep oneself back, control oneself, restrain' -hamdai
pres. part. nom. sg. 13r3, -hamdd id. acc. pl. 17r3; see paraha-.
*parauys- 'to drown' -ysamdai pres. part. nom. sg. 15r4, -ysqndai
vaska 15v2.
*paryavufm 'deign for me' imper. 2 sg. and -v-urm 'for me' 2r4;
see *pary- pasta-.
*nvaiya 'in accordance with, following' apramqzyarm nvaiya lOvl;
*nvds2mde 'they screamed' pret. 3 pl. 37r4.
*par(r)ya- 'to deliver' pret. stem, parye past part. acc. pl. 12v4,
nve ksama 29v4.
parryai pret. 2 sg. 19r2.

p
paa- 'foot' p2 acc. pl. 10r2.
*parvara- 'retinue' -rna instr. sg. 2v2.

*parvdlaa- 'protector' -Iyo instr. pl. 3r2, paravdla nom. pl. 39rl-2.

'full moon' -rra nom. sg. 9rl, 12vl, 23r4, -ra id. 14r3,
*parsai' 'you served' pret. 2 sg. *pur(r)df5rl.
pars- 'to escape' -sime pres. 1 sg. 38r3; see par(r)ya-.
33v2, -rrd gen. sg. 6v4, -rre id. 5r3, -re nom. sg. 28vl.
puraka- 'cub, whelp' -ka acc. pl. 17v2, 17v4, -kd acc. sg. 26v4,
*pas'- pasata- 'to abandon, leave, shoot' pas'i opt. 3 sg. 9rl, pas2te
pret. 3 sg. 24vl, pasave id. 31v2.
pureke acc. pl. and -e 'of you' 37rl.

son, young' -ka pracaina 8r4-vl.
puralaka- 'little
*pasa'- 'autumn' -s'a' pI. 3rl, -sd' loc. sg. 14r3, -sa' in compound
*(purr-) purrda- 'to conquer, overcome' -dai pret. 2 sg. 16v3.
with baddu 19vl.
purna- 'full' -na (purra . . . purna) nom. sg. 12vl, (pure

*pasam'jsia- 'autumnal' -jsye purre 5r3.
purna) 28vl.
*pasta- 'root' -te 38rl.
*pasujs- (pasva-) 'to burn' -iijsamdai pres. part. nom. sg. 6rl-2, *pusa 'at once, immediately' 8r2, 20v2, pusai id. and -i 'to him'
32v3.
-u,jsamdai id. lOrl, -u7jsamdam id. gen. pl. 8v2, pas4jsada
in compound with neste 30rl, pasuste pres. 3 sg. 31r4, pasuiste
id. 6r2.
*pa-sse 'five hundred' 7rl, pa-se 30v2, pa-sete (with -t-e . . . beda
'upon you') 13v2, pam-se 25r2.

*paskydstd 'back, in return' 24v4, -te 30v4.
pasta 'he ordered' pret. 3 sg. 39r3; see *pary- pasta-.
(pat-) pasta- 'to fall' -ta pret. 3 pl. 12v3, 25r3, 27r2, -tam id. with
-am 'of them' 35rl, -ta id. 3 sg. with -d 'of you' 4r4, -td id. 3
sg. 14r3, 14vl, -ti id. 2 sg. 17v3; see pitta.
*pusa- 'a person, somebody' -sd nom. sg. with -2 'of you' 20v3-4.
puna- see pultfa-.

puira- see pura-.
*pujhyd proper name (?), 39vl.

*pe'- 'strength' pe' nom. sg. 2v3, 5v4, 36vl, acc. sg. 36r4.
*paija- 'breast' -jv2 loc. pl. 10v3.
pejsidd 'is put' or 'one gives' 26r4; see *pajsan- pajsanda-.
*pe'jsye 'has struck' pret. 3 sg. 6r3; see *pa'jsa-.
*pe'me'sti 'he seized' pret. 3 sg. 24vl.
perodaiyt 'you rescued him' pret. 2 sg. and -y-4 'him' 27vl; see
*pastaJ- 'pond' -std loc. sg. 24r3.
*paspudamdd 'they trampled' pret. 3 pl. 7v2-3.
pjraur- pirauda-.
pneha see pan2ha-.
(pas 2js-) pasva- 'to burn, heat, light' -ve past part. acc. sg. 4r2,
*py4maf- 'cover' -me jsa 26v3.
pret. 3 sg. 31r4, -vqiia past part. loc. sg. 6v2-3, pasvdde
*pyamtsa 'in the presence of' -tsyq 27rl, -tsastd 'in future' 2v3,
pret. 3 pl. 31r3.
*paysata- 'born in one's own family, own' paysd nom. sg. 16r4,
paysata acc. pl. 7r3, -ysaye brravdra . . . jsa 39v2, -ysavye
hv&rakyd . . . jsa 39v4.
-tsa$te id. 38v3.

*pyahasta- 'to cut off' pret. stem, -te pret. 3 sg. 14r2.
(pyus-) pyusta- 'to hear' -te pret. 2 sg. 4r3, -tai id. 37vl.
pye 'father' nom. sg. 26v4, mere pyare m4aiamde 28r3, mire pyara
*pays4aia- 'recognizable, known' -na nom. pl. 36v3.
udes'2ye 31v3, mard pyara 31v4, pyara . jsa 39v2, pyard
*pa 'afterwards, then' 9rl, 29v2, 36vi; see patcd.
*pdka- 'foot' -ka&m gen. pl. 8vl, 9r2, 28r4, 29rl, 29v4, 31vl, 36r2,. . .jsa 39vl.
-kam dina 12r4, 33v2, 35vl, -kv& loc. pl. 8r2, 13v4, 24r4, 25r2.
*p2tca 'afterwards, again, then' 4r3, 7v2, 8r2, 14v4, 15rl, 20r2,
24r3, patce id. and -e 'to you' 21v2, 34r2, same as patca 35v2,
*pyaura- 'cloud' -ra nom. sg.-pl. 19v4, -rdm gen. pl. 23r4, -ryau
instr. pl. 16v2.
*pr(r)acaa- 'cause, reason' -caina instr. sg. 8vl, 8v2, 16vl, 21r2,
22v3, 25r4, 34r2, prracaina id. 36rl-2, 37r2, 37v4.
36r3; see pd.
pattala- Skt. patdla-, -la nom. sg. 9r3.
*prranah4na- 'vow' -na acc. sg. 4v3, -nd kfne 29rl.
papamnkdra- proper name, -rd nom. sg. 16r4.
*pramuha- 'excellence' -hd nom. sg. lvl.
*payva- 'claw' -vejsai 35v3.
*pdrrjsaa- 'base, foundation' -jsai jsa 39r3.

*pdrysaa- 'servant' -ysd nom. pl. 3r3, -ysai nom. sg. 16v4.
*pravaj2- 'ascetism' -je nom. sg. and -e 'to you' 18v4.
*prravaiya- 'going abroad, homeless, wandering' -ya nom. pl.

14v3.
*pasa'ra- 'sunshine, heat of the sun' -se're loc. sg. 28r3. *praskqndha- '(name of) an athlete' -dha nom. sg. 5vl.
*pasa- 'mass, load' (?) -sd nom. sg. 19v4.
*prraharana- 'blow, strike, weapon' -renya instr. pl. 34v2, -renyo
*paysvird 'on the face, prostrated' 20v4-21rI.
jsa 28rl.
*pichaste 'in person, self' 34v4.
prr2(4a,)aa- 'animal' -nd nom. pl. 28r2, 30rl, -tie nom. sg. 27v4
pi'jse see pa'jsa.
-,nai id. 30v3.
pitar- see pye.
*priyauga- 'aid, enjoyment' -ga nom. sg. lv4, prriy4gd id. 39r4.
piroraka- 'remover' -kye obl. sg. 7r4; see p2raur- pirauda-.
*prriya- 'ghost,' Skt. preta-, -ya nom. pl. 25r3.
*pisara- 'disgust' -ra acc. sg. 4r2.
*pvana- see pvena-.
*(piskal-) piskista- 'to separate, divide, measure' -ta past part.
*pva'se 'ask' imper. 2 sg. 28v4.
nom. pl. 21r3, -tai pret. 2 sg. 14v2.
*pva'scyqna- 'terrifying' -na pl. 33r2.

*pva'sta- 'fear' -te 20r3.
(pir-) pida- 'to write' -de pret. 3 sg. 39r2, -dai infin. and -i 'it' 39r3.
*pi- 'fat' pi jsa l lr4.
pittd 'he falls' pres. 3 sg. 6r2; see (pat-) pasta-.
*pva'se 'you feared' pret. 2 sg. 32r2.
*pvena- 'fear, danger' -na 7r4, (vina pvfnd) 22r3, pvqttd nom. sg.
piriiya- 'former, previous' -yd badna 6v3, 22r2.
*pfraur- pirauda- 'to remove, ravish, carry off' pirede pres. 3 sg. 9vl, pva'nna instr. sg. 7v2, pvqaze nom. pl. 38v4.
*pve'sti 'you feared' pret. 2 sg. 18v3, pvesti id. 5v3, 21vl.
1lv4, piraude pret. 3 sg. 11r3; see piror2ka-, perodaiyL.
*pve'styana- 'terrifying' -yam nom. sg. 12v2, -yamna with eha
*Pirma- 'ten million' (?) -ma 4v4.
loc. sg. 17rl, -tyu (from pve'styuna-) nom. sg. 9r3.

*pirmdttama- 'supreme' -ma acc. sg. 39vl.
*pild- 'disaster, calamity' -la nom. sg. 3r4, -le nom. pl. 2vl. *pve'ha- 'blow, buffeting' -hna instr. sg. 5v2, pvehna id. 6r3, 29r2.
*pilirrva- 'pipe, tube' -vq acc. pl. 31r3.
*pisaa- 'teacher' -sai nom. sg. 5v3.

ph
*piha- 'price' -ha udis2ya 25v4, -hd 21rl.
punPa- 'merit, meritorious act' -nd (sahemdrrd-puiid) nom. pha
sg. 'many' 3vl, 8r3, 24v3, 28r2, 34v2, 35r2, 38v4.
lvl, -nia nom. pl. 38r2, -na (puiin hivi ttsa'na) 39rl, -n2m
gen. pl. 2r4, -no instr. pl. 29v2-3, -nau . . . jsa lOvl, -nau
(puiiau hivi ttise'na) 33r3, puniid acc. sg. 39vl, 39v2 (twice).
*pu,namdaa- '(becoming) solid' (?) -dai nom. sg. 27r3.
phara- 'many' -ra nom. pl. 19r3, -rd sali 'for many years' 18v3,
-re nom. pl. and -e 'to you' 9v2-3, acc. pl. 29rl, 29r4,
36r2.
pharaka- 'many' -ka juna 'many times' 1Ov2, -ka acc. sg. 10v3,
nom. pl. 1Ov4, -kd 3vl, -ke daise' 'in many places' 31r2-3,
*punhauda- 'meritorious' -dd nom. sg. 6r4, -da voc. sg. 10r3.
-kem satv2 gen. pl. 36rl, -kye stamajsa 16r2-3.
*pu(u,)na- 'arrow' -na nom. pl. 8v4, 27v2, acc. sg. 31vl.
*phuda'rotten' -dd nom. sg. 6r2.

*pulra- 'young, cub, son' -ra acc. pl. 7r3, 22r2, 22r4, 24r4,
-rd
acc. sg. 13r2, -re 31rl, 31v4, -r4na gen. pl. 37r3, puira jsa
39v2.
*phusta- in guira-phusta- q.v.
phusti 'is thrown out' pret. 3 sg. 29r3.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
b/bh
*bajdsa-
'noise'
*(bajev-)
-sa
GLOSSARY
461
*bdysvaja- 'of the arm' -je hauve jsa 30r2.

*biksista- 'dishevelled'
-td nom.
sg. masc. 1 rl.
15r2-3,
-se
33r2;
see
baja(u)tta-
9v4, bedd 18rl, 20v4, 21v3, 24v2-3, bemda 10v3-4, 22r2,

29v2, 31r2, bemdd 20r2, 21r4, beda 12v3, 13v2 (pa-se-t-e . . .
beda), 13v4, 18v4 (jv-e . beda), 21v4, 23v2, 24r2, 29r4,
part. 24rl, -ttye obl. sg.. 18v2, bajautta pret. 3 pl. 14vl.
*bhadrre-kalpia- 'belonging to the Bhadrakalpa' -pya nom. sg.

38v4.
*bamtvd- 'lament' -ve yudi 15r4, -ve 37r4-vl.

*(bam-) bamda- 'to spout, gush' -da pret. 3 sg. 18r2.
bana- see jtyabqna-.
ba'- bhuida- 'poisonous' -de pl. 30rl; see be'-.

bhaya- see marana-bhaya-.
*bara- 'shape?' -rna instr. sg. 13r3.
4rl, -tta id. 14v4.
bas'daa- 'sin' -da' acc. sg. 9v4, karma-bis'di' 'sins of karma' 39vl.
*baskha- 'thicket' -khv& loc. pI. 25r3.
(ban-) basta- 'to bind, undertake, endure' -tai pret. 2 sg. 4v3,
12v4, -tadd id. 2 pl. 20vl; see dyuima-basta-.
*ba'ysa- 'Buddha' -ysa voc. sg. 3v3-4, 4rl, 9r2, 9v4, 12r4, 13rl,
14vl, 16rl, 22rl, 23r4, 23v3, 26v3, 31rl, 32r3 (-ysq), 37v2,
-yse id. 27r4, 29v4, 31vl, 38rl, nom. sg. 36v2, 38r4, gen. sg.
38r2, -ysd acc. sg. 23vl, gen. sg. lv2, -ysa gen. pl. 18rl,
-ysam id. 13vl, 25v4, 39r2.
pret
33r3, 36r3, baida 7r3.

*binasaa- 'hungry' -sai nom. sg. masc. 12v2.
(birays-) caus. birds- birasta- 'to explain, preach, reveal' birds'e'

opt. 3 sg. 3vl, biraste pret. 2 sg. 26r3, -tai id. 26vl; see *rays-.
*b1saa- 'each, every, all' -s?4 pl. 3r4, 4v2, 4r4, 7r2, 10r2, 17r4, 21vl,
39v3, bisa id. 39rl, bis'e pl. 5v4, bise id. 7r2, bes'e id. 28r2,
30r4, 34v3, 35rl, 35v4, 36rl, 36v3, 38r2, bese nom. sg. 31r4,
bisa nom. pl. 39vl, bis' suha 'all pleasures for him (-i)' 3rl, -i
*barbrad- 'pregnant' -rye . . . va 8r2.

bala- 'oblation, sacrifice,' Skt. bali-, -lq acc. sg. 11r4, 24v3.
balacakrravartta- 'emperor,' Skt. balacakravartin-, -ttd nom. sg.
bejesyai
bidd 'upon,
on' with preceding gen., 6r2,
bida 14v4, 18r2, bitmdi
'to
exhaust,
damage'
bisad 'all of it' lv2, bis?d bdda 'always' 5v3, bese bade id. 32r2,
bisa gen. pl. 2v3, 21v4, bisadm id. 8vl, bs'dm 7r3, biso 'them
all' 12v4, bisuim 'all of them' 25r4, beu'um id. llr3, bes?dm id.
36vl, bisna 'altogether, completely' 12r2, 20vl, bes'na id.
34v3, besne id. 35r2.
*bisaa- 'tongue' -sa' acc. sg. 9v2; sista-bisf&' 'tongue-tied' nom. sg.
18v4; see sista-.
*bisamga- 'monastery, congregation' -mja loc. sg. 2r3.
*blsal- 'house, dwelling' bisa acc. pl. 21vl, bisvd loc. pl. 19r3,
bise loc. sg. 30r3, bs'd id. 16v4.
*(bid-) bi'sta- 'to pierce, shoot, tear' -tamde pret. 3 pI. 7v3, -tdde
*ba'ysa-vrijia- 'Buddha-sonship' -ind acc. sg. 19r2; see barbira-.id. 21v3-4, bistamde id. 27v2, bai'stadd id. 22r3, bai'ste id. 3
sg. 31v2.
*bays- (basta-) 'to move, convey, rush' -ysamdai pres. part. nom.
bistd 'twenty' 3rl.
sg. 29r2.
*ba'ysuia- 'connected with Buddha, exalted' -i-n-a acc. pl. 4r3, *b2ysdnaa- 'severe, unbearable, terrifying' -ornai tcdri jsa 1lrl
biys&nai nom. sg. 9r4, biysdmja acc. pl. 18v1.
-tiia id. 5rl, -ntiia nom. sg. 30v2, biysuna&m gen. pl. 39r2.
biysufnia- see ba'ysunia-.
*ba'ysusti- 'Buddha-hood, bodhi' -ti br(r)iya 2r4, 12v4, 14r4, -ti
biysuslti- see ba'ysusiti-.

pracaina 21r2, -td acc. sg. 4v4, -te brriye 36r2, -te prracaina
37r2, biysusitd brriyi 39r3, baiysusLti 39vl, -td 39v4, ba'ysui- *bihi 'exceedingly, very' 9r3, 12v2, bihi 33rl, b1ihye (with -e
stasta 'towards bodhi' lv4, -ti id. 38vl-2, biysusta(std 39v3-4, 'of you') 24v2, behi 20r3.
ba'ysisitd vardsta id. 4v2, ba'ysusta vardsta id. 23v3.

*baysga- 'deep, thick; very, much' -ga 19r3, 25v3, -gd 23rl, -ge
*bihivi 'you were lifted' (?) 18v2.

*bihisadaa- 'extended' -dd in compound with ji4na 'with extended
course' nom. sg. 15r2.
27v3.
basa- see btsa-.

*bahya- 'tree' -ya acc. pl. 5vl, -ya . . . beda 29r4, -yd nom. sg.
6r2, bamhya pl. 15r3, acc. pl. 15r4, behya 29vl, bemhye bemda*bssijia- 'of all kinds' -tpna acc. pl. 20v4, bes?tiia nom. pl. 30rl.
*bisaa- 'dwelling, living' -sd nom. pl. 19r3, besa 33v3.

29vl.
*(biysamj-) biysiya-, inchoat. biysis- 'to grasp, try to take hold
bhaga- 'portion,' Skt. id., -gd acc. sg. 14v2, 14v3, bh4gd 'portion
of' biysiyai pret. 3 sg. 29r4, biysisamdai pres. part. nom. sg.
of food, food' id. 15v4.
*bagara- 'leaf' -ra pl. 24v4.

*baja 'beside; over' (?) 7v2.
*bajana- 'receptacle,' Skt. bhajana-, -jam nom. sg. 33vl.
ba'jsa- see bu'jsa-.
17v2.
*bisaij- 'to shriek, roar' bisaije pret. 3 sg. (?) 15r4, besaijamdd-de
compound 'with roaring fire' 29vl.
*biysirka- 'terrifying' -ka nom. sg. 1lv4.
bihi see bih.

ba'jsinaa- 'consisting of virtues' -nai nom. sg. 37v4.
*bukaja- 'steward' -jd 8r2.
*bada- 'time' -dd vi 3vl, bjisd baida 'at all times' 5v3, bese bade
*bujsa- 'flame' -jsa acc. pl. 29v2.
id. 32r2, piriiyd badna 'in former time' 6v3, 22r2, buysa badd
'for a long time' 25v3, bu'ysa badna id. l9v2, bu(')ysye badna
id. 7r2, 11r4, 13vl, 20r2, ham vi badd 'at all time' 17vl, ham
bade 'at the one time' 31r4, pasa'-baddu 'in autumn time'
(compound adj. in -u2na-) 19vl, tteiia bede loc. sg. 34r4.

*bata- 'root' -ta sg. 13v4.
*ba'taa- 'wide open' -tai ttuirrd acc. sg. 9vl.
*bathamj- 'to pluck' -je pres. 3 sg. 5v2.
*b4na- 'bottom' -ne nom. sg. 38rl.
*bu'jsa- 'virtue' -jsd gen. pl. lv2, bujsam id. 37v3, b7jsq vaska
36r3, -jse acc. pl. 4r3, 21r2, 26r3, buijse lOr2, bu'jsye 38rl-2,
bvejse 38r2, -jsyau instr. pl. 23v3, 29v2.

bu'jsauda- 'virtuous' -di nom. sg. and -i 'vou are' 23v3.
(bar-) bu.da- 'to carry' -damdd pret. 3 pl. 7r2, -dada id. 13v4,
-damde id. 36vl.
*buda 'more' 4v3, 5rl, 11v3.
*bura in ci bura 'as much as, however much' lv2, ci buri 'as many
as' lv4, cu bure id. 22v3, behM bure 'so very large, extreme'
*banva- 'bush' (?) -nve acc. pl. 27v3.
20r3, hayse buram 'so far away of them' 37vl.
*ba'ya- 'beam, ray' -yd acc. sg. or pl. 9rl, -yo instr. pl. 7rl, -yau
id. 19r4, 24rl.
bayaka- 'leader, guide' -ke obl. sg. 34r3.

bdra- 'rain' -ra nom. sg. 14vl, -re acc. sg. 30r4.
bdraa- 'steed' -rai nom. sg. 6v3.
bhavya- 'to contemplate, meditate' pret. stem -vyai pret. 2 sg.
28r3.
(bay-) basta- 'to carry, lead' -ta pret. 3 sg. 20v2, -tai id. 2 sg.
*burbulia- 'pustule' -lye p1. lOv4.

*burs- (bursta-) 'to burst' -sdd pres. 3 sg. 19v1.
*buva- 'demon' -vam gen. pl. 11r4, buiva nom. pl. 22v4.
*buvamde 'they distributed, parceled out' pret. 3 pl. 27r2.

(bud-, bv-) busta- 'to perceive, understand' -ta pret. 3 sg. 10rl;
see bv-.
*bu(')ysa- 'long' -yse bv&ysve 'long arms' 29r3, -ysa baysve id.
20r2; see *usbay-.
baysa- 'garden, park, forest' -ysd acc. sg. 7vl, -ysqpna loc. sg.
15r3-4, bdsa' id. 6r2, 20rl, 29r2, 29r4, 29vl, 32v4, 36v4,
bdsi' id. 15vl, bdse' id. 32rl.
baysua- 'arm' -ysve pl. 13rl, bvdysve id. 29r3.
13rl, buysa badd 'for a long time' 25v3, bu'ysa badna id.
19v2, bu'ysa (badna [?]) id. 18v3, bu'ysye badna id. 7r2,
11r4, 13vl, 20r2, buysna 'long' 26vl-2, bu'yse 37r3, bvaiysa
jsina 'a long life' nom. sg. 39r4, bveysa jsind 'a long life'
39v2, bvimysyejsniid gen. sg. 'of a long life' 39r4.

29v3, buysvaiye pres. 3 sg. 19v4.
*bvdka- 'knowing, knower' -ki nom. sg. and -i 'you are' 23v3.
*bv&mal- 'knowledge, bodhi' -me jsa 12r4, bvau'rmejsa 17r4, bv&mai
'poisonous' -da acc. sg. 21v4; see ba'-bhuda-.
*bvamaya- 'with knowledge, with bodhi' -ya pl. 17r3.
*(buysu-) bu'ysva- 'to quench' -vai pret. 2 sg. 29v4, -va id. 3 sg.
*be'- 'poison' -na instr. sg. 8v2, 8v4; in compound be'-tuda*bekhaute 'by clutching' 35v3.
*baija- 'full of poison' (?) -j2,m gen. pl. 7rl; see be'-.
bejesyai 'you roared' pret. 2 sg. 35v2; see bajdsa-.
beda see bida.
37v2.
*bvsacyal- 'experience' -ya 18v2.

bv&ysve see baysua-.
bvimysa- see bu'ysa-.
bvejsJ- see bu2Jsd-.
*ber&sta- 'exalted' -ta nom. sg. 28r4.

bes'a- see btsa-.
bveysa-, bvaiysa- see bu'ysa-.

bvau'me see bvama-.
bes?iiia- see bisuna-.
*befta- 'in distress' -,t 34r3.

*besaci 'whirling' nom. sg. 10v4.
besaij- see b1saij-.
111
ma 'llot' majve 'lest' 18v3, ma ne ra vd with imper. 28v4.
ma(m) pers. pron. 1 sg. obl. 5v4, mam 5v3, mum 5v3 (see also
besaa- see bisaa-.
*beys2- in compound with dende (q.v.) 'violent' nom. sg. 32r3.

beysidaa- 'terrifying' -daI nom. pl. 30rl.
baiysusiti- see ba'ysuisti-.
be(mn)hya- see bahya-.
behi see bihi.
bora- 'snow' -ra nom. sg. 5r2, baura in compound with pya,me
'a cover of snow' 26v3.
baurinaa- 'of snow, snowy' -nai nom. sg. 13v4.
mu), venai ma-m 'apart from me to them' 31v4, mami (emphatic -4) 8vl, 10v2, 21r3, 38r2 and 36vl (if not mam and j
'may there be'), mamna 'from me' 15v4.
*makala- 'monkey' -la acc. pl. 24vl, -Id nom. sg. 24vl.
makaflnaa- 'of a monkey' -na barna 13r3.
*magara- 'old, long-continued' -ra acc. sg. 19v2.

*madrra- 'mantra' -rram gen. pl. 39v4.
*man4ta- 'happy' -ta acc. sg. fem. 12r4; see amanda-.
mam(i) see ma(m).
mara 'here' 3vl, mare 37v2, mere 30r2.

*byava- 'lightning' -va nom. pl. 17rl, -zvyau jsa 33rl, byata nom.
sg. 7r4.
*mara- 'sea-monster' -ryo instr. pl. 33r2.
*(byufh-) byuitta- 'to change; translate' -tti infin. 2r4, -tte pret. 3
*marana- 'death,' Skt. id., mqram moJnamde 29r2, marenq ioin.
sg. 30v3.
*byuirra- 'ten thousand' -rra 4v4, byuira 5rl-2, 11v3, 21r2.

byeh- (byauda-) 'to attain, obtain' -hi opt. 3 sg. 38vl, -ha infin.
18v3, -hime pres. 1 sg. 39v4, -hida pres. 3 pl. 39v4, byaide
pres. middle 3 sg. 38rl.
sg. 31v2.
marana-bhaya- 'fear of death' -yd nom. sg. 8r4, marne-bhaye
astam 38v4.
*marsya'rd' (may you) forgive' imper. 2 pl. 3v2.

*magpa- 'path' -pa acc. sg. 25r4.
*byehdysa- 'huntsman' -yse nom. sg. 31vl, -ysam gen. pl. 27rl.
(byeh-) byauda- 'to attain, obtain' -dai pret. 2 sg. 4rl, 15v3,
27r4, -de id. 4v4, -de id. 4v2, -di id. 3 sg. 9v4, -ddmda id. 3 pl.
25r4, 25v4, 35v4 (-dam), byodai id. 2 sg. 35r2, byod2,mda id.
3 pl. 21vl.
*byo byau 'little by little, more and more' 3rl.
*masi 'only,' sau-masi 'only one' lv2.

maysirka-, mayserka, maysairka- see miysirka-.
*maysdarva 'nipples' ? loc. pl. O0v3.
maysdyuina- see miysdydna-.

mahadjsa 'from me' (lit.: us) pers. pron. 1 pl. 9r2, muhu jsa 8r2,
mu'hujsa 35vl, miihujsa 33v2.
*br(r)a- 'beloved' bra voc. sg. 9r2, brra id. 12r4, 26v3, 31rl, *mahdkdruvaacc.
'great mercy, favor' -na acc. sg. 17v3.
sg. fem. 12r4, brra jiyena hamamga 12vl, brra nom.-acc. pl.
17v4, 36v2, bra bra 'most friendly' pl.. 28v4.
mahdprabhasa- proper name, -sa nom. sg. 3v4-4rl.

*mahasamudrra- 'great ocean' -rre nom. sg. 37v4; see samudrra-.
*br(r)ammam 'brahman' nom. sg. 12r2, 14r2, 36v4, obl. sg. 20r3
matar- 'mother' -ta nom. sg. 22r4, mard (pyara) 31v4, mira obl.
(br-), 20vl (br-), brammqnum nom. sg. and -um 'them' 37r3.
sg. 39vl, mire (pyare) udesaye 31v3, mere (pyare) mfiiamde
28r3.
*bravjya- 'delightful, happy' -ya acc. pl. 37rl, -yd id. and -d 'of
matra- in ksana-matra 'even for one moment' 5r4, dyama-mattra
you' 10r2.
*brraha- 'back' -hd beda 18rl, braha nom. sg. 4vl, brahyeti jsena
'at the mere sight' 20v3.
12v2, brrjhd 7v3.

brahmadatta- proper name, -ttd nom. sg. 7r4, brrahmadatta juttai
rrumda 26r3.
brahmadeva- proper name, -vd nom. sg. 18r4.
*brrahma-vyahdra- Skt. brahma-vihdra-, -ra acc. pl. 17r2.

*brahm2na- 'Brahman' -ne nom. sg. 38rl.
md(4)n- mumda- 'to resemble' pres. part. 'like' -niamda 4vl, 6v2,
7v4, 9r4, lOrl, 10vl, 18r2, 18vl-2, 21v2-3, 24r2, 25v2,
-iiamda 11r2, 12rl, -iiamde 28r3-4, 29r2-3, -niamdai 17r4,
crram ma,namdu 'just as' 23r4 (*manjamdudna-); mumdai

pret. 2 sg. 20v3.
m&ra-kcgia- 'M2ra's daughter' -ina nom. sg. 34rl.
mdrinaa- 'of Mara' -na hine nom. pl. 34v2; see rhinai.
*brramja- 'birch' -je nom. sg. 31r4.
m&al- 'garland,' Skt. id., di-mdla 'garland of lamps' acc. sg.
brratar- 'brother' -te nom. sg. 16r4, brrdtard vira 16v2, brravara
. . .jsa 39v2, brravara . . . jsa 39v3.

brria- 'beloved' brri jiye acc. sg. 13vl, 24r2, jiye bri id. 22v2,
brri ksudai gen. sg. 19v3, brri hayumna hamtsq 35v4, bre
tcemq'fta acc. pl. 16vl.
*britinaa- 'consisting of love' -nai dai gen. sg. 3v2.
*brriyad- 'love' -ya instr. sg. 9v4, 12r3, 12v4, 14r4, 18vl, 22rl,
23r4, 26rl, 38r3, briya id. 2r2, 2r4, 17vl, 18r2, 21rl, 37r3
(briy&) , brriye id. 31r2, 36r2.
*brrtyaa- 'lovely, treasured' -ye nom. sg. 32vl, -yd id. 33v4.
*brriyausta- 'subject to passion' -td nom. sg. masc. 4r2.
brrijna- 'bright, splendid, illustrious' -na acc. pl. 20v4, britnapajsamya 'full of illustrious honor' nom. pl. 3rl, -na acc. sg.
masc. 23vl.
31r3.
*masta- 'intoxicated, dizzy' -td nom. sg. masc. 6rl.

mdsta- 'month,' drrai md?td 'three months' 14v4, 22r3.
*mid2(4)na- 'merciful, gracious' -ne voc. sg. 5v4, 15rl-2, 16v3,

17r4-vl, 18rl, 19v2, 22vl, 22v2, 22v4, 36v2, -ni id. 16v4,
mitdone id. 32v4, midi id. 18rl, misda obl. sg. 2v3.
mira, mire see matar-.
miram see mir- (muda-).
*mirdha- 'pearl' mirihyau jse 33v4.

mista- 'great' -ta sg. lvi, 3r3, 4rl, 6v4, 9r4, 12r3, 13r3, 23r2,
26v3, -ta sg.-pl. 2r2, 5v4, 6vl, 10r3, 10r4, 12r2, 21r2, 24v3,
28r4, 34r4, -te sg. 27r4, 29v4, 36r4, pl. 4r3, -tye obl. sg.
2r4, 32vl, mesta sg. 2r2, meste sg. 32v2, mestye skalana 34vl,
maiscyi 39r4.
*brrfI- 'to shine' -ina pres. 3 sg. 23r4, -iiadai (pres. part.) maulna
*miysirka- 'terrible, monstrous' -kd nom. sg. masc. 9r4, mayserka

nom. sg. (or pl.) 19v4, amgna maysirka 10v3, maysairke
nom. sg. 32r4, mursala . . . maysirkd acc. sg. 10v4-1lrl,
*bv- (busta-) 'to understand, feel' bvone conj. 1 sg. 3v2, bvdre
meysairka nom. pl. 30r2.
pres. middle 3 pl. 30vl; see (bud-) busta-.
14rl-2.
bre see brria-.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
GLOSSARY
463
r/rr -na nom. pl. 14v

*mi'ysdyi4na- 'miserable, pitiful'
id. 37vl, maiysdyitna
sg.
fem.
22vl, mai'y
*ra nom.
'now, also, just' 11r4,
13v1, 14vl,
ra 28v4.
pl. 25r2.
mi 'thus' 11v3, 1lv4, 14v4, 17rl, 18v2, 29vl, 34r4.
mitdna- see miidna-.
midi see mi,ddna-.

mirdhjnaa- 'of pearls' -inai gara nom. sg. 6v4, -hija karasd nom.
sg. 5r2.
mir- (muda-) 'to die' mkde pres. 3 sg. 6r4, 34r3, mirdre pres. 3 pl.
14v2, 21vl, 22rl, 32rl, miram pres, part. 26v3-4, mirim
id. 26v4, 30v2, mirdniya (?) id. fem. 22vl.
mu 'here' 15r3, mum 29vl; mum (31v4) . . . mum (32rl) 'on
the one hand . . . on the other,' possibly also mam.
mum . . . ma (5v3-4); see mu.
*muka-pamka- proper name, -ka nom. sg. 18v4.
mujsa- see drr4-mujsd-.
(mir-) muda- 'to die' mudi pret. 2 sg. 15v3,. muda past part.
('corpse') 20r2.
*(mdn-)mu(m)da- 'to remain, stay' mumdai pret. 2 sg. 9r2, 18v3,

32v4, mudai id. 17rl.
mumdai see maii- mumda-.
rak$aysa- Skt. rak$asa-, -ysa nom. sg. 9r4, -ysam gen. pl. 23rl,
raksasarm' id. fem. 7rl, -ysyo instr. pl. 33r2.
*rra(m)ga- 'bank, shore' rraga pl. 15r3, rramja loc. sg. 15v3,
rrarnjd.(q 'towards the shore' 21r4.
ramtha- 'tumult, uproar' -thq nom. sg. 34r4; see paramtha-.
*ramna- 'jewel' -na nom. sg. 30v2, acc. pl. 5v2, 16r3, -nyau instr.
pl. llv4, -nyo id. 14rl, 21v3, ramniiau jse 28rl, -ndm vaska
16vl, 30r3, rene nom. sg. 27r3-4.
*ramninaa- 'of jewels' -nai hambisa khinda 15vl.

*ramba- proper name, Skt. rambha-, -ba nom. sg. 12vl.
*ramaia- 'delightful' -ina pl. 37rl.

rasi'ya- 'sage, r$i,' -ydnq gen. pl. (ra$i'ydnq hivya . . . padamnja)
17r2-3; see risa'ya-.
*raysdyana- 'elixir' -na (ne' raysayana hamamga) 4r3, -yamna
(ne' raysdyamna hamagd) 17r2, (ne'na raysayamna vadida)

lOr2.
*r(r)aysga- 'quick' -gdna instr. sg. (adv.) 5v2, -gana id. 19r4-vl,
-gena id. 27v3.
rd see ra.
mitnaa- 'my' -na acc. pl. 15v3.

*mura- 'bird' -ra nom.-acc. pl; 22r2, 29r4.
*(mur-) murda- 'to crush' -dai pret. 2 sg. 27v4.
*mursala- 'club' -la acc. sg. 10v4.
*mu(')sdi- 'mercy, favor' -di jsa 7v2, 15rl, 15v2, -da' jsa 8r2,
21r4, -de jsa 7r3, 27v2 (jse), -de' jse 35vl-2, 36v2, -de'
jsi 30v4, -da pracaina 22v3, 25r4, -da' pracaina 8v2, -di
pracaina 24v2, -de' pracaina 34r2, 36rl (prr-), 37v4 (prr-),
-dd nom. sg. 6r3, -dd' id. 10r3, acc. sg. 9rl, -da 5v2, -de nom.
sg. 29v3, -de' 33r4, hamdara musde' acc. sg. 16v3, hamdara
mu'sd?4' 4v3.
mu(')hu, miihu see maha.

mui 'here, in this place' 26vl; see mu.
maittrinaa- 'of friendliness' -nai ne'na 8v3.
mesta- see mista-.
maiscyi see mista-.
meysairka- see miysirka-.
maiysdyi+na-, mai'ysdyana- see mi'ysdyiqna-.
maunda in. khaunda maunda 'various' (?) 10v4.

*maula- 'headdress' -Ina instr. sg. 14r2.
myda(4)na- 'middle' -na loc. sg. 5v4, 7rl, 8v2, 23rl (twice), 23vl,
27vl, 30r2.
my4naa- '(being in the) middle' -nd nom. pl. 36v3 (sere dire
my4nd), -nya id. 3r4 (Sfira dira my4nya).
y
*ya 'he, she, it was, became' pret. 3 sg. 5r3, 11r4, 12r2, 18v4,
20r4, 21v3, 33v4, 36r4, pret. 3 pl. 33r4, 36v3, yai id. 2 sg.
3v4, 6v3, llvl, etc., ye id. 7v4, ye id. 3 sg. 8r3, 13vl, 31v4,
32r4, 36v4.
yakia- 'yakEa' -~d norn. sg. 12v2, -sam gen. pl. 23rl; see kEa.
*yan- (yuda-) 'to make' yq imper. 2 sg. 37v4, yanum pres. 1 sg.
11r4, 12v4, yqnuim id. lv2, yamde pres. middle 3 sg. 38r4,
yanide pres. 3 pl. 31v4-32rl, 34v3, yendre pres. middle 3 pl.
39r2.
yandka- 'making, producing' -kd sg. 14r2.

yamadatta- proper name, -ttd nom. sg. 12r4.
*yamdd 'continually, ever' 8v3, lOvl.

yava 'so far, up to,' Skt. yavat, yava khue 19rl, yava tta khu 26r4;
see khu.
(yan-) yuda- 'to make' -Id past part. lv2, -de pret. 2 sg. 14v4,
30vl, -dai id. 4v3, 5r4, 8rl, 9rl, 15rl, 17v2-3, 19r2, 20r4-vl,
21r4, 22rl, 23v2, 31r4, 33vl, 35v2, 36r2, -di pret. 3 sg. masc.
r&ja-risa'ya- 'royal sage,' Skt. r&jar$i-, -yd nom. sg. 9v3.

*rrajevarrdana- proper name, Skt. rajyavardhana-, -dam nom. sg.
32vl.
*rrdsa'- 'kingdom, sovereignty' -s'a' acc. sg. 19rl, ani'scyd-rs'd'

'of endless sovereignty' nom. sg. 39r3, visdra-rdsd' obl. sg.
39r4.
*raysaysana- 'royal throne' -ysiia loc. sg. 18v2.

*rrijsaa- 'sharp' -jjsa pl. 9v2, -jsyau instr. pl. 7v3, 22r3, rraijsai
pneha 24vl, rajisa nom. pl. 8v4, k.ddarna rejsai 10r2, rriscye
guihaiiid 13v2, rraisci gvqhai'iia 16vl.

*rijsaksiva- 'with violent buffeting,' -vi nom. sg. 6r2-3.
*risa'ya- 'sage, r$i' -yd nom. sg. 14v3, 19rl-2, r&ja-ri4a'yd id.
9v3, deva-risa'yd id. 13r3, diva-ri4a'yd id. 25rl, -ya acc. sg.
6rl, resa'yd obl. sg. 34r2; see rasi'ya-.
rriscye see rrtjsaa-.
*rrispuraka- 'prince' -ka nom. pl. 3r2, rrespare nom. sg. 35r2.
rrijaa- 'royal' rriji ttisna' 12v2.
*rrind- 'queen' -Ina nom. sg. 3r2, acc. sg. 23r3, 34rl.
*rrima- 'dirt, filth' -ma jsa llrl.
*rrum 'oil' acc. sg. 31r3.

*rrumda- 'splendor' -dd acc. sg. 18v3.
rrumdana- 'royal' -daiia loc. sg. 8r3.
rura guysna- 'ruru deer' (hendiadys) -rd -nd nom. sg. 16rl.
*rrusti- 'kingship, sovereignty' -ta vira 22v2, -td acc. sg. 24r2,
-te jse 28r4.
rnip&jiva- proper name, -va jsa 39v3.

*rujy- rrusta- 'to lose' ruiye pres. middle 3 sg. 38v3, rruste pret. 3
sg. 16rl, rrustai id. 2 sg. 18v4, 35v4.
*re- 'vein' re acc. pl. 18r3.
*rre- 'king' rre nom. sg. 3v4, 5r3, 7r4, 8rl, 8v3, 9v4, 11r2, 12r2,
12r4, 20r4, 25rl, 26rl, 26r2, 27vl, 28v2, 31vl, 32r3, 34rl,
35v2, rrumdq obl. sg. 16v4, rrumdd id. with -a 'you' 20v2,
rrumdd id. 2vl, 7v4, 26r3, rru(mn)de id. 27vl, 32r4, 32vl,
32v3, 35r3, acc. sg. (?) 27v4, rrumdi acc. pl. 11r3, rrddd
obl. sg 39r4.
r(r)aijsaa-, rejsaa- see rrijsaa-.

rene see ramna-.
resa'ya- see risa'ya-.
rrespare see rrjspuraka-.
rraisci see rrijsaa-.

*raudrra- 'Rudra' -rra 20v3.
romaharsa- 'horripilation,' Skt. id., -sd nom. sg. 4r4.
*rhinai miswritten for mdrinai 'connected with Mara,' mdrinai
daina 9v4.
7vl, 15r4, -de id. 8v4, -o44 pret. 3 sg. fem. 8r3, -damdd pret.
3 pl. 7vl, 19rl, 22r2, -damda id. 9v3, -da,mde id. 27r2, 37r4,
38r2.
ye, yai see ya.
*ye 'a person, one' 3vl.

yendre see yan- (yuda-).
*labhya see dhyana-labhia-.

*ludrraa- 'hunter' -rrai nom. sg. 5r4.
*lokapala- 'world regent,' Skt. id., -la nom. pl. 2v2, lokepalo id.
with u 'and' 38rl.

lobha- 'greed,' Skt. id., -bha pracaina 16vl, -bhe udisdye 27rl,
-bhena instr. sg. 28r2.
v
*va 'for, because, for the sake of, etc.' postposition, 2r4, 8r2
(ja va), lv2, 16rl, 21v3, 23v2, 26vl, 32rl, 35rl, vaska id.
7v2, 13vl, 13v3, 15v2, 16v2, 17v4, 20r4, 21r4, 24r4, 24v3,
25r3, 25vl, 25v3, 30r3, 30r4, 32v3, 33vl (-ke), 36r3, 36v4,
37v3.
vamka- name of a mountain, -ke gire 32v4.
*viysa- 'lotus' -ysa acc. pl. 5vl-2, viysa-bata 'lotus root' 13v4,
-ysa spulaka 'lotus buds' 11r2, -ysam ma,namdd lOrl, veysvd
loc. pl. 27v3, veyse acc. pl. 27v3.
*vtysamja- 'lotus pond' -ji loc. sg. 6vl, viysamje id. 31v2.
vmysinaa- 'of lotuses' -siiia pas'td loc. sg. 24r3, viysinai graund
24r1.
*v in, on, upon, for' 3vl, 14v3, 15v3, 17vl, 36v4, vira 5v4, 12vl,
16v2, 17v3, 20r4, 21v4, 22v2, 26r3, 28vl, 29vl, 33v3, 39r4,
vire 29v4, 30r4, 31rl, 33r2, 35rl.
*viJa- 'physician' -jd nom. sg. 20rl.

*vina- 'pain' -na nom. pl. 31v2, -ne acc. pl. 31r2.
*vajrrayaunia- 'of the Vajray2na' -ny2m jsa 39v3.

vini see vtna.
*(vajsds-) vajsis4a- 'to see' -jai pret. 2 sg. 6vl.
vira see vi.
*(vadam-) vadida- 'to make' -da past part. pl. 10r2; see (padim-)
virifia- see ba'ysa-virina-.
padeda-.
*virulya- 'beryl' -lya 4r4.

*vadia- in tcema-vadi 'before the eyes (of the world)' 26rl.
viryabala- proper name, -la nom. sg. 33vl.
*vaiia 'now, then' lv3, 6r2, 14vl, 15r3, 31v4, 34r3, vaiiq lv3, 3vl,
virsa'- see virs?a'-.
venia 34v3.
vis'a' proper name 2r4; see Snr vis'a'.

*vqn- 'to salute, honor' -num pres. 1 sg. 31rl.
vis"ara- see vitsi'ra-.
*vamur2ka- 'crusher, suppressor, vanquisher' -ke nom. sg. 32v2.
vara- 'enclosure, circuit' ano vara 37v4.
vi?si' na- see vLs' na-.
vise'ra- see vtsi'ra-.

*vara 'there' 17rl, 19r2, 22r3, vare 32v4, 35r4, 38v2, varl (emphatic -i) 27r2, vere 27v2-3.
visaisa- see vasisa-.
*vissqmera- 'most dangerous' -ra alavd 25r2.

*var2sta 'towards' 4v2, 23v3.
vmysinaa- see vsystnaa-.
*var- 'to tear away' varad2 pres. part. pl. 15r3, viramdd 29r4.
varuina- 'Varunia' -nte nom. sg. 38rl.
valmika- 'Vlmiki' -kd nom. sg. 26vl.
vrtta- 'metre,' Skt. vrtti-, -tta nom. sg. 2rl.
*veksottai 'you scattered' pret. 2 sg. 34r2.

vejelaka- 'young child' -ke pl. 37rl.
vasu na- see vssu na-.
'demon,' Skt. vetdla-, -Id nom. sg. 1 Irl.

va i.a- '(of) a special kind, peculiar,' Skt. visesa-, ga-vasisa*vettala'of
a peculiar position' 39r3, upatta-vasesa 'of a peculiar birth'
39r4, sth&na-visaisa 'of a peculiar station' 39r4.
vedyas'la- proper name, -Ut 2r3.
vena(i) see vina.
*vaspris- 'to scatter around, shine down' -std pres. 3 sg. 19vl.vere see vara.
*verttai 'you turned away' pret. 2 sg. 27v2.
*vasus- 'to become pure' -s1d4 pres. 3 pl. 38vl, vasasldd id. 39vl.
versa'- see virsa'-.
*vasuska- 'pure' -ka acc. pl. 1 r2.
vaska see va.
vaspudai 'you trampled' pret. 2 sg. 33r3.

vasva- 'pure' -va acc. pl. 16r3-4, svidi . . . vasve 10r4, vasve
ba'ysd d2 18rl, 39r2, vasve . . . kamga 21v2, purra . . . vasve
23r4, pura . . . vesve 33v2, vasve dryd pamde 25v4, pamde
vasve ba'ysust2sti 38vl, vasve ddtine ne'na 23v4.
ver'4'da- see virsau'da-.

vesuzna- see vftsuna-.
*vesvamttara- proper name, -re nom. sg. 32v3.

*veselaka- 'mark on the forehead' -ke nom. sg. 33v3, -kye khele
28r4.
*vesa'ra- 'darting' in aci-vesa'rd 'darting like a flame' 9v2.

*(vdst-) vestava- 'to become' vestava pret. 3 pl. 35r3.
*vahl- 'associated with, escorted by' -hi past part. nom. sg. 29r2.
vesve see vasva-.
*(vahan-) vahamda- 'to sink' -mdl pret. 2 sg. 27v4.
veysa- see viysa-.
*vahaiys- vahaista- 'to descend' vahaiysde pres. 3 sg. 24r3, vahai4ti
*vau's- 'to swoon' -samdai pres. part. nom. sg. 6r2.
pret. 2 sg. 15v2.
*vyach- 'to be removed, vanish' -chimdd pres. 3 pl. 2vl, -chide

*vd 'however' emphatic enclitic particle, si' v2 16rl, tti v2 21vl,
id. 39rl, vyqchi opt. 3 sg. 3r4.
tta v2 23rl, rd v2 28v4, d v2 5r2, tte v2 30v3, 31rl, p2tce v2

36r3.
v2 'here, towards' 15vl, vd . . . vastd 16r3.
*vyamjana- 'phrase, phrasing' -na nom. pl. 2rl, -nva loc. pl. 2r3.
*vyasthdnaiya 'leading to entrance into the order' acc. sg. (or pl.)
26vl.
*v212ha- name of a horse, -hd nom. sg. 6v4.
*vds'- 'to recite' -sum7' pres. 1 sg. lv4, -se' pres. 3 sg. 38r4. *vyaysana- 'sin, misfortune, disorder' -ysam acc. sg. lOrl, -ysana
acc. pl. 20r2-3, -ysanam gen. pl. llv2, 13v3.
*v2sta 'towards, against' 21v4, 23rl, -tq 7r2, -td 13r2, 16r3, 23r3.
v2suka- proper name, Skt. v2suki-, -ka nom. sg. 13rl.

*vaysa- 'influenced, permeated' -yse nom. sg. 32r2.
*vitka- 'small' -ka acc. pl. 17v4.
vidura- proper name, Skt. vidhura-, -rd nom. sg. 16v4.
*vina 'without, except' 5v4, 22r3, 23r4, vanau 3v3, vlni 22v2,
vena 8r3, venai 31v4.
viramda see var-.
vyahara- see brrahma-vyahara-.
*vy&ksivasta- 'full of disturbance' -td badd vi 3vl.
vyagra- 'tiger' vyagri kitia ('tigress') 17v3, vyaghrraja (adj. in

-ja) striya nom. sg. 17v2.
*vydrana- 'prophecy' -na acc. sg. 23v3, vyarna id. 39v4.

vyich- 'to attain, obtain' -chime pres. 1 sg. 39v4, vyechai infin.
39vl.
*vyaulasta- 'violent' -ta (in compound with bajasa) 15r2.

*vjrala- 'wound,' Skt. vrana-, -raniau jse 10r3-4.
*vrattavas'carna- 'performing of tapas according to a vow, vowed
*virsa'- 'energy, heroism' -sd' acc. sg. 13v2, vlrsd' 33r4, -s2'na
instr. sg. 5vl, 15v2, -sa'na id. 7v4, -se'na id. 30r3, vers'a'na
austerity' -jna acc. sg. (or pl.) 22r3-4.
*vrrasta- 'performing a vow' -td nom. sg. 13r3, -ta nom. pl. 19r3.
id. 27v2, versa' acc. sg. 29v3.
virs''naa- 'heroic' -nai nom. sg. masc. 12v3, virs?ja 22r4.
*virsau'da- 'heroic' -da voc. sg. 12v4, -dd nom. sg. 25rl, vers'q'de
voc. sg. 32r3, vers'o'de id. 29v4.

*vsi'ra- 'thunderbolt,' Skt. vajra-, -ra pamna 19vl, rene vis'e9re
'diamond jewel' nom. sg. 27r4, vs'd'rd-rdad' 'of the Vajra
*s'akrra- 'Sakra' -rra obl. 2vl, 6v3, 9v2, llvl, -rra nom. 38rl,
-rra mumdai 20v3.
*samga- 'conch shell' -gd nom. sg. 5r2, -ge 35rl.

sqtcampha- 'troubled' -pha acc. pl. 28v2; see *tcamph-.
*vtSU na- 'bad, evil' -una pl. llr3, vasui'ne nom. pl. 39rl, visu,i'na
kingdom' obl. sg. 39r4.
id. 34v2, vesufna acc. pl. 29rl.

*vispasti- 'confidence, comforting' -ti kinta 20r3.
*vistdria- 'wide, huge' -ri nom. sg. 9r4.
*samdaa- 'earth, ground' -da- acc. sg. 12rl, 35rl, -dye bidd 6r2,
-dye jsa 10r4, -dya loc. sg. 27r2, 35rl, -de beda 12v3, -de bede
33v4, s'adya loc. sg. 10r3, -dye bida 14v4.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955J
GLOSSARY
465
sara- see sira-.

si' 'this, that; he' dem. pron. nom. sg. masc. (neuter) 6r4, llv4,
*saysda- 'snake' -de nom. pl. 30rl, -da beda 33r3, -dyaujsa llv4, 14r4, 15v4, 16rl, 16r4, 20rl, 20vl, 26v2, 36v3 (ji), 37v4;
-dyaujse 33rl.
ca si' ci 'whoever' indef. pron. 38r4; see la', Id', le', jai'.
sa 'one' in compound with thaiia 37v3; see thana-, sau.

*sadm 'lying down' pres. part. (of ssd- s'sta-) nom. sg. 21rl.
*sista-bis?d' see bisada-, (Ijis-) $ai4fa-.
*S4o?o- 'mouth, snout' -dana instr. sg. 17v2.

*s?qma- 'mouth, face' -ma sg. 14r3.
*s4maka- proper name, -ke nom. 32r2-3.
sive see sava-.

*sai 'even, indeed, also' lvl, 2rl, llvl, 21rl, 24r2, 28v3.
*as'am'- '(Buddhist) doctrine' -s'am' my4fla 2r2.
*sika- 'young' -ka acc. pl. 24vl, -ke nom. sg. 29v2.
se', sai' 'this; he, it' dem. pron. nom. sg. masc. (neuter), le'
11v4, 12r2, 27vl, 35r2, .ai' 12v2; see sa', s', i'.
*sastara- 'teacher' -ra acc. sg. 23vl.

*(s$ii-) $aista- 'to take hold of, cling; -ti pret. 3 pl. 7r3, -ta id.
*sahauja- 'umbrella' -ja nom. sg. 13v4.
21r4, .este id. 27v3.
*sira- Skt. sri-, -re hampha 4rl, -re yanakd 14r2, -re jsa lOvl,
*skaldna- 'throbbing, cries,' -lam nom. sg. 7vl.
-ra dijsakye 22r4, s'era nom. sg. 32v2, cakrravartt4nai serd
36r4, cekrravartt4na seram (or: -4) rruste jse 28r4.
*s'ira- 'good, beautiful' -ra voc. sg. 5r4, 8rl, 10r3, 21v2, nom. sg.
(?) 13rl, acc. sg. 12r4, 17r3, nom. pl. 3r3, acc. pl. 16r3, ttye
sird kirna Ilvl, sirye ba'ysam dd 25v4, sirye adard gihna 6v2,
sirye stama jsa 15v2, s'irye mu'sdejse 27v2, siryau kiryau jsa
26v2 (see however p. 446), dsaiMjd hamdrra saram 26r2, sera

ndma acc. sg. 18v4, -rd gen. pl. 32rl, -re nom. sg. 38v3,
nom. pl. 36v3.
*sirara- 'doer of good' -rq nom. sg. 13r3; see seretira-.
s'irka- 'beautiful, good' di s.irka 5r3, -ka llv4, 14r3, 15v3, -ka
*skala- 'noise' -lana instr. sg. 34vl.
*std- (stata-) 'to stand, be' .te pres. 3 sg. 28v4, 29r4, stare id. 3 pl
lv3, jtd(4)na pres. part. 5r3, 6r4, 8rl, 9v3, lOrl, llvl, 12r3,
13r2-3 (with locat.), 13r4, 14rl, 14r3-4, 16r2, 16v4, 22rl,
22v2, 25vl, 26rl, 26v4, 28r3, 30v3, 31v2 (with locat.), 32r3,
33vl, 35r2, 35v2, st(4()ne 8v4, 9v4, 28v2, 32v3, 34rl, 34r2,
36r2, sc4ne 30vl, stam 2rl, 5vl (with locat.), 18r4, 32rl (with
locat.), 39vl, 39v2 (twice), sta 12r4, 20r4, 31rl, 33r3 (with
locat.), 37v2 (uncertain).
*sv4- 'fame' $va acc. sg. 15v4.

*sv9da- 'milk' -dd nom. sg. 5r2, -di id. 10r4.
nom. sg. 15vl, s.irkd va 'because of the good, at the(ir) excellence' 26vl, dy4ma sirkyq 28vl, -kyi lOr2, -kye 4'me thana
19rl.
*Silo- 'stanza' -lo in sau silo da udisaiyd 'for the Law of one stanza'
9r4, 12rl, se s'ilo kinia 'for the sake of one stanza' 24r3.
s/ss
*sa(m) 'just, only, but' sam khum 'that to me' 1v4, sam khu
'just as' 5vl, 8v4, 16v2, sa khu id. 24r3, sam khu . . . ne
*Si(ya)- 'white' Si nom. sg. 6v4, acc. sg. 18r2, s?iya nom. (sg.) pl.'so that not' 34r3, vainq sam 'now so' 1v3, sa vana 'so now,
5r2, 13v4.
that' 14vl, sa(m) 14v4, 30r3, 30v4, same 'even to you' 10r3,
*s.valya- 'bones' -lya nom. 12v2.

sTvi- proper name, Skt. Sibi-, -ve nom. 34rl; s'ebiya- 'of Sibi'
-ya gen. pl. 32vl.
suka- 'alone' -ka nom. sg. 21vl, 22v4, 30r2, sufika id. 34v4.
*sudvamde 'they tormented, stung' pret. 3 pl. 28r2; s'au'vamde

id. 28r2.
sam tt4 'therefore' 28r3, si vana 'so that now' 6r2, 15r3, sime
'accordingly to you' 31vl, se 'so that of you' 20v3, 'but'
20v4, se vena 'so that now' 34v3; see si.
*ssa 'hundred' 3rl, 4v3, 5rl, 27v2, sa 11v3, sa-yseryam 'hundred
thousand' gen. pl. 13v3; see pa-sse.
*saka- 'coral' -kyau jsa 20v2.
*(samkhal-) samkhi'sta- 'to smear' -ta past part. pl. 8v4.

*subhattrattia- 'of splendid system' (?) -tti nom. sg. 2rl.
*samnga- 'stone' -gyau instr. pl. 25r3.
*suri- 'valor, bravery' -ri virsa'na 7v4, -ri 32r3, 33r4, sur s'fire
33r2, s'rqrna instr. sg. 20v3.
sajya- 'siddhi-, magical' -jya-hova 'with the force to gain siddhi'
sura- 'valorous, brave, bold, heroic' -ra nom. sg. 25rl, -re id.
nom. pl. 30r4-vl; see sij- sij(y)a-, sijs Y-.
*samjaya- proper name, -ya obl. 32vl.
32r4, s'uri sufire id. 33r2-3; sri vi?sa' sfirrd proper name, obl.
*(suh-) s.u!(')sta- 'to connect with, provide with, fill' suste past*(san-)
part. sata- 'to rise, mount' -ta pret. 3 pl. 7v3, -ti id. 2 sg. 7r3,
35v3; causative saln-, -ie pres. 3 sg. 14r4.
('full of') sg. 31rl, sfista id. ('mixed with') acc. sg. Ov2,
satva- 'being' -va voc. sg. 5r4, 8rl, 10r3, 21v2, nom. sg. 14vl,
suf'sti id. p1. 37r2, s'u'stai pret. 2 sg. 18r2.
*sai tcfind proper name 39r3.
15r4, 27rl, nom. pl. llvl, 14v2, 19r3, 22rl, 24r2, 25v3, 34v2,
sebiya- see s?ivi-.
35r4, 39v3, acc. pl. 19r2, 23v4, -vq nom. pl. 28rl, 28v3, acc.
se, seiia see stau.
pl. 28v2, 33r4, -vam gen. pl. 12r3, 14v2, 21v4, 26v2, 32rl,
serd- see sira-.
32vl, 34r2, 38r3, -va id. 30r4, 36rl, -vyaujsa 14v2, -vd nom.
*seretira- 'doing good' -rq nom. pl. 35r3.
sg. 6vl, gen. sg. 34r4, nom. pl. 35r3, -ve nom. sg. 38v3,
*sau 'one, whole' lv2 (sau-masi), 8r3, 9r4, lI vi, 12r1, 14v2, 14v3, nom. pl. 36v2, obl. sg. 36v4.
32v3, s'e (obl.) silo kinia 24r3, se bemhye bemda 29vl, gejia
*sadusta- 'contented' -Id nom. sg. 5v2.
loc. I0v4, 29r2; s'a-thaiia 'on a single theme' 37v3, see thana-.
*samttana- 'continuance of life, course of life' -4iia loc. sg. 4rl,
-ttonia id. 26vl.
sau'vamde see sudvarmde.
sradha-deya- 'gift in faith' -ye 38vl.
s'r7 vLs'a' proper name 2r4; see *vis'a'.

*sruttasurm proper name, nom. 1 lvl.
,s
sa' 'this, that; he' dem. pron. nom. sg. masc. 6r4, 27rl, 36v3
(W . . . si 'this one . . . that one'); see sa', si', se', sai'.
*sada- 'faith' -da nom. sg. lvl, 3v4, 18r4, -di jsa 2r2, 9v4, 17vl,
18r1, 22r1, 23r4, -de jsa 38r3, sadi gaurava thaunia 16r2.
*sadyaya- 'full of faith' -yd nom. sg. 23v2.
*sanau- 'supplication' -nau acc. sg. 37r4.
*sanaumaya- 'propitiatory' -yd 24v4.
*sabajsa- 'claw' -jsyau instr. pl. 22r3, sambajsyau id. 7v3.
sava-tsuka- 'wandering at night' -kam gen. pl. 7rl.

*sava- 'night' sive loc. sg. 32rl-2.
sa' 'this; he' dem. pron. nom. sg. masc. lv4, 8v3; see sa', si',
?e% sai.q,
samnia- 'thought, plan, expedient, means' -lid 6r4, -Ha nom. sg.
11v2, 36v4, sanid id. with -a 'of you' 36v4, sanijsa 20rl.
samartha- 'set with, full of,' Skt. id., -tha nom. sg. 29v2, nom.
pl. 20v2, 33v4.
samudrra- 'ocean,' Skt. -ra-, -rra nom. sg. 9r3, -rra-na'scya
'bounded by the ocean' 12rl, -rra 'in the ocean' 16r3, 16v3-4,
-rrd m4liamdd lOvI, 18vl, -rrd m4iiamdai 17r4, -rrd 'in the
ocean' 21r3, -rre sta 33r3, -rre acc. sg. 34r4, myaiia sim4drre
ttramdi 30r2.
*samuva- 'scale' (?) -va nom. pl. and -a 'you' 28rl.

same see sa (n).
*sarrau- 'lion' -rrau nom. sg. 25rl, saro id. 35v2, sero id. 34v4.
sarvadatta- proper name, Skt. id., -ttq nom. 20r4.
*sarva(q)lia- 'all-knowing' -nia voc. sg. 4rl, 26v3, 31rl, 37v2,
-lid id. 12r3.
sarvaloka- 'the whole world,' Skt. id., -kd vira 5v4.
sarvasatva- 'all beings,' Skt. id., -vam kina 12v4, vire 29v3-4,
-va gen. pl. 10r4, 21r2.

*stai
'standing' nom. sg. of staa--de
35v3; nom.
sta in compound?
*sarvarthasida- proper name, Skt.
sarvarthasiddha-,
30vl. llr3.
*staura- 'fierce,
rough,
thick, certain'
-ra obl.
sg. 3v2,
*salava- 'word, speech' -va nom.-acc.
pl. cruel,
8v4,
31v3,
37r2,
37vl.
staurd avasta 18v3.
8r4, -ra hatharka 7r2, 18vl, stura acc. sg. 19r4,
*sali- 'year' phard sali 'for many years'
stura id.,
pl. 'very-vere
thick' 24v3.acc. pl. 35r4.
*samrvara- 'prohibition, restraint,' stura
Skt.
*styuada'steadfast,
firm, continuous'
-da sg. 4v3,
22vl, -da sqste
nom.
*(sad-) sasta- 'to seem' -td 'lye 'it
may
have
seemed'
15v3,
pret. 3 pl. 31v2.

*samskara- Skt. id., -re drraya nom. pl. 38r4.
sg. 12v3, -de id. 27r3.

*styfuda- 'steadfastness, firmness' -dd beda 18r4.
*styerrijaa- 'starred' -jai tts'd'na 7rl.

*sahaicaka- 'hare' -kd nom. sg. 6r3-4.
*striyestris'a 'thirty-three' 30vl.
*sahemdrra- 'associated with full senses' -rrd-punld (compound)
striyd- 'woman' -ya nom. sg. 1lv4, 19v3, -yi udisd 20r2, vya-
nom. sg. lvi.
*(sah-) sahya- 'to endure' -hyai pret. 2 sg. 30v4, 37r2, 37v2.ghrraja striya nom. sg. 17v2.
*striya- 'stiff' -ya acc. sg. 20r2.
sagara- 'ocean' -re-nd, Skt. sagara-naga-, 30r3.
*saj- (siya-) 'to learn, study' -je pres. 3 sg. 38r4.
*streha- 'fierce, violent' -ha' 'violently' 37r3.
*sa(tka- 'merchant' -ka nom. pl. 7rl, 21r4, 25r2, acc. pl.
16r3,
sthana'position, station,' Skt. id., -na-vis'ai4a 'of a peculiar
-kam gen. pl. 21vl, sathike nom. pl. 30v2, 35v4, sathe nom.
pl. (?) 35vl.
saiie see (san-) sata-.
station' 39r4; see thana-, vasisa-.
*sparsa'sta- 'connected with touching, due to contact,' -tq nom.

pl. 39rl.
*sa(4)na- 'enemy' -nd nom. sg. 13r2, 16r4, obl. sg. 20v2, -nd
gen. pl. 27vl, -ne nom. sg. 28v3, 36v3, -ne vire 31rl, -no for
-nyo or -no (jsa?) 35r2.
sininaa- 'hostile, of the enemy' -ndm gen. pl. 32v2.
*s4manya- name of a monastery, adj. -y4na-, -,na loc. sg. 2r3.

si see sa (mi).
*spas.- sp&sta- 'to see' spasa pres. middle 3 sg. 1lrl, 12vl, 33v3,
-se id. 28vl, 32r4, 34v4, spastai pret. 2 sg. 6r4.
*spulaka- 'bud' -kd m4fiamda 1 1r2.

*sphalia- 'crystal' -ya 4r4.
*sya- Skt. hamsa-, sy4nd gen. pl. 26r2.
*sve 'shoulder' sve bemdd (of suta-) 20r2.
*si particle introducing direct speech or thought lv2, 2r3, 11r4,

12v4 (sa), 15v3, 18v4, 36v3.
*sij- sij(y)a- 'to succeed' sije pret. 3 sg. 36vl, saije pres. 3 sg.
5v3; see sajya-, sijdstal-.

sime see sa(m).
siddham at the beginning of the text lvl.
ys
*ysamgara- 'old' -rd nom. sg. masc. 6r2.

ysamtha- 'birth' -thq acc. sg. 38v2, harbese ysamtha 'in every
birth' 33vl, phare ysamtha stine 'in many births' 36r2, -thd
acc. sg. 8v2, ysatha nom. sg. 26v2, -thana instr. sg. 21rl,
sim4drra- see samudrra-.
*sVjjstdj- 'success' -(d acc. sg. 39v4; see sajya-, *sij-, sij(y)a-. -the acc. pl. 29rl, ysUtha loc. sg. 35r4.
*sidyavarrda- proper name, -da jsa 39v3.
ysania- see *tcure-ysania-.
*sira- 'happy' -rd nom. sg. masc. 5v2.
*ysanaka- 'robbing, surpassing' -kd nom. sg. 5r3.
*sirosa'da- 'happy' -da nom. pl. llvl.
*ysamasadaa- '(inhabitant of the) world, people, human (being)'
-dai pvend 'of human fear' 7r4, -dai vaska 17v4, 25vl, -s'amdai
*siha- 'lion,' Skt. simha-, -ha 11r2.
sujs- 'to burn, blaze' -jsamdaa- pres. part. in sujsamdd-ttura
'with blazing mouths' 17rl, sujsamda-jsaima 'with blazing
eyes' 17vl; see ttuirra-, tceman-.
*sunaittra- proper name, -rd nom. 26rl, sfinettrd id. 18v4.
subhadrra- proper name, -rre obl. 27vl.
*sumarka- 'tender' -ka pl. 11r2.
sumira- name of a mountain, Skt. sumeru-, gard sumird nom.
9r2, gara sumird id. 12v3, sumire gare khainde 37vl-2, sumire
garna 34r4, siimird gard m4fiamdd 4vl.

*suha- 'happiness, pleasure, delight,' Skt. sukha-, suiha nom. pl.
3rl, hye-suha' udaisaya 36rl, suha' pl. 36r4, suhena instr. sg.
28vl, sohna id. 20v3, suhe acc. sg. (or pl.) 27r4.
*su!hya- 'happy' -ya nom. pl. 30r4, suhya acc. pl. 33r4.
*suja- Skt. Saci-, -ja nom. 12vl.

siimtra- see sumsra-.
tcema-vadi 26rl, ysemasaamdai kainaq 31r4.

ysamasamdaa- 'earth, world' -dya loc. sg. 22v3-4, 26v2-3; see
samdaa-.
*ysarrnaa- 'golden' -nd nom. pl. 20v2, -nai bare acc. sg. 30r4,
ysarrnija nom. sg. 1 Iv3-4; see ysirra-.
ysaregum 'golden-colored' -gum chejsa 28rl.
*ysadaka- 'old' -kd acc. sg. masc. 6rl, -ka nom. pl. 31v3.
*(ysan-) ysata- 'to be born, appear' -ta pret. 3 pl. 10v4, -ti id.
2 sg. 18v2.
ysan- ysamda- 'to recognize, know' ysahmde pres. middle-passive

3vl, 33v2, ysamdi pret. 2 sg. 23vl.
*ysanasta- 'beautiful' -tq sg. 14r2.

*ysara- 'thousand' -ri 4v4, -ra I0r2, -re 35r3, sa-yseryam gen. pl.
13v3.
*ysaysa- 'herb, grass' -ysa pl. 15r3, -ysa kiseMja 'full of herbs'
*suraa- 'white, pure' -rd nom. pl. 12v3, 38r4.

saramaitrra- proper name, -rra jsa 39v4.
suiha- see su!ha-.

suhya- see su!hya-.
se see sa (mn).
20rl, ysaysa pl. 24v4.
*ysdysinaa- 'made of grass' -spna gvahcina loc. sg. 32rl.

*ysinah- 'to bathe' -he pres. middle 3 sg. 6v2-3.
ysira- see ysira- (2).
*ysirasta- 'cordial' -td nom. sg. masc. 21rl; see ysira- (2).
*semdrra- 'with Indra' in compound semdrropemdrra 2vl.
ysiruim see ysirfina-.
saij- see sij- sij(y)a-.
*ysirka- 'miserable, distressed' -ka nom. sg. 15r4, yserka saldta
sero see sarrau-.
pl. 37vl, yserka nom. sg. 28v4, ysairka salava pl. 31v3, ysairka
'laments' acc. sg. or pl. 8r3.
*ysorra- 'gold' -rra 4r4-vl, ysirrd m4iiamdd 21v2, ysirrna instr. sg.
*saudaysa- proper name, -ysd nom. 1 1r2.

sohna see suha-.
*skarba- 'rough, violent' -be 33r2.

*(star-) starda- 'to set about, surround' -da pret. 3 pl. 34v2-3,
-damde id. 31r3.
stava- 'praise,' Skt. id., -va nom. sg. lv2, -va pl. Iv4; see jat-
33v4.
ysitha see ysamtha-.

*ysini(ya-) 'entrusted' -ya pl. 24vl.
ysira- (1) 'cruel, hard, savage' -ra 17vl, 27r3, 33r2, -re acc. pl.
takastava-.
8v4.
sta see stai.
*staga- 'rushing forward, in flood' -ga nom. sg. 15r2.

*stdma- 'weariness. exertion, effort' -ma jsa 6rl, 15v2, 16r2.
ysira- (2) 'heart' -ra lvl, nom. sg. 5v4, ysire 'your heart' (nom.
sg. and -e 'of you') 15vl, ysairena instr. sg. 33r3.
*ysirftna- 'grievous, bitter' -irfim . . . skalam 'bitter cries' 7vl,
*(stas-) stasta- 'to stay, stop' -ta pret. 3 pl. and -a 'of you' 27v2.
*stirua- 'rigid' (?) -ru nom. sg. 9r4.

stura- see staura-.
-ru,ne pl. 37r4.
ysirfiva- 'dear to the heart' aspave ysirfiva 'a refuge dear to the
heart' 32v2.
VOL.
45,
PT.
*ysumana
*ysuirra-
5,
19551
GLOSSARY
467
*hamai26v3.
'self' 19rl.
'in winter'
'anger' -rrijsa
ysfirri
*hamaih- hami'sta-16v4-17rl,
'to change' hamaitte pres. 3 sg. 16v2, hami'std
ysurrinaa- 'of anger' -nai be'na 8v2.

ysurrja- 'angry, irascible' -ja pl. 23rl, -je sg. 32r4.
*(ysuis-) ysusta- 'to rejoice' -ti pret. 2 sg. 35r3.

*ysuska- 'precious, dear, beloved, loving' -ka acc. sg. fem. 12r4,
34rl, brri jiye ysuska 13v2, jiye . . . ysuskd acc. sg. 15v3,
-ke acc. pl. 26rl, ysuske bra bra hvande pl. 28v4.
ysairena see ysira- (2).
yserka-, ysairka- see ysirka-.
*ysaujsa- 'tasteful, savoury, sweet' -jsa pl. 15rl, -jsam pl. and
-am 'of them' 37rl.
h
ha(m) ha 'at once' 29r3, ham 'still' 12v2, ham vi badId 'at all time'
17vl, ham bade 'at the one time' 31r4, ham vire 'always' 33r2.
pret. 3 sg. 16v2.
*hampha- 'mass, heap' (?) -pha 4rl.

(hamphuj-) hamphva- 'to take, hold' -vai pret. 2 sg. 13rl; see
paphva-.
*(hamber-) hambada- 'to fill' -da past part. nom. sg. 1lv4, 14r3,
acc. sg. 6v1.
*hambaya- 'amount, part, share' -baya 15rl.
*hambisa- 'heap, collection' -sd khinda 15vl.
*hayuna- 'friend' -yum nom. sg. 36v3, acc. sg. 35v2, -yumna
hamtsq 35v4.
*(haran-) harasta- 'to throw' -tai pret. 2 sg. 23v2.

(harays-) harasta- 'to extend, spread out' -tai pret. 2 sg. 23vl;
see *rays-.
*harahustai 'you dispelled' (?) pret. 2 sg. 19r4.
*hagav4ma- 'longing' -ma acc. sg. 24r4.
*hari- 'left, other' -ri 3v3.
*(hamge's-) hamge'sta- 'to turn around, whirl' -ta pret. 3 sg.
*hariysa- 'trembling' -ysa nom. pl. 38v4.
29r 1-2.
*(hamggalj-) hagriya- 'to assemble' -ya pret. 2 sg. or past part.
acc. pl. 25r4.
*harrun- 'to shine, flash' -iie pres. middle 3 sg. 7r4; see brru,ii-.
*harrftii4md- 'illumination' -ma 25v2.
*harga with yan- 'to discharge, renounce' 9rl, 9r2.
*hajua- 'wise' -jva acc. pl. 17r3.

*harbisa- 'all, every' -sa satva 'all beings' llvl, harbes?q dai 'the
*(hatcani-) hatcasta- 'to break, wreck' -tai pret. 2 sg. 5rl, l9v2,
whole fire' acc. sg. 2Dv3, harbese ysamtha 'in all births' 33vl,
-te id. 18r2, -tye nauvijsa 16r3, hatcascye nauvi jsa 21r3.
harbisdm . . . jsa 39v3; see blsa-.
*hatcaiama- 'destruction, removal' -me vira 20r3-4.
harsa'- 'delight, joy,' Skt. id., -sa' 37rl.
*hatsq-aspda- 'with protection' -pe nom. pl. 9v2; see aspata-.
*(haris-) harsta- 'to break, split' -ta pret. 3 sg. (or pl.) 7v4.
'pit, hole' -la acc. sg. 6vl.

*hamtsa 'together with' hamtsa parvarna 2v2, hamtsa *halahamlda
*halahaja- 'noise, tumult' -ja acc. sg. 7vl.
3r2, hamtsam 'with them (-am)' 17r2, hayumna hamtsq 35v4,
hamtse 'with him' 35v2, gusti jsa hatsa 22v3, mu's.di jsa
hamtsa 15v2.
*(hamjsem-) hamjsauda- 'to assemble, accumulate' -dai pret. 2
sg. 21rl-2, hajsaidj past part. nom. pl. 39vl.

*hatha- 'true, pure' -tha nom. pl. 33vl; -tha 'vow' acc. sg. 5rl.
hadaa- 'day' tcuramyai hadaiyum 'on the fourth dav to them
(-y-um)' 17r2, - ddya loc. sg. 32r2.
ha,di 'just, indeed, but' Ilv4; see hada.
hatharka- 'suffering, torment' -ka acc. pl. 7r2, 18vl.
*hasta 'eight' 4v4.
(haspalj-) hasprri(ya)- 'to dishevel; penetrate,' hasprri-tcamjsa

'with dishevelled hair' nom. sg. 1I nr, hasprri pret. 3 sg. 20v3;
see *vaspris-.
hasura- see husura-.
haska- 'tusk' -kye pl. 5r2, 9v2, 30rl, -ka acc. pl. 5r4.
hasta- 'elephant,' Skt. hastin-, -td nom. sg. 4r2, 24r3, -ta acc. sg.
35v2, -ta bede 35v3, -te nom. sg. 32r4, -td gen. pl. 5r3.
hastqma- 'best' -md 23v4.
*hastavdlaa- 'elephant-keeper' -lena instr. sg. 4r2-3.

17v4, hathrri past part. nom. sg. 6r3, hamthrri id. 6vl.
*haspiscyj- 'striving, effort' -ya nom. sg. 18v4-19rl.
*haysga- 'nostril' -gye pl. lOr2.
*(hanas-) hanasta- 'to be lost' -stddd pret. 3 pl. 25r2, -stdmdd id.
*(hamthalj-) hamthrriya- 'to restrain, torment' -yai pret. 2 sg.
25v3.
*haysgemd- 'violence, trouble' -ma acc. sg. 27vl.
*hanasaa- 'lost' -sai nom. sg. 6rl.

*ha 'away, towards' llr3, 23v2, 24v3, 34vl.
*hada 'indeed, just' 12rl, 35v4, had, lv3; see hadi.
*hamdara- 'other' -ra acc. sg. (hamdara mu's'df') 4v2, (hamdara
musde') 16v3, -ryam obl. pl. 20r2, hamda sg. 20r4, 31v4.
*hamdrra 'in, beside' asaimad hamdrra 26r2.
*ha,mdrrdmga- 'forehead' -je loc. sg. 33v3.
hdriscyd- 'abandonment, sacrifice' with yan- 'to surrender' -ya
20vl; see *hari-.

*hara- 'necklace' -re pl. 33v3.
*hamdrrusa- 'hostility, enmity' -sa acc. sg. 16v3.

*haphara- 'confusion' camcqlq-haphard nom. sg. lv3.
halaa- 'direction' tvi hdlai lOv2, nas4md halai 1lv2, nisa'md

h&laiyasta 13v3, dijsakye halai 22vl.
*(hamban-) habasta- 'to bind' -ta pret. 3 sg. 37r3.
*hava- 'profit, blessing' -vd nom. sg. 26v2.
*habrrih- (hambrista-) 'to join, share' -hui pres. 1 sg. 39vl, 39v2
*havamgara- 'advantageous, profiting' -ra nom. sg. 1 lv2.
(twice).
hasta 'thither, into' 24r3, 26r4, -tq 31r3, -te 34v4; see ha.
*haysa 'far, distant, away' 5v2, 9rl, 26rl, -yse 37vl.
ham see ha (m).
hd'jaiie 'in the dust' (?) 14r3.
*hamamga- 'equal to' ne' raysayana hamamgd 4r4, satvyau jsa
hamamgd 14v2, jivaina hamaga 18r3, ne' raysayamna hamagd
hitteqi- proper name -si nom. 25vl.
him- himya- see ham- hamya-.
17r2, jfyene hamamga 12vl, hqmamge nom. pl. 36v2, jiyne
hamamge 26v4-27rl, garna hamamga 18r4.
*hirstai with ni 'not at all' 15v4, na . . . hirstai vira 'surely not'
21v4.
*hamadd 'indeed, just, precisely' 14v3, hameda 28v3-4.
*ham- hamya- 'to be, become' him4ne conj. 1 sg. 36v2, 38r3, *hi'ysda38r4,
'present, at hand' -da nom. sg. I lv2, haiysdi vira 'at the
hama id. 2 sg. 5v3, hamavd id. 3 sg. 39r3, 39v2, hamavi id.
39r4, himamde id. 3 pl. lv4, 3r2, hqmd pres. middle
3 sg. 12rl, hamare id. 3 pl. 32r2, himare id. 38vl, 38v2, hime
opt. 3 sg. lv4, himi id. 2r2, heme id. 3v3; hamye pret. 2 sg.
6r4, id. 3 sg. 10r4, 14vl, id. 3 pl. 9v2, hamya id. 3 pl. 7r2,
19r3, 30r4, hamyai id. 2 sg. 12r3, 28v2-3, 35r4, himya id. 3
sg. 8vl, lOr3, himye id. 2 sg. lOr3, id. 3 sg. 9vl, 10v3, 13r2,
16r4, 26v2, himyai id. 2 sg. 8v3, lOvI, 13v3, 18v4, 2lrl, 2lr2,
hemya id. 3 pl. 28v3, hemyai id. 2 sg. 30v2, himye 'lye opt.
perf. 3 sg. 37v3.
present time' 39r4.
*hi 'bridge' hi nom. sg. 7v2.

hind- 'army' -ne nom. pl. (or sg.) 34vl, 34v2.
hiydra- 'fruit' -ra pl. 24v4.
hivia- 'own' hlvi 5r3, 5v2, 6v3, 13rl, 14v3, 20vl, 24r2, 30r3,
30v3, 32r4, 33r3, 39rl, hivya 17r3, hivye 18r3, hivyau 6v47rl, hiya 2v3, 3r3, 16rl, 17v4, 20vl, 22v3, 35r3, hiye 9rl,
39v2, hiyau 19r4, 21r3, 24rl, hijia 5r4.
*his- (hksta-) 'to come' -sd infin. 8r4.
*hisa- 'grudging, hesitation' -sd acc. sg. 5r4, 24r4 (hisi misspelling
for hisd, see p. 406).
*hamavamda- Skt. himavant-, -dd garna 5vl.

*hamida- 'joined together' -da nom. pl. 2v2, 3r3, hamtsa hamida *hugv4na 'at all' 31v3.
3r2.
huyjija- 'of blood' -ja ..kane 24v3.

*hauvd- 'power, strength' -va nom. sg. 2v3, -ve jsa 30r3, sajya-hova
huda- see hor- hauda-.
nom.
pl. 30vl, see
sajya-.
*hjffa- 'blood' -nia acc. sg. 22v3, -iid
nom.
sg.
18r3, hviya hqiii
*hos'- 'to ravish' -sa' pres. middle 3 sg. 34rl.

s'uista 'mixed with human blood' 1Oy2.
hauska- see huska-.
hqiia see (hvdii-) hvata-.
*hya- 'good, profit,' Skt. hita-, hye nom. sg. 2r2, hye udi?&yd
hubasta- 'well built' -td nom. sg. 7v2.
2vl, hye-suha' udaisaya 36rl.

*huraysa- 'kitchen' (?) -rd?isa loc. sg. 8r3.
*hva hva 'each by himself, severally' 3r2, 35rl.
*hus- (hussdta-) 'to grow, increase' husi opt. 3 sg. 2v3, husa infin.
3r4; caus. husdni- 'to develop, magnify' husd,inai pret. 2 sg.
(hvaii-) hvata- 'to speak' h?iia imper. 2 sg. 15v4, hva yudd yqnuim
'I can (make) recite(d)' lv2, hva infin. (?) 3vl, hva yddmide
1OvI, hiusdnai id. 13v2.
*huska- 'dry' -ka nom. sg. 9r3, -kd vi rramnja 15v3, hauske nom. sg.
31r4.
'they could (not) tell' 38r2, hvi pret. 1 sg. 38r3, hvai id. 2
sg. 5rl, 15v3, 17r2, hvai' id. 31v3, hve id. 3 sg. 8v4.
hvada- 'food' -da acc. pl. 15rl.

*(hus-) husta- 'to dry, shrivel' -(i pret. 2 sg. 28r3; see hus-.
hvar- hvacda- 'to eat' hvTdd pres. 3 sg. 17v4, hvard infin. 17v2,
*hus- (huta-) 'to sleep' -samdai pres. part. obl. sg. 16v1.
hvadi pret. 3 sg. I0v2, hvacddmdd id. 3 pl. and -d 'you' 28v3.
*husura- 'kind of bird, quarry' -re nom. sg. 29vl, hasure acc. sg.
*hvamnaa- 'Khotanese' -nau 'in Khotanese' 2rl.
31v2.
hvqrnda, hvqradd, hvamdi see hve'-.

*hvarra- 'sweet' -rrd acc. sg. lOvI, 'sweetness' 26r4, hvare hv4iia
hfumdm proper name, mira hfumam obl. 39vl-2.

huisainai see hus- (hussata-).
'sweet-spoken' 37r2.
hai 'O' 5r4, 15v3, 16v4.

*haija- 'red' -je nom. sg. 28v3.
hem- hemya- see ham- hamya-.
(hvad-) hvasta- 'to beat, strike' -ta past part. nom. pl. 25r3, -te
pret. 3 sg. IOr3, 16vl, 37r4, -tai id. 2 sg. 35rl, -tamdd id. 3
pl. 13v2.
hera see hor- hauda-.
hv4Ria- 'word, -spoken' hvare hv4fia 'sweet-spoken' 37r2; see
*hertham vira 'suddenly' 29v1.
(hziani-) hvata-.
*(hais'-) haista- 'to send, give' -tai pret. 2 sg. 20vl, 24v3, -tehvdraid. 'food' -ra pl. 24v4; see hvar- hvada-.
3 sg. 20v4, haisce infin. 20v2.
hviraka- 'sister' -kyd . . . jsa 39v4.
haiysdi see hi'ysda-.
hor- hauda 'to give' hori infin. 36v2, hera opt. 3 sg. 8r4, haudi
pret. 2 sg. 14v3-4, haudai id. 5v2, 12r3, 22v3, 32v3, 37r2,
hodai id. 26rl, hudai id. 14r4, 14v4, hude id. 3 sg. 24v4.
*haudva- 'both' -va acc. pl. 37r3.
haura- 'gift' -ra acc. sg. 32v3, -rd id. 12r3, 14r4, 20r4, horana
instr. sg. 32v4.
*hvasta- 'best' -td nom. sg. masc. 5v3, 14v4, 26r2.

*hvdha- 'broad, open, bold' -ha' acc. sg. 25r4, -hye ysairena 33r3.
hvidd see hvar- hvada-.
hvi(ya)- 'human' -ya h?iid sfista 'mixed with human blood'

lOv2, si' hvi ysathd 'this human birth' 26v2.
hviyasaa- 'human' -sai nom. sg. 15r4, hviyeqai id. 26v4.
hve'- 'man' hve' nom. sg. 5vl, hve id. 6r4, hvi id. 16rl, hvqalda acc.
haurdma- 'act of giving' -ma vaska 20r4.

haurdka- 'giving, giver' -kd nom. sg. 18rl, -kye obl. sg. 25v2.
pl. 32v4, hvqazdd nom. pl. 3r4, hvamd'a' acc. sg. 12rl, nom. pl.
9v2.
VII. GLOSSARY II
a
agamyjsa- in E aggaMjsa-; see ggamjsa-.

agapia- atapia in E, N, agapia- in E; vara nata ysura yudamda
hviyasa agapya iia.sa 'there the Nagas, impure, contemptible
human beings, showed anger' P 2783.83-4. Pali akappiya,
Buddh. Skt. akalpya, Agnean and Kuchean akappi, Skt
amanaa- in E amanava-; see man4ta-.

ayula- the meaning 'iron ball' was established by Bailey, BSOS
8: 119, Skt. ayoguda-, Buddh. Skt. ayogula-; St.H. 70 has:
brrivinai ttaudd ayfild 'the hot ball 'of love.' See also Bailey,
BSOS 8: 920.
arra- the context clearly suggests the meaning 'bear' although

this form has not been noted elsewhere. Khotanese has the
akalpika; see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 394.
following forms corresponding to Skt. rksa-: richa-, raicha-,
amga- amgga- inV, E, anga- in E; agaprattyamga 'limb for limb'.
rakhya-, rimcha- as listed by Bailey, BSOAS 11: 771 and 13:
V 25b2, agalaka- diminutive St.H. 63.
405. It may be remarked that the context precludes the
atsasta- also in E, Samgh.S.; tsista- 'quiet' in the same texts;
identification of arra- with drrd (St.H. 63) which Konow
see also Bailey, BSOS 9: 533.
(A.O. 20: 143) translates by 'some kind of bird, eagle.' The
ajsa- also P 2783.75 harye vara stana ajsa 'they left him there
passage krrimgd drrd para sesakd darau jsa does not allow
unharmed'; older ajsata- from jsan- jsata- 'to beat, kill.'
of a certain interpretation since it contains too many unattrima- probably from ttram- 'to cross' with -ya- suffix: *aknown words, see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 38.
ttram-ya-.
arania- atdrania- in E corresponding to Skt. akrta-jnia-; compare
amttarrdam from the same root Skt. antar-dha-: E 25.508
amdarahye datd 'the Law has disappeared,' P 2801.2 si'

krrania-, krrq&ii-.
alava- the same form in E.
ttyam sadharmd amdarahi 'their good Law disappeared,'
phrasings similar to J.St. 13vl amttarrdam dds'e tsai ba'ysam
avasa- E has consistently avassd, N avasgd.
dd 'the Law of the Buddhas had already completely vanava(')sta- E has avuva'sta- and avuta'sta-, N ave'sta-; see under
ished.'
anaha- also in N, E, etc.

ano, anau in E and elsewhere.
pvana-.
avijsyaindaa- pres. part. of the verb vajsda- (vajsis-, vajses-, vijsy-,

vajs'-, etc.) vajsasta- 'to see'; compare avijsyade sirka 'blind
anvas'ta- meaning 'difficult' was established by Bailey, BSOS 8:

child' (P 2834.53-54, Kh.B.T., 47). See under vajsi4ta-.
118 on the evidence of Tib. and Skt. parallels, with correc- avipa with -vip-<*-viyapp-<-vikaip- as explained by Bailey,
tion of atvasta (Ap.S. 12a2; also listed SS, 119). Compare
BSOAS 13: 395, compare avikalpam Mahavyutpatti 7425.
nva'tai (Ch.00269.93) and the comparative nvqatira 'easier'
avyayamdaa- is to be connected with the verb 'to speak' pdtay(P 2741.127), nvastyeri (MT a.1.0033.9), quoted by Bailey,
Asia Major, N.S. 1: 46.
(pyay-) E, pataly-, pyal- N.
asna(k)a- assdnaka- in E; for other forms see Bailey, BSOS 8.

apracai E 13.75 has apracd, P 5538.4 aprracaina; see pracaa-.
118 and Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 (1946): 6.
apramqSna- for Skt. apramana- (=brahmavihdra) namely: maitri
asa- older assa- (in E and elsewhere); J.St. has a' ar&ja-, Skt.
'friendliness,' karund 'compassion,' mudita 'joy,' upeksa
id., while P 2787.187, 189 has as'agausa, Skt. as'vaghosa.
'indifference,' see Lamotte, Traite, 1: 163; 2: 1040, fn. 2.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
asamahia- E and Samgh.S. have samahana- 'concentration' from

the same Skt. sam-a-dha-.
asiduina- derivative in -una- from asdda- (E), asida- (N), asaida(N) 'imperfect, evil,' Skt. (a)siddha- as bauda (S 2471.260,
Kh.B.T., 99): Skt. buddha-. Compare sijasta-.
asphir- also usphir-.
aysgana- in E uysgana-. See Bailey, BSOS 9: 71, Konow, NTS
9: 42, Henning, BSOAS 10: 97, fn. 2.
ahavays- E ahdv&ys-, ahiv&ysyai pret. 2 sg. in N 175.38. For
other forms see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 904.
GLOSSARY
II
469
Couvreur, Bibl. Orient. 4: 124-125. The Maralba'si dialect

has amaca- see Konow, NTS, 13: 180, 1947.
amuna- derivative from mdan- mumda- 'to remain, dwell.'
4muha- P 2893.13 amuiha, see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 905.
dy4ni Buddh.Skt. ajaneya and ayaneya, Agnean ajanay, see
ayauysa- the past part. dyosta- occurs in E; the same text also
has another compound of the root *yauz- namely, nyauysnyausta- 'to fall short of, be defeated,' P 2783.53 iyaustfim
'I am defeated,' 87 iaustq 'defeated,' compare nyauscd-, Skt.
parajaya-, 'defeat' (Suv.bh.Konow 29b2).
ahamnia- derivation of *a-fra-manya- (M Parth. prmyn 'friendly,
happy') was suggested by Dr. I. Gershevitch.
drra- well known from E, N, etc., Ch.00269.65 am4ns- arrd ste
'it is your fault'; Sogdian 'rn.
arah- compare for instance drahdtd pres. 3 sg. E 25.432, ara2ca- it was suggested by Bailey that aca- is the same as drca(E 15.10), Skt. arcis-, NW Pkt. arci- 'flame' which meaning
suits the context much better than the meaning 'waterbird'
for which see Bailey, BSOS 8: 920; 9: 70; 13: 932 f.
achainaa- a similar derivative from achaa- 'illness' is achdnaa(E, N, Sarmgh.S.), another &chinuda- for which see Bailey,
BSOS 8: 927.
djavaisa- also P 2783.54, 56 (Bailey, BSOAS 10: 593) as against

ajavisa- (N 101.36), ajdvdsa- (E, Suv.bh.S. 24r7, Kh.T. 1,
235), Skt. adsiva-.
hdtaimd pret. 2 sg. N 154.27.
druiva- also N 58.20, drava-, drdva- (Ch.00263.2-3, Kh.B.T.,

156), drva- (P 2787.7-8, Kh.T. 2: 101); translates Skt.
sarana-.
avama- same form N 58.13, P 3513, 62r4, atama- E, Samgh.S.;

verb atim-, dyim- 'to wish, desire' (E, N), pret. stem *atauda(P 2783.6 'aude 'he desired,' see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 588),
pres. part. &timand (Or. 9609, 54r3, Kh.T. 1, 238), compare
gyastanu atimemate jsa 'according to the wish of the gods'
(Suv.bh.Konow 63a3).
ds'i'rya- both this form and sagdrs- are well attested in E, N, etc.
ajimajimda- P 2781.65 myam ttdja khvai djimde 'when he hadBoth Leumann and Konow start from as&iria-. It seems
brought her to the middle of the river'; Sarmgh.S. 80b5 ku nd
however preferable to assume a form ds'ir(i)ya-, nom. sg.
vara &jumindd bania rrundd 'when they lead them there
dsir <*dsirj(i)yd, nom. pl. ds'irya <*asiriya. Corresponding
before the king'; P 2790.109 &jimuim pres. 1 sg.; Or. 11252 to

(3)2
Skt. dcarya- Agnean has the gen. pl. ds'dryas'i, Kuchean
ajimyard imper. 2 pl. This verb was connected by Bailey

with Zor. Pahl. yumb-, NP jumb- 'to move.'
a'jsa- the older form aljsata- corresponding to Av. arazataoccurs in E, N, the adjective aljsdtinaa-, aljseinaa-, aljsdnaaalso in E besides which occur aljsinaa- (Bailey, Asia Major,
N.S. 1: 41), 'aijsijai, 'ejsinai, 'e'jsind (Bailey, Asia Major,

N.S. 2: 36). Compare also Samgh.S. 84b4 dljsd guine 'silvercolored' and ajsirnjarn (St.H. 59).
atasa- J.St. has both this form and avas'a-, E has agadsa- and
atasa- all corresponding to Skt. dkds'a-; J.St. also has aVa'for which compare a.sagarbha-, Skt. akdsagarbha- (Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 910). For the alternation of k, g, (and y) with
t, v, (y), and zero see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 572-573; 11: 783.
ddara- with the verb yan- 'to take care of,' see Bailey, Asia
Major, N.S. 2: 30.
asari from a North-western Prakrit form *&dari.
&s.riv&da- with r metathesis (&s.rrivdde P 2933.7 unpublished),

Kuchean ds'irwat, see Couvreur, Bibl. Orient. 4: 125.
asaina- in the list of colors (P 5538.77) dsai (from *asaim) is

translated by Skt. nila, the older form being dsseina- (E),
compare dsana- quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8: 118. Here also
belongs the feminine form of this adjective which has the
meaning '(blue lotus) pond,' assimgye, dssinje (nom. pl., E),
assigyo (acc. sg., Suv.bh.Konow 66b2), dsaiji (P 3513, 72r2,
Kh.T. 1, 248), asaijva (loc. pl. S 2471.274-5, Kh.B.T., 100).
dse'na- asa'na P 2897.12, asa'nna Vajr. 6a1-2, &sa' Ch.1.0021a,
a.11, see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 902, 905; andsi'na- 'unworthy'
in J.St.; with Bailey (Trans. Phil. Soc., 1952 (1953): 57) the
word is to be derived from *argh-s-ana- (*argh-s->*argE->
*arz-).
dna- pres. part. of 2h- 'to sit, stay,' dna-, dnaa- in E, dna--asta
in N,
older -dlstu, -dlsto used a case ending to indicate 'towards
dm Ch.ii 003, 'auna- (Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 37). The
meaning 'from,' with similar development in modern Indo-
Aryan (Bailey, i.c.), as for instance Ch.00269.25 kqcmdcu

2m 'from Kantsou,' 33 vard 4na '(from) there,' is found also
for the forms dnaka and 'aunaka (P 5538.11 hvanya ksira

2naka vam 2vuim 'I have come here from Khotan,' see also
12). Other participles of the same verb are dnamda(a)-,
'aunadaa-, see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 903. See also under st-.
2be'sa- (<*d-vart-sa-) compare E 18.13 ku v2 dbei'sa nata 'where
in a deep whirlpool,' 25.500 trdmu dbeista ssamdd samu kho ju
cakrd 'the earth turns around like a wheel.' The substantive bei'sa translating Skt. arnava- 'wave' occurs in the
to'; with paskyds(d (J.St.) compare paskdydlsto (E 25.425),

with ba'ysuisitasta (J.St.) balysusltdlstu (Kha. 1.13, 146r4
Kh.B.T., 6), with vardsta (J.St.) vardlsto (E), with hasta
(J.St.) hdlsto (E), etc.; -asta is also suffixed to the locative

as in garaidstd (J.St.), kinthdlsto (E 14.7), rrarnjastq (J.St.),
gyastuvolsto (E 25.179), etc.
dsta-, dstamda- 'to be about' with participle (J.St. 26v3-4, 30v2)

or infinitive (J.St. 17v2, P 2783.16 dstamda gva'ra 'he was
about to tell,' 72 dsta pahaisd 'he was about to flee,' P 2834.40
ds(add ysand 'she was about to bear a child,' Ch.00269.85
asardamdmdfm haysd 'we began to send,' etc.).
asada- meaning uncertain.
passage E 25.238 ysamthind be'sa maranigye khvTyd ysy2maasa see under *s&j-.
tigya ttaragga '(the sea where) the waves of birth, the billows
dstam in astam vi(ra) is older ustamu vTra (E 23.103), compare
of death, the combers of birth'; the verbs bei's- (J.St. besaci)
usta vi (P 4099.16-7); ustam (J.St.), older ustamu, also Ch.
'to turn, whirl' and gge(i)'s- 'to revolve, turn' are both from
ii002, 127v2 (Kh.T. 1, 58) and elsewhere.
*vart-s-, like b2da- 'time' and ggada- (pres. stem with gge(i)dstana- the instr. sg. dstamna (astam) used as a postposition with
sta-, caus. ggeis'sa-) 'to turn around' are from *vart-, see
preceding genitive and expressing 'beginning with' also in E
Bailey, BSOS 6: 63. See also under hamge'sta-.

4'm2- the same P 2893.8, E and N 2'mat2-, Suv.bh.Konow 85b4
(dri)pdskale ksTre dmate, Skt. trailokyamandale 'lands (and)
dwellings of the triple world,' 'e'mdta Kha 1.92a, 1v5.
am2ca- E, SS, Or. 11252.18b have the same form, P 2787.182
'aumaca, Or. 9609, 4v5 2m2kyau (instr. pl.), corresponding
to Skt. amatya-, Pali amacca, Tib. amacha, amaca, see Bailey,
JRA S, 1942: 26. For Agnean amds', Kuchean am2c see
(dstanna). For the verb dstan- dsta(m)da- 'to begin' see
Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 24.
astiya- past part. of verb: d and stTya- from *staxta- like sTya<*saxta- 'learned,' thTya-<*7axta- 'drawn,' etc.; compare
Av. staxta- 'strong, firm' and staxra- AiW, 1591.
asp2ta- also in E, Sarpgh.S., etc.; for aspave (J.St.) compare

dspdvi (Ch.00267.3). The adjective andspeta- also in E
25.247, Samgh.S. 24b4; hamtsa-aspata- 'with refuge' also in E.

aysana- in E, SS, etc. The final syllable (-nd, -ni) is reduced
to -m which is sometimes dropped itself as in P 2787. 60-61
aysa baida ... sakrrq ... sauhi'sapatta s'ara vardsavai 'upon

the throne . . . as Indra . . . may he enjoy the 'ri of pros-
perity' (Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 45). The medial

syllable is dropped in .a number of compounds as in pad-
maysnd, Skt. padmasana-, 'lotus throne,' sih&ysnd, Skt.

simrhsana-, 'lion throne'; other compounds are raysaysnia
loc. sg. (J.St.) and vajrraysa, Skt. vajrdsana-, the name of
the Buddha's seat at Gaya, Uigur wacraz-an orgiin ozd 'on
the Diamond Throne' (TTT 4: B 54), in P 2787.70 (bvaiyau
jsa pyasti vajrraysa 'the Diamond Throne adorned with
rays'). See Bailey, BSOAS 11: 790.
dysjra- known from E and to be connected with the verb dysdndysdta-, dysya- 'to adorn' (E); another form is aysdruna'adornment, equipment' (E; Suv.bh.Konow 35b7 aysdruinyau
dysata hamaiiu, Skt. alankaravibhuisitena bhavitavyam, 'he
should be adorned with adornments').
sysda with yan- known from E, Samgh.S., Suv.bh.Konow (30a6)
rakso yandmd dysda nu yandmane 'we shall protect, we shall
guard them' in hendiadys); dysda is of course Av. azda,
Buddh.Sogdian 'zt', Chr.Sogdian 'zt', 'zd' 'known.' Aysda.da- was explained by Bailey (BSOS 8: 927) as *azda-krta-.
The adjective dysdagaraa-, dysdataraa- 'watching over,' both
in Konow's Suv.bh., occurs later as dysdc&ra (thus the correct
form according to Bailey, BSOAS 10: 917) 'guarding,
guardian' (P 2929.5), dysdiraa- 'watcher' (Ch.1.0021a, a 10,
Kh.T. 2, 53); a substantive dysdq&rja- 'watching,
care' Apar.S. 16b3.

dhurrja- other forms (ahau: rrji, ahaurrji, &harrji feminines of
ahaurrda-) are listed by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 577. A meaning
'unfailing, sure' can be assumed on the evidence of the
various contexts. Since the word also renders Skt. pritimanas-, a translation 'delightful, happy' seems also possible
and even preferable for the passages J.St. 26r4-vl and P
2958.20 (rrSiia aharrji hve' 'he said to his delightful queen'

(Kh.B.T., 40); compare the parallel passage P 2798.138
riina dhauja hve (ibid., 43)).
-s well known as an emphatic particle with the value of Skt.

eva, see E, SS, Suv.bh.Konow, etc.
'ira- in Suv.bh. 53r4 iryau renders Skt. s'ild- 'jade' and Tib.
man-sel 'crystal' (Nobel's ed., p. 88, line 10); P 2471.94
reads ksi' sse kina va 'ird 'six hundred kins' weight of jade,'
Ch.00269.105 ksa' sse kjna 'ird; N 158.5 has the adjective

irinaa- 'of jade.'
'iyaraa- is somewhat doubtful; it might be the same as iyatara(Suv.bh.Konow 31b4) '(only) so big; so small' developing
into 'mean, malicious, contemptible, ignoble.'
is- ista- the same in E (istd pres. 3 sg. active, iste id. middle),
ura- E and Suv.bh.Konow have fira-, Iranian udara-; derivatives uranika- 'abdominal tumor,' uramdaa-, aramdaa- 'intumescence' occur Ch.ii.003.
urvarinaa- is uncertain. It may be the same as uiddra-, the
signs for rv and d being similar, in Siddhasdra 148v5 (Kh.T.
1, 92) which translates Skt. kaca- 'crystal.'
uvara- utara- in E.
uvi 'mind, understanding, consciousness" see Bailey, BSOS 8:
140; Asia Major, N.S. 1: 42. A derivative in -a<*-tati- is
ui'y&-, uviy&- beside vu'ty- 'awareness, consciousness,' see

uska known from E and other sources; uskdna 'from above' in
E and Suv.bh.Konow, uskdlsto 'upward' in E, uskydlsto id.
in E and Sam.gh.S., uskyastu id. in Samgh.S., uskyas&a Vajr
12a3, uskyikta dis'a' jsa 'at the zenith' Ch.00267.10, uskatta

'above.' See Bailey, BSOS. 8: 140 and 919.
ustairstai possible from a root *tarz- 'to split,' Skt. trnedhi,

N.P. iftdlidan (cp. *marz- 'to rub,' N.P. mdlidan).
uysbay- other compounds from the root *vad-, Av. vdbaya- (AiW,
1343-4), Khot. bay- basta- (in E, N, Samgh.S., kqmacui buira&m
rrispulra bdyaiid 'the princes must be escorted by you to

Kant.sou' Ch.00269.25) are: ttuvdy- (tvay-) ttuvasta- 'to lead
across, save' in E (*ati-vad-); nvay- nva'sta- (nvasta-) 'to
grasp' in N, J.St., translating Skt. abhi-nir-har-; substantive
nvayascya- 'attachment' (J.St. 3v3) (*anu-vad-); prravdyprrivasta- (prravasta-) 'to lead over, convert,' see Bailey,
Asia Major, N.S. 1: 43 (*para-vdd-); uysbay- possibly also
guarding,
Suv.bh.Konow 63b7 if we correct uysbd into uysbayd in the
passage bajevdtd hasamithdtd harsdd uysbayd ttu ksiru sd rre
'the king exhausts, destroys (?), breaks, (and) damages (lit.:
upsets) the country' (*uz-vad-).
uysan- uysamda- substantives from this root are: uysana'breath' (E 21.57, J.St.), uysna- id. (J.St.; see Bailey, BSOS
8: 140), uysnaura- 'being' (E, J.St., etc.), uysanaa- 'soul,
self' (E, J.St., etc.); compound *uz-an-, compare Avestan
an-, Sogdian fr"n 'breath'.
uysasta probably from *uysay- uysasta- 'to speak out, preach'
from the same root as mentioned under avyayamdaa-.
uysgri(ya-) the correct meaning of the verb uysgdr- uysgrrita'to buy out, redeem' (E 6.51 uysgdrnu md karyo 'deliver me
from labor'; iysgdnate conj. 3 sg., see SS s.v.) was established
by Bailey (BSOS 9: 71); forms of the simplex 'to buy' g(g)drggdrdta- girya- are: ggdndd 'he buys' E 23.209, gindm 'I buy'
P 5538.81, ggdrdtdtd 'she bought' E 14.76, giryam dd 'they
bought' Ch. 00269.44, ggdrdte 'to buy' (inf.) Sam. gh.S. 77b5,
girye id. Or. 11252(1) v 22.
uysdisdka- the causative uysdis- (of uysdis-) 'to teach' is found
in Vajr. (see glossary s.v.), uysdis'umimim 'I show them' P
2782.14 (quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 43), sub-
stantive uysdis'qma 'explanation' P 3513, 39r3 (Kh.B.T., 61)

ti
SS, etc.; causative iss- 'to make to return' for instance

fica- see Bailey, BSOS 9: 75, Morgenstierne, IIFL 2: 62.
Suv.bh.Konow 3 1b5 hino i?ssmd, Skt. pratinivartayisyama4,
uda- an etymology *ava-vrta- was proposed by Bailey, JRAS,
'we will make the armies return'; is'ska- translates Skt.

pratinivartaka- (Suv.bh. 27v5, Kh.T. 1, 236).
1942: 27; see also Trans. Phil. Soc., 1954: 133 (<*brzda-).
e
'edrra- Skt. indriya-, see the forms listed under indriya- in E,

udisadyd etc., E has only udi?s'd; Pkt. udisaya, see J. Ph. Vogel,SS and compare 'aidrrau isa Ch.00266.207 (Kh.B.T., 30),
adrryarmjsi P 2957.141 (Kh.B.T., 38) 'with senses,' vikalaiEpigr. Indica, XX, H 12.
drrya, Skt. vikalendriya- 'with defective senses' P 3513, 71rl
udviyasta- adjective in -asta- from udviya-, Skt. udvega-, as in
(Kh.T. 1, 247), sahemdrra- associated with senses' (J.St.).
E, Samgh.S. 37bl, P 2783.93, etc.
The five senses or faculties are: sgraddha, virya, smrti, samadhi
upatta- Skt. utpatti-, with -p- from -pp- from -tp-, see Bailey,
and prajnia; see for instance H. Kern, Manual of Indian
BSOAS 13: 661. For upatta-vasqea- (J.St.) Bailey referred
Buddhism, 67.
to upatti-vi?esqc Ch.00267.54.
upadrrava- Suv.bh.Konow has uvadrava-, vadrava-.
upakara- as in Suv.bh.Konow besides uvatara- in the same text

and in E.
updta- E has updya-, Skt. id.
erakana loc. sg. of er(a)ka- (rrfve 'erkdaa nave 'the king took him
in his arms' P 2958.20 (Kh.B.T., 40), hunid dai 'erdkana

stam 'in a dream I see you in my arms' St.H. 72, 'erkanai
hamphve styuidd 'he held her fast in his arms' P 2781.58, 'erki
nave 'he took him in his arms' P 2798.138 (Kh.B.T., 43);
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
'er(a)kais a -ka derivative of erra (loc. sg.) (erra nd nate

ssana erra suratu s'sdiia .gsdrsaku 'he took them in his arms,
in one arm Suirata, in the other gIrsaka' E 25.511, sijsajsam
'era biysiye 'he took Sita in his arms' P 2783.68); erra is of
course a loc. sg. of arra- 'arm,' cp. Av. arama-, Wakhi yurm,
GLOSSARY
II
471
kddara- in E, etc.; Av. karata-, Sogdian krt-, Zor.Pahl. kdrt, NP

kdrd, etc.
kit'- k&as- 3 sg. pres. kei'td, kei'yd in E, ke'td Samgh.S. 37b2
as against ki'ttd, ke'ttd with double tt in J.St. I
kdsa- compare Siddhasara 2v3-4 (Kh.T. 1,4) k2sa janavarm

bisdm rrumddm hdlai.
etc.
es(- es(ya for 'est- ('ad(')s(-, a'st-) 'estya- 'est-, see Bailey, BSOAS
kiqa, kisi, E and Samgh.S. have kdde, E also kiqe, Sarmgh.S.
10: 572.
0
o'sa- older forms are: orsa-, aursa- (both in E), olsa- (Kha i
82a, 1 B 3, Kha 0013c (4) A 4), aulsa- (in anaulsa- 'without
desire' N 94.22); besides o'sa- (J.St.) also au'sa- (ba'ysfi?st&(d
'au'sa yanirau 'show a desire towards bodhi' P 2783.94).
Henning (BSOAS 11: 487, fn. 2) connected this word
with Buddh.Sogd. "3r-ys-, Man.Sogd. ",rxsyy 'lust, desire'

as follows: aursa- < *aurisa- < *a3rsa- < *a3rxsa- < *abrxsa-,
comp. MParth. 'wrjwg, MPers. 'wrzwg 'lust.'
k
kidna twice in J.St. besides kina, kena, kene, kaina, etc.; E has
kdadna, kddna, Sarmgh.S. also kddena; the kana (St.H. 69)
is probably the same (also P 2896.54, P 5538.55). This variety of forms goes back to a NW Prakrit Krorayina
Kharosthi kridena, kritena, Skt. krte, see Bailey, Asia Major,

N.S. 2: 41.
ki(mn)nara- Skt. kinnara- is represented by a variety of forms

in Khotanese: kaidari, kidara, kaidara, kidarrvd (loc. pl.),
kinarana (gen. pl.), kimnara, kedhara, kaidhard with the
regular replacement of Skt. -n-(-nn-) by -nd-, -md-, -d-, see
Bailey, BSOAS 10: 583, fn. 2.
k1d&- translates Skt. valli (=lata) P 4099.20 (Kh.B.T., 114).
kima hva this proper name which occurs in the colophon was
explained by Bailey, Jour. Greater India Soc., 1944: 12.
kimd sand this name which would represent Chinese Chang
Chin-shan 'Golden Mountain' occurs several times: cd kima
sani Ch.1.0021b, b 54 (Kh.B.T., 155), ca kima sand (Ch.
1.0021b, a2, 35-6, 43, Kh.B.T., 151), cd kima sand (ibid. 47).
In the colophons of J.St. (kyms'n) and Siddhasara (cw
kamala- in E, SS, etc.; the loc. sg. kamq'iia is older kamaliia (E).
kyms'n) it is written in Sogdian script, in J.St. upside down,
karasa- E 21.3 kars'sd haspriye 'the creepers have blossomed';
it renders Skt. latd-; Agnean k2ras', Kuchean kards. are trans-last line of folio 39v4, in Siddhasara in the margin of folio
156v. See also Edwin G. Pulleyblank, The date of the
lated by 'forest' (Skt. vana-) by E. Sieg, Toch. Sprachr.
Stael-Holstein roll, Asia Major, N.S. 4: 94, 1954.
Sprache B, Heft 1: 106, s.v.
kivata- the words kivatd ucyq offer some difficulty. It seems as
karittd- older karittdti- (E, N, Samgh.S.; Suv.bh.Konow 34a7
ka only with negative in J.St., cp. ka nam 'lest to us' Ch.00269.31.

kamgad- in E and see Bailey, BSOS 8: 127.
kan2- in E; Skt. kand-.
kamtha- well known from E, SS, etc.; the loc. sg. kitha(-the) is
older kintha (E); Buddh.Sogd. kn5, Chr.Sogd. knt7, Pa'sto
kandai, Ossetic kant, see Bailey, Asica, 22.
umavu rro mi?st(u) karittetu ysyaiiate, Skt. mahantam yusma- if kivata- can be compared with Pali kevatta- (see Malalasekara, Dict. of Pali Proper Names, s.v.), Skt. kaivarta- (for
kam viryam. . . samjanayet 'he produces great energy of
you').
karmapaha- on Skt. karmapatha- see Lamotte, Traite, 1: 501

and Rhys Davids-Stede, Pali-Engl. Dict., s.v.
karvinaa- adjective of kara- 'surrounding part' (P 5538a, 20
kara kithi, P 2741.100 kard kithi 'in the environs of the city').
Beside kara-, karaa- 'circle' (P 2781.6, see Bailey, BSOAS
10: 580) and ka'ra- (St.H. 9 ttagutta ka'rd 'the region of
Tibet,' hvamna ka'rd 'the region of Khotan,' see Bailey, Asia
Major, N.S. 2: 9).
kalama- acc. sg. kala from kalam from kalamu; Skt. kalama'pen,' etc.
kalaputtana- Skt. katapfitana- for instance Mahavyutpatti 4759.

kava- also in E, N, etc.; Sogdian kp-, Pas'to kab, Yaghnobi kap,
instance Laiikavatarasuitra, 253, line 5) 'fisherman.' The

Khotanese phrasing then reminds one of the simile of the
'clever fisherman' (Digha-Nikaya, I, 45 seyyatha pi dakkho
kevatto . . . jdlena . . . udaka-daham otthareyya 'as a skilful
fisherman drags a pool with his net'); ucyq could be taken
as a loc. sg. of ul(t)c&- 'water' with -ya ending as in rniiya

'in oil' (P 2893.165 unpubl.), pustya 'in a book.' If this
assumption is correct kivata ucyq would come to mean according to Bailey's suggestion 'the (clever) fisherman in the
water.' In P 2956.6-7 (unpublished) the form kivaksa- with
-ks-: -t(h)- as in gaksaa-: gdthaa- 'householder' (q.v.) occurs:
hajviattai jsa: khui kivaksa samudrra 'with wisdom like a
fisherman in the sea' (communication of Bailey).

kisana- the meaning of this word, which also occurs E 16.5
etc., see Bailey, Asica, 22.
ka?ata- Mahavyutpatti 7638 kasatta4; see 0. Stein, WZKM 33: kis'sadna basa 'in a thick forest' was definitely established by
Bailey (BSOS 8: 128) on the evidence of the Skt. translation
69-73 on sakata-kasata; Pali kasata- (Geiger, Pali, 51),
Paisaci kasata- (R. Pischel, Grammatik der Prakrit Sprachen,akirna- 'filled.'
Strassburg, 1900, 104).
kusalai clearly to be compared with Skt. kaus.alya-, i.e. upaya-
kausalya- 'resourcefulness' with 'loss of vrddhi' as in isvarskas- kasta- kas?(s)- (E, N; P 2741.65 arrd vi kase 'I may fall into
'sovereignty, power,' Skt. aisvarya-, Kharosthi (No. 370)
a fault,' St.H. 51 vyaysana kas.-ryam 'you may fall into
kosalya- 'well-being'; for other examples see Bailey, BSOAS
calamity') is the inchoative of kas- <*kaf-s- (Middle Parth.
10: 918. The ending -lai is puzzling; one would rather
kf- kft- 'to fall,' A. Ghilain, Essai sur la langue parthe, 56;
expect -lo.
Middle Pers. kft-, Henning, Verbum, 173; for Ossetic forms
kis?ald-muila- E kus(s)ala-muila, Ch.00263.21-22 (Kh.B.T., 157)
see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 30; cp. atas- 'to
ttyau pfunam kisiala-mvalyd jsa. The opposite is akusalafall' (E 25.168).-The form kaste (E 2.118 kho ggard sumird
mula 'root of evil' which consists of raga 'passion,' dveEa
ssasvand kaste 'as to mount Sumeru a mustard seed appears,'
'hatred' and moha 'delusion,' see for instance Oltramare,
see Konow, NTS 14: 31) is from a root kas- 'to appear,'
Hist. des idees theosophiques dans l'Inde 1, 117, Paris, 2nd
Ossetic kdsun, etc., see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 31.
ed. 1927.
ka'ka- from kdt'- (kei'-) kasta- 'to protect'; for other occurrences
kuira- the same in E, etc.; see Bailey, BSOS 9: 72.
of the same word see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 602, fn. 1.
kajenesarre the regular outcome of Skt. kancanasara- with -fickila- the same in E, etc.; Skt. koti-, Agnean kor, see Bailey,
BSOAS 13: 390.
>-mj->-j- (see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 905); kamjana- correkuistai the three syllables ttre (or ttu, see p. 405 for ttra- ins
sponding with Skt. kdacana- occurs several times in E always
in hendiadys with ysirra- 'gold.' It is possible that the last
of ttu-) kui stai are puzzling; the context seems to requir
verb like 'to transfer, convey'; Bailey suggested to connect
syllable rre is a separate word 'king' and that a syllable
kuista- with Armenian loanword koyt 'heap,' kutem 'to heap
r(r)a (or r(r)e) has been dropped by haplography, see
up,' NP kid (>5) 'heap, collection' and ttu- could represent
p. 406; see also p. 451.

*ati- (see p. 418); therefore ttukfistai 'you transferred,
kh4ysinaa- adj. from khaysa- 'food' (E); compare hastamastadm-
brought'? Or is ttu a dem. pron.?

kuiys- kuiysda- the inchoative kis'- (see Bailey, BSOS 8: 129;
9: 71) is frequent in E; substantive kuisamata- as in Suv.bh.
jsam khaysd 'food for eight months' (P 2898.7), kitha vi nd

khaysd u nd stfira 'in the city there is no food nor cattle'
(Ch.00269.71-72).
Konow 67b2 ttiye ddtinei ttarandard kis'emate kdadna, Skt.
khitzia also khenda quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8: 128. A sub-
tam dharmakayamn parimdrganartham 'for the sake of seeking

this body (consisting) of Law.'
ke'ca- or ka'ca-, older kalca- (?). No etymology known.
keyuda- and keyura- both in J.St., Skt. keyuira- for instance

Mahavyutpatti 6009. A series of ornaments similar to J.St.
33v3-4 (keste keyure hare graune galqna) occurs P 3513, 78v3

(Kh.B.T., 63) svarna-sfittrril pe'sara grrauna hara kaiyfira
kaista maula paraima.
kelasa- Skt. kaildsa- as in N 166.14.
kesta- older kalsta- E 14.137 (svarnasfittdra kalsta 'goldenthreaded ornaments,' P 3513, 78v3 kaista-, see under keyu.da-.
kausta- it was pointed out by Bailey (letter March 22, 1954)
that the verb *kau?./ku9- has the two meanings 'to kill' and
'to flay off' in Sariqoli (see Shaw, Ghalchah Languages, 79,
1876, utilized by Morgenstierne, NTS 1: 39); the latter
meaning suits the passage J.St. 28r2 kustade kamge 'they

flayed off your skin' in an excellent way.
krraiia- older krtania- (E) <krta-jnia-; St.H. 64 krraiiakd 'kindly';
stantive khinda- 'appearance, likeness,' a present participle
to a verb khah- khasta- 'to appear,' occurs in hendiadys with
Indian vesa- 'guise' in Hedin 23.17; an adjective khindaa-
is found Siddhasara 7r3 (Kh.T. 1, 10) hqni pas'qme khindai
krra 'a treatment like the letting of blood.' See Bailey,

BSOAS 14: 428.
kh;tVa- see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 34; compa
P 2801.48-9 khun.ze vastd naramda 'they came out of the ho
Siddhasara 102r5 khuine, 102v1 khundm (Kh.T. 1, 38), P
2783.9 khnzaka 'small hole,' N 50.30 khiundjsa- 'full of holes.'

khuysaa- meaning established by Bailey, BSOAS 12: 330; Av.
kasyapa- (AiW 460), Sogdian kysph, NP kasaf, Pas'to kasap,

Ossetic xafsd, Iron xafs.
khejautta- beside khajautta- from khaj-, khij-, khej- 'to be tired';

akhajamdaa- 'unwearied' (St.H. 61).
khainuda- adjective in -u2da- from khaina-, compare khimtyau

or khfnyad (khftydm) in Siddhasara 14v3 (Kh.T. 1, 22)
khimtyaujsa hamye pamcimuld corresponding to Skt. kantajapancamuilakam (Kh.T. 1, 111, line 3 from bottom); thus
see arana-.
krrqaii- abstract of krrania-, older krtaiin- (E); also for instance

khaina-, khirnta-, khfna- (khfta-) seems to translate Skt
P 2957.50 (Kh.B.T., 33) pyara krrani kaind 'out of affec-
kanta- 'thorn.'
tion for the father'; opposite arani- (J.St., etc.), older atdraniikhaunda in khaunda maunda is somewhat uncertain; for maunda
(E).
klais'a- the same form for Skt. klesa- is common; another form
compare mtunda 'mass, lump' (P 2781.16), mandi id. (P
is k4de?a', compare Pali kilesa, NW Prakrit kelesa.

kvaysa- E has kuva'ysa- and kva'ysa-. The correct meaning
5538a, 70, Ch.iiOO2, 8v3 (Kh.T. 1, 12)), see Bailey, BSOAS

10: 581. A similar kind of expression is to be found in haura
mamra (P 5538.62) 'talk, discussion,' haurd maurd St.H. 50
was established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 129.

ksd the reading of the MS u di s'a yd ksd does not make sense.
Either haplography: udis'ayd yaksd or a more serious error
hau:rd murd (P 2790.119), hau:ram muram (P 2741.68)

translating Skt. alapa-, see Bailey, BSOS 9: 539 f.
khoys- khausta- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 127 f.;
for udis'ayd rak$aysd (?).
ksa' older forms: ksdta', ksdsa' (Suv.bh. 24rl, Kh.T. 1, 234),

ksita', kseta', ksei' are listed in the glossaries of E and SS;
later for instance ksi' (P 2741.94).
ksam- ksauda- of the forms which occur in J.St., ksqmd is to be
compared with ksamai (P 5538.28, 29, 59), ksami (Ch.
00269.31), older ksamdtd (E); another form of the past part.
is ks2m'da (P 2801.9).
ksamau- compare ksamova-, ksamota- in E.
in J.St. the past participle is khausta- besides (a)khdsta- and

(a)khosta-.
khvi- also in E.
g
gamntsa- ggamntsa-, loc. sg. ggamcha in E and see Leumann, Zur

nordarischen Sprache und Literatur, 113.
gamujsa- ggamnjsa- in E, etc.; compare gamjsa nis'td 'there is no
objection' (Ch.00269.84), see Bailey, BSOAS 12: 623.

gara- ggara- in E, etc.; for gara being used as a special designaksina- with yan- in J.St., with pas's- pas'sta- in E; comparetion of Mazar Tagh see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 600.
ksptd rendering Skt. ksayat2m vrajate 'comes to exhaustion,
garkha- :ggarkha- in E, etc.; the correct meaning was established
is exhausted' (Suv.bh. 24r7, Kh.T. 1, 235); see Bailey,
by Bailey, BSOS 8: 122, see 9: 72.
BSOS 8: 127.
galana- possibly from *gardana- 'neck,' Buddh.Sogd. -yr5'kh
ksu Skt. ksudh-, Av. ?ud-, Zor.Pahl. swd, Ossetic sud.
'neck' (SCE 98, 125), Man.Sogd. -yr6' quoted by Gersheksudaa- E ksundaa-, N 164.8 ksamdaa-; Av. fsuyant-, see Bailey,
vitch, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 138.
BSOS 9: 75.
gdthaa- ggdthaa- in E, etc., alternating with g&ksaa- as vathdyai
ksamauttd- E has ksamott2td.
ksuva- E ksuita-.
kh
khanaa- substantive known from E, Samgh.S., etc.; the verb

khan- khatta- 'to laugh' for instance in khanindi 'they laugh'
(E), khatta 'he laughed' (P 2783.13); compound bi-han- 'to
smile' in E, Sam.gh.S.; Sogdian ynt-, NP xandidan, etc.

kharija- adjective from khara- (Siddhasara 13r4, Kh.T. 1, 20),
Skt. khadira-; Skt. -adi- becomes -a- as -ada- is replaced by
-a- in bara, Skt. badarT 'jujube tree,' see Bailey, BSOAS 13:
933.
kharuisa- the same name St.H. 40 (kharusai), 47 (khariuai),

P 2027.10 (kharuisai), see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 25.
khasta- past part. of kh2s- 'to drink,' comp. kh2ysa- 'food,' adj.
kh4ysinaa- U.St.) used as a substantive as hva.da- 'food'
past part. of hvar- 'to eat'; see kh4ysinaa-. Kh2ys- is from
Old Iranian *x2d-s- (Bailey, BSOAS 10: 598), Middle Parthian x'z- 'to devour,' Mod.Persian xdyidan 'to chew.'
kh2ja- kh2rggu acc. sg., kh2rja loc. sg. in E; kh2je also Siddhasara
136v2 (Kh.T. 1, 72).
against vaksdyai, Skt. upasthayaka-, Pali upatthdka- 'personal

attendant,' see Bailey, BSOS 9: 542; for g(g)dthaa- compare
Old Ind. grhastha- 'remaining in the house, householder,'
NW Prakrit grahatha- (Asoka, Shahbazgarhi 12.1), grihasta-
(Niya document No. 489), Sogd. k'rt'k, k'rtk, Agnean katdk,

Kuchean kattaka, see Bailey, BSOAS 11: 791 f.
gama- the meaning 'quick, alert' is given by the Skt. translations in P 5538.22 g4ma, Skt. s'gram, 47 g4mana, 48 gaumana,
Skt. s.,grra.
gih-gista- other forms of this verb, partly quoted by Bailey
(BSOAS 10: 584), are: g(g)itte pres. 3 sg. (E; Suv.bh.Konow
65b3 ku . . . rre . . . addtydnu paksa vastdtd u gitte 'if the
king stands at the side of the unrighteous and helps (them),'
Skt. adharmapakfasamsthita4), gittq id. Ch. 1.0021b, b15
(Kh.B.T., 152), gihidai pres. 3 pl. P 2022.39, ggihu imper.

2 sg. E 24.105, gihya:rd imper. 2 pl. P 2781.36, ggihanagerund E 13.115, ggihaa- 'helping' E 25.256, gThaka- 'helper'
Ch.iiOO4, lvl (Kh.B.T., 144); for gih(a)na 'in association
with, with, by' compare P 3513, 68r4 asidam hayunam gihna
'in association with evil friends,' P 2957.171 (Kh.B.T., 13)
VOL.
45,
virsa
PT.
krraiii
5,
19551
'i4Y
GLOSSARY
II
473
goda- Skt. godhaon which

see H. Liuders,
Zwei the
indische Etymogihana
'by
help
of
enduri
and heroism,' P 2784.6-7 (ibid.) vairsa' krraiin 'eqtauma

gihaV:na, P 2025.84-5 vaiSa' ha':ksa krraJi 'estauma giha'na
logien, ZDMG 96: 23-50, 1942.
gaurava- Skt. gaurava-; for gorva (J.St.) compare gaurva P 3513,

80rl (Kh.B.T., 63).
(Kh.B.T., 14).
guksama- according to a suggestion by Bailey guksapd of the

MS stands for guksamd, with Khot. g- for Skt. k- and -perroneously written for -m- (see p. 405), and represents Skt.
kuksimant- 'having a big belly' as for instance in kuksimantani (Mahavastu 2, 432, line 12, see also Edgerton, Buddhist
Hybrid Sanskrit Dict., 184); for Khot. -a from Skt. -ant
compare papima- 'evil' (Sarmgh.S. 13a2, 61a5), Skt. papimant-.
gujsebriya- past. part. of gu (<*vi-)tcabaljs-, compare tcabrriya-
(J.St.) and pajsabrriy&rndd 'they beat' P 2781.89.
gum ggiina- 'color' in E and elsewhere; dajd-guina- 'flamecolored' St.H. 67; Av. gaona-, etc.
guma- older gumata- (ggumatd Kha. I. 21 1, see Konow, NTS 1 1:

47) from *vi-mata-, fem. ggum2ce E 2.65.
gurvai if the past part. gurva- is from *vi-ruxta- (cp. Av. an-avauruxti-) this is another compound from the root ruj- 'to break'
for which see Bailey, BSOS 8: 135; the compound ni-rujalso occurs in narrva- (J.St.); compare also giirva-lika'peeled, husked' (glossary Ch.ii 003), rriysva guirvdm hiya
canya 'powder of parched rice' (Siddhasara 123v3, Kh.T.
1, 52).
grqiiamca a feminine pres. part. (<*granantakya-) of the root

gran-, cp. Av. gram -granta-, AiW, 529.
grauna- E 4.61 reads bar*ndd bu.'sand graune pharu 'they wear
various fragrant garlands'; Ap.S 2v2 graunyau; see also
under keyuda-.
gva'- older gguva'- in E.
gvar- guda- present stem also gvir-, gver- (forms listed by Bailey,
BSOS 8: 123), gvair- (P 5538.71 gvairrida, Skt. kathaiyatti
(i.e., kathayanti), pres. 3 pl.); compare gva' imper. 2 sg.
(from gva'ra) P 2783.14, gvi1e pres. middle-pass. 3 sg. E 5.22,
etc.; from *vi-var- see Konow, NTS 11: 49 and Bailey,

Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 21; subst. gvara- 'matter
(of business)' in E, etc.
gvays- gvasta- compare gvaysdd pres. 3 sg. E 5.116, gvaysde id.
Suv.bh.Konow 64a7 (brye nere jsa gvaysde 'he is separated
from his beloved wife,' Skt. priyabharyaviyogam), gvafii
'I parted' P 2897.37; Bailey, BSOS 8: 123 suggested the
etymology *vi-vaz-.
gvaha- P 2801.66 has the same loc. sg. gvahqiia as J.St., P 3510,
3.7-8 (Kh.B.T., 49) has sira gvahe 'good dwellings'; Bailey
compared the three passages (BSOAS 10: 579) and sug-
gr(r)uis- g(g)uI(r)\a- well known from E, Samgh.S., etc.; Old Ir.

*xraus-, Av. xraos- xrusta- 'to call, cry out,' Middle Parth.
xrws- xrw?t- 'to call' (Ghilain, Essai, 64), Middle Pers. xrwhxrwst- 'to call, preach' (Henning, Verbum, 185), Maralba'si
krus- krusta- 'to call out, read out,' NP xurdsidan; see Bailey
(BSOAS 13: 399) in his attempt to derive Niya kuth'akRira

from *xrusta- x?ira- 'adopted child.'
gested the etymology *vivaha- from vah- 'to dwell.'
gvana for other examples of gvana with negation see Bailey,

BSOAS 10: 580; gvana alternates with hugv4na (also in
J.St.).
camcqla-: Skt. cantcala-.
canda- Skt. and Pali canda-; in Khot. also camdra- P 2957.126,

cadrra- Ch.00266.65 (Kh.B.T., 23); it occurs once together
with ttijsaa- Ch.00266, 186 (Kh.B.T., 29) 'sharp, violent'101, s.v.: 'name of a commentary' (?).
it should be noted however that in this last passage ttijsa
guiysna- in E gguiysna-; the passage E 14.77 samu nade dastyau
could be interpreted as ttijsd 'also'-and twice with skar (a)bagguiysnd suprd'as rrunde nijsaste huiduvai dasta 'sando pasta
'violent, fierce' (skarba- in J.St.); see Bailey's discussions,
'no sooner did the man show with his hands the deer to King
JRAS, 1949: 2-4; BSOAS 13: 926 f.
Suprasa than both his hands fell upon the ground' offers a
cada- canda- in E and elsewhere, correlative with ttanda- 'so
parallel to the story of the punishment of the ungrateful
great, so much' (ttamdia- in J.St.) as the diminutive canddkahuntsman whose hands fell off, see stories No. 17 and 36
cindika- 'as much (little) as' corresponds with ttdnddkain J.St.
guira-phusta- of uncertain meaning; possibly guira- 'difficult' (?)
and phusta- 'produced,' see under phusta-; Konow, Primer,
'so little'; see p. 413.
guich- guita- the present stem guich- 'to deliver' is transitive

cambva- the same word also P 2781.29; cambvaiid (loc. sg.) P
(giichide P 3513, 66v3 (Kh.T. 1, 245) translates Skt. mocayantu; na . . . guiche St.H. 69 'will you not loose?'); the
2957.53, E 25.420 cambuve v*ri, P 2025.149 (Kh.B.T., 16),

Ch.00266.92 (Kh.B.T., 24) cabvaiia; see Bailey, BSOS 8:
inchoative stem gus- 'to escape' is intransitive (guisyara P

121, BSOAS 10: 583 f., Asia Major, N.S. 2: 27.
2022.34 imper. 2 pl.); pret. stem gfuva- (J.St.), guita-, gui (P
2026.28 samtsariina gu 'escaped from samsara'); substantive

'deliverance' occurs as guisca (P 4099.343-4 (Kh.B.T., 130)
sa' gfusca nairvdna hvide 'it is called deliverance-nirvdna'),
cav- the causative cev- cevya- is from *cyavaya-.

cd common with proper names. Besides the names in the colophon of J.St. ca is common in P 2741.6 cd svdm-st', 81 ca
biriikd, 96 ca ttdyd khi and in other texts. According to

giiscya, guistya and other forms, see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 900.
Bailey (Asia Major, N.S. 1: 47) 'cJ may be the familiar ca
guiha- also P 2783.62; see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 595; BHS guhd-.
K 1174 tsang<t'iang, the family name of hereditary govguihainid besides gvqhai'n-d is uncertain; perhaps to be compared
ernors of Satsou.' At the end of Siddhasara (Kh.T. 1, 104)
with gvahaiskye 'spoon' (Siddhasara 152v1, Kh.T. 1, 98)

with -skya- suffix, see p. 419.
ge' plural of ga-, ggata (E), Skt. gati-; for ga-vasisa (J.St.) com-
pare ga-visesd N 163.22; for gavu (gavasi4a) compare ksa'-
gavu (Ch.1.0021b, b48, Kh.B.T., 155), ksa-gavi (ibid. 55a)

corresponding to Skt. -gatindm (gen. pl.). For the five
the same ca occurs in Sogdian orthography and script as cw.

See also Bailey, The colophon of the Jatakastava, Jour.
Greater India Soc., 1944: 11.
cirau- nom.-acc. sg. ciro, cirau in E, gen. sg. cdruai in E, other
forms given by Konow, Khotans.Gr., 40; Middle Pers. cr'h,
Sogd. cr'-y, NP cird-y, etc.
(pajse ge', J.St.) and six gatis see P. Mus, La lumiere sur cett4menales
Skt. cintdmani-, E candavand muira (mfura corresix voies, 29, Paris, 1939.
sponding to Skt. mudrd), P 3513, 79v4 (Kh.B.T., 63)
ge(')s- E ggei's-, caus. ggei's's-, also gai's- (Ch.iiO02, 100v4 (Kh.T.

caittaumana rana.
1, 34) gai'sanai), ga's- (P 2741.30 Wit rraysga vi ga's4fid hame cede from *cidyai<*cida-ta-i, base cid-, Skt. cint- 'to think';
'you must return at once') beside ge's- (P 5538.20 gesui pres.
pres. stem caid- in caidiyi opt. 3 sg. (P 2957.82, Kh.B.T.,
1 sg., P 5538.18 ge'sa id. 2 sg., P 5538.48 ge'sa imper. 2 sg.);
35; a 'preterit' optative), pret. stem cimdya- (P 2801.15
forms of the preterit stem are: gaisJtt4 pret. 3 sg. fem. (Pcimdye 'he was thinking'), caidya- (P 2025.204, Kh.B.T.,
2786.220), gaisdtta id. (Or. 8212(186)a 55), ge'savi pret. 2 sg.
18 caidye, compare also dusd'caidye dusd'hva kdaia duEa'(P 5538.41), ga'sata-pret. 3 pl. (P 2741.83-4), ga'sdva id.
yuddna kirna ra pJtcd 'because of evil thoughts, evil words
(P 2741.52); the compound hamge'sta- (J.St.) also P 2783.68
and again by evil acts' P 3513, 63v1, Kh.T. 1, 243), cedyahamga'sta, 73 hamgaistd; see also under dbe'sa-.
(Ch.00266.134 cedye).

causka- an etymological connection with Ossetic -dzos in faldzos,
follows: jvi pres. 2 sg. (P 2781.25), jfutd id. 3 sg. (E), jvindd
Iron faldzus 'surroundings' (<*pJri-c&au?a-) was suggested

by Bailey, BSOAS 12: 330.-On the (Buddha's) headdress
id. 3 pl. (N 176.9); jvem pret. 1 sg. (P 2801.29), jve id. 3 sg.
see A. K. Coomaraswamy, The Buddha's cfudd, hair, usnsia,

and crown, JRAS, 1928: 815-841. Compare also the passage P 2782.16 tti tta khu myam causkd baniimda ramna avihd
'as in the middle of the headdress they fasten priceless jewels'
(Bailey).
ch
chaka- from older *chata-ka- translating Skt. aikura- 'shoot';

cha'ta- (sg. chei', pl. cha'ti) in E; see Bailey, BSOS 8: 121.
chald- see che.
chamga- translation based on the Tibetan version of Siddhasara

7v4 chdmgd (Kh.T. 1, 12).
che- older chata- as in E 22.32 (chate jsa namalstd 'fitted with
skin'), Skt. chavi- 'outer skin, complexion'; derivative chald-.

i/gy
ja beside ji and ju in J.St., older ju (E); for the order of the
words in gujysnaja va 'for the sake of the deer indeed' (J.St.
8r2) compare for instance E 2.52 khdysvi ju vaska 'food for
him'; for khuji (J.St.) compare khoju in E.
jagya- Skt. jang-hd-.
jadija- adj. like jadinaa- derived from jada-, gyada-, Skt. jada-,
in E; the abstract jadi- also in E.

jambvi- Skt. jambudvipa-, Pali jambudipa-, E jambutiva- and
other forms listed in E, s.v.; adj.jabviyaa- (J.St.),jambviviya(E), jambutivydnu hvam'ddnu gen. pl. (Suv.bh.Konow 33al),
jambuviyya uysnaura nom. pl. (Suv.bh.Konow 33b6), etc.
jambu(na)- reading somewhat uncertain the second aksara looking possibly like ba changed into su. If the reading jambunia
is accepted jdbuivand 'gold' (N 158.1) may be compared; cp.
the proper name Skt. jdmbuinada-, Buddh.Sogd. cnp'w5n,
cnpSwn (Reichelt, Handschriftenreste, 1: 45, lines 212 and
215).
jala- Skt. jatd-, as in E; adj. jatila- in E, Skt. id., gyafilq Ch.

1.0021b, a2 13, jatala P 2787.132, as quoted by Bailey, Asia
Major, N.S. 2: 23.
(P 2783.93), jutandd id. 3 pl. (E 14.124); jundaa- pres. part.
(E), ju mdd id. acc. pl. (P 2741.116); jult(t)a(a)- past part.,
jva<juta pl. (J.St.), j4ttye obl. sg. (Ch.iiO02, 140r5, Kh.T.

1, 78), juttai id. (J.St.); jv4me '(act of) living' (P 2801.9);
jvaka- 'living (being)' Vajr. 10v2, 24v3.

jina- E gyuina- (E 25.221 sarvai maiiitd gyuinu 'he resembles a
lion in gait'; Av. yaona-, AiW 1264.
gyauha- from the root ju7h- which in E seems to mean 'to long
for' and also occurs in the Stael-Holstein scroll (Ujh4nai
pres. part. 52, jvihd pres. 2 sg. 61); see Bailey, Asia Major,
N.S. 2: 32.
jse this form may be an opt.-preterite 3 sg. of js- jis&a- 'to boil'
(Av. yaest-), causative j.dff- (jsaniidd 'they boil'), gerund
jdfia4ioa- 'to be boiled' (forms quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8:
126), jse'naniia- id. (Ch.iiOO2, 100v2, Kh.T. 1, 34). For the
loss of the diphthong -ai- in the first syllable (yaes- becoming
js-) Bailey suggested to compare Khot. ksi'a (Manuscript
Remains 1, 401, 1.2), Old Ir. kais'a-, Av. tkaesa- 'teacher.'

tc
tcamnjsa- meaning established for E 23.146 by Bailey (BSOS 8:

139); tcajsa- renders Skt. kesa- 'hair' P 5538.73, 75.
tcane uncertain; 'blazing' (?).
tcamph- Old Ir. *skamb- 'to press against, fasten, throw, put,
build' (Morgenstierne, EVP, 9), Middle Pers. s'kaft; tcampha-
'tumult' E 25.414, tcepha- J.St.; na'tcapha- 'destruction'

J.St.; satcampha- 'disWtress; distressed' (Ch.iiO03, 105v3 (Kh.T.
1, 185 f.) aysmyaja satcapha jimdi 'it overcomes mental
troubles,' from *(a)di-d-skamba- (Bailey, Asia Major, N.S.
1: 42); bitcampha- 'bewildered' (<*vi- or *abi-skamb-, see
Bailey, l.c.) in E, bitcattai Ch.00266.93 (Kh.B.T., 24) and
bUtcatte P 2957.44 (Kh.B.T., 32) may also belong here; patcautta- 'checked, stopped' J.St., pa'tcautta- 'distracted' (?)
Ch.iiOO3, 127r3 (Kh.T. 1, 58) from *pati-skambita-; from
*skambaya-:tc*(n)ph- in natciphJka- 'overcoming, subduing,'
nqtciphe, nitciphq pres. 3 sg. (quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8:
130) and paltcimph&ka- 'cutting off,' rendering Skt. cchedaka-,
in bis'snu pva'ndnu paltcimphdkd 'destroying all fears' (Suv.

gyasta- feminine of gyasta-,jasta-; gyasca Ch. 1.002 la, a 10 (Kh.T.
bh. 27v5, Kh.T. 1, 236).
2, 53), jastd Ch.00269.66, jasta P 5538.21 translating Skt.
tcarsua- tcarsuva- in E and elsewhere; subst. tcarspattdtd 'bril-
daivi- (devi-); for gyasca with 'lengthened -y- stroke' see

liance'
Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 23.
jdttaka- Skt. jataka-; for the vowel in the first syllable the
following forms may be compared: j4ttacftti P 2929.9, Skt.
jati-caitya- 'birth-shrine,' jdttamahi P 2958.23, P 2798.141
(Kh.B.T., 40 and 43), jauttamaka P 2025.98 (Kh.B.T., 14),
Ch.00266.55 (Kh.B.T., 22), Skt. jdti-maha- 'birthday fest';
with jautti J.St. lvl compare Skt. jdti- 'birth.'
jina- ja- the forms which occur in J.St. correspond with older
forms as follows: jidd pres. 3 sg.: jdnda in E; jai pret. 2 sg:
jitai 'you caused to disappear' in E, with jita->jya->ja(ja 'they perished' Ch.00269.47, 104, 'has perished' P 2741.
E 24.40.
tcara- occurs in the list E 21.54 f. n&hune gguine tcara pi huind

mdjsa m2stai dske hvi assucd biysma bile spuljei rruiva sv*'
jatdrrd bilga ysara 'nails, hairs, fat, fat, blood, marrow,
brains, tears, sweat, faeces, urine, . ?., spleen, intestines,
lungs (?), liver, kidneys, heart.'
tcira- evidently 'face' in E 25.489 kho ju vasutu dydaa hve' dyate

tciru 'when a man sees his own face clearly in a mirror.'
tcure-ysania- with tcure-ysqina hine 'fourfold army' compare

P 4099.138 (Kh.B.T., 119) asya hastya giiha rahya tcaraysanya hina 'horses, elephants, oxen, chariots, a fourfold
army,' E 23.142 tcuirysanyai h*na; the Skt. term is catur-
123, je'they have been lost' Ch. 00269.113);j4re pres. middle- anga-.
passive 3 pl. (also Ch.00269.65): jiydre, jyare in E; jamde
tceman-tce(')man- in E, tcaima-, tcima- listed in Ch.ii003, tcem,
(jJdi) conj. 3 pl.: jiyande E 23.336, jdyande Samgh.S. 83bl,
tcai quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 582 f., diminutive tcj'mi'the passive stem being jiy-, jiy-, jy-, and laterj-; substantive
sky2m (St.H. 58), tcaimeskyau (P 2956.10 quoted by Bailey,
jigd-, jegJ- :jifgJ- in E; jendka- also jindka-.
Asia Major, N.S. 2: 35); intervocalic -tc- becomes -js- as in
jiya- other forms (E jivdta-, P 2783.38 jiyaka-, etc.) are listed by
sujsamdd-jsaima 'with blazing eyes' (J.St.), see Bailey, l.c.
Bailey (BSOAS 10: 591); jiyena (J.St.) is not a nom. but
and compare spaladd-jsai 'with quivering eye' (St.H. 60) and
an instr.-abl. as is jivaina (J.St.) which is to be compared
Middle Parth. hnjsm'n 'before the eyes of all' (MM 3: i, 10).
with jivyena (Samigh.S. 37b3 jivyena parsimd 'I will be retcaisy2.na-:tcaisy2m Ch.iiO02, ibis r 2 (Kh.T. 1, 2), P 5538a 9,
leased from life').
tcai4yau P 2786.221; according to Moule (apud Bailey,
jiyabqna- Skt. jeta-vana-; jiyavand in E 21.9; for Skt. jetaBSOAS 10: 601, fn. 1) the Khot. may represent Chin. tsairepresented by Khot. jiva, jlya, jI see Bailey, BSOAS 11:
siang<*tsai-siang 'prime minister.'
790.
jivija- for jiviji piha 'at the price of life' compare jiv-e pihyejsa
ts
P 4099.130 (Kh.B.T., 119).

tsu- tsutaiu- ju2tta- a selective list of the forms most of which are listed
by (tsva-) the forms in J.St. correspond with forms in
Bailey, BSOAS 10: 575, which occur in the published texts
other texts as follows: pres. 1 sg. tsu(,M):tsimd E, tsau P
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955]
GLOSSARY
II
475
ttima (n)- etymology by Bailey, BSOS 9: 76: *tuxman- > *ta-yman-
5538.44, tsam P 5538.32, tsui P 5538.22; pret. 2 sg. tsvai, tsuai,

tsve, tsai:tsutai E; pres. 3 pl. tside:tsindd, tsimdd in E, tsida P
5538.82; opt. 3 sg. tsi:tsiyd E; infin. tsai:tsute E, tsfie P
5538.31.
>ttiman-.
ttumna- renders Skt. sthfula- Ch.iiO02, 7r5 (Kh.T. 1, 10), see

Bailey, BSOAS 10: 589 who also suggested a possible connection with Turkish tiimdn 'ten thousand,' Agnean tmam,
Kuchean tmane; his later suggestion (BSOAS 14: 426, fn. 1)
to assume an Old Iranian *tumana- (Khot. ttumna-) beside
Old Indian tumra- seems to be more likely.
ttume'ste to be compared with ttramaste (ttu-?) P 2781.17, ttumalste 'he swallowed' E 14.83 from *ati-mard- as ggumalsta(E), present stem guimaly- 'to smear' (Bailey, BSOS 8: 123)
from *vi-mard- (Bailey, BSOS 9: 72; Konow, NTS 11: 47)
and pe'me'sti 'he seized' (J.St.) from *pari-mard-.
tsodi possibly from <*tcdnda-i (or *tcaunda-i), pret. 3 sg. of
*tcam-, Skt. cam-, camati 'to sip,' NP camidan, see Horn,

Grdr. d. np. Etym., No. 444.
is
jsan- jsata- the past part. jsata- (E) is later jsya-, jsa-; the pret.
3 pl. jsamde (J.St.), jsdmdi (Ch.00269.63) is older jsatdndd
(E); see ajsa-, older ajsata-, and najsata-.

jsd beside jsam and jsana- shows the same semantic development
ttusa'- Skt. tusita-, E ttusata-, ttusuvo' loc. pl., P 2787.151 ttftsv4'

jastva 'among the Tusita gods,' Ch.00267.19 ttfisyq'; see
as the part. stdna, stdm, std, q.v.; see also Konow, Primer, 51.
jsa- the 3 sg. pres. jsate (J.St.) occurs also as jsdtd, jsdti
(Sarmgh.S.), jsdvai translating Skt. gatsatti (=gacchati) P
5538.64.
ttuirra-, tturrka- for viysam m4a,amdd tturrka 'face like lotuse
jsinzaka- f rom jsina-, besides jsena- (J.St.), jsd'na-, jsdna-, jsei'na(all in E), jsaina- (P 5538.80).
see ttfirinai viysa 'lotus which is the face' (P 2787.71), tturkd

viysd 'lotus face' (St.H. 60), tturka viysanld (P 2936.2); see

ttera- ttatara- N 169.3 (Bailey, BSOAS 10: 576), Sogdian ttr'w,
jsaunika- compare jsaunita- (E),jsaunata- (Sarmgh.S.),jsonauta-,
jsondta-, jsana(ka)- (quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 584).
Greek T&LapOS, TrTapa!;, NP tabarv and see Horn, Grdr. d. np.
Etymologie, No. 379.

ttaudi- as a subst. 'heat' probably also E 23.127 (ttaudi) and
Ch.iiO02, 145vl (Kh.T. 1, 88) ttaude u hemde jsa 'with heat
ttamga- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8:138; from
and redness'; from *tafta-tati-, see Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 28.
*tana-ka-, NP tang, etc.; comparative ttamgdttara- N 158.10;
ttauna- also Siddhasara 134v4 (Kh.T. 1, 70).
substantive ttamdd- 'scarcity' from *tana-tati-.
tt
ttr4ma- other Khot. representatives for Skt. druma- are drrauma-,
ttajsada- probably pret. stem of *ati-car- 'to cross, surpass'; also
in attajsdda- 'unsurpassable' (J.St.) and compare ndjsada- drauma-, dr4ma- in the Sudhana-avadana (Kh.B.T., 11 ff.).
'way, method' from *ni-car-.

ttani- translates Skt. chavi- 'outer skin'; compare E 4.89 naunika
skutdna samu khu gyastuiiia ttand 'soft when touched

the skin of a god' and see the passage quoted p. 449.
ttamttraa- for the Khot., Sogdian (tntr'kk, tntr'k, tntr'kh all in
VJ) and Chinese forms which all go back to a form *dandraka- 'full of trees' see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1952
(1953): 57 ff.
ttarasa- this is probably another Khot. form representing Skt.
ttram- ttramda- same in E and elsewhere; from *ati-ra-m- 'to go

across, enter'; compare nardm- naramda- (J.St.) from *niram-; see also attrima-.
just like
ttriksa- beside ttreksa-, ttraiksa'- in J.St. and ttrimksa-, treksa'-,
ttraiksa-, ttraksa- in other texts, see Bailey, BSOS 8: 139;
BSOAS 11: 768; the meaning is established by the fact that
ttriksa-, etc. render Skt. karkasa- 'harsh' (Ch.00266.65), Skt
ddru na- 'cruel' (Suv.bh. 62v2, Kh.T. 1, 243), Tib. rno-pa'sharp' (Siddhasara 136rl, Kh.T. 1, 72).
ttrikha- beside trraikha- (J.St.) and ttrnkha- (E 2.84 samu kho
tiryag-yoni-, cp. for instance tiryana yoni.u (Saddharmapuinarika, 97, line 2), besides such forms as ttdryasuina-,
ttdr?a?uina- in E, ttriyasfiina- in Leumann, Zur nordarischen
sarbandd urmaysde udayi ggard trMkhvo' $t&ni 'just as the

rising sun on the tops of the mountain of sunrise'); see

Spr. u. Lit., 93, line 10, ttraisif'na- Ap.S. 8v2, ttriya?ii' P
3513, 62v3 (Kh.T. 1, 243); see also ndta-sfIm'- and v1Aum'na-. ttrivilaa- beside ttravilaa- in J.St., (t)ttvilaa- in E, Skt. tripitaka(Divyavadana, 54, 1. 15), Pali tepitaka- (Milindapafiha, ed.
ttari?na- ttarfina- Samgh.S. 84b4.
ttavascarania- the substantive ttavascarana-, Skt. tapascaranain E and N; see vrattavascarna-.
ttdja- ttdjvd S 2471, 275 (Kh.B.T., 100), samtsarrva ttajd P 3513,
69r4 (Kh.T. 1, 246) translating Skt. samsara-nadya (Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 904), ranijai ttdja baida 'upon the river of
precious stones' Or. 8212(162)16 (l.c.: 920); from *tdciaccording to Bailey, BSOS 8: 138.
ttadd- the older form is ttaddtd (<*tdra-tdti-) as in E; the loc. sg.

ttadeta (J.St.) also E 24.99 ttdana ttddeta kassiru 'into this
darkness you may fall.'
ttdra- compare the forms listed under tteru in the glossary of E;
Sogdian t'r, etc. The form tterd (nom. sg.?) is somewhat
puzzling; ttera- is perhaps the same as ttaira- in ttaira haraysd
baidd (P 2787.58, Kh.T. 2, 103) 'on the ttaira (Av. taera'peak') Haraysa (Av. Hara baraz)' in which case the meaning
'peak' could be assumed for ttera-.
Trenckner, 18); compare dvilaa- 'knower of the two pitakas'

quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 922.
tvare both ttuvare and tvare in E.
tv&ray- from the verb ttuvar- 'to bring across, convey, transfer,'
rendering Skt. paryaya-, ttuvara- in N, tvara- in Samigh.S.
tvise compare tvisse yan- 'to destroy,' tvis$e tsu- 'to perish' and
tussejsd- or tsu- 'to perish,' tusse yan- 'to destroy' (all in E).
th
thamnj- thiya- occurs for instance: thamjum pres. 1 sg. P 2781.45,

thamjui id., Skt. ftpandqyami, P 5538.75, thajimda pres. 3 pl.
P 2781.47, tharmj4icd gerund (quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8:
139); pret. stem thiya- also in E and for instance in the

parallel passages P 2896.4 ysira tta vathiye (Kh.B.T., 12),
Ch.00266.47 ysira ttd vathiya (Kh.B.T., 22), P 2957.170
ttirsthamda- other forms are t(t)rsthanda- E, ttir$tamda- N 58.22, ysira tta thiyi (Kh.B.T., 13), P 2025.85 ysira tta thiye
ttistamda- N 58.24, ttd$tanda- Samgh.S. 21a2, ttair$tada- P (Kh.B.T., 14); see bihL.
2787.159 (see Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 23), ttaiksada- P 2906.11

(Bailey, BSOAS 10: 900), ttaiksada baiysa Ch.00270.1 (Kh.T.
2, 48), ttirscdda- P 3513, 49v4 (Kh.T. 1, 225); these forms
thaka- the same word occurs twice in an unpublished manuscript
in the possession of Manu Leumann. The passages are

19v4 cve karitta 'iyd virsd 'iyd cve thaka 'iyd cve upaya 'indi
and 18v2 cve si dasta samniid 'iy khve thaka 'iyd; a meaning
show the same alternation -(r)$th-, -(r)$t-, -sc-, -ks- for Skt.
'force, power' seems to fit these passages as well as J.St.
-$th- as ayi$thva (St.H. 45), ade$td (Ch.1.0021a, b29), vird
ayik$yq (Bailey, BSOAS 10: 905), ayai$cya- (Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 892) for Skt. adhi4thita-; the meaning is clearly

'in visible form, in this world.'
tti older ttitd, ttiyd in E and elsewhere.
13v2 (letter of Bailey, October 9, 1954).
thyau older thatau (E), later thya (P 2798.161 (Kh.B.T., 43)
ttn si' kuindlai rrispuiri thya husa 'then prince Kuiala grew u
quickly') and compare thyautta 'formerly' (P 2783.4 and

elsewhere), thyauttan mjsi 'former' (P 2741.10-11) for an
etymology see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 24.
2.68, 23.294, ad1sta- 'unripe'; *daxs- <*dag-s- according to

Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 30.
disf- dista- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 121; compare

dis'4ia- gerund, dl?Ira opt.-pret. 3 pl. (P 2783.48), disd imper.
d/dh
2 sg., etc.
dakhautta- dukhautta- E, Samgh.S., dikhautta- N.
duvd- da also E 25.414, P 2783.87, yslra duiva 'heart ache,' translating Skt. hrdroga- (quoted by Bailey, BSOS 9: 70).
damda-aysmua- compound danda- 'tamed' (E) and aysmu'mind'; compare s&da-aysmua- 'cold-hearted' P 2741.39.
damdinaa- for damdina ramnna (J.St. 5v2) compare dadinai
kissuka 'the kimsruka flower which is the tooth' (P 2787.71);
other examples for 'the identifying -inaa- (suffix) where the
Indians used a compound' are given by Bailey, Asia Major,
N.S. 2: 36. The word 'tooth' occurs for instance Siddhasara
148v3 damdai and 155v5 damdva (Kh.T. 1, 92 and 102).
darro- as in E; daraujsa (St.H. 63) may be either 'with boldness'
or as one word an adjective 'bold,' see Bailey, Asia Major,
du2kha-: Skt. dukha-, in E and elsewhere; compare ddkhydm

karyam jsd (P 2957.125, Kh.B.T., 37), dakhyd karyam I jsi
(P 2957.132, Kh.B.T., 38); dukhavi- (J.St.) is older dukha-
viya-; dulkhya- (J.St.) is older dukhdta- (E), Skt. duhkhita-;

see suihya-.
dulma- also in E; Skt. dhftma-.
durbiksa- other Khotanese forms representing Skt. durbhik$a-
are: ddrabaiksa-, daurabaiksa-, duirabiha:ksa-, adj. durbhiksinai, drubhiksinai; the Niya documents have trubhiksa and
tumbhiksa; see Bailey, BSOAS 11: 791.
duskara- beside duiskara-, ddskara- (both J.St.), dauskara- (P
5538a 4) may be quoted; duskara- translates Skt. as'carya'wonderful' Vajr. 5b4; compare atdduskara- 'very wonderful'
(Kha. vii, Iv5) quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 30.
duspya- older duspdta'- in E, substantive duspyattd- 'weakness'
quoted in glossary Ch.iiO03; pe' (J.St.) is older pata'-
N.S. 2: 39; the pret. stem of the verb 'to dare' (Av. daras-,
OP darsk-) is darrva-, darva- or dirva- in Khot., see Bailey,

BSOAS 10: 585.
dasapala- Skt. disapala-, Ch. 1.002la, a 15 diS'?4pala-; see ds?a'-.

dasta- also in E; from *dastya-; Ossetic dasn', Digor ddsni, see
Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 8; BSOAS 12: 329,
fn. 1.
dd- older data- in E, Samgh.S., etc., ddya- St.H. 33; for dav1 ...
rre (J.St. 12r2) compare dayi rri (P 2025.215, Kh.B.T., 18),
'strength.'
duiraa- from ddra-, Old Ir. *darga-, also P 2801.2, see Bailey,
dati rre (Suv.bh.Konow 66b7, Skt. dharmatmako nrpah) and
BSOAS 10: 571 f.

ditar- of the forms which occur in J.St. duiva corresponds with
also d&ti cakru acc. sg. (E) 'wheel of the Law,' ddtinau cakru
id. (E) from datinaa- 'of the Law' (J.St.), fem. dtirmgya-
dutara (E 25.260), dvard with dvataryau (E XX app., p. 355

(E), ddtija- (J.St.); for ddt-ja aca (J.St. 3v3) compare
bisyo pfiryau dvataryau hamtsa 'with all his sons and daughmdstye mulysdije fice jsa and mistye multdirnje uici jsa 'with
ters': J.St. 39v2 puira dvarajsa 'with his sons and daughters'),
the great water of mercy' (Leumann, Zur nordarischen Spr.
dvira and dvird with dvird (E 8.36).
dydma- dyamata- in E and elsewhere; compare mdhe vad rrviye
und Lit., 101).
ddmja- damgya-, gen. sg. ddmgye E 24.37.

dana- for instance Samigh.S.; Av. dand-, etc.
das(s)- in E, N, etc. The past part. dasa- is from dasya-, from
*ddsita- with the result that present and preterit stem
become indistinguishable; for dasa pret. 3 sg. fem. (J.St.)
from *dasyatd from *dasitatd compare dasya rendering Skt.
samaptta 'finished' (Jivakapustaka 47v3, Kh.T. 1, 139), for
dase pret. 3 sg. masc. from *ddsyd from *das'itd compare P
2783.46. The meaning of the pres. stem is clearly 'to finish,
terminate' as appears from the passages in E, while the pret.
stem expresses 'to be finished, stop, cease' followed by an
infinitive and develops further into 'to have . . . already'
(J.St. 13vl) and 'to fail to' (J.St. 8r4).
di- older ddta- as in E; also da as in da s'irka 'good to look at'
(P 2781.3), da suflrd 'a hero in appearance' (P 2783.70); the
instr. sg. dyena (J.St.) 'at the sight' also in dyena s'irkd 'good
to look at' (P 3513, 6v2), from older ddtdna, ddtena in E;
cp. dye jsa s.irka 'good to look at' (St.H. 53, Kh.T. 2, 75).
dijsaka-dUjsdka- (E), dijsaka- (Ch.1.0021a, a 2, see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 886), from drjs-, darjs-, dijs-, dajs-: drta-, darta-,
dr(r)aita-, drreita-, dtrya- 'to hold'; pret. 2 sg. diryai (J.St.),
dirye id. 3 sg. (P 2801.34) and see Bailey's remarks (Asia
Major, N.S. 2: 42 and 29) on rdyai (St.H. 69) 'I held' and
dirye (St.H. 45) 'continuous.'
dida- for dida pha 'so much,' dede miste 'so great' (J.St.) compare daddq stdm akhajamdai 'so unwearied' (St.H. 61), see
dy4me pyatsa 'auna nqradadii 'we went out from the royal
sight' (Ch.00269.111), gyasti hiya dyama 'the royal sight
(picture [?]),' see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 34.

dyulma- 'ravening'?
drrdtaa- in E, N 101.37, feminine draca- in E, drrdvai P 3513,
64r2 (Kh.T. 1, 244), translating Skt. caficala- 'trembling'
and capalyacitta- 'of unstable mind.'
drr4-mujsd- 'hair-hole, pore,' drau-miijsaa- E, dr4-m4jsakyd

St.H. 55, translating (Pali) loma-kuipa-, compare Buddh.
Sogd. -ywn'k 3wnyh (Henning, BSOAS 11: 718); for 'hair'
compare druai nuhana 'at the point of a hair' (E 2.115),
drrau nauhna id. (P 3513, 70r2, Kh.T. 1, 247) translating
Skt. valagra-, drrauta pl. (P 2783.82), drauka- diminutive
(E 8.17, see Konow, NTS 11: 55), drruika- (Bailey, BSOAS
11: 291), Buddh. Sogd. zw-, Ormuri dry, Yaghnobi dirau,
see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 6.
drruinaa- in E, N, drruinaa- P 5538.53; Bailey (BSOS 9: 72)
referred to Av. drva-, Sogdian brwt't-, etc.
drro according to an interpretation by Bailey possibly from
*drautd pret. 3 sg. of the root *drav- (*drauta-) well attested
in Middle Parth. dr'w-, Middle Pers. dr'y- 'to cry, wail,'
Man.Sogd. Z'y- 'to speak,' Zor.Pahl. dray- 'to speak' (of the
devs), Ossetic ardaun 'to complain, abuse,' see Trans. Phil.
Soc., 1945 ('46): 35.
drronva- probably Skt. druna-, a synonym of Skt. vrscika'scorpion'; for drrvcgze (J.St.) compare drrv4aIdyau (Ch.iiO03,
47r3, Kh.T. 1, 139) translating Skt. veste<kai> (Kh.T. 1,
disa'- Skt. disa-; in the older texts only -i- in the first syllable
138), i.e., Skt. vrscika-.
while J.St. has -i-, -X-, -e-, -ai-, compare J.St. diva-, Skt.
dvarabistd compare dvaredarsd 'thirty-two' (Saqigh.S. 83b2) as
deva-, J.St. dis'e'nd-, Skt. des'and- and see daSdpdla-.
against dvavaredirsd id. (Leumann, Maitreyasamiti, 165) and
di in di-m&la-, Skt. dipa-mdld- (Divyavadana, 468, line 3;
dipamdldy&h praddnena 'by the gift of a garland of lamps' dvavardnauta 'ninety-two' (ibid., 218).
Karmavibhafiga Upadesa, ed. Sylvain Levi, 155, see ibid.,
102); for Skt. dipa- Khot. also has diya- as in diya-gara'lighthouse, lantern,' see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 906.
di and dina side by side also in E and elsewhere.
dira- with ss'dra- also in E, Ch.00269.45, 83; the two passages
in J.St. have both dira- and Sira- combined with my4naa-.
n/u/ni(ny)
natca ndtca in E; natca and natcJste (J.St.) both render Skt.

'outside the city' (Ch.00269.71).
naksattra- with long -d- as against -a- in Skt. naksatra- also in
dista- d4sta in the passage J.St. 1 lr3-4 seems to mean 'he

nourished'; compare dista- 'ripe' (Bailey, BSOS 8: 121), E
bahiW 'outside' (P 5538.71, 81); compare also natca kIthdstd

Kuchean ndksatar-, see J. Filliozat, Fragments de textes
koutchdens, 125, s.v., Paris, 1948.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955]
na'tcapha- see *tcamph-.

najsata- see *jsan- jsata-.
nadaun- this word is traced back by Bailey (JRAS, 1953:104
ff.) to Old Iranian *nrtavan-/nrtaun-, from the Indo-European verbal base *9ner-/9nr-.
nara- also in the passage nara hamada hvanau ataudamdd u

ysus mdi (Ch.c.001, 1057, Kh.B. T., 143).
nardm- naramda- the past part. is naramda- (J.St.), niramda(J.St.; niramdd hamare 'they can go' P 2741.30), naranda(E), narauda- (glossary Ch.ii003), narada- (mdhe . . .
nqradadiz 'we went out' Ch.00269.111); the gerund occurs
P 2741.6 tvi . . . ndr4m4fid 'you must set out'; another
compound is ttrdm- ttramda- 'to enter,' q.v.
narrva- from *ni-ruxta- past part. of ni-ruj-; also nirva- (si'
pamda na nirve hame 'the road cannot be opened' Ch.00269.
108); see gurvai and Bailey, BSOS 8: 130.
nasam- nasau'da- pres. stem also nisa'm- (nisa'mamde conj. 3 pl.,
P 3513, 61r2, 4, Kh.T. 1, 242), nisi'm- (n4i'made conj. 3 pl.,
Ch.ii002, ibis v1-2, Kh.T. 1, 3), nasi'm- (harbis'&m acham
nas 'm"ka 'quieting all illnesses,' Skt. sarvaraugaprrasamans,
Ch.ii003, 45r5, Kh.T. 1, 137 and 136), causative nisem(nasemd infin., Samgh.S. 79a6; nisemaia- gerund, E 6.79;
ndsemamatd- 'quieting, calming' subst., Suv.bh.Konow 33a2;
nasemaka- 'calming' N 76.25); the preterit stem is nasau'da(J.St.), naso'da- (J.St.), nisaunda- (E) which cannot be
connected with ssaunda- or bissonda- as suggested by Leumann, Glossary of E, p. 451a, see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S.
1: 39); for the substantive nasa'ma-, nisa'ma- compare
nisama N 75.36.
nasdodai from nas-dam- 'to blow out, to scatter by blowing' as

in nasda'mide pres. 3 pl. (N 58.8, P 3513, 62rl, Kh.T. 1, 243,
rendering Skt. vidhamantu); for the past part. (nas-)doda-
GLOSSARY
II
477
the various ways in which Skt. -ntr- (-ndr-) is represented

in Khotanese, see Bailey, BSOAS 11: 778 f.
nirvana- compare narvana (P 4099.12, Kh.B.T., 113), nairvana
(P 4099.343, Kh.B.T., 130) and the adjectives nirv4nva (P

2782.5), ndrav4ai,n (P 3510, 9.4, Kh.B.T., 53), see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 900.
ns(d)-nis'sta- from the same root as the more common pas' (d)pas'sata- q.v.; compare for instance P 2741.39 ttl nasd blsd
ttui p1daka hau ni nis?avem 'then I, the humble servant, did

not mention the letter.'
nista also naista P 5538.37, 40, etc.
nlyJde uncertain. Various possible interpretations were suggested by Bailey: (1) nlya- <*ni-axta- past part. of ni- and
*ang- 'to smear,' compare blya- (in E) from *abi-axta(Kaficanasara, B. C. Law Volume, Part 1, 13, Poona, 1946);
(2) nlya- or nlta- past part. of *nay- 'to churn, pour' as in
Skt. nava-nlta- 'fresh butter' (Khot. nlyaka- rendering Skt.

nava-nita-), Yidgha niya 'buttermilk,' Sanglechi nlbuk id.
(Morgenstierne, IIFL, 2: 11 s.v.) of which the compound
*pati-nay- 'to churn, to solidify by churning' might be represented by punamdai '(becoming) solid?' (J.St.) (oral
communication); (3) finally nly&de might be taken as two
words; ni 'upon it?' and yade for yamdd 'continually, constantly.'
nuska- probably to be connected with aniuta- 'unaccustomed'

from *(a)-ni-yauk or *ni-auk- (Bailey, BSOS 8: 118, 920)
and nyuita- in E.
nuscura- Skt. nisthura-, E nusthura-, translating Skt. darunaas for instance Suv.bh.Konow 32a2-3 nusthuryau rrumdyau
aphargye hdmare 'because of rough kings troubles will come,'
Skt. darunas ca rJjasamksobhd bhavisyanti, nustura- Samgh.S.
36b3, nftscura- N 58.23.
compare the simplex dam- daunda- 'to breathe' (E), the

compound uysdem- uysdaunda- 'to cool' (E), padama- 'wind'
nuvdr- nuda- from *anu- or *ni-bar- (Bailey, BSOAS 10: 582);
(q.v.) and see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 202 f.
'he offers' (P 2781.79).

ne'- ndta'-, nei'- in E, ndsa'- (Suv.bh.Konow 34a6 d&tinai ndsd'
naspul- uncertain; does pul- represent Av. parad- Vendidad 3.32

daeva paragan 'the daivas vomited'?
nasa- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 130; compare for
instance Suv.bh.Konow 63a5 nasd hftdd 'a part was given'
rendering Skt. bhago datto.
na'scya- compare E 7.2 astanna myaho nita'sca 'at the beginning,
in the middle, at the end' (nita'sca- from ndta'sta-, see this
glossary under ne'sta- and nasa'skya 'end' E 25.252), ysumi
na'styi bisa rva 'season at the end of winter' (Siddhasara

3v1, Kh.T. 1, 6), na'styi pasdld bisa rva 'season at the end of
spring' (ibid.); -sc- and -st- alternate as in hatcascye, hatcastye,
see p. 405; J.St. also has ani'scya-, ane'scydna- 'endless,'
compare na'styadid (Ch.iiO02, 156v5, Kh.T. 1, 104); for
samudrra-na'scya (J.St.) compare P 2933.8 s'ada samaudrranestya 'the earth having the ocean as its boundary' (B.); see
also under ne'sta-.
nahy- compare E 6.38 kho ju saruai kesard brira nahyamkai
ssanda seitta 'as a lion's hair and mane seems to touch the
ground'; Skt. nahyate 'to be bound, joined, touch.'

na(ta)- for Skt. naga- Khotanese has nagga-, nata-, ndya-, na-,
see Bailey, BSOAS 11: 783; 13: 407; a list of Nagas in Khotanese texts is given by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 915 f.
ndta-s'fm'- probably represents Skt. naga-yoni-; for Skt. -yoni-:

Khot. -Suxm' see ttarasa-.
iinm older ndtd- E; nam (or 04) may stand for either of the
following: (1) nom. sg., older ndta>*nyd>nad; (2) gen. sg.,
older ndtayd>nyiyad>*nya>R; (3) loc. sg., older ndtaya

>nyaya > *nyd >nia; see the glossaries of SS and E.
nir4yatn Skt. nadryana-, see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 902, 914;
Buddh.Sogd. n'r'y'n (VJ 912, 930, etc.).

nimamdrr- nimamdrrya- nimantr- Buddh.Skt., ni(nu)mandrnumandrita- in E, nimadrradi (Kha 1.221.23) 3 pl. pret.,
compare nuada 'she offered' from *nfuddtd (P 2781.19), nvidd
rayslgye fice jsa 'with the water of the Law (which is) like
nectar-elixir,' Skt. dharmamrtarasena (udakena)), ne'va (Ch.
1.0021a, a 7, see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 901), ni (Ch.iiO03, 78r2
(Kh.T. 1, 163), rendering Skt. amrratta (ibid., 162) =amrta);
in J.St. ne' occurs together with raysayana- 'elixir' as in

St.H. 55 (ne . . . raysaya), Uigur nos rasayan (TTT 7, 72);
ne' ultimately goes back of course to Old Ir. *anaus'a-.
nejsada- nijsada- in E, ndjsada- in Samgh.S.
ne'mam uncertain; it may represent a later form of ne'sama'quiescence, rest, end,' compare nasa'ma-, nisd'ma- which
occur both in J.St.
neste two interpretations seem possible; (1) 'remote part, end'
compare hamarrlrnji ne'sti mdsti 'at the end of the month
Hamarrimja' (P 2741.48, see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1:
41), na'scya- 'limit, end' (J.St.) and see ne'sta-; (2) nestafrom *nas-tya- 'nose.'
ne'sta- past part. beside ndta'sta- (E), niga'lsta-, na'sta- (E),

ne'sta- (kithi nte'sta 'they settled in the town' P 2741.54-5;
bdsi' ne'std 'he sat down in a grove' P 2957.132, Kh.B.T., 38;
ne'std (infin.) va samdd nisttd 'there is no land for settlement'
P 2741.23) and perhaps ne (pI4kald tcuram ne 'the fourth
chapter is finished' P 3513, 75v2 (Kh.T. 1, 249), rendering
Skt. samdpta 'finished,' compare also na'scyal- and neste; of
the present stem may be quoted: ndttd pres. 3 sg. (E), nlndi
id. 3 pl. (E) and compare ii1mdd 'they are settling' (Ch.
00269.103); all these forms go back to *ni-fad- ni-sasta-.
From the causative stem *ni-sadaya-, Av. nisa1Taya-, the
Khot. pres. stem is na'y- (na'yuim 'I will put' P 2801.41, hi
nad'ya 'build (imper. 2 sg.) a bridge' P 2781.85), the pret.
stem ndsa'sta- (ndsa'stdndd 'they appointed' Suv.bh.Konow
63b2), ne'sta- -which makes, it should be noted, the pret.
namadrrdda id. pres. (P 5538.32), namadrr4ka 'inviting'

(P of *ni- ad- and *nj-sItdaya- identical- (J.St.; ttitkd
stems
5538. 68), nimqiaidi 'they invited' (Kha 1.221.25); substannuIvard hq:nd ne'stdmdd 'they have appointed this new Khan'
tive nimamdruna- 'invitation' (E), numadrrfna id. (P

2801.22), namadryana id. (Ch.00267.34 Kh.BT., 147). For
P 2741.12, and, in parallel texts, vare ml nesta Ch.00266.117-8

(Kh.B.T., 25), vara ml naiste P 2025.181 (Kh.B.T., 17),

varai mi neste P 2957.67 (Kh.B.T., 34) 'there (upon the
chariot) he (Sudhana) set her (Manohard),' and nd'st(y)a(raksa'ysam nv'stya jimga 'the destruction set for the
raksasas' P 2801.61); the same stems also occur in Middle
Pers. nsyy- n.tst- 'to sit down' and nF'y- ns'st- 'to establish,'
see Henning, Verbum, 169; another compound in Khot. is
buva'sta- (E), bvd'sta- (P 2783.31), bvasta- (P 2741.119),
bvesta- (P 2801.25), past part. of 'to mount, ride,' from *abi-
(P 2787.132), pai'jsada- (P 2787.138), see Bailey, Asia

Major, N.S. 2: 26.
pa'jsa beside the various forms which occur in J.St. pa'jsi (P

2741.126, etc.) may be quoted; meaning established by
Bailey, BSOS 8: 132; <pata'jsa (E), see pe'-.
pa(mn)tsya- past part., older patatsata- (Suv.bh.Konow 67bl

patatsataima 'I gave up'); pres. stem patatsa- (Suv.bh.Konow66b4 Esai jivata patatsadfd 'even life has to be given up'),
MU-, see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 574, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 46.
nauvarinau compare nauvarenauta Samgh.S. 121bl.

nauha- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 130; nuiha- in
E; compare nauhyi: buri 'as far as the decisive point' (P
2741.53-4), padauysa nauhd 'at the first point (of time?)'
(P 2741.56) and passages quoted under drr4-mujsd-.

nyas'akia- compare iias'ika-, iiassa-, niyassa- 'reduced, weak,
humble' in E and elsewhere; see Bailey, BSOS 8: 131.
later pamtsa- as in the gerund pamts4a,a- Vajr. 43b3, see

Bailey, BSOS 8: 133.
pamjsesa'- Khotan Prakrit form; Khot. pamjsuisu 'fifteen,'

pamjsuisama- 'fifteenth.'
pathamjaka- from the verb pathamij- pathiya- in E and elsewhere;:
compare dirdnu hardnu pathamjakd 'parrying evil things'
(Suv.bh.Konow 63bl); compound of thamj- thiya- 'to pull'
(J.St. and elsewhere); substantive pathamjamata- 'act of

averting' (Suv.bh.Konow 63a6 adatanu pathamjemate kaddna
nvamth- nvathata- nuva(m)thin E, nvathata- N 105.36; if

nva(m)th- of which the meaning is 'to cleanse, remove'
'for the sake of averting iniquities'), pathamka- 'abstinence'
(Samgh.S. 13a6 tta uysnora drruijejsa pathamko vatai vastindd
(Bailey, BSOS 8: 131) is a compound of *vamth-, the same

base may be recognized in huivathata- 'well-trained' (?) P
2783.7-8 asa . . . huivathata tcarsva ttuimna 'horses . . . welltrained, brilliant, strong,' P 3513, 80r3 (Kh.B.T., 64) asvar&ja
vdldha astana pharaka asa ksasta ysara tta huivathava uysmestd
'beginning with the king of horses Valaha, many horses,
sixty thousand, well-trained, (well-)groomed.'
'the beings apply themselves to abstinence from lies'); in-choative pathis- 'to withdraw, abstain, become estranged'
(J.St., Samgh.S.); another compound from the same base
thamj-, Av. 6anj-, is usthamj- usthiya 'to pull out' in E,.

inchoative usthis-; see under bihi.
padamja- both padamgya- and padamjya- in E; compare brrqnvasta- past part. of nuvad- (nuvatte, nfitte 3 sg. pres., niiyare mqndm padamja 'the custom of Brahmans' (P 2801.14), khu
id. 3 pl. in E); *ni-pad- 'to lie down,' compare Sogdian
np'yb- 'to cause to lie down,' see Bailey, BSOS 9: 76.
nvay- nva(')sta- see usbay-.
nvas'- compare nvass'inda pres. 3 pl. E 25.503, nvdsa&mdd pret. 3
pI. P 2781.21, nvasauda id. P 2025.166 (Kh.B.T., 16), nuisada
id. Ch.00266.106 (Kh.B.T., 24), nvadsiri opt.-pret. 3 pl. P
2957.55 (Kh.B.T., 33); also nuis-, nuies- quoted by Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 582; from nvdsa- 'noise, cry' (E), Ossetic vasun
'to sound,' see Bailey, l.c., 588.
nvaiya for nvai, nve see nuva in the glossary of E; probably to

be compared with OP nipadiy according to Bailey, BSOS
9:76.
p
pacada- (from *pati-4arta- like najsada- 'method' from *ni-tarta-)

translates Skt. parydya- 'turn' and also Tib. skabs 'opportunity, method, way, section'; the loc. sg. pacAda also N
75.35; the instr. sg. pacadna in E, pacadana (J.St. pacadena,
pacedena) also in E; for dva-pacada- 'of two kinds' compare
drai-pacada 'of three kinds, parties' Ch.00269.75.
patcautta- see *tcamph-.
padaja ste 'as is the custom' (P 2928.7); the meaning seems

to be also 'customary present' (Ch.00269.46, P 2741.5), com-
pare P 2031.6 s'kyesa u padamja 'present (Tib. skyes) and
present' in hendiadys, see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 37.

padama- from *pati-dama-; causative of the base dam- 'to blow'
in (padem-) padamda- (padamdamdd buiysa-sve sanmga 'they
blew goat's horn and shell' P 2781.90); for other compounds
see nasdodai.
padada- past part. of pader- from *pati-ddraya- (E); compare

paderaka- 'keeping, sustaining' (Or. 9609, 3v2, Kh.T. 1,
232).
padeda- past part., also padaida- (P 2787.188); pres. stem

padim- (from *pati-damaya-) as for instance in padimai pres.
3 sg. (P 5538.62), padimiry4 opt. 2 pl. (P 2787.173), padimana- gerund (tvi . . . sakh4ra padim4fia 'you must build a
saitghardma' P 2787.176-7); see padim- padanda- in E and
vadida- (J.St.).
pamda- the comparative pandadara- E 2.134.
pamda- for the loc. sg. pamddya (J.St.) compare pandaya (E),
pandata (E), pamdayi (Ch.00269.32).
pana- the gen. sg. paiie occurs as panye in E, Samgh.S. and
elsewhere.
paj- pajista- the pres. stem paj- is from pajy- from pajad-, Oldpamna older patana in E, Samgh.S.; pamna also N 58.24.
Ir. *pati-jad-, compare pajdtta pres. 3 sg. (E 13.42), pajyanpamna in the passage J.St. 19vl remains uncertain; vis'i'rd
daa- pres. part. 'beggar' (E 12.19), pajamdaa- id. (J.St.),

pajaca id. fem. (P 2834.36, Kh.B.T., 46); past part. pajista(J.St., Domoko document A 4.2 quoted by Bailey, BSOAS
10: 573), pajesta (J.St.), pajaista- (J.St., P 2781.4, P 2801.8).
paja-mandala- Skt. paiica-mandala-, compare pa.nja-mandalo
s(dni E 12.61, pamja-mandalu E 23.268.
pamna 'the thunderbolt (vajra) missile' (?).

panam- panata- in E, Samgh.S. and elsewhere, for instance
panam4ni (P 3513, 70r4, Kh.T. 1, 247); causative panem'to produce' Samgh.S. 14a3; other compounds of the base
nam- are hanam- 'to incline' (E), causative hanem- Samigh.S.
21al, binam- 'to split' E 23.128.
pandha- to be analyzed as pa-ndha- compare Yidgha navyo

pa'jsa- older paljsata- as for instance E 4.58 satva bdassd paljsovo'
urydnuvo' hayarindi kade 'all the beings enjoy themselves
extremely in the enclosed gardens,' and paljsdta- as in E
23.120 urydna paljsdte 'enclosed gardens.'
'beak' (Morgenstierne, IIFL, 2, 233), OP ndha(m) 'nose.'
paphada- past part. of paphani- paphanda- 'to delight' (E;
pa'jsan- pajsanda- 'to apply, put on' as in pijsanirq aprrasama

arve 'they applied (pret.-opt. 3 pl.) unsuitable medicaments'
(Ch.iiO02, ibis rl, Kh.T. 1, 2), pajsa 'put on' (P 5538.70;
pajsa from pajsam from pajsana if not from patmjs- pamya(*pati-mauk-)) and perhaps in pejsidd (J.St. 26r4) 'is put?'
pajsama- as in E, later pajsam, pajsa (P 5538.46), see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 905; compare pajsamada- 'honored' (avajsama
nom. pl. 'not honored' (P 2801.15), avqjsam nom. sg. id. (P
2801.16)), from *pati-jama-krta- according to Bailey, BSOS
paphaiiare pres. 3 pl. renders Skt. samtarpayed Suv.bh.Konow

34a6, Skt. prlnayisyanti ibid. 65a6), causative of paphanpaphanda- 'to be pleased' (E); compare paphanamat2'pleasure, delight' (Suv.bh.Konow 65a7 rendering Skt. trpti-),
apaphan4me kina (P 3513, 63v3, Kh.T. 1, 243); Ossetic

fdndon 'wish' is to be connected.
paphva- from paphuta- past part. with pres. stem paphutj- 'to
join, meet' (paphiijfrau 'may you meet with' (P 2790.33,
P 2031.5); another compound is hamphuis- (inchoative, P

3513, 71v2, Kh.T. 1, 247) hamphuta-, hamphva- 'to collect,
8: 927; from *pari-fjmaya- pres. stem paljsem- 'to practise' associate with' (N, Samgh.S., P 2781.16 harnphve pret. 3 sg.,
P 2781.24 haphva-jsem 'with closed eyes,' see Bailey,
(N 12.31), pret. stem pajsamda- (St.H., 41, 49), paijsdda-
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
BSOAS 10: 582, hamphvai pret. 2 sg. J.St., ttaude u hemde

jsa haphva 'associated with heat and redness' Ch.iiO02, 145v1,
Kh.T. 1, 88).
pammar- pamfuda- older patamar- (E 24.133), later pammar(pammarana- gerund Kha VI.4, 1.2, pammara- 'report' P
2781.42 and elsewhere), pa(m)muda- (pammuda yudamduim

'we could report' Ch.00269.100, pammudamdui 'we reported'
P 2790.44, pamida- J.St., see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 584 f.;
the meaning of this verb is 'to understand, recognize' and
also 'to anticipate' as in J.St. and a Hedin document 17.21
(communication of Bailey) with vyaysam 'calamity.'
parabyuitta- translates Skt. viparyasta- 'changed, inverted'; see

byuitta-.
pardrtha-cara- Skt. pararthacarin-; compare pardrthiciri P 3513,

82r4 (Kh.B.T., 65).
pardha- translates Skt. S'la-; also in E, paraiha P 5538.36,
avaraiha 'without restraint' P 5538.36, 37; verb pareh- in E,
Suv.bh.Konow, parehamdd rendering Skt. s'lavant- P 3513,
42r3 (Kh.B.T., 61) and J.St., pret. stem parosta- paraustain E 'to restrain oneself, keep away from.'
parilo Skt. paraloka-, E 23.234 paralova-, N parilau, parilo.
paridiv- Skt. paridiv-, Pali paridev-; also P 2022.6 paraddvam.
parauys- part. pres. parauysamdaa- occurs also P 3513, 57v1

(Kh.T. 1, 230); pret. stem parausta- E and elsewhere; causative paraus- (parausa'ra imper. 2 pl. 2801.64); see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 579.
pary- (pari-) pasta- the older form of the pret. stem is parstaas in E, Samgh.S., Suv.bh.Konow, etc.; the meaning is not
only 'to command, order' but also 'to condescend, be pleased
to, deign'; see Bailey, BSOAS 9: 535; 10: 574, 899.
par(r)ya- past part., older parrdta- (E), pres. stem parrij- 'to
deliver, save' (E, Suv.bh.Konow, etc.), par(r)ija- <*parij-ya'to be delivered, saved' (P 2893.11; parrijania- gerund E
23.304; see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 905); inchoative pars- 'to
escape' in E, Samgh.S., J.St.; from parriya- 'deliverance,

emancipation' the adjective parriyasta- 'delivered, saved'
(P 3513, 61v1, Kh.T. 1, 242 pariyast4ia,u jsa; J.St.); the
simplex is rrij- rriya- (*raicaya-) 'to leave behind' as in E;

see also hari-.
parvara- Skt. parivara- 'followers, retinue'; parvara- also in E,

Samgh.S., etc.
par(a)vdlaa- Skt. paripdlaka-; compare parv4lci (P 2929.6),
niss(d)- nis'sata-.
pasa'- from *pati-z(a)ya- 'verging upon the winter' (comp. Av.
zayan- 'winter') as pasdla- 'spring' (E) from *pati-sarda'verging upon the summer' (comp. Ossetic sdrda, Iron sdrd
'summer') according to Bailey's explanation (BSOAS 12:
329); compare pvdsa' bada 'in autumn time' (Ch.00266.125);
the adjective pasJdn'jsia- 'autumnal' J.St., Ch.iiOO2, 3r5

(Kh.T. 1, 6).
pasta- renders Skt. mfila- in Ch.iiO02, 156v1 (pasta phamnai

'the innermost part of the palate'), see Bailey, BSOS 8: 133.
pasuxjs- past part. pasva- (J.St.), older pasuta-; simplex sujs-
in J.St.
pa-sse beside pam-se, pa-se (J.St.), pa-sai P 4089a, 11 (Bailey,
BSOAS 13: 922), older pamnjsa sate in E; see s(s)a.
479
pasta- also in E; loc. sg. pas'ta N 74.46, pas'ta J.St.

paspuda- past part. of pa-spar-; compare Av. spar- 'to trample
upon,' Wakhi na-spar- 'to trample down' (Morgenstierne,

IIFL, 2, 532); another compound is vaspar- vaspuda- (J.St.).
pays2ta- beside pays2va-, pays2ya-, pays2-, see Bailey, BSOS 8:
133; see ys2ta-.
paysdna- formation in -ya- from pays2n- pays2nda- 'to recognize'
(E and elsewhere), pays2mda- (paysdmdamdd pret. 3 pl.,

St.H. 10); also P 2781.39; compare avays4aie 'unrecognizable'
(Ch.00268.183) equal to avays2mdye id. (in the parallel text
Ch.00277, 9v1), see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 584; the simplex
ys2n- ys2nda- (ys2mda-) 'to recognize, know' in E, J.St., etc.
p2ka- with p2kv2 loc. pl. (J.St.) compare p2kauva (P 2787.175),

with p2k2m dina (J.St.) compare di p2k2 (Ch.00269.11), see
Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 25; with p2 (J.St.; from paa-) compare
pau' 'at the feet' (E) beside pdto', pvo', po' id. also in E.
p2tcd older p2tcu, p2tco in E; later p2 as in J.St. and elsewhere.
p2yva- compare p2tive in the passage E 21.45 pdlsuve ssniii
pitive rrimd hurd ksdna kasire tcabriya s's2re pharu 'ribs,

hips, claws, faeces, thighs, shoulder(blade)s and (?), broken,
lie around, in great number.'
p2rrjsaa- compare p2rajs(y)e jsa rendering Skt. ds'ray2d, Tib.

rten 'support' and other forms quoted by Bailey, JRAS,
1942: 23, and also p2rajs2ina- (E 2.125) 'to be used as support.'
p2rysaa- see pars-.
p2sa'ra- pas'dra- in E.
pasa- somewhat uncertain; from the context (J.St., E 14.33 f.,

Ch.00268.197-8 (Kh.B.T., 68)) the assumption of the meaning 'load' seems to be reasonable.
piysvird the interpretation 'on the face, prostrated' was given
by Bailey (BSOAS 12: 323 ff.) on the evidence of such
parallels as p2ysu viri (E 2.132), p2ysvira stau 'being on her
face' (Ch.00266.159, Kh.B.T., 27 and P 2025.241, Kh.B.T.,
19), cui . . . nuiyi paysvira 'who should lie down on his face
(?)' (P 2927.46), which justify a meaning 'face' for pdysa-,
compare Buddh.Sogdian grp'z 'on the face' (VJ, 360), Chr.
Sogd. pr p'z id. (Muiller-Lentz, Soghdische Texte, 2, 28, 89),
Wakhi puiz 'breast,' Ossetic faza 'face, cheek'; see also Bailey,
BSOAS 13: 136.
pichaste compare pachastd E, vistdvai pyamtsa pichastd mahaisvara deta 'before (him) in person appeared the god Mahe?vara'
P 2801.7.
pisara- renders Skt. jugupsitd- 'disgust.'

piskista- past part., paskdlsta-, pres. stem padkal- 'to distin-
parvdld (Ch.00267.30, Kh.B.T., 147), paravadl (S 2471.254,

Kh.B.T., 99); see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 917.
pars- denominative stem from parysa- (E 2.50), parysa- (Bailey,
BSOS 8: 133), parysaa- (J.St.) 'servant'; compare pars'a''service' (P 2781.74), paras'i' (for pars'i'?) id. (P 2781.8);
see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 587.
pass(d)-passata- well-known from E and other texts; later forms
of the past part. are; pas?avem pret. 1 sg. (P 2741.76), pasarmdul
id. 2 pl. (P 2786.66), na pasa yin-me 'I cannot send' (P
2741.26), pas'a yinam 'we can send' (P 2741.88), etc.; see
II
paskya$sd older paskayalsto (E); compare paskJ.ta (P 5538.20),

paskdydstu (N 121.21), paskin4ata (P 5538.61).
pamya- past part., older pamata- ( <*pati-muxta-), pres. pamjs(*pati-muc-).

param.tha- compare rrantha- (E 18.17), ramtha- (J.St.), ratha(P 2781.90, P 2783.2, P 2801.34) 'tumult, uproar.'
GLOSSARY
guish' in E; substantive pdskala- 'part, portion, chapter' in

E, p4skala- Ch.iiO02, 1 bis v3 (Kh.T. 1, 4), piskica- Ch.
ii002, 2r5-vl (Kh.T. 1, 4); other compounds from the same
base (Old Ir. *skard-) are niskal- niskista-, naskaista- (naskaista viysa spuilaka 'an opened lotus bud' Or. 8212 (162) 116,
121, see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 41) 'to open, discriminate,' substantive nadkica- translating Skt. vis'esa- 'specification' (Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 43), niskalydme 'exposition'
indharmamuikha muikha niskalydme hiyapadaja (Ch.xlviOO12c,

3a2, Kh.T. 2, 59) 'the method of expounding the entrance
into the Law' (Bailey, BSOAS 15: 537); vaskal- vaskaista'to thrust' (P 2781.26), substantive vaskalydma- 'fragment,
moment' rendering Skt. nimesa-; haskal- haskasta- 'to break'
(haskastai 'he broke' P 2783.29), see Bailey, BSOS 8: 140;
BSOAS 10: 583, 590.

pi- also in Et see Bailey, BSOS 8: 133.
ptraur- pirauda- pres. stem puror- E, piror- in pirordka- J.St.,

piraur- quoted in the glossary of Ch.iiOO3; pret. stem (from
*pard-brta-) purauda- E, pirauda- J.St., peroda- J.St.
pirma uncertain; the word occurs several times in large numbers
and may therefore itself indicate a large number (ten million?); with J.St. 4v4 dvdrabistd byuirrd hasta ysdri pirma
twenty-two ten thousand(s), eight thousand pirma may be
compared Ch.00268.35-6 (Kh.B.T., 101) tcihau'si kuila p7rma

pyahasta-'forty
past part. ten
of pyahad-,
E pahad- pahasta- 'to cut off';
hajtfisi laksa' byuira haudi ysdri haIti-sse
million(s)
from the same base (Old Ir. *xad-) vahasta- 'mutilated,
$trma eighteen hundred thousand ten thousand seven thou-
sand eight hundred,' S 2471.45 (Kh.B.T., 92) tcau-se kuila
maimed' in E.
ten million (s) pirma eighteen hundred thousand ten thousand

seven thousand eight hundred' and also P 2896.10 (Kh.B.T.,
Sarmgh.S., etc.
pye older form of the nom. sg. of the stem pitar- is pdte as in E,
pirma haltfisa laksa byuird hauda ysard halta-se 'four hundred
pyaura- from *pari-abra-, compare Sogd. pr'y,Br'k from *pariabra-ka-, see Bailey, BSOS 9: 77; compare prraura P 4099.275
12) haItd ysdre rauda ya pNrma tcaihaisa ysdra samartha and
the parallel passage P 2025.94 (Kh.B.T., 14) hasta ysdra
rrauda ya dmna tcah4ssa ysdra samatta.

pirmattama- superlative 'supreme, best' of pirma- 'first,' corre-
sponding to anuttara- in Buddhist phrases, see Bailey,

BSOAS 13: 934.
pila- Skt. pidd- 'calamity,' see Bailey, BSOS 8: 133.

pilirrva- the translation 'pipe, tube' was proposed by Bailey
(B. C. Law Volume, Part 1, 12 f., Poona, 1946) who referred
to pilirfivi hd vistaiid 'the pipe must be inserted into it'
(Ch.ii002, 121r3, Kh.T. 1, 48) rendering Tib. gcehus bsu-RiA
'injecting (?) with the clyster-pipe.'
pisaa- also in E; from *pati-daisa-ka- according to Bailey, BSOS
8: 935, fn. 1, compare Middle Parth. 'bdys 'to show,' etc.
piha- also for instance E 16.127 vasuta d&tind ratana ne ni piha

busta hamdre 'the pure jewels of the Law, their price cannot
be recognized'; J.St. also has aviha- 'priceless'; see jivija-.
puniamdai uncertain; see for a possible interpretation under
niydde; or is punamdai another way of writing puniaudai?

punfauda- compare punaunda-, punauda- E, puinuftmda- P
2783.88, puinuiida- St.H. 34, etc.; see puniamdai (?).

puna- older purna- as in E.
pulra- puira- in E and Samgh.S.

pur(r)a- purrd- in E; in two passages in J.St. purna-, Skt. purnais added.
purr- purrda- both purr- and pur(r)da- in Sarmgh.S., pfirrdq u

ne'hvaste 'overcome and trodden' P 3513, 35v1 (Kh.B.T.,
60); compare purrd(kd) 'victorious' Suv.bh.Konow 29b6,
purrosca 'victory,' ibid. 29b2, rendering Skt. jayo, purrausca
id. Samgh.S. 20al.
pusa older pusso in E, pus(s)a in N; compare pu7sa Ch.00266.118,

pusai P 2957.67-8 (Kh.B.T., 34).
pusa- uncertain; possibly pusa, Skt. purusa- which in Pali has
the meaning 'some(one)' and -d 'of you.'
puihyd a similar proper name (?) occurs in other texts: piihq:yq

Ch.00269.116, putha:ya P 2741.91, puihi:ya P 2739.5, see
Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 50; BSOAS 13: 408. It does
not seem likely that Henning's suggestion (BSOAS 11: 717)
that puihyd represents Skt. purohita-, Sogdian pr'wyy, is
correct. The regular Khot. form of Skt. purohita- is rather
(Kh.B.T., 126).
pracaa- Skt. pratyaya-; the instr. sg. pracaina used as a

postposition 'because of' preceded by a genitive is common in E and elsewhere; compare such expressions as
ttye herd prracaina cu 'because (of this that)' St.H. 8, ttye
pracaina cu id. Hedin 26.1, ttyai prracaina cut id. P 2787.125
quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 8.
prranah4na- Skt. pranidhdna-, E pranadhna-.
pramuha- Skt. pramukha-; other forms in Khotanese are prramdha P 4099.439 (Kh.B.T., 135), prraum4ha' Or. 8212(162),
160, prramauha P 2786.74 as quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10:
921.
pravaja- Skt. pravrajyd-, E pravajja-.

pravaiya- Skt. pravrajita-, E pravaita-, P 2897.26 prravai, P
2893.15 prravaiya; -aji- > *-ai- >-ai- as -ati- > *-a->-ai-
(or -e-) in pe'ma, paima 'image,' Skt. pratimd- id., see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 906.
praskqndha- occurs Mahavyutpatti 6815 in a list of activities
and 8212 (praskandha-balam) in a list of powers; Pali pakkhandin (Digha Nikaya 1, 5i) designates some group in the
army: 'military scouts' (transl. Rhys Davids), 'Renommierkampfer' (transl. Franke), 'gens d'assaut' (transl. BlochRenou-Filliozat); BHS praskandin '(a) violent or insolent
and belligerent person' (Edgerton, BHS, 389).
prraharana- Skt. praharana- as in E; Bailey (BSOS 8: 134)
quotes the form priharam 'blow, weapon, knife' and also

(ibid. 10: 899) prraharan4yau for prraharanyau (Ch.iiO03,
46r4, Kh.T. 1, 137).
prtyauga- Skt. prayoga- and compare puYnfa prriyaugd 'meritorious activity' St.H. 41, 49, puniau prriyaugam id. St.H.
50; for Khot. pr(r)i-: Skt. pra- compare for instance Khot.
prribhava-: Skt. prabhdva- 'power,' see Bailey, Asia Major,

N.S. 2: 26.
prriya- Skt. preta-, E priya-, P 3513, 62v2 (Kh.T. 1, 243)

prr7yvd.
pva(')>a- puva'na- in E, puva'tana- Sar.gh.S., pva'na- Sarmgh.S.,

Ch.00269.33; verb puva'd- puvalsta-, puva'sta- E, pve(')sta-
J.St., pvaista- P 5538.60 'to fear'; another word for 'fear,

danger' is pva'sta- J.St., Sarmgh.S., compare ava'sta- 'fearless,
safe; fearlessness, security (ava(')sta-) J.St., older avuva'staE; among other derivatives may be quoted pva'scyqna-
priihi, and perhaps piihi (Ch.00266.150), see Bailey, BSOAS

13: 925 and fn. 2. According to E. G. Pulleyblank (Asia
Major, N.S. 4: 96, fn. 6) pfuhyd, etc. may represent the
Chinese title p'u-yeh (from *b'uk d'iag, Karlgren, Gramm.
Ser., 1211b, 807a).
pe' older pdta'-, pdsa'- in E, pdga'- as listed in SS; E also has
the adjectives pdtajsa- (pajsa J.St., see under pa'jsd) and
'terrifying' J.St., pve'styana- id. J.St., pve'styu(na)- id. (pv&'
styuim tvare 'very terrifying' P 2783.2, pve'styu tvare id. J.St.

9r3), pvq'niaviya- id. Sar.gh.S. 16a4.
pva'se this and similar forms (pvaisa, pvaise P 5538.54, 60 translating Skt. prraitsa(ya), i.e., prccha), from the verb puls-
E, pu's-, pve's-, pvai(')s-, pva's- brrasta- (E), occur in ex-
duspata'- (duspya- J.St.).
pe'jsye pret. 3 sg. of pajsan- pajsata- 'to strike' (E); pret. stem
older pajsata-, later pajsya-, written pe'jsya-?

paija- meaning 'breast' occurs also as pi(mn)ja- (Bailey); also
meaning 'point, peak' in a Hedin document (Bailey).
pe'me'sti pret. 3 sg. of pret. stem pe'me'sta- from *palmalsta-,
base *pari-mard- which is also attested in uysmesta- 'groomed'
see the passage quoted under nvamth- nvathdta-.
pyamtsa used as postposition preceded by genitive (J.St.) and
also as postposition; adverbially for instance in pyatsa vara
pressions like ma ne rd va pva'se (J.St.) 'do not ask,' ma tta

ttui pvai'sai (St.H. 65), ma na ra pvesa (Ch.00277, 3rl), ma
na pu'sa (Ch.00268, 142, Kh.B.T., 66), compare cu ava'sarstd
pulsta 'why do you ask the others?' (E 25.492), with the
idiomatic meaning of 'a fortiori,' see Bailey, Asia Major,

N.S. 2: 40. A similar use of the verb 'to ask' occurs also in
BSogdian; Benveniste (JAs, 1933: 228) compared 'cwtyp
. . . 'prs'y (Dhyana 171) with 'cwZYpw . . . 'prs(')y (SCE,

509, 517) 'why should you ask?'
l4drri cabvaia va$t4 P 2025.148-9 (Kh.B.T., 16) 'there inpvd'se somewhat uncertain; may represent *pvaysita-i 'you
feared,' pret. 2 sg.; see pva(')ta-, and compare pvaysd- 'fear'
front the hunter went down into the thicket,' see Bailey,
E 17, 20.
Asia Major, N.S. 2: 27; for pyamts&std older pyamtsdltso
'in future' see the glossary of SS.

py4ma- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 134; verb
pve'ha- rather 'blow' than 'noise' see for instance P 2781.40.
ph
patam- causative patem- pdtaunda- 'to cover, obscure' as for
phuda- compare phfida . . . si+ndha (P 2781.48) 'a rotten (or
hollow) marking-nut tree,' kho huskd banhyd handarna sfutd
instance E 10.3 samu kho dtasu patemindi pyaure 'as the

clouds cover the sky.'
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955]
phuva (E 21.12) 'as a dry tree within burns (being) hollow.'

The meaning 'rotten, hollow' for phuda- seems to be assured
by Agnean and Kuchean parallels for which see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 598.
phusta- this preterite stem occurs in the compounds vaphuiste
(E 25.267) 'he slew,' nalphuista- 'thrown' (Suv.bh. 24v4,
Kh.T. 1, 235) rendering Skt. ksipta- (quoted by Bailey,

BSOS 8: 130), naspuiste (?) (E 2.94) 'he drove away' (for
-sph- alternating with -sp- see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 122) which
for the simplex seem to permit a meaning 'to let loose, emit,
create, produce' which fits the passage J.St. 29r3; the compound guira-phusta- probably contains the same past part.
b(bh)
bajasa- bajasa- in E, bfjada-, buijdaa- listed by Bailey, BSOS 8:

131; denominative bajessa- (E), bijessa- (P 2956.4 baijakye
tta mi bijessdrd 'the sparrows thus make noise' quoted by
Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 39), bijaisa- 'to speak' rendering
Skt. kathaya- (Bailey, BSOS 9: 536), preterit stem bejesya(J.St.), bijesya- (bijesydmdd pret. 3 pl. P 2801.55, P 2781.68).
bajatta- beside bajautta- (J.St., Samngh.S.), bajotta- (E), bijautta-,

translating Skt. dusita- (see Bailey, BSOS 8: 120), past part.
of bajev- 'to destroy' (E, compare bajevaka- 'destroying,'
translating Skt. pranasaka-, in the glossary of Ch.ii003),
causative of baj- 'to be broken, suffer' (E, Samgh.S., etc.).
bhadrre-kalpia- Skt. bhadra-kalpika-, E bhadra-talpiya-.
bamtva- from the root ban- 'to lament'; compare the parallel
texts P 2025.167 (Kh.B.T., 16) ysairkha nvasauda tvd hvau-
raka banira, Ch.00266.107 (Kh.B.T., 24) ysairaka nisa?da

tva hvaura banira, P 2957.55 (Kh.B.T., 33) ysairka nvd?irfi
tvd hvardka baniri.
bamda- past part. of bam- 'to vomit, spout, gush,' causative
bamn4- 'to make to vomit,' substantive bam4me 'vomiting'
quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8: 119.
bara- translation tentative.
GLOSSARY
II
481
bdtda- from *varta- (Bailey, BSOS 6: 63), well known from E

and other texts with the meaning 'time'; also 'country, state,
organisation' according to Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 38.
bdta- also in E; compare bdva- and bhdva- Ch.ii003, 53v2 and 1
(Kh.T. 1, 145).
bd'taa- from *vi-sadta-ka-, see Bailey, JRAS, 1953: 103.
bathamnj- compound with *ava- or *upa- and -d- of thamtj- q.v.;
alternative possibility: ba 'root' (see bdta-) and thamnj-.
bana- buina- in E; Av. bulna-, AiW 968, etc.
bdan(v)d- uncertain; in other texts similar words (bdna P 2893.88,

baunvakya P 2956.37, baunyakya, baunyikya) seem to indicate
particular species of plants (Bailey).
ba'ya- also in E, Samgh.S.; other forms with bv- like bveya-,
bvaiya- are listed by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 901; adjective
bvaiyausta- (bvaiyausta rrana 'brilliant jewels' quoted by
Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 7), bve'yausta-, bveyasta- (Bailey,
BSOAS 13: 928).
bdysvaja- adjective in -ja- for which see Bailey, BSOAS 10:

921 f., of bdysua- 'arm.'
biksista- compare P 2022.2 tha ksaisttai tcamjsd 'you drew out

your hair' (Bailey).
bindsaa- the same adjective in E; substantive bindatd 'hunger'

together with tarrai 'thirst' Sarmgh.S. 37a4.
bIAa- E bis?.a-, Sarmgh.S. bis?.a-, bisa-, bdsa-.
bis'da- in E; see Leumann, Zur nordarischen Sprache und Lit.,
127 f.
bllsa- in E, Sarmgh.S., etc.; loc. sg. bisd, bisge in J.St., bis'sd in E;

with bi'salsto 'towards home' (E) compare bis?dtd (Ch.
00269.86).
bisamga- Skt. bhiksu-samgha-, bilsamgga- in E and elsewhere,

bisamgd Ch.00263.2 (Kh.B.T., 156), bisaga P 2787.7 (Kh.T.
2, 101).
bi'sta- also bai'sta- in J.St., bdsta- Samgh.S. 24b2, bista- E; pres.

stem bid- E, comp. Skt. bhid-.
bihi E has bihiyu, bihitu meaning 'much, exceedingly' used as

adverbs; comparative bihittara- 'more, greater' Samgh.S.
(E 6.101) from *bara-pu6ra--, see Bailey, BSOS 9: 77; -vor82a5; bihi(ya)- probably is the past part. of *vi-thanj-, com(-bir-) as in ba'ysa-virtiia- 'Buddha-sonship' (J.St.) and
pare pahiya-, pathiya- of pathamnj- 'to restrain,' inchoative
bdsivdrd$jaa-, bdsivrrd$saa-, bdsivird$aa-, bisiviraa- (Suv.bh.
pathis- 'to withdraw from' (see pathamtjaka-), prrihiya- of
73rl, Kh.T. 1, 248) translating Skt. kulaputra- 'son of a
prrahdj- 'to open,' inchoative prrahis- (see for passages
noble family, of high birth,' Krorayina gusura-, Kuchean
Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 23); or does a base *hanj- have
Skt. gausura-, see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1947 ('48): 150.
to be assumed for bihi(ya)- rather than *thanj-?; bihisadaabasdad- also in E; bhas'je (Ch.1.0021a, a 34) seems to be another
'extending, extended' is the pres. part. of the inchoative
form; compare the parallel texts P 2025.144 (Kh.B.T., 16)
bihis- 'to become extended.' The form bihivw is uncertain:
basa', Ch.00266.88 (Kh.B.T., 24) busdau', P 2957.40 (Kh.
2 sg. pret. of the stem bihi-, bihMya-, bihUta-, bihiva- with the
B.T., 32) basda; derivatives are basdainaa- 'sinful' (Samgh.S.
meaning 'to lift' (?).
14al, 2), basdamggdra- 'committing sins' (E 14.70) compared
bsysanaa- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 120; fem.
by Henning (BSOAS 10: 102) with Sogdian bing'ry id.
biysdanja (J.St.), hina biysdmje 'a terrible army' (P 2781.71),
barbird- from *bara-pu6ra-kyd-, compare baraviriid 'pregnant'
balkha- translation tentative.
ba'ysa- older balysa- (E, etc.), later also bai'ysa-, be'ysa-, etc.,
baysdanja- in glossary of Ch.iiO03.
bisunia- beside besfufa- (J.St.), bissfiniya- E.

compare ba'ysuiiia-, bi'ysuniia-, etc., older balysuiiia-, ba'ysfiiti-,
bisaa- also besaa- (J.St.), after a locative meaning 'situated in,
bi'ysuisti-, etc. older balysfiiti- (from *barzavat-ti-).
being in, in,' compare S 2471.273 (Kh.B.T., 100) khdhvd
bays- balta- also in E, etc.; Av. vaz-.
daaijvd ttdjvd bisd devatta 'deities in wells, pools, rivers,'
baysga- the adverbial meaning of baysga (J.St.) 'deeply, very,
St.H. 22 argiiivd bisd kamtha 'the town among the Argifia,'
much' is also attested for baysgu in E.
St.H. 23 'ermvd bisd kamtha 'the town among the Ermas'
bahya- banhya- in E and elsewhere; to be connected with Old
(Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 14).
Ind. van- 'tree' with a double suffix -h-ya-, see Bailey, Trans.
Philol. Soc., 1952 (1953): 59, fn. 5.
biysiya- past part., also P 2781.61, beside biysi (P 5538a, 67,
bdgara- bdggara- in E, Samgh.S., etc.; compare Av. varaka-,
iiO03, 156v1, Kh.T. 1, 104), biysarnj- (St.H. 65), baysamnj-
Ch.iiO02, 126v5, Kh.T. 1, 56), pres. stem biysamnj- (Ch.
Sogdian wrkr, Middle Parth. wrgr.

baja in E occur bdgyo, bdgya, bajo, baju of which the meaning
seems to be 'beside, upon, on'; in E 25.279 a meaning 'like'
seems to be acceptable (smrtty-upasthdne durna samyapra-
(Vajr. 7rl), inchoative biysis- (biysisamdaa- pres. part. J.St.,

biysistd pres. 3 sg. Ch.iiOO2, 136v2, Kh.T. 1, 72), see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 585 f.; Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 39 suggested
thdnas (are like) bows, the Samyakprahdnas (are) like arrows,

the Rddhipddas like spears' which would also give a satisfactory translation for the passage iaim ttaji ne'sto hi bdja
hubasta 'in a river-stream established like a bridge, wellbuilt' (J.St. 7v2).
bajana- see Bailey, BSOS 8: 119.
bisaij- another occurrence of the same verb is P 2891.32 sa khu

prriyi bisaijidd 'they shriek like Pretas'; pres. stem bisaij(besaij-), pret. stem bisaij- from *bIsaijya-; the stem is probably *abi-sinj- for which may be compared RV siffj- used
twice to indicate the sound made by a bow and the bellowing
of a bull (Bailey).
to compare with Sanglechi zenz-, zanf- zuyd- 'to seize, catch,

hdna puirndnu bdjo radddhd-pdta kho halstd 'the Smrtyupas-lift up' (Morgenstierne, IIFL, 2, 435); see beysd-.

biysirka- from the verb biysdr- 'to terrify' see bdysdrgyuinabdysdrjiina- 'terrifying' (E), biyserdma (P 2958.63, P 2978.180,
(besta either for bisto equal to bistd nom. sg. and u 'and,' or
from bistaa-), see Bailey, JRAS, 1953: 95 ff..

Kh.B.T., 41 and 45); see beysida.
beysa- probably past part. beysdta- or biysdta- from *-zdxtabukaja- probably 'steward' from bOka- which is common
in
'taken,
seized,' compare biysi(ya)- (from *-zaxta-), pres.
biysamnj- 'to take' q.v.; if so beysd-dende is an almost literal
documents with the meaning 'food, victuals' (from *baxta-,
see under buva-); bukaja- then would mean 'the one contranslation of Skt. dpta-danda-, Pali atta-danda-.-Notice
nected with food, steward' and correspond to Pali bhattathat Skt. danda- also occurs as ttanda in Khotanese, see
kdra-; compare also buikaja (E 25.513) and buitajina (E
14.404). See also Bailey, JRAS, 1953: 99.
beysida two interpretations seem to be possible: (1) beysidaa<*vi-zarita-ka- 'yellowish'; (2) bey$ida- past part. of biysarbu'jsa- for older burjsa- 'flashing, light, flame' (comp. Av. aiwiruc- 'to flash') as in E 25.410 (durndnu sparggd burjsd
'to terrify,' see biysirka-; for beysida a stem beyskdaa- should
be assumed.
hdls'tinu mdstd skald patuisdnu 'the whirling (?) of bows, the
byava- older batavd-, batdvd- as in E and elsewhere.
strong flashing of spears, the noise of drums'), bd'jse 'flames'
byuirra- compare byuirru E 6.87 and see Bailey, BSOS 8: 121;
(St.H. 64), see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 34 and 39.
9: 73; BSOAS 10: 916 f.
bu'jsa- older buljsd- (E and other texts), bdljsd- (N 169.4), later
byuitta- past part. of byuih- 'to change, interpret, translate'; the

b4'jsd- (J.St.), bvejsd- (J.St.), etc.; adjective bd7jsnaa- (J.St.
infin. byuitti (J.St.) is from *vi-vada-tayai; the same verbal
bd'jsinai mahdsamudrre), bu7sinaa- (P 3513, 68v2 (Kh.T. 1,
246) bu"sind mahasamudrra translating Skt. guna-sagara-).

buda the older texts like E have budaru, the later bu.da (J.St.),
buida (St.H. 53); comparative of bura.
bura used with pronouns (J.St.; compare ttika burd (St.H. 8)

'these,' tti buri (St.H. 40) 'all those'), nouns (J.St.) and
adverbs (J.St.; compare the glossary of SS).
burs- the past part. is bursta- (E, P 2781.92, P 2741.110, etc.)
and busta- (P 2781.86), pres. 3 sg. busda (Vajr. 2b2).
burbula- Skt. budbuda- (see F. B. J. Kuiper, Proto-Munida Words
in Sanskrit, 107), Pali bubbulaka, BHS budbudaka-.
bOva- Skt. bhita-, E buta-, N 58.13 buva-.

buvadmde this form was translated by Bailey (BSOAS 10: 580)
by 'they asked' from bui- 'to ask, speak, respectfully'; this
interpretation does not seem to fit the J.St. passage too well;
Bailey therefore suggested to explain buva- (past part.) by
*baxta- and to compare bukaja- q.v.
bu'ysa- older bulysa- in E and elsewhere; for the later forms which
occur in J.St. comp. similar forms in other texts as for instance
bvaiysa- also P 5538.74, Ch.00269.112, bvimysa- in the glos-
sary of Ch.ii003; the substantive 'length' is buysde (Or.

11252, 37a4), bu'gde' (Ch.iiO02, 102r5, Kh.T. 1, 38), bvai'?dai
(P 2787.192) all of which are from bu'ysa-*tdti-, see Bailey,
JRAS, 1942: 28.
buysva- older buysuta-, past part. of buysu-, buysai- (E, N,

Samgh.S.); compare for instance N 169.4 buysvai ttiyd
bdljsakyau bdysu bissu 'you then extinguished the whole
forest by your virtues,' P 3513, 62v2 (Kh.T. 1, 243) si' dai
buysvdve 'this fire should be extinguished.' A possible connection with Man.Sogd. pw wyz'w 'without extinction, inextinguishable,' Middle Parth. wzwd was suggested by W. B.
Henning (apud Gershevitch, GMS, 34, ? 216).
be'- older bd'ta-, bei'- in E; the word occurs in the compounds

be'-tuda- (J.St.), ba'-bhuida- (J.St.), be'-vuTda-, be'-vdda-, be'vyada- 'poisonous' quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 593; JRAS,
1942: 26; baija- might also belong here if bai- and -ja-.
bekhaute explained by Bailey as an oblique case of *bekhautdfrom *abi-xauxti- 'clutching to' the root of which is to be
found in Sogdian "kwc- (dkoc-), "qw-yt- (dkuyd-), Middle
Parthian 'gwc- (see Henning apud Boyce, BSOAS 13: 913,
form also Ch.iiOO2, 1 bis r2-3 (Kh.T. 1, 2) byuittd vaska ra ni

ya bvdma hota 'he did not have the knowledge or the ability
to translate'; compare also Vajr. 3a4 aysd hamjsye byuihd

'I propose to translate' and E 24.2 hvatanau yi hamjsdte'
byuihe 'he intends to translate into Khotanese'; see also
p. 402.
byehdysa- beside such forms as byahdysi (P 2957.49, Kh.B.T., 33),

bahdysa (Ch.00266.97, Kh.B.T., 24), bihdysi (Or. 11252(1).
23), from byaha- (P 2801.12; P 2025.173 (Kh.B.T., 17)
byaha netsuie 'he went out hunting' and in the parallel text
P 2957.62 (Kh.B.T., 33) byahi netsve id.) and aysa- as known
from Khot. hinaysa- 'leader of the army, general,' Middle
Parth. n'w'z (ndvdz) 'leader of the ship, navigator,' see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 573; Henning (BSOAS 11: 471, fn. 4) compared
Sogdian w'ywk, Middle Pers. and Parth. w'ywg.
byo byau also other forms like bryau bryau and bye bye occur
(Bailey).
br(r)a- from brya-, Av. frya-, Skt. priya-, etc.; compare brre
(obl. sg.) in brre vi 'for the beloved' (St.H. 66) from brye,
see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 40. Other derivatives of
Old Ir. *friya- are: brr4yaa- 'beloved' (J.St.), abriyaa- 'unloved' (E 7.44 and see Bailey, l.c., 39), brria- 'loved' (J.St.,
etc.), britinaa- 'consisting of love' (E, J.St.), brivinaa- 'con-
nected with love' (St.H. 70), br4yosta- 'full of love' (E),

brriyausta- id. (J.St.), brriyikya- 'dear' (P 2956.19, St.H. 64),
brriyilaka- 'filled with love' (St.H. 67, 68), brriyuinakya- 'dear'
(P 2956.26), etc.
br(r)ammam E bramana-, brammana-, Agnean bram, pram,

Kuchean bram, Sogdian pr"mn and similar forms without
the h of Skt. brdhmana- originate in the Northwestern Prakrit
('Gdndhdri') form *bramma for which there is ample proof
in such forms as bram(m)ana (in the Khotan Dhammapada,

see Bailey, BSOAS 11: 488-498), bramana (Asoka, Shahbazgarhi inscr.), bramanena (Kharosthi inscription No. 156
in Konow's ed.), brammana and bramamna (Niya 514), see
Bailey, BSOAS 11: 788 f. The forms with h as in the
proper names br(r)ahmadatta-, brahmadeva-, and in brrahma-
vyahdra- all of which occur in J.St., or in brahmdne (J.St.),

Skt. brahman-, are of course direct loan-words from
Sanskrit.
fn. 5) 'to hang, suspend'; a parallel to t representing braviyapalatal-compare bdrraviya- 'splendid, fortunate' Suv.bh.Konow
ized dental is rautejsa (P 2781.17) 'with eagerness, eagerly'

(raute from *raut(a)yd) with *rautd- from *rauxti-, base
*rauk- 'to desire' (BSOAS 10: 581).
67a5; on the 'syncope' see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 925.

brraha- also brraiha- (P 2783.29), brhania (loc. sg.) E XXIII. 145;
Bailey (BSOS 6: 60 and fn. 1) compared Av. bara?a- 'back
berdsta- (for berdsva-) 'full of pride, exalted' compare barrdstattete
of a horse,' Zor.Pahl. bws', NP bus 'neck, mane'; for brahyeti
jsa Or. 9609, 36r2 (Kh.T. 1, 236) in the passage barrdstattete
jsend 'belly' (J.St.) one should compare jsimnd brihd
jsa pahdstdna aysmfina 'with a mind free of pride' translating
(Ch.iiO02, 121v2, Kh.T. 1, 48) which renders Skt. kuksiSkt. darpa- 'pride, arrogance'; beradta- pret. stem with pres.
'belly'; see Bailey, BSOS 8: 120; BSOAS 10: 590; 12: 325.
bdrds- (Suv.bh.Konow 67b6); comp. Zor.Pahl. af3rdstak
brrahma-vyahdra- compare brrahma-vyehdra P 4099.162 (Kh.B.T.,
Iproud' (Bailey).
121); the term is a synonym of Skt. apramana-, see aprabesaci base bes-; see &be'sa-, ve'sdra-, hamge'sta-.
mqtia-; Skt. vihara-, Khot. vyahdra-, compare s?ita vyahera
besta- probably not the past part. of the verb bis-, bi4ta- 'to'in one monastery' P 3513, 20r2 (Kh.B.T., 56).
enter' meaning 'pupil' (bista- E, baista- P 5538.52, 73, transbrahmdna- other forms (brrqhmau, brrahma, brraham4na, brahlating Skt. upasthayaka- and sisya-), but rather 'in distress'
m4na, bramhdm) are quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 914; for
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955]
Khot. brahmana- as against Skt. brahma see Bailey, BSOAS
GLOSSARY
II
483
see Henning, BSOAS 11- 54, Gershevitch, BSOAS 14: 485,
fn. 3.
13: 406.
brrdanja- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 120, compare
bramnja- Ch.iiO02, 13r4 (Kh.T. 1, 20) and possibly brumjaE 21.42.
mi'ysdyitna- older mulysdyuina- E, later maysdyuina- (J.St.),

mai'ysdy4na- (J.St.); adjective from older mulysdi- 'mercy,'
later mus(')di- q.v.
bruini- for other forms see the glossaries of E and SS under brruini-,
bdriiun-; from *abi-rauxsnaya-; Middle Parth. wrwc- 'lightning'
and wrwsn'dn 'to shine' are compared by Henning, BSOS 8:
584; see harruin-.
bv- see the glossaries of E and SS under bud- busta- and compare
for instance bustum 'I knew' P 2782.49, baustum id. P 3513,
19rl (Kh.B.T., 56). In J.St. the following derivatives occur:
bv&ka- 'knowing,' also St.H. 35; bvdma-, bvau'ma- 'knowledge,

bodhi,' bv4ma- Ch.00269.107, older bv&matd- E; bv4maya'with knowledge,' bv4'maya- St.H. 33, bv4maya- P 2030.4
(quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 23); compare bvaumai
Ap.S. 2rl-2 with bv&mai sta J.St.; bvscya`- 'experience,'
compare bvdstyJ- and adj. bvdstiiia- quoted by Bailey, BSOS

8:121.
m
makala- corresponds to Skt. markata-, Buddh.Sogd. mkkr (see

also H4. Liiders, SPA W, 1933: 1020), Krorayina Kharosthi
maka'da-; see Bailey, BSOS 8: 129, 929.
magdra- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 129; compare
mamgara- N 50.29, Ch.00269.104.
madrra- E and other texts have mnamdra- for Skt. mantra-, Av.
mqora-.
man4ta- a conjectural reading for mandmbha (MS); see amanda-.
mara- identified by Bailey (BSOAS 13: 134 f., 408 f.) with BHS
makara- 'seamonster,' older magara- (E 25.239).
marana- Skt. marana- is represented in Khot. by maram (J.St.),
mIrdha- compare mraha- E, mdrdha-, miraha- quoted by Bailey,
BSOS 8: 129; adj. mr&hinaa- E, mirahinaa- N 101.35,
mirdhinaa- J.St.
mukdpamka- Pali muigapakkha-, Agnean mukaphalku (SiegSiegling, Toch. Sprachreste, 43, No. 73a); see p. 449.
mu(mn)da- older manda- (E), past part. of main- (E), munii(muiiin(rn) pres. 1 sg. P 5538.40, 22, muiija imper. 2 sg. P
5538.34, muiiara imper. 2 pl. Ch.00269.112, muai4nia- gerund
P 2741.134); the pret. stem also in muida infin. Ch. 1.0021a,
a 4, muimda(i) id. P 5538.15, 21.

mura- compare muira- St.H. 62, murka- E, muiraka- St.H. 62.
mur- mur(r)da- the present stem in muiraka- 'destroying, crush-
ing' Ch.iiOO3, 37v5 (quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 577) and,

with *ava- or *upa-, in vamuraka- 'vanquisher, suppressor'
J.St. and Ch. 1.002 la, a 13 (harbis'dm rramdam hye vamurakd
rre 'king, vanquisher of all kings'); the pret. stem in murrde

'he crushed' P 2801.45, murrdamdd 'they crushed' P 2781.28.
mursala- beside marsala- represents Skt. musala-, with 'intrusive r'; see p. 408.
mu(')sdi- older mulysdd (E), muls'di (E), later mvai'sdi

(SS), mvaisja (quoted by Konow, Khotans. Gramm., 11),
mva'sja' (P 4099.162, Kh.B.T., 121), mvasca (Or. 8212.186,
44); see mi'ysdyutna-.

maula- also P 2787.75; Skt. makuta-, Prakrit mauila-; for -akubecoming -a-yu- becoming -au- see Bailey, BSOAS 10- 906;
Kuchean mahur (Couvreur, Bi.Or. 4: 124, 1947) might go
back to *makhuta-.
marenq (J.St.), marna- (Ch.cOO1, 893 mariz4nd gen. pl.,

Kh.B.T., 137), the last form with loss of medial -a- for which
see Bailey, BSOAS 11: 789 f.
marsya'ra 2nd plur. imper. in -ya'rd (Konow, Primer, 49) of
stem mars- which is clearly an Indian form, compare BHS
marsayati (caus. to Skt. mrs-) 'asks to be excused from,
declines,' marsayitar- 'one who pardons,' see Edgerton,
Buddh. Hybrid Sanskrit Lexicon, 420.
maspa- other passages in which this word occurs are given by
Bailey, BSOAS 10: 585; compare also P 2741.120 suiha:cui
4na dyau-tcvind buri maspa 'the road from Sutsou up to
Liau-ts'uan,' see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 36.

masi translates Skt. matra- in compounds, meaning 'as much as,
only'; compare mase E, Ch.iiO02, 3r4 (Kh.T. 1, 6), masai
E, P 2787.179, etc.-J.St. also has mat(t)ra- as a direct
loanword from Skt.
maysdarva also in a medical text (P 2893.245, unpubl.) (Bailey);

it was suggested by Bailey that maysdara-, which occurs
ya- older vdta-, vya-, present stem vd-; ya in J.St. is pret. 3 sg.
and pl. (also Vajr. 30al), ye pret. 3 sg. (also St.H. 4, Vajr.
30a2) and 3 pl. St.H. 8, 38.
yan- yuda- present stem beside yan- also yin-, ydn-, tan-, gan-,
tin-, gin-, in-, etc.; pret. stem beside yuda- also yida-, yada-,
guda-, etc.; for examples see the glossaries of E and SS.
On the well-known use of yan- with the past participle to
express transitive potentiality see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 586
and Asia Major, N.S. 1: 40. For similar constructions in
Sogdian, Yaghnobi, Baluci see Gershevitch, GMS, 130 f.
yamdd meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 141.
ye is frequent in E, Sam.gh.S., etc.
r
ra older rro E, rru E, later ru, rd, etc.
rra(m)ga- meaning proposed by Bailey, BSOS 8: 134 f.

together with pimja- (see under paija- 'breast'), could mean
'nipple,' compare Homer, Iliad 8.313. /3aXe -ThOos lrapa ramnaliatov; older ratana- E, Sam.gh.S., etc., later rene J.St., Skt.
the etymological connection could be either with *macadara-, comp. Zor.Pahl. micak 'taste,' NP mazsdan 'to taste,
suck, sip' or *mazd- could be from *mad-d-, comp. Walde-
Pokorny, Vergl. Wb. where Greek Aaros is derived from
*mad-do- or *mand-do- (*mand-io-).

mahakaruna- compare E 14.44 mahakaruna utara 'noble great
mercy,' Kha. 1.221.2 mahakdrnaka with loss of -u-; see
karandya- and Bailey, BSOAS 10: 904.
mahasamudrra- Skt. mahasamudra-; compare for instance mdhasam4dra- St.H. 62 and the glossaries of E and SS.
masta- see Bailey, BSOS 8: 129.
midna- compare maddna voc. sg. in E, Suv.bh.Konow, etc.,
midi voc. sg. J.St.; mida jasta 'the gracious god' P 2787.83
ratna-. The adjective ramnnnaa- (USt.) is common with the
word for 'land' as a designation of Khotan: ranijai janavai

'the jewelled land' (Or. 8212(186) A 34), ranijai janavai
hiye . . . nauma 'the name of the jewelled land' (P 2786.
197-8), ramnimje mistye janave 'the great jewelled land'
(P 2741.25), see Bailey, BSOS 9: 541; BSOAS 10: 919; a
'river of jewels (or: jade)' is mentioned Or. 8212(162)16
ranijai ttaja baida dvaysa sui'stai 'he established dwellingplaces upon the river of jewels,' see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 920.
ramba- as a proper name mentioned together with tilottama(Khot. ttalottamd-, J.St.) also in Jacobi, Ausgewdhlte Erzahlungen in Mahardshtri, 28, line 16, Leipzig, 1886.
ramania- compare Skt. ramantya- 'delightful.'
(JRAS, 1942: 14), miad& gyasta J.St., misdam gyastd St.H. rays- in J.St. the following compounds occur: birays- birasta-,
32, misdam gyastina Or. 11344.7.1 (quoted by Bailey, Asia
caus. birds'- 'to explain' (*vi-raz-), known from E, N, compare birds4'matinai suitrd, translating Skt. parikirtana-suitra
*mrdana- > masdana- > midana- > midam > mida.
(Apar.S. 2bl); harays- harasta- 'to spread out' (*fra-raz-),
miysirka-, with variants, is to be traced back to Old Iranian
in E, also meaning 'to extend' (P 2788.12 kalatcyardm hiya
*mazan-/mazar- (Pa'sto mzarai, zmarai, Baluci mazar 'tiger'),
musda' haraysde 'he extends favors to the Kalatcyaras,' see
Major, N.S. 2: 22); mdsdana voc. sg. Samgh.S.; from

Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 40; Ch.00269.118 khv&m v4 laka
mvai'sdd haraysde 'how does he extend a little favor to us'),
and 'to explain' (P 2741.126 pa'si haras(a khu tta tta b&dd-na
l&bhya, in dhy&na-ldbhya, represents rather a derivative from

Skt. lobh- 'to be eager,' compare lobha- 'greed' (J.St.) than
s?ijqiia ni samimde 'he fully explained how the tribal groupsfrom Skt. labh- 'to take.'
ludraa- beside lodrraa-, l4draa-, laudraa- (see Bailey, BSOAS 13:
931; Asia Major, N.S. 2: 27) renders Skt. lubdhaka- 'hunter,'
are not in agreement with one another,' see Bailey, l.c., 36),
causative haras- 'to extend' (St.H. 68 khu tta pa na hardse'
'how would you not extend your legs?' P 2927.46 cui baka
see Bailey, BSOS 8: 129; on Pali ludra, rudda and ru'la see
niiyi paysvira ka pe' ma na hardsa' 'how should he lie down

on his face a little [?] and should not stretch his legs here?'
see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 41); varas- (*upa-raz-), which
H. Lilders, NGGW, 1898: 1 f., and also ZDMG, 1942: 96.

lokapdla- the four protectors of the world (tc4ra lakapala P
2787.169, laukapald (sg.) P 4649.7) are mentioned by their
names as follows: vaissramand, dhrttirastrd, vdrfilei, viruipdksa
(Or. 9609, 27r6, Kh.T. 1, 235) and again vrrisama, virrulai,
virrup&ksa, dadaraja (S 2471.256-7, Kh.B.T., 99) corre-
does not occur in J.St., has the meaning 'to experience,

enjoy' and is known from E and other texts for instance P
2787.61 sauhi'-sapatta sarq varasd'vai 'may he enjoy the sri

of prosperity,' see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 45.
raysayana- Skt. rasayana-, Uigur rasayan, etc.; a late form is
probably raysem quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 901; see
also ne'-.
rraysga- also in E, N, etc.; compare rraysgi viram 'quickly them
(-am)' P 2741.131 and elsewhere.
sponding to Skt. vaisramagta, dhEtardstra, virfudhaka and
virfIp&k$a (see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 912 ff., 915) and compare
also vrrLs'mam lokdpdlai &stamrna tcihauri lokdpala (P 2958.143,

Kh.T. 2,118).
v
rrajevarrdana- Skt. rdjyavardhana-, Buddh.Sogd. r'zf (w)rt, a

form influenced by the word for lapis lazuli NP ldjvard,
Uigur razvart, see Benveniste, VJ, 91 and his Notes III,
va for va beside vaska of which the latter is approximately twice

as frequent as the former in J.St., see Bailey, BSOAS 10:
1022; 11:4.
JAs, 1936: 228.
vajrrayaunia- in the colophon of J.St. the words harbisaim

dsi'rya gathd vajrrayaunyam jsa 'with all the teachers and
householders of Vajraydna' clearly refer to the Khotan
kingdom as do the words visd'rd-rd.sad' rada 'of the king of the
Vajra kingdom.' For Skt. vajra- Khotanese either has the
direct loanword vajra- or a similar form as for instance in
vajrapanu (E 5.8), vajrrap4ad (Ch.c.001, 934, Kh.B.T., 138),
Skt. vajrapani-, vajrrdysa 'Diamond Throne' (P 2787.70),
Skt. vajrdsana-, vajrrakuila (Ch.iiO04, 3v4, Kh.B.T., 146), or
vasara-, as in vasdrapand (E 2.99) and other forms for which
rrasa'- also in E, N, etc.; rrdsa' yan- means according to Bailey

(Asia Major, N.S. 1: 45) 'to put into one's possession, issue a
decree, present a gift' (P 2741.94-5 ksi'-sse kina vd 'ird rrasd'

pastamda yude 'six hundred kins' (weight) of jade they have
been pleased to present'); this interpretation of rrds'a' yanwould suggest as an alternative translation for the passage
J.St. 19rl yava khue rrdsa' yuddmda 'as long as they gave
you freedom (to do so), as long as they let you.'
raysaysana- see under aysana-; the loc. sg. raysaysna is similar
to forms like viysiid 'in a lotus' (Ch.1.0021a, a 2).
rrijsaa- rrajsaa- in E, Sam.gh.S., r(r)aijsaa- J.St., rejsaa- J.St.;
for rriscye and rraisci (J.St.) compare the fem. rrasca- in E.
see vtst ra-.
vajsi4a- past part. of pres. stem vajsds- (E), vajsdt'- (E), vajs'(E), vijsy- (vijsye pres. middle 1 sg. St.H. 73, vijsy4me 'act
of seeing' quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8: 140, vijsy4ne conj.
1 sg. P 3513, 52v4 (Kh.T. 1, 227), vijsydnai id. Ch.1.0021b,
a2 36), vajsy- (vajsy4ne conj. 1 sg. St.H. 54). Other com-
In the compound rijs&ksivi (rijsaa- and Skt. (a)ksepa- 'buffeting') the -a- from an adjective in -aa- is normal, see
risa'ya- for an analysis of the various forms assumed by Skt.
pounds of the same base are: 'to show, point out' nijsa$-
rsi- in Khotanese (rsei nom. sg. (E), r$ayu acc. sg. (E),
(E), nijsat'- (E), nisjv- (nijsv&ka- 'showing' Vajr. 2r2 beside

nijsdsd'ka- id. in N) and other forms listed by Bailey, BSOA S
rrisa'ya-, rrisi'ya-, rresa'ya-, rasa'ya-, rasai'ya-, etc.), Sogdian

(rs'k, rz'y) and other languages (Uigur 'rzy, Agnean risak,
Kuchean risake) see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 405 f.
10: 574, pret. stem najsasta- (E), najsausta- (P 2801.24),
najsfita- (Vajr. 43v3), nuijsfista- (P 4099.402, Kh.B.T., 133;

also P 4099.277, Kh.B.T., 126 or rather nijsvasta-), nijsa&sa-
rrispuraka- rrispuara- E, N, etc., rrespara- J.St., etc.

rrin&- rrina- in E; renders Skt. mahip- (Suv.bh.Konow 35a4
hvastye rrine rendering Skt. agra-mahisyas').
(Ch.ii004 3vl, Kh.B.T., 145); 'to consider, intend' hamjsa$(E), hamjsat'- (E), hamjsy-, pret. harnjsasta- (E) also with
rrima- rendering Skt. malina P 5538.85; also in E; possibly

Agnean rem, see van Windekens, Museon 49: 270.
rrum rruand in E, gvihu rruinu 'butter' Samgh.S. 14a4 (thus
the meaning 'to be likely to' (with infin. as in E and for
instance P 2741.105 hamyjsyam ksizna mird 'we are likely to

instead of rrfnidd) corresponding to Sogdian -y'w rw-yn 'cow- die because of hunger,' or part. as in P 2741.106 haMjsy4ri
mirdm 'they are likely to die'); 'to look' padjsa$- (E 24.161
oil, butter'; compare Av. raoyna-, etc.
rrumnda- rruanddtd in E, acc. sg. rriindetu in E, Sam.gh.S. 84b5, pand hve' hdlsto p&jsa$de 'everyone looks in that direction').
vadida- past part. of vadam- (<*ava-dam-) as in rrusi jsa vadida
later also rdmda- as in rdmdatastd (Ch. 1.0021a, a 1; BSOAS
'made from barley' (Ch.iiO02, 144v5, Kh.T. 1, 86), beside
10: 886), etc.; from *rauxsna-tati-.
vadimda- (P 2801.35), vadeda- in raysaya jsa vadeda 'made

from the elixir' (Ch.00266.54), vadaida- in hPsaM jsa vadaidi
'made of iron' (P 2936.6) as listed by Bailey, BSOS 10: 576;
rrus'ti- also in E, Samgh.S., etc.; a late form is rr4.ici (Ch.

1.0021a, a 11).
ruiy- rrusta- both the pres. and the pret. stem in E; compare
raust2mdd 'they lost' (Ch.00269.53-4) and see Bailey, BSOAS
see padeda-.
vadia- compare padia- (E, Samgh.S., etc.) 'way, manner'; ysamasaamdai tcema-vadi (padi- becoming -vadi- intervocalically)
10: 591; JRAS, 1942: 23.

re- older rrata- E 23.281, rrdta' jsa N 50.31, later rrdm vira Ch.
seems to render closely Pali cakkhupathe ... sabbalokassa
iiO02, 103v3 (Kh.T. 1, 40), rrd vi Ch.iiOO2, 150v4 (Kh.T. 1,

96); compare Middle Parth. rhg, Sogd. r'k, NP rag, see
'in the eyesight of the whole world' (Bailey).
vaina vaysna E, vamnia Samgh.S., vaina Samgh.S., J.St., veina

J.St., vifia P 5538.7, Ch.00269.72, etc.
Henninlg, BSOAS 14: 449, fn. 1.
rre- obl. sg. older rrumda, later radd (J.St.), rdmda (P 2787.169).
raudra- Skt. rudra- with Khot. -au- for Skt. -u- as in sauha-
vqn- known from N 166.6; Av. vand-.
St.H. 57, soha- J.St., suha- E for Skt. sukha- 'happiness,
vamuraka- see mur- mur(r)da-.
pleasure,' etc.
vara E has both vara and vary; to varas&a corresponds older
rhinai in order to interpret these syllables we have to assume

that the scribe blundered by confusing the ha and ma signs;
rm&imnai could then be taken as to stand for m&ri(M)nai of

marinaa- 'connected with Mara'; see mJrinaa-.
varalsto in E; compare also vaddga (vada- perhaps from *varatara-) in vad.dta hodatd sald vi bure 'up to seventy years'
Ch.iiO02, 7rl (Kh.T. 1, 10), vads&.ai 'towards him' (P
2801.58-9), viIdasta P 2741.44.
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
var- pres. stem, older varrad-, pret. stem varrasta- 'to snatch,
tear away' (E 2.137 varrittd pres. 3 sg., E 21.37 varrasta-);
the present stem var- <*vary- <var(r)ad- according to Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 591.
vasisa- vissesa- E, Sarmgh.S.
vaspris- the same - pris- (<*-sprxs-) also occurs in haspris-
GLOSSARY
II
485
to be written, and preaches, memorizes, listens to, worships (the names of these 5000 Buddhas),' see also Ch.c.001,
731-732 (Kh.B.T., 90), P 4099.430-431 (Kh.B.T., 134); S
2471.121-122 (Kh.B.T., 95) pirn parn pile u puistyenie vi?ti
dijsdve vai u vasi'ye vai '(whoever) writes, orders to write

and puts into a book, memorizes and preaches.'
(fra-) and gusprris- (*vi-); the latter meaning 'to scatter,

shine out' is well known from such expressions as 'aurmaysdi
gusprrisamcd bisd 'living in the East' (P 2741.24), urmaysdi
vdast older vdlsto E.
gusprrisamcdJtd 'towards the East' (P 2741.26), aurmaysda
vitka- the semantic development of this word has been the same
gausprrisaca 'auna 'from the East' (P 2896.45), see Bailey,

Asia Major, N.S. 1: 40; from the former the past part.
hasprri (<hasprriya- <*fra-sprxta-) occurs twice in J.St.,

once in the compound hasprri-tcaMjsa- 'with dishevelled
hair,' the other time as a pret. 3 sg. with the meaning 'he is
opened, is filled, penetrated' and also in E as for instance
E 21.3 kardssd haspriye 'the creepers are blooming,' E 25.203
spdte haspriya 'the flowers are blooming,' the present stem
being haspalgy- (<*fra-sparg-) as in E 23.191 sati balysuii
vaysa- past part. (vaysa- < *vaysya- < *vasita-) of pres. stem vdysE 18.25; see ahavdys-.
as of vilaka- '(only) so much, (only) so great, still very

young, child,' compare Ch.00269.89-90 ci jsam hq:nd si'
jsam vilakd ste 'he who is Khan, is still very young,' P
2471.107 cu hq:nd ste si' jsam vilakd ste 'as for the Khan,
he is still a child'; adjective vitkavwmje 'of children' is quoted
by Bailey, BSOS 8: 140.
vina vina, vinau E, vano Sarmgh.S., vanau (J.St.), vini (J.St.),
vena (J.St.).
viranta- Skt. vranta-, E idem, Samgh.S. 14bl vdrana-.
urmaysde haspalgya mdstd viysdmje tcamania hva'ndind mdsta

virsa'- varsa- E, virsa'- and versa'- in J.St., Skt. virya-; to Skt.
vdysa ahaspriya jadina 'you have risen, 0 Sun of Bodhi,
viryavant- correspond virs'aunda- E, virsau'da- J.St., vers'o'da-,
make the great lotus-pools bloom in which the great, human
vers?'da- J.St.
lotuses have not (yet) bloomed because of their stolidity';
from the same base Sogdian 'spry-, Wakhi spraj' 'flower.'

vasus- inchoative from vasujs- vasuta-, vasva- 'to clean, purify';
compound pas4 is- pasva- (J.St.) 'to burn'; simplex sujs(J.St.) 'to burn'; adj. vasuska- 'pure' (J.St.).
vaspuda- past part. of va-spar-, Av. spar- 'to tread upon'; see
paspuda-.
vahi- two interpretations seem to be possible: (1) vahi(ya)past part. of vahaj- compound of haj- hiya- 'to apply'; (2) id.
of vahaj- compare vahajd:nid 'to be associated with' (Siddhasara 106rl-2, Kh.T. 1, 42), compound of haj-, Skt. saj(Bailey).
vahamda- past part. of vahan- vahanda- 'to sink' which occurs in
E, N; Bailey (BSOS 7: 413) took va-han- from *ava-hr-n-,
Sogdian yr-, Skt. sar- 'to flow, move.'
vahaiys- vahaista- pres. stem vahiys- (E), vahaiys- (vahaiys4ne

'I will plunge' P 3513, 52v4, Kh.T. 1, 227), pret. stem
vahai4ta- corresponding to Skt. ada gatta 'descended' (P

5538.80); other compounds from the same base Old Ir. *h(a)iz-,
Av. -haez- are: pahiys- pahadta- 'to flee, disappear, go away,'
causative pahis- 'to decrease' E; bihiys- 'to decrease' E; see
on the connections of Old Ir. *hiz- 'to rise' Bailey, Trans.
Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 32 f.; Gershevitch, BSOAS 14:488 ff.
vd as an enclitic part. vd (and va) is also common in E after a
demonstrative pronoun (sd, sa, ttu, ttd, tte) and adverbs
(ttiye; pdtce vd J.St.: pdtcu vd E 25.204); with ne rd vd J.St.
28v4 compare ne rro vd E (Glossary, 422a under cu), with
d vd J.St. compare o vd E. The evidence for vd with the
meaning of 'toward oneself' (Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2:
41) advocated for J.St. 28v4 (ma ne rd vd pva'se 'do not
ask'), P 2741.93 (tti vd brrasti 'then he asked') is corroborated

by J.St. 16r3 (vd thiyai vdJtd 'you drew toward [yourself]')
in which passage vd is reinforced by vdtda.
vdldha- Skt. valdha-; other passages, as listed by Bailey (BSOAS
10: 592), P 2783.45 vdlahyam: asdam jsa 'by Valaha horses,'
P 5538a, 4 (Kh.T. 2, 125) hastd u vdldhd . . . asd dstamna

'elephant and Valaha horse, etc.,' P 3513, 80r3 (Kh.B.T.,
64) asvaraja vdldha dstana phardkd asa 'the king of horses,
Valaha, etc., many horses.'
vds(')- known from E, Sarmgh.S., etc.; for the passage J.St. 38r4
sdje vdse' dsd yamde 'he studies, recites and memorizes,'

compare P 3513, 84v2 (Kh.B.T., 66) pire sdje vdse' aysmya
yade 'he writes, studies, recites, memorizes,' Vajr. 2v4-3rl
sdji dijsdti u vdsi' pidd parn 'he studies, memorizes and

recites, orders to be written,' compare Vajr. 21v1, 16v1-2,
37rl, E 12.66 siyd . . . pide . . . hvdiiiyd . . vdsiti 'he
studied . . . wrote . . . preached . . . recited'; P 2949.1213 (Kh.B.T., 75) sdji vdsi' a pars pide d hv4iff dijsdve pvd'te
herd pajsamuirm yini '(whoever) studies, recites, and orders
sira- vasra- in E, vwsa'ra- and viwe'rain J.St., vasi'rain N,

etc. correspond to Skt. vajra-; see vajrrayaunia-.
vwsu'na- beside vis'u'na-, vas'u'na-, ve?s'na- which all occur in
J.St., probably represents Skt. viyoni- (1) 'animal and plant,'
(2) 'contrary to one's nature' (P.W., s.v.) with Khot. -su'na(-sum'-, -SU'-) for Skt. yoni as in Khot. ttarasa- (J.St.; see
p. 475), Skt. tiryag-yoni- and ndtasuim'- (J.St.; see p. 477),
Skt. naga-yoni-; substantive vas'u'de 'badness' (Ap.S. 12r2)
from vis'u'na-*tdti-.
vispasti- from *vaisvastya- compare Skt. vivsJsa- 'confidence,'

Khot. vispasta- 'comforted, secure' (Sarmgh.S. 7b2); for Khot.
i corresponding to Skt. ai compare Khot. isvari-: aisvarya-,
Niya Kharosthi es'vari, 'power,' BHS isvariya-.
vistaria- Skt. vistdrika- 'extensive, wide, huge,' also in Khot.
visth4ria-, vaisth4ria- quoted by Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 23.
viysa- viysa- E, vaysa- Samgh.S., viysa- Ch.1.0021a, a 2 (viysnia
loc. sg.), veysa- J.St.
vlysamij- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 141; vd-
ysdmgya- and vdysdmnjd- in E, vdysagyd- Suv.bh.Konow 63b7,
visaujd loc. pl. P 2025.161 (Kh.B.T., 16), Ch.00266.101

(Kh.B.T., 24).
vi(ra) vira (vire) is about twice as common as vi in J.St.; vird,
vira, yri in E and elsewhere; see ha(mn), hirstai, hi'ysda-.

vija- also in E; Skt. vaidya-.
vina- Skt. vedand- which became veyana-, viyana (Samgh.S.

36b3) and vina- with medial -eya->-iya->-i-; for final -eya
>-4ya>-i see Bailey, BSOAS 13: 408; adjective viyanosta'full of pain' N 105.36, vinausta-, vinosta- quoted by Bailey,
BSOS 8: 140.
virulya- for Skt. vaiduirya- Khotanese offers a variety of form

vdrilya- E, vruilya- E, viruilya (-jsjma) 'beryl (-eyed)' P 3513,
68v2-3 (Kh.T. 1, 246) rendering Skt. vaiduirya . .. locana

vainiduirya P 3513, 6r4, S 2471.259-60 (Kh.B.T., 99) in th
name of a Buddha, vendfirya- P 2906.7, see Bailey, BSOAS
10: 899, 910; MParthian bylwr, NPersian bilor.

visa' this is the name of the ruling family in Khotan which
also attested as vijitta and vijatta in Khotanese, vijida i

Niya document No. 661, as bi-ja-ya, bzah, bisa, biia, byic
in Tibetan, see Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 14; BSOAS 11: 765,
Asia Major, N.S. 2: 8. Beside vis'a' sinrra (J.St.), visa' sur
(P 4099.437-8, Kh.B.T., 135), vis'a' s'fird (Ch.1.0021b, a2 45
Kh.B.T., 151), the following names occur: visa' sambhata o
sa(m)bava (Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 8), visa' darma
(Bailey, BSOS 8: 936), vds'a' vdham (Bailey, BSOAS 10:
600, see Konow, A.O. 7: 67), visa' sagrr4ma (Bailey, JRAS,
1942: 14), visa' kirttd (on facs. in Stein, Serindia, plate cli).
Pulleyblank's recent calculations (Asia Major, N.S. 4: 91 ff.)
established the following dates for three of these rulers

Vis'a' Sa(in)bhava 912-966, Vrs'a' Sufr(r)d 967-977 (?) and
Vis'a' Darma 978-982 (?).
later vy4rya (Ch.1.0021a, a 8), vydrye (P 2782.19), varye

(P 2787.160); see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 910; JRAS, 1942: 23;
BSOAS 13:662.
vigqmera- comparative in -a-tara- of visama- see Bailey, BSOAS
13: 135; Khot. vissama- is likely to be a direct loanword

from Skt. visama- 'uneven, rough,' the regular Khot. form
being vsysama- from Gandhari *visama-, see Bailey, BSOAS
11: 785; visama- 'enemy' (P 2783.50) possibly is a third
vyaulasta- adjective in -asta- probably from vyaula-, Skt. vydla-,

BHS vydda- 'violent, monstrous.'
vrattavascarna- Skt. vrata-tapas-carana- 'performance of ascetism
according to a vow' (for instance Suvarnabhasasultra, ed.

Nobel, 189, line 17), compare vratattavascarana- E 25.124,
Khot. form for Skt. visama-.
veksotta- the interpretation of this past part. is uncertain: veor va- (<*ava- or *upa-) and ksotta-, E ksautta- 'scattered,'
praksauttanda 'they made disappear' (?) N 158.34; according
to Leumann (Glossary E, s.v. ksdv-) ksautta- is from *ks'aipita>ks'apta-; in Konow's opinion (NTS 7: 48) ksautta- represents Skt. ksapita-; neither of these two explanations how-
rasa'yd . . . vrraittavastaranyam bvakd 'a sage . . . knowing

because of his performance, etc.' P 2801.66-67; see ttavascarania-.
vrrasta- adjective in -asta- from vrra-, older vr(r)ata- (E, N), Skt.
vrata-, like grra- 'injunction,' older grata- (E, Samgh.S.) for
which see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 588, 901.
ever is fully satisfactory.
vettdla- compare vaittada- E, vittdla- Ch.iiOO3, 45v4 (Kh.T. 1,

137), Skt. vetada- (Mahavyutpatti 4376), vetdla-, see Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 918.
verttai pret. 2 sg.: verttai < *vartyai < *vartiyai < *vartitai; pres.
stem vartt- 'to practise, perform, do' in E and for instance
P 2781.78 varttimdd pres. 3 pl., P 2781.79 varttdiia-, Kha. vi.
14b(1)A 6 varttui pres. 1 sg., etc.
vesvdmttara- Skt. visvantara-, Pali vessantara-.
veselaka- rendering Skt. kakapada- 'a crow's foot, a distinguishing
mark' and thus standing for what is Skt. tilaka- 'mark on the
forehead.'
sakrra- Skt. s'akra-, E s'sak(k)r(r)a-, s'akrr4na Ch.0048.22 (Kh.

B.T., 72), s'akkra- Kha. 1.124,1, 4; see Bailey, BSOAS 10:
914.
samga- Skt. sankha-, E ssamgga-, ssanga-.

samdad- E ssandad-; see ysamasamdad-.
saysda- E ssaysda-, Or. 11252(1)8 saysdi, see Bailey, BSOS 8:
929.
sadm older sana- pres. part. of ssete 'he lies,' pret. stem s'satain E, compare later s'e' 'she lay, stayed' (P 2781.4), sd(') 'he
lay' (P 2783.43, 87).
vesa'ra- possibly to be connected with the base *vart-s- 'to turn,

s4nda- compare E 25.194 s'sundina instr. sg., P 2801.45 s4ndawhirl, dart' (?); see abe'sa-, besaci, hamge'sta-.
vestava- past part. of vast-, vdst-, vist-, pret. stem vistdta-, vistava-, '(elephant's) trunk,' Buddh.Sogd. s'nth, Parachi ?Jnd 'mouth,'
Skt. sunda- 'trunk', etc.
vestava-, etc. 'to take one's stand, happen, become'; vastsa4ma- ssama- in E, Samgh.S., etc.; Ormuri sam.
vistata- in E; past part. also vista- compare vista pret. 3 sg.
samaka- Skt. syamaka-, Pali samaka-; compare s'samivatd- E
St.H. 70, vistatum id. with -um 'for me' (?) St.H. 71, see
14.73, Skt. sydmavati-.
Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 42; causative vdst- Samgh.S.;
sasam'- Skt. sadsana-, E s&saana-, ssaysana- (once), P 2787.164
other compound from st(d)- stata- 'to stand' (J.St.): pastbai'ysam s4'amam' vird 'in the teaching of the Buddhas,' ibid.
pastata- 'to go on, move E, Samgh.S. and see Bailey, BSOAS
85 sasa'nia.
10: 592.
sastara- E ssastara-, Skt. sadstr-.
vau's- other forms are vais-, visim- (glossary Ch.iiOO2); renders
sahauja- compare dajvanyai sahauja dina 'under a yellow umSkt. mfirccha- see Bailey, BSOS 8: 140.
vyach- meaning established by Bailey, BSOS 8: 141; Vajr. 34r3

vyachi renders Skt. adhimucyeta; Bailey suggested the etymology *ava-kaf-s- 'to fall down, be freed from, etc.'
brella' (P 2787.49) quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 41.
sira- ssdra- E, sara- J.St., sera- J.St., etc.; derivatives are sirka-
vyamjana- Skt. vyanijana- 'phrase, expression'; compare artha-
vyanjana- 'meaning and expression' as in Kuchean pudinikte

ce wenia sloko dnandems'co kremnt artha vyanjantsa 'the
Buddha spoke this sloka to Ananda with good meaning and
expression' (Udandlankdra, ed. Sieg, 23b7).
vyasthanaiya - (i)ya added to vyasthana (i), Pali vutth&na- (1)
rise, (2) ordination, (3) rousing, rising out (Pali Dict. s.v.),
Khot. vyasthaunva P 2025.81 (Kh.B.T., 13), Ch.00266.44
(ibid., 21), vyasthanva P 2957.164 (ibid., 12) and compare
the verbal form vyusthahdte (E 23.282) 'he rises (out of
J.St., sika- Ch.00269.98, sikalaka- quoted by Bailey, Asia

Major, N.S. 1: 44; the abstract substantive occurs as ssdratatd
nom. sg. (E), ssdratete gen. sg. (E), or ssada nom. sg. (E),
ssadye gen. sg. (E); another derivative is sirara- 'doer of
good' (J.St.), from *sira-kara-, as kirara hvamdi (Or.
11344(4)1), from *kira-kara (a)-, beside kiragara hvanda
'workmen' (P 2787.183); here probably also belongs seretira(for se re n7 ra of the MS) 'doer of good' for which compare
kh&ysa-t7ru (E 14.98), nei'ta-y7ru (E 6.11).

sira- and sera-, Skt. sri-, compare sa' myamja sird explaining
Skt. maMjftsrr7 (P 3513, 43v2, Kh.T. 1, 222), puniia sird
ffisd u brrftfi4ma bd'ya translating sr7-punya-jvalandkulatrance) . '
rasmi-jalaih (or: teja-jvalana) (P 3513, 69r2, Kh.T. 1, 246),
vyaysana- Skt. vyasana-; the Khot. form also St.H. 51 and
and also saiddha-sard, Skt. siddha-sri (P 2801.23); an adelsewhere.
vy1ks1vasta- adjective in -asta- from vy1ksiva- (Skt. vy&ksepa-) jective saraa- occurs in sard drfind be'mania (bai'manid)
which also occurs in E, Suv.bh.Konow 32a4.
vyarana- Skt. vyakarana-, E vyagarana-, compare Kuchean vyakarit, Agnean vyakaranam; both vydrana and vyarna in J.St.
are direct objects as becomes clear from the comparison of
natai thu vyarana ba'ysusta vardsta (23v3) with balysusitu vird
vyagarano naste 'he receives a prophecy towards bodhi' (E

4.145) and of biysfis?tstd vyarna byehidd (39v4) with vyagarano . . . byehamane balysustu varalsto 'may we obtain a
prophecy towards bodhi' (E 23.336), or baiysfisc4qtd vy4rna
'fortunate, healthy, prosperous' (Ch.00267.56, 58-59, Kh.

B.T., 148) and sara ts4at4 drrfina be'maiin 'fortunate, happy,
prosperous' (P 2787.64-65, Kh.T. 2, 103); see Bailey, BSOAS
10: 574.
silo- E ssdlo, Skt. sloka-; for Skt. sl-, Khot. ssal- or sil- compare
Skt. slesma- 'phlegm,' Khot. ss?dl7sma- (Bailey, BSOS 8:
136), sil7sdmajsa-vrrard, Skt. slesmaprakrtika- Ch.iiO02, 7v5
(Kh.T. 1, 12).
si(ya)- both s'sta- and s'sya- in E.
byaihida 'they obtain a prophecy towards bodhi' (P 2787.180); s?valya- E ss'.valya-; a possible connection with Pali s7vathika
'charnel house, cemetery' was suggested by Konow, NTS
in tvT bai'ysfune vy4arnana . . . sakh4ra padim4fia 'a sanigha-
11: 77.
rama is to be built by you according to a prophecy of the
sudvamde and s'au'vamde which may be a variant are of uncertain
Buddha' (P 2787.176 f.) vy4rnana is of course an instr. sg.
origin; the same past part. seems to occur in P 2925.24
The verb corresponding to Skt. vyakar- is in Khot. vyagar-,
(unpublished) ca std brriy1i tta tta ysaiye s.u'da s.u'da 'for him
vyatar- vyatardta- (E 14.156 vyatardta . . . balysuis'tu vardlsto
for whom there is love (or: treasured objects), thus arise
'being prophesied, having got the promise towards bodhi'),
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
anxieties' (communication of Bailey), the present stem being

sur- in suiruim 'I am grieved' P 2783.76 (BSOAS 10: 376).
subhattrattia- uncertain; does the word represent Skt. s.ubha'splendid' and some Khotanese representative of Skt. tantrika- (?); Konow, Primer, 125 tentatively suggested the
word to be the name of a commentary which is rather
unlikely.
sai tcfind similar forms Ch.1.0021a, a 20 (Kh.T. 2, 54) se tcfind

. . . visa' darma . . . ramdd 'of Se Tcfina . . . Visa' Darma
. . . the king,' Ch.1.0021b, a2 33 (Kh.B.T., 150) sena tcuind
rrudi bveysq jsina hamave 'may there be a long life to Sena

Tcfuna, the king'; it was suggested by Bailey (Jour. Greater
India Soc. 11: 11) that sai or se tcund represents Chin.
sang-tsun 'sacred (and) revered,' older siang-tsuan (K 1205,
1112), another possibility being that tcuina represents kiin
'lord' older kiuan (K 507); see also Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 14,
II
487
svi- E ssuva-, N 141.23 sva'; together with n4ma (J.St. 15v4)

also for instance E 2.3 bis'sa hala ya nama biraste ssuvai
bulysuburo tsutatd 'in all directions his name spread, his fame
went so far.'
svida- compare $vi'da- and the adjectives svidaa-, svidinaa- and
svidausta- quoted by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 35; Av.
xsvipta-, Middle Parth. syft, Buddh.Sogd. ',ygyo3t, Man.S
s'ira- ssuira- in E and other texts: abstract iulri- (J.St.), Skt.
saurya- (for instance in a Skt. fragment published by L. de la

Vallee Poussin, JRAS, 1913: 849).
suista- suista- in E, sui(')sta- in N; pres. stem suih- on which see
GLOSSARY
xsyft.
s/ss
sa(m) older samu in E, etc.

ssa E sata sing., sata pl., Samgh.S. sata, sate, se pl.; see pa-sse
and ysara-.
saka- renders Skt. pravala- 'coral.'
samkhi'sta- past part., also samkhaista-, older -khilsta- as in
asamkhilsta- 'not smeared, not spoiled' E; pres. stem samkhalas in samkhilttd pres. 3 sg. (E), samkhalyliia- gerund 'to be
smeared, rubbed.'
samga- E samgga-; derivative samgaka- 'stone, gravel' (glossary
Ch.iiO03).
samjaya- Skt. sanijaya- which is also represented in Khot. as
samifl, samnai (E 25.177), see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 912.

fn. 1, on s? kfi, saina kuina, sai kui, siim kuim, sim kfind of which
sata- past part., also sa (&sa'tsa sa 'it mounted to the sky' P
the first element is apparently the same as sai.
2782.26 quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 13: 928), present stem
sau ssau in E, sa P 5538.81, s4 P 5538.21, compare ssiajdtasan-, is well represented in Iranian, see Bailey, BSOS 9: 77;
'one the other' E, s?fjqiia 'between one another' P 2741.124;
the causative sain- (J.St.) occurs also in E where the meaning
sa in sa-thaia probably belongs here.
is rather 'to raise, erect' (E 23.159 of a column, E 6.50 of a
sradha-deya- Skt. s'raddha-deya-, Pali saddhadeya-; the regular
cloud) than 'to present, give' (Leumann).
Khot. form for Skt. s'raddha- is of course ssadda- E and
sadusta- Skt. santusta-, samdusta- P 2781.54, Ch.c.001, 1054
elsewhere, sada- q.v.
sruittasuim proper name, Skt. s'rutasoma-, Pali sutasoma-.
sada- Skt. sraddha-, E ssaddi-; the adjective $ady&ya- (compare

maittrdna aysmuna u sady&yd gaurava jsa u vasve aysmuna
Ch.c.001, 748, Kh.B.T., 90) may be compared with ssad1itaa(E 13.130) and for -aya- see sanaumaya- and ttarraya-.
sanau- ssanaumd E, san&m P 2781.81, 83, P 2783.74, see Bailey,

BSOAS 10: 587; the Khot. forms, Av. xs'naoma- 'propitia-
(Kh.B.T., 143), asamdu'sta- E; comparative samdaustyera
'more content' quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 13: 135; substan-
tive sadausta 'contentment' P 5538.43 rendering Skt. sadusta,

i.e., santuffisamttana- Skt. samtana- 'uninterrupted chain (of births),' also
in E; Kuchean and Agnean santam, loc. sg. santamne.
samuva- the translation 'scale' is tentative.
sarrau- other forms are given by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 898 f.
sarvania- Skt. sarvajiia-, E sarva(m)nia-.
sarvarthasida- Skt. sarvarthasiddha-, E sarvarthasdddha-.

salva- Skt. samnlapa-, Pali sallapa-; later sal (sala pasamduim
tion,' Buddh.Sogd. ',ys'n'm, Man.Sogd. 'xstn'm 'pardon' go
'we sent word' Ch.00269.81, sal jsai 'in conversation with
back to Old Ir. *xsfnluma(n)- from the base xs'nav-, see
him' P 2741.90); the plural salata also for instance P 2801.57.
Bailey, BSOAS 12. 327; the adj. sanaumaya- (J.St.) is a
sali- on sali and sald see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 596.
formation in -aya- for which compare ttarraya- 'thirsty' and
sasta- past part. with pres. stem sad-, sai-, sei- 'to appear' E;
sady&ya- 'full of faith.'
Av. sand-, etc.
sa(m)bajsa- of unknown connections.
samvara- technical Buddhist term meaning 'restraint'; with the
sav&- E ssava-; loc. sg. htive E, sive J.St., siya, siye elsewhere; verb nas- nata- 'to undertake' J.St. 35r4, E and for instance
for the compound $ava-tsuka- 'wandering at night' compare
P 2781.18 (samvard nate 'he undertook a restraint' rather
for instance Skt. naktacaranam bhfitandm 'of demons wanderthan 'he took a disguise,' Bailey, BSOAS 10: 563, 581)'
ing at night' (Mahabharata, V, 1842, Poona ed.).
Agnean and Kuchean samvar.
$i&a- past part., saista- J.St., $aistai lika in niauysara saistai

lika
samskarafor the three samskaras (J.St. 38r4) 'thought, word,
(Or. 8212.162, 120, Kh.T. 2, 7) 'intimately embraced'
(Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2, 35), $esta- J.St., pres. 3 sg. $isdd
'he takes hold of' quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8: 136; base
*srais'-, Skt. s'lis-, etc.

sika- compare P 2834.54 sirka- 'young,' Ch.iiOO3, 4r6 pikalakdm
gen. pl. rendering Skt. balanam 'children,' N 169.3 ttatara
$sska 'young partridge,' ttere sike id. J.St. 29v2.
sai E ssai, $$ei rendering Skt. api.
skal- the substantive $kala- rendering Skt. dhvani- means rather

'noise' (Bailey, BSOS 9: 543) than 'blow' (Bailey, BSOS 8:
act' see for instance Pali Dict., s.v., Edgerton, Buddh. Hybr.
Skt. Lexicon, 542 f.
sahaicaka- compare Or. 11252 (1)6 sahaici, Ch.iiO02, 16v5 (Kh.T.

1, 26) sahaicd hiya gusta 'flesh of a hare,' E saha-.
sahemdrra- Skt. saha- 'with' and indriya- 'sense'; see 'edrra-.
sahya- past part. with pres. sah(y)-; also in E, other forms listed
by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 572; compare usahya- 'to endure' E,
Suv.bh.Konow 31bl (usahy&ma hai 'we shall proceed,' Skt.
upasamkramayisydma4), Samgh.S. 16a3 (ne usahydta pyuista
'he does not endure, or: deign, to listen'); see Konow's re-
marks, Zwolf Blatter, 11.

136); for ysiruim astamdi skalUm (J.St. 7vl) compare ysiram
astamdd skal&m juihai gviysand 'bitter cries rose up at the

separation from the beloved' (P 2957.56, Kh.B.T., 33).
sta- stdta- for the use of the part. pres. $tana ($tdne, stdm, std)
and similarly of ana and jsana see Konow, Primer, 51, this
part. is combined with the loc. case to indicate 'from' see
for example J.St. 5vl, 9vl, 13r2-3, 32rl; beside the regular
3 pl. pres. middle stare (E) Bailey (Asia Major, N.S. 2: 43)
saj- past part. siya- (<*saxta-) in E and for instance in siyem
'I learnt' (P 2781.74); compare the phrase plre saje vase'

aysmya yade 'he writes, studies, recites, memorizes' P 3513,
84v2 (Kh.B.T., 66) with saje vase9 (q.v.) dsa yamde 'he studies,
recites, memorizes' J.St. 38r4, with dsd from *a-saxta-.
satika- also sathika- (J.St.), sathe (J.St.), Skt. sarthika-; E has

s&tdvaya- representing Skt. sarthavaha-; Agnean sarthavak,
sarthavahe, Uigur sartavaki, Middle Parth. s(')rtw', see

quoted s(umdi and (armde 3 pl. active; s[&nz (<$(ama) pres.
1 pl. (P 2741.86).
Bailey, BSOAS 11: 792; 13: 407.

sdna- Sogdian s'n, Kuchean s2mn, etc.; adj. sdninaa- (J.St.).
striyestr?sa renders Skt. trayastrimgat 'thirty-three' with initial s-
s4many4na- derivative in -4na- for which see Bailey, BSOAS

10: 923 of s4many2-, 'the famous So-ma-nia (Mazar Tagh a,
being due to a preceding devas; other Khot. forms are
vi, 0023) or Sum-na vihara, the So-mo-jo of Hiuan-Tsang'

(F. W. Thomas, Tibetan documents, JRAS, 1930: 64), cp.
A. Stein, Ancient Khotan, 194, fn., 223-225. Other monasteries are listed by Bailey, BSOAS 10: 922 f.
si se in E, etc., also sa (J.St.).
sij- sij(y)a- pres. stem sdj- E, sij- J.St., sij- St.H. 51 (compare
see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 572; Khotanese also has the form
strrlyastrrlsvd (P 2787.135), striyastrl.(v4 (Ch.1.0021a, a19
without initial s- :ttavatriga- (E and elsewhere), Pali tdvatimns

compare Agnean strdyastrinsi beside tapatris, Kuchean
tapattris'.
strlya- past part. from *straxta-, see streha-; compare pvaina jsa
striya 'stiff with fear' Ch.00266.205 (Kh.B.T., 29) and strls-
sij2sta- 'success' J.St. and byehuim hastara sij2std uiv2rd 'may'to become stiff' as in agai str1srmdq 'his limbs become stiff'
I attain superior, noble success' Ch.1.0021b, b 64 (Kh.B.T.,
(Siddhasara 134r2, Kh.T. 1, 68).
streha- strdha- E, straha-, striha- (Bailey, BSOS 8: 138), straiha156), sTjdJtyq uvard 'noble success' ibid. 51 (Kh.B.T., 155)),
(P 2741.14); verbal base *strag- 'to restrain, retain,' past part.
saj- (compare sajya- J.St.), sej- (in sej4ma 'success' quoted
by Bailey, BSOAS 13: 936), saij- J.St., NW Prakrit sij(j)-,

Skt. sidhy-; Skt. siddhi-, sidhy- occur also in Khot. in such
strlya- as in pastrrlya- 'to revolt' (Bailey, BSOAS 10: 592),
inchoative stris- (<*strag-s-) in pastrls- (pastris4me 'stiff-
forms as seda (pirm4ttama seda uv2ri 'highest, noble success'
ness'), causative stris2ii- 'to make stiff,' etc., see Bailey,
Ch.1.0021b, b 48, Kh.B.T., 154); compare Skt. of Khotan

sidhyattui imper. 3 pl. (Ch.iiO03, 45r2, Kh.T. 1, 136),
sid (dh)amtu id. Bower MS VII la7 quoted by Bailey, BSOAS
BSOS 8: 133.
sparsa'sta- adjective in -asta- from Skt. spars'a- 'touching,

contact.'
spas'- spasta- to the forms listed under sps's- in E may be added
13: 936.
sidyavarrda- Skt. siddhy2vardhana-.
for instance spdsara imper. 2 pl. (Ch.00269.27), sp.(tdmdftnz
sira- not to be connected with Av. srira- (Leumann, Glossary

E, s.v.) but rather with NP sir 'satisfied' (Bailey, BSOS
pret. 1 pl. (Ch.00269.28).
spulaka- Skt. sphotaka- 'bud' rather than Skt. sph&tika- 'crystal'

(Konow, A.O., 1947: 151); compare spilakye St.H. 67,
naskaista viysa spilaka 'an opened lotus bud' (Or. 8212-
9: 78).
siros.2'da- the translation 'happy' is suggested by sirausi' (Ch.

ii003, 83r5, Kh.T. 1, 167) which renders Skt. harsarna (i.e.,
harsana-) 'happiness' (Skt. text, Kh.T. 1, 166).
siha- Skt. simha-, Prakrit siha-; compare devedrrasilrasiha, Skt.
devendrasuirasimha P 4099.432-3 (Kh.B.T., 134), n2gaidrr2rmasiha' P 2027.11, simnha Kha. 1.56.1B3, see Bailey, BSOAS
(162)117, 121); NW Prakrit sp(h)uda- or sp(h)o.da-, ArdhaMagadhi phuda-, Skt. sphuta-, sphota-, see Bailey, Asia
Major, N.S. 2: 41.
sph2lia- compare sphdlya-guna 'crystal-colored' (Ch.00266.11;
Bailey), sp2lydta-guine id. (Samigh.S. 84b4); BHS sphdtika-,

sphadika-, Uigur sparir, Kuchean spharir (see Couvreur,
Bi.Or. 4:6); 12 see also A. Master, BSOAS 11: 297 f. and
10: 921, fn. 2.

sunaittra- Skt. sunetra-.
sumarka- derivative in -ka- from suim2ra-, Skt. sukumara- 'delicate' (E 23.155), see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 576.
suha- Skt. sukha-, Pkt. suha- is represented in Khot. by suha-
sya- E s(i)ya- rendering Skt. hamsa-, see Bailey, BSOS 8: 137;

with sy4nd rre (J.St. 26r2) compare siy2nu rre (Kha. 1.13,
142vl, Kh.B.T., 5).
sve from suti-, Av. supti-; compare for instance Vajr. 5v2 sau
sve c1vard prahausti 'he clothed one shoulder with a cloak,'
Suv.bh.Konow 29b6 (.'sau) sutu vdtd clva(ra praho.tandd)
'they put their cloaks on one shoulder.'
J.St., soha- J.St., sauha- St.H. 57, sauhi' (quoted by Bailey,

Asia Major, N.S. 1: 45).
suhya- older suhdta- E, Skt. sukhita-; compare dukhya-, older

dukhdta-, Skt. du4khita-.
suij2- Skt. sacl-, Pali suj2-, E suse (obl.).
sfiraa- compare Av. suxra-, etc. and see Bailey, BSOS 8: 138.
semdrropemdrra with sakrrd gyastd dstam cira semdrropemdrra
ys
(J.St. 2vl-2) compare sakrrd 2stamna jasti saidrd upaidri
(P 2957.157, Kh.B.T., 39), simdra upimdra gyasta (P 2958.
ysamgara- also Ch.iiO02, 7r3 (Kh.T. 1, 10), ysagara- (P 5538.74)
141, Kh.T. 2, 118).
rendering Skt. vrrldha-, i.e., vrddha-, see Bailey, BSOAS 10:
saud2ysa- Skt. saud2sa- patronymic of sud2sa-.
583; ysara- 'old age' in E and elsewhere.
skarba- also P 2957.126 (skqrba), P 4089.12 (skaraba-), to be
ysandka- base ysdn- ysdta- E, ysya- 'to treat with violence, rob,
connected with Chr.Sogd. sqrb (Mtiller-Lentz, Soghdische
take away'; the pret. stem for instance in ysyai pret. 2 sg.
Texte, 2, 36, 94), Wakhi skurf 'rough' (Morgenstierne, IIFL,
(P 2801.39), ysye id. 3 sg. (P 2801.29), ysyamdd id. 3 pl.
2, 74) according to Bailey, JRAS, 1949: 2.
(P 2741.99), older ysdtandd id. E 25.464; OP dy2-, Av. zy2-,
starda- past part. of star-, Skt. strn2ti, etc., star2fia- gerund 'to etc.; see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 575; Asia Major, N.S. 1: 45.
be spread,' see Bailey, B. C. Law Volume, Part 1, 13, Poona,
ysamasa(rm)daa- J.St. has both ysamasa(mn)daa- 'inhabitant of
1946.
the world, human being' and ysamasaamdad- 'earth, world,'
staga- uncertain; also st2mga- (<*st&na-ka- ?) P 2893.183; to
E ysamassanda2-; compare Av. zam-, Khot. ysam- 'earth'
be connected with p2stunga-, p2stumgga- 'headlong?' in E
(E) and Av. spdnta-.
(?) (Bailey).
ysarrnaa- adjective from ysirra- 'gold,' also ysarrinaa- E; com-
st2m2- also in E; substantive from st2- 'weary' (from st2ta-),

pare ysarlmje St.H. 59, ysarrnlrnje janave (P 2741.2) 'the
see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 598 and Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945
golden land' referring to Satsou according to Bailey, BSOAS
('46): 24.
10: 602 and see Asia Major, N.S. 1: 37.*
st2sta- past part. of st2s- (inchoative of st2-) 'to come to a stand,

stop,' st2sti pres. 3 sg. E, Ch.00268.198 (Kh.B.T., 68).
* It is to be noted that in L.Kh. the following words tend to
stirua- occurs only in one other passage (Kha. 1.185a, A5);
become identical:
meaning uncertain.
stai see Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 25.

staura- stora- and staura- both in E, compare Skt. sthuira-;
substantive stit4ai <stfra-*t2ti- P 2787.192.
styuida- also in E; styuid2 substantive from styuida-*t2ti-.
styerrijaa- adjective in -inaa-, -qija(a)- from st2raa- 'star' E, N,

P 4099.261 (Kh.B.T., 126) khuja 2sa st2r2 dydra 'as in the
1. ysirra- 'gold' in E, ysirra- and ysirra- in J.St., also ysiraelsewhere.

2. ysira- 'cruel, hard, savage' in E and also in J.St.
3. ysdra- 'heart' in E, ysira-, ysira-, ysera-, ysaira-, ysirakain L.Kh.
4. ysera- 'miserable, distressed' in E, ysirka-, yserka-, ysairka-
sky the stars are seen'; sty- represents palatalized st-, com- in J.St.
5. ysirai and ysairai 'arsenic' quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8: 141.
pare for instance khyeha 'in a pond' loc. sg. of kh2ha- with
6. ysira and yserai 'ochre' also quoted by Bailey, BSOS 8: 141.
palatalized kh- (P 3513, 80r2, Kh.B.T., 64).
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
ysadaka- derivative in -ka- from ysada- 'old' (E), Av. zardta-.

ysata- past part. of ysan-, Av. zan-, etc.; also ys2va- (ysavi St.H.
57), ysaya- (kadarrv2 ysaya 'born among the Kinnaras' Ch.
00266.119, Kh.B.T., 25); see pays2ta-.
ys2nasta- also ysaunasta- rendering Skt. sobhana- 'brilliant,
(hamnjsaudai P 3513, 63v2 (Kh.T. 1, 243) and see glossary
'his sins of karma, accumulated through the age' compare

cu burai hamnjsaudd padamnjsya karma-basde' 'as many accumulated former sins of karma'). From the same base (with
*fra-) hajsem- hajsamda- 'to make go forward' (hajsfma

imper. 2 sg. P 2741.132, hajsdmdamdd pret. 3 pl. P 2741.35),
(with *nis-) naljsem- nalsjonda- 'to bring to an end' (E),
ys2ra- (E).
ysaysa- and ysaysinaa- occur both in E.
9: 72; Av. snd- (snaya-) sn2ta-, Sogd. sn'y-, Middle Pers.
etc.; see ysiruna-.*

ysirra- in E only with long -i-; see ysarrnaa-.*
ysini(ya)- E has both ysiniya- and ysinita-, later ysini, jsini
(P 2942.5); compare Sogd. zynyh, zynyy, MParth. zyn'yy

(Henning, BSOAS 11: 716).
ysira (1) also in E and elsewhere.*
ysira- (2) E ysdra-, J.St., St.H. 70 ysira-, St.H. 53, J.St. ysira-,
St.H. 55 ysiraka-, Siddhasara 134r3 (Kh.T. 1: 68) ysera-,
J.St. ysaira-; adjectives ysirasta- 'inclined towards, sympathetic, cordial' rendering Skt. abhimukha-, ysiruiva- 'dear to
the heart.'*
ysirfina- derivative in -uina- from ysira-, ysera-, etc., see ysirka-.*
ysumana E ysam2nd, ysamanu, N 76.1 ysumanu and compare
Ch.iiOO2, 3v1 (Kh.T. 1, 6) si' ysumi na'styi bis2 rva, ibid.
3v3 si' na'stya ysumam bisa rva 'the season at the end of
winter' and the adjective ysumaina- 'of winter' ibid. 3r5, 3v3.
ysurra- E ysurrd-, P 5538.75 ysamra-, P 5538.45 ysdra-; adjectives ysurrinaa-, J.St., ysurrja- J.St., ysurrgya- E.
(with *pari-) paljsem- for which see pajsama-.

hatha- E haththa- 'truth,' cp. Av. hai6ya-.
hamthrriya- past part. (compare hamthrriya N 75.27, hamthrriyamdd 'they pressed, blockaded' P 2741.101), pres. stem
hamnthraj- (hamthrajdiia- 'to be pressed'), inchoative hamthrris- (hamthrrs'td 'it suffers' Samgh.S. 77a2, hamthrrisama'suffering' N 78.17); substantive ha(m)tharka- 'suffering'
(J.St., N 107.31); from the same base (compare Av.
?Yraxta-) nihalj- (E), nihej- (nihejide pres. 3 pl. P 3513, 62rl,
Kh.T. 1, 243), pret. stem nihrjya- 'to beat down, conquer.'
hana$ta- past part. of hanass- (from *fra-nasya-) in E and compare uvii vai hanis'imdd 'they are weary' (Ch.iiO02, 107v2-3,
Kh.T. 1, 46); adj. handsaa- also in E.
hamdara- E handara-, J.St. hamda.
hamdrra :hamdr E, hamdrd N 158.5, hamdrri N 120.24; among

later forms are hada (hada hauskya bahyd 'in the dry trees'
Ch.00266.36), hamda (hamda garam 'in the mountains' P
2801.54); comp. ha (m)dar(m)na, ha(mn)dara (handarna E),
hamdarye, etc., see Bailey, BSOAS 11: 4; 10: 577 f.

hamdrramga- compare hamdrramgd P 2892.173 (Bailey).
hamdrrusa- E and Suv.bh.Konow have hamdrussa-; compare
hadrrfs.aja kalahdra 'contentious quarrels' P 3513, 82v4
(Kh.B.T., 65).
haphdra- also in E and Or. 11252(1)v24 (Bailey, BSOS 8: 925)
from *fra- and a base *phar-, verb haphdr- haphdda- 'to
become disturbed' in E; with *a-, dphdr- (Suv.bh.Konow)

aphdda- (E) 'to be disturbed,' causative &phir- (Suv.bh.
Konow 64a4 ne daru s'ta ka sdtd rre gyasta divate osdtd dphirdtd, rendering Skt. na cirena hy ayam raja devatah kopayisyati 'it is not long before this king makes the gods angry
and upsets them'), substantive aphdrgya- 'disturbance' (Suv.
bh.Konow 32a2-3 nusthuryau rrumdyau aphargye hamdre,
Skt. darunas' ca r&ja-samk$obha bhavisyanti, 'from harsh kings
arise disturbances'), later aphaja- (Ch.00269.64-5; P 2471.
100 durbiksd ' u aphaji 'famine and disorders'); with * (a)di-a-,
saphi4a- (P 2786.196 ca jsd kamacui bada sq' jsa saphida yai
'as to the state of Kantsou, this is disturbed'), sipheraa(*adi-a-phdraya-ka-) (P 2741.70 bdda-sipherd hvamld 'stateupsetting men'), see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 42.
ysus(a- past part. of ysuis- E, ysv'- Samgh.S. 4b4 (ysvd'ka'enjoying'), Old Ir. *zaus-; ysdsta- listed by Leumann (Glos-
sary E) under this verb does not belong here, but is from the
base *zais'- 'to hate,' see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 578; adjective
ysuska- (J.St.), ysfsika- (E); from the same base also ysaujsa(J.St.), ysojsa- (E) 'tasteful' and the substantive ysvya'taste' (ysvyaiiuvo' loc. pl. Or. 9609, 24r2, Kh.T. 1, 234; see
Bailey, BSOS 8: 141).
h
hagav4ma- from ham and compare Av. gav-, guinaoiti 'to increase'?; also Ch.0048.32 (Kh.B.T., 73).
hamge'sta- past part., also hamgaista- (P 2783.73), hamga'sta-
(P 2783.68); ham and ge's-, ggei's-, gai's-, ga's-, etc. 'to turn
around,' see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 596; see dbe'sa-, besaci,
vesa'ra-.
489
of SS), hajsaida- (J.St.; with kalpa jsa hajsaidj karma-bisdi'
beautiful' (Bailey).
sn&visn, NP sin2, etc.

ysirka- and other forms, derivative in -ka- from ysera- 'miserable, wretched'; compare Sogd. z'ry 'miserably, pitifully,'
II
gathered'), past stem hamnjsonda- (E 25.482), hamnjsau(n)da-
ys2ra- Sogd. z'r, etc.; with sa-ysery&ig (J.St.) compare sata-
ysin2h- gerund ysin4h&iiq 'to be bathed' quoted by Bailey, BSOS

8: 141; compare the present stem ysanaj- E, ha-ysni- pret.
stem haysn2ta- E, huysdnautta- 'washed' (glossary Ch.
ii003); substantive ysn2na- 'bathing' quoted by Bailey, BSOS
GLOSSARY
habasta- past part. of hamban- habasta- 'to bind' in E.
habrrih- hambrih- (N 163.22 ff.), pret. stem ha(m)birsta- E,
hambista-, hambairca-, hambica- (hambica jsa 'in short, comprehensively') all of which forms originate from *ham-b-rista-,
2787.183 (hagaijara imper. 2 pl.), inchoative hamgris- E.
compare Av. ham and rae-, see Bailey, BSOS 8: 124.
hajua- pl. hajva J.St., hajuva E; abstract substantive haj(u)hamamga- E hamamgga-; Konow, NTS 7: 27 suggested *havattdtd 'wisdom' in E, N, etc.
manaka- as the origin; rather *hamana-ka-.
hatcasta- also in E, compare hatcastamdd pret. 3 pl. Ch.00269.36,
hamadd compare hamidd (P 2741.65), hamida . . . ni 'not at
hatcastamduim id. 1 pl. Ch.00269.53, hatcasca- J.St., past
all' (Ch.00269.90).
part. with present stem hatcaft- E, hatcaiiamd- 'destruction'
ham- hamya- past part. older hdmdta- in E.
J.St., hatcaiiaka- 'breaking' E; with preverb *ni- from the
hamavamda- Skt. himavant-, E himavanda-, P 2783.61 hamasame base *skand-, Av. scand-, nitcaste 'he broke' N 76.46;
vamdd gard vi 'on the Himavant mountain.'
with *ava-, vatcasta 'bent?' E 25.249.
hamida- also in E, hami.daka- P 2783.58; possibly from *hamarhatsq-aspaa- hamtsa-dspata- in E.
ita- compare hamara- 'joint, limb' St.H. 54, 73, Siddhasara
hamtsa followed (2v2) or preceded (35v4) by instrumental case;
144v3 (Kh.T. 1, 86) (communication of Dr. I. Gershevitch).
jsa ha(mn)tsa as postposition (22v3, 15v2; P 2741.64 m4Mrnmhamai older hamata- E, Samgh.S., etc., rendering Skt. svayam.
hagriya- in E hamgrUta-, past part. of hamggalj- E, hagaij- P
jsa hamtsi 'with our (men)'); hamtsa (hamtsi) . . . jsa (jsi)

(P 2741.64-5, 84, 97, 107, etc.), hamtsd . . . jsd (St.H.
37), see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 24; Khot. hamtsa was
compared with Ossetic xatdzd and other forms by Bailey,

Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 30 f.
hamaih- hami'sta- pres. stem also hamdh- E (hamdtte pres. 3 sg.,

hamaitte J.St.), pret. stem also hamdsta- E and in ahamista'unchangeable' J.St.; compare Av. (fra-) mae-.
hampha- possibly the same as hamphau 'heap, accumulation'
Samgh.S. 121al.
haizjsem- pres. stem (from *ham-.jmaya-) in the gerundhambadachamfrom *ham-pr-ta- compare hamber- (*ham-paraya-)
jse'madia- (E 24.97 punla hamise'mania 'the merits have topret.
be hambada- 'to fill' E, Samgh.S., hambir- 'to be fulfilled'

E; compound of pdr- 'to fill, rear' (pade pres. 3 sg. in E, P
2801.68), pret. pada- (St.H. 57 paddmdd pret. 3 pl.).

hamba- possibly from *ham-baxta- compare asa- from *asdxta-.
hambisa- known from E, Samgh.S., Vajr., etc.
hayuna- known from E and other texts; Bailey (Asia Major,
N.S. 2: 24) suggested a connection with Old Ir. *hay- 'to
bind, join up.'
haran- harasta- also in E.
harahustai uncertain; the translation is based on the context; a

similar form harahausta- is attested in several other passages
for which see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 905.
harn- past part., also harya- (Ch.00269.35 and elsewhere), older
harita- (E), pres. stem harnj- 'to leave behind' (Av. (fra-)
raeEaya-), inchoative hars- 'to be left behind' E; derivative
hdriscyd- 'abandonment' (J.St.); see par(r)ya-.
hariysa- substantive, also Sarmgh.S. 20a5 (puva'sta hartysana

'afraid with trembling'), verb hariys- E, Samgh.S., etc., pres.
part. middle hariysdm P 2787.175; another compound of the
same base riys-, Pasto rzdeddl, etc., is bdriys- (bdriysde
pres. 3 sg. N 79.29), pret. stem bdrriysdta- (bdrriysdtd pret.
3 sg., Kha. 1.13, 144r2, Kh.B.T., 5), later biriysya- (biriysya
'he trembled' P 2781.91) 'to tremble, waver, shake.'
harrunii- from *fra-raux?naya- compare br-ii- (J.St.) from *abi-
rauxs'naya-; with harr-4a4md- 'illumination' (J.St.), adjective
harrqh4matinai (quoted by Bailey, BSOAS 13: 935), com-
mind,' Skt. sarvasattvdndm hitacittah1); see Bailey, BSOAS

10: 903.
haysa as in E, N, etc.; meaning confirmed by the Skt. trans-
lation duira (P 5538.45).

hittesi- other Khotanese forms for Skt. hitesin- occur in Ch.
c.OOl (Kh.B.T., 76 ff.): hetersi (274), hetirsi (304), hetersau
(563), compare Niya doc. No. 551 hitersina, see Bailey,

BSOAS 11: 776.
hirstai in E hdrstai, hdrs(ei, hdrstayd in some cases with nd 'not'
and vird as in J.St.
hi'ysda- E and N have halysda-, E also hdysda-; derivatives
halysdamjsia-, hdlysdamjsua- 'present' in Suv.bh.Konow.

hi- from *haitu-, Av. haetu-, Buddh.Sogd. ytk-, Man.Sogd. ytqwy'
loc. sg., see Gershevitch, GMS, 79, ? 518, Yaghnobi Ttk,

Ossetic Iron xid, Digor xed, see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc.,
1945 ('46): 31, Sanglechi yotuk, but Parachi hi (Morgen-
stierne, IIFL, 2, 10).

his- h(sta- also in E, Samgh.S., Suv.bh.Konow, etc.
hisa- known from E and other texts; with hagavama hisd (thus
for hisi, see p. 406) J.St. 24r4 compare hisa hagavama laba
'greed, longing, eagerness' Ch.0048.32 (Kh.B.T., 73).
hugv4na with negation (na . . . hugvdna) as in na . . . gvana

(q.v.), see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 580.
h4ha- E hund; Av. vohuna/i-, Zor.Pahl. xuin, Buddh.Sog

ywrn, Man.Sogd. (y)xwrn-, ywxn- yxwn-, NP xuin, Wakhi
wuxEn; adjective hurnjinaa- (E, N, etc.), humijja- (J.St.),
see Bailey, BSOS 8: 126; 9: 78.
pare bdruniiamata- 'splendor' rendering Skt. tejas- (Suv.bh.

Konow, 31a6).
harga- renders Skt. vyasana-.
hurds'iia possibly loc. sg. of hurdysa-; the meaning 'kitchen'
harbis?a- E harbissa-, harbds'sa-, J.St. harbesa-, Ch.iiOO3 (glossary)

seems to be well assured from the parallel versions, see p. 447.
harbaisa-, etc.
hus- huss- hussdta- 'to grow' (E), husdva- (khi . . . husdvi 'when
you had grown' Ch.00271.13), husd- (ttF si' kuindlai rrispuiri
thya husd 'then prince Kundla grew up quickly, P 2978.161,
harsta- past part., also in E; pres. stem har(i)s- (harsdd 'it splits'
Suv.bh.Konow 63b7), hardt'- (har2ta' imper. 2 pl. E 7.23);
from the same base ris- (compare Av. raes-), birdt'- birsta'to split' (E).
Kh.B.T., 43), causative husdin- (J.St. and elsewhere), huszvdi(glossary Ch.ii003); Av. vaxs-, uxs-, Buddh.Sogd. 'yws 'yYidgha waxs, see Bailey, Trans. Philol. Soc., 1945 ('46): 33.
hala- the translation 'pit, hole' is based on the fact that halarenders Skt. (agni)kunda- (Bailey).
halahaja- also P 2781.88, halahala- E 25.414; Skt. halahald.
hasta also in E and elsewhere; compare hvastq P 2929.10, see
huska- known from E, etc., hauska- (J.St.) which also has the

hastavdlaa- Skt. hastipdla (ka)-.
hus- from *huf-s-, pres. part. husamdaa- (J.St., s4namdd s4na
haspiscyd- renders Skt. abhiyoga- 'effort'; base haspds- (*fraspixs-), pret. haspdta- 'to make an effort, strive' (E, Suv.bh.
Konow, MT b.ii 0065.5 haspisyari imper. 2 pl. quoted by
Bailey, BSOAS 10: 602, fn. 1), causative haspij- (see Leumann, Zur nordarischen Spr. und Lit., 141), substantive
haspijsd- rendering Skt. utsaha- 'effort, energy.'
haysga- haysge pl. in E, N, etc.
haysgemd- N haysgamatd-, rendering Tibetan bsam-pa 'thought'

(Bailey, BSOS 9: 74); compare haysgustana-, adj. haysgustanaviya-, which renders Skt. upasarga- 'trouble' (Suv.bh.
meaning 'hay' (P 2783.24); of well-known connections from

Av. hus'ka- to NP xusk.
o piamdd o husamdai 'lying, or sitting, or sleeping' Ch.c.001,

871-872, Kh.B.T., 136), huisanda(a)- (E, Kha. 0021A, 135r3,
quoted by Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 23), hiisime pres. 1 sg. (St.H.
71), hisdam conj. 1 sg. (P 5538.49); past part. husta- (from
*huf-s-ta- with the -s- kept in the past part. as in (kas-) kasta(q.v.), see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 31) which would allow
the interpretation 'you slept' for the form husti (J.St. 28r3);
from the parallel story (see p. 451) it seems however preferable to take husta- from the pres. base hus- 'to dry, wither'
(hausde pres. 3 sg., hvdre, hdre id. middle 3 pl., hui' infin.
Sampgh.S. 35a2 (Bailey, BSOS 8: 125 f.), pret. stem h(a)usta-
(duima-hausta guira 'smoke-dried grapes,' Siddhasara 10vi,

Kh.T. 1, 34), and compare huska- 'dry'; note also that the
Skt. ttams' ca visaydn sarva- ... upasargebhya4 parimoca'regular' pret. stem from the base *hvap- *hup- in Khot. is
yisyamah, 'we shall free the countries of all troubles').
ha either from *d (Leumann, Glossary E, s.v.) or*frd(Benveniste, huita- (hutatd ssdna rr7na tsasto 'the queen slept lying quiet (ly)'
E 14.55, huite ssana s'a rrund7nei hastamd 'the excellent royal
BSOS 9: 508-510; on the representatives of OIr. fral- in
(elephant) slept lying,' Skt. supto babhuiva tada rdjakuiijarah,
Khotanese and other Iranian languages see Bailey, BSOAS
Suv.bh.Konow 67b5).
13: 124); with vi the meaning is 'starting from, and the rest,'
rendering Skt. -adi, see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 1: 43; also
husura- also hasura- (J.St., P 2801.13 hasuird jsdm vara vastd d
in hasta, older hdlsto (E).
kuista muimda brrqma ysdcd 'the bird (or: quarry) came then
Konow 31b5ttdrro ksire bisyau . . . haysgustaiiyau parrj dmd,
hdda E hade, hdde, J.St. hadi, h1dd. The validity of Konow's

(SS, 138) assumption of a connection between hade and
Sogdian (')rty has to be further investigated; see also Gershevitch, GMS, 307.
hdra- Skt. hdra-, also in E, N, etc.
hava- also in E; compare for instance Ch.iiO03, 46v3 (Kh.T. 1,

139) harbisai hava saijidd 'all profitable things succeed for
him,' Suv.bh.Konow 63a2 bis's'nu uysnaurdnu hdvd kddana
'for the profit of all beings,' Skt. sarvasattvahitarthaya; ad-
jective havamgara- J.St., Suv.bh.Konow 29a2 (bis'sa uysnora

vdtd havamggara aysmu 'towards of all beings (of) a profitable
to the place where the old Brahman dwelt'); to be compared
with Ossetic Digor sorun, Iron szirtn 'to hunt,' Digor sird,
Iron strd 'wild beast' according to a suggestion by Bailey,
BSOAS 12: 330.
haija- older hatimgy&- (E), later also himja, htja, hemja, heje
feminine with hina, henai, hainai, older hdtdnai (E), see

Bailey, BSOS 8: 125; substantive hemde (from hdtdna-*tati)
'redness' (Ch.ii003, 145vl, Kh.T. 1, 88).
hertham v7ra compare hairthd (probably for hairtham) vT (Ch.
ii002, 144v2, Kh.T. 1, 86), hirtha vira (Ch.0048.12, Kh.B.T.,
41, see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 594), hairtham vi (Ch.00269.100)
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
and also hirtham jsa (Ch.iiOO2, 127rl,. Kh.T. 1, 58),

hairthamai (P 2783.57).
haista- past part., also St.H. 45, beside hesta-, he'sta- (Bailey,
BSOAS 10: 903), older hataista- (E); pres. stem hais- (E;
hais'4'mui 'I give them' P 3513, 45r3, Kh.T. 1, 223), and
compare hai?4'mava 'act of giving' (P 2787.179), hai'smai
uiddsadya 'with regard to the gift' (P 2787.36), haisa'ka'giver' (P 2958.124), see Bailey, Asia Major, N.S. 2: 29.
haudva- E huad(u)va-.
hauva- other forms like hova-, hota-, hauta- occur in E, N,
Sarmgh.S., etc.; adjective hotana- (ahotana- 'unable' E 13.117),
later hauta (P 2783.64 and see Bailey, BSOAS 10: 595),
ahauvam 'weak' (Bailey, BSOS 8: 118), hauvausta- 'powerful'
(Ch.00269.67).
hos'- from *fra-vaz-ya-; pres. also haus(')- (haus.tndd pres. 3 pl.

Suv.bh.Konow 63b6, hausa'ra imper. 2 pl. P 2783.26); pret.
stem hausta- (P 2801.31).
hya- older hata- (E), Skt. hita-; together with suha'- in hye-suha'
(J.St.), Skt. hita-sukha-, compare hida-suhae, hita-sukhaya,
GLOSSARY
II
491
compared by Gershevitch (GMS, 249, addendum with

? 1076) with Sogdian swy6y'w 'in Sogdian,' Choresmian
turk&wlk 'in Turkish,' etc. showing an Eastern Iranian
'language suffix' -au-. The older form for the indigenous
designation of Khotan is hvatdna-, hvatana-, hvatinaa- (E),
later hvamnni rrumda (St.H. 32), hvamna ka'rd (St.H. 9),
hvamnya kss'rd (loc. sg., St.H. 36), hvana ksira (S 2471.261262, Kh.B.T., 99), hvarm ks1'ri vlra (St.H. 33), hvam ksiri
(MT b 11.0065, 3), as listed by Bailey, Asia Major, N.S.
2: 10; Sogdian Tywnyk (Henning, Sogdica, 10), Maralbasi

hvadana-. The Sanskrit designation for Khotan is gostana-,
see Bailey, BSOS 9: 541; BSOAS 10: 919.
hvarra- compare for instance hvarra nauna saldva 'sweet, soft
words' (E 20.29), hvarra u mdsta . . . hiydra 'sweet and
large fruits' (Suv.bh.Konow 65a3).
hvasta- renders Skt. jyesthaka- (P 3513, 53r4, Kh.T. 1, 227),

hv'rmdanu hvdstu rrayse renders Skt. manujesvarach, 'the best
ruler of men' (Suv.bh.Konow 63a6), hvdstye rrite renders
Skt. agramahi,syds 'of the first queen' (Suv.bh.Konow 35a4),
etc. in Sten Konow, Kharoshthi inscriptions, 65 (inscr. 23,

etc.; compare Av. hv5ista-, Sogdian ywy?tk.
line 2), 141 (inscr. 74, line 4), Calcutta, 1929.
hv&ha- also in E; substantive hv&ha:tte 'in width' (St.H. 5, Ch.
hva hvca E hvatd hvatd (for instance E 25.409 hvatd hvatd nd ttama
iiOO2, 101v5, Kh.T. 1, 38), from hv&ha-*tdti-.
kamale s'scando ggaddre 'of each of them then the heads roll
hvwya- hvi'ya- in E, hviya- in N, derivative from *hvant- (compare
upon the ground'), hvatu hvatu (Suv.bh.Konow 66a4), hvatti
the forms hva,nd-, hvamd- in J.St.)/*hv&nt- (nom. sg. hve'
hva (N 176.2), hva hva (St.H. 55); comp. Av. xvatO and
<*hv&s < *hv&nts); other derivatives are hvandfnaa- (hastama
Christian Sogdian xwd xwdq'r 'alone,' Man.Sogd. xw5k'r id.,
Buddh.Sogdian Tywak'r(y) id., see Gershevitch, GMS, 43, hvamd-n& ramna 'best human jewels' St.H. 60) and hviyasca(J.St., P 2787.162-163 phar&ke' va hviy&.sd u ttrriyasf'nyd
fn., 201, fn.
hvamnaa- with hvamnau (J.St.) compare hvamno vi 'in Khotanese' (Ch.iiO02, 103r3-4, Kh.T. 1, 38); the ending -au is
satva jiye rrustamdd 'many human beings and animals lost

their lives,' etc.); on -a'saa- see Bailey, JRAS, 1942: 23.
ADDENDA
Pp. 447-452. No attempt has been made to list
references to representations of the Jataka

stories in art. The interested reader will have
no difficulty, however, in finding such refer-
ences, since, in a number of cases at least, they

are to be found in the bibliographies given
under each of the stories. Besides he will find
a highly competent 'popularization' of the subject in Alfred Foucher, Les vies anterieures du
Bouddha d'apres les textes et les monuments
de 1' Inde, Publications du Musee Guimet, Biblio-
theque de Diffusion, tome 61, Paris, 1955.

P. 470. On urvarinaa- see Bailey, JRAS, 1955:
22 f.
P. 471. On kas'ata- see Bailey, JRAS, 1955:

16f.
P. 473. Bailey (Trans. Phil. Soc., 1954(1955):

155 f.) assumes a base *kap- 'to take, hold and
convey' (cev- <*Eapaya-) for cevyai.
P. 476. On dyuima-basta- see Bailey, An Indo-
Scythian version of the Kusa Jataka, The Dr.

Lakshman Sarup Memorial Volume, 3, Hoshiarpur, 1954.
P. 484. On rajyavardhana- see Bailey, JRAS,
1955: 22.
492
VIII. INDICES
The numbers refer to pages. I and II refer to the glossaries.
GRAMMATICAL AND TOPICAL
-a stems in, 408
-a Khot.: Skt. -ant, see guksama- II
-a- loss of medial, see marana- II
a- preverb, 418
-a, 412
-a stems in, 409
-aa suffix, 418
-ad stems in, 409
accusative (neuter) in -u as adverb, 417

active, 413 f.
adjectives, 410 f.
adjectives in -aa, 410
-js- intervocalically <-tc-, see tceman- II
bi- preverb, 418

by- preverb, 418
-j(y)a suffix, 419
comparative suffix, 411
karmadharaya compounds, 419
-ky- alternating with -$c-, see ttir$thatnda-
compounds, 419
conjunctive, 414
conjunctive particles, 417
consonant bases, 409 f.
continuative, 415
-cya suffix, 419
-d- Khot.: Skt. -n(n)-, see ki(mn)nara- II
adjectives in -ai(m)ja, 410
demonstrative pronouns, 412

disjunctive particles, 417
double suffix, see bahya- II
adjectives in -ainaa-, 410

adjectives in -e(mn)ja, 410
adjectives in -enaa, 410
adjectives in -ia, 410 f.
dvandva compounds, 419
adjectives in -i(t)ja-, 410
adjectives in -inaa-, 410

adjectives in -ua, 411
adverbs, 417
-ai- Khot.: Skt. -i-, see dsa'- II
-ai- Khot.: Skt. -aji- or -ati-, see pravaiy6

II
-aina(a) suffix, 419
-e, 412
-e- Khot.: Skt. -i-, see dtsa'- II
-em ending, 413, fn. 64
-era comparative suffix, 411
-eya- medial >-i-, see vina- II
-eya final > --, see vina- II
'foreign' o and u, 406, fn. 12
-(a)ka suffix, 418

-aka stems, 409
-aka stems, 409
g- preverb, 418
-a(mn), 412
-a'(m), 412
-am, 412
-ama suffix, 418

-amda suffix, 419
-(a)mata stems, 409
- (a)mata stems and adjectives in -nac
409, fn. 39
-amata suffix, 409
-a(mn)ca participle in, 416
-amtjsia- suffix, 418
-4na, see sqmanyqna- II
-ana suffix, 418

-anta suffix, 418
-a(n)daa- participle in, 416
-ara comparative suffix, 411
g- Khot.: Skt. k-, see guk$ama- II

gerund, 416
gu- preverb, 418
-gya suffix, 419
-h- sufix, see bahya- II
ha- preverb, 418
ham- preverb, 418
4- Khot.: Skt. -i-, see dsa'- II
i Khot.: Skt. ai, see vispasti- II
-i stems, 409
-, 412
-1, 412
-i suffix, 419
-ia suffix, 418
imperative, 415
imperative polite, 415
imperative prohibitive, 417
-inaa suffix, see damndinaa- II
-a$aa, see hviya- II

-asaa suffix, 418
-a$ca, -ascya suffix, 418
-asta sufix, 418
-a&ta, -astya suffix, 418
-atara comparative suffix, 411
indefinite pronouns, 413
indicative present used as conjunctive,
-au stems in, 409
-au, see hvarnnaa- II

-au- Khot.: Skt. -aku-, see maula- II
-au- Khot.: Skt. -u-, see raudra- II
-aunta suffix, 418
-aunda suffix, 419
-austa suffix, 419
-autta suffix, 419
-aya, see ttarraya- I, sada- II, sanau- II
414, fn. 65
infinitive, 416
infinitive, see &sta- dtatrnda- II, das(s)- II,

vajsista- II
-aya suffix, 418
instrumental sing. used as adverb, 417

interrogative pronouns, 412
'intrusive r,' 408, see mursala- II
-ira comparative suffix, 411
iterative, 415
-iya suffix, 419
bahuvrihi compounds, 419

be- preverb, 418
-ja suffix, 419

Jnianayasas, 402, fn. 14
II
-ky- alternating with -t(h)-, see kivata- II
-kya suffix, 409
-laka suffix, 409

Later Khotanese, 404
Maitreyasamitinatkarm, 402, fn. 13

Mazar Tagh, see gara- II
-mnd- Khot.: Skt. -n(n)-, see ki(m)nara- II

middle, 414
modality, 414, 415
-n stems, 410
nay- preverb, 418

-nd- Khot.: Skt. -n(n)-, see ki(m)nara- II
necessity, 416
ni4- preverb, 418

nu- preverb 418
numerals, 413
-oda suffix, 419

Old Khotanese and Later Khotanese, 404
-oiia suffix, 418
optative, 414 f.
pa- preverb, 418
pa(')- preverb, 418

pa(mn)- preverb, 418
particles, 417
participles, 416 f.
participle use of, see k(t- &starnda- II,

vajsi$ta- II
participle past with yan-, see yan- yuda- I I

personal pronouns, 411 f.
possessive pronouns, 411
postpositions, 417 f.
potentiality (transitive), see yan- yuda- II
prepositions, 417 f.
present indicative active, 413 f.
present indicative middle, 413
preterit intransitive, 416
preterit transitive, 415 f.
preverbs, 418
prohibitive, 417
pronominal derivatives, 413
pronouns, 411-413
prosody, 402
relative pronouns, 412 f.

-sc- alternating with -st-, see na'scya- II
spelling, 404-408
-st- alternating with -sc-, see na'scya- II

sty-, see styerrijaa- II
s and s', 405

-$c- alternating with -ky-, see ttir$thatndaII
493

-sp- alternating with -$ph-, see phusta- II
-tc- intervocalically > -js-, see tceman- II
-$ph- alternating with -sp-, .see phusta- II

- (r)$th- alternating with - see ttirsthamrda- II
us- preverb, 418
tca- preverb, 418

tt- preverb, 418
uys- preverb, 418
s and s, 405
-u- loss of, see mah&karuna'- II
s and s', 405
-ui, 412
sa- preverb, 418

-skya suffix, 419
-ua (-uka) suffix, 419

-uka stems, 409
-um, 412
Ss and s, 405
-urm, 412
sil-, ssdl- Khot.: Skt. sl-, see s'ilo- II
*-vant bases in, 409 f.
verbal system, 413-417

-viya suffix, 419
vocalic bases, 408 f.
-ya stems, 409
-um, 412
*-tati- suffix, 409

tatpurusa compounds, 419
va- preverb, 418
-fina suffix, 419
-ya suffix, 419
-uniia suffix, 419
-yera comparative suffix, 411

WORDS
RECONSTRUCTED (INDO-EUROPEAN,
OLD IRANIAN)
*hamarita-, see hamida- II

*ham-baxta-, see hamba- II
*ham-b-rista-, see habrr4h- II
*abi-axta-, see niy&de II

*abi-rauxsnaya-, see br4ii- II
*abi-sinj-, see bisaij- II
*abi-skamb-, see tcamph- II
*abi-sad-, see ne'sta- II

*abi-xauxti.-, see bekhaute II
*adi-a-pharaya-ka-, see haphara- II
* (a)di-a-skamba-, see tcamph- II
*anausa-, see ne'- II
*ang-, see niy&de II

*anu-bar-, see nuvar- nulda- II
*argh-s-ana-, see ase'na- II
*ati-car-, see ttajsada- II
*ati-mard-, see ttume'ste II
*ati-ram-, see ttram- ttramda- II
*auk-, see niuska- II
*ava-dam-, see vadida- II
*ava-hr-n-, see vahamda- II

*ava-kaf-s'-, see vyach- II
*ava-vrta-, see uida- II
*azda-krta-, see aysda II
*a, see ha II
*a-saxta-, see saj- II

*atauda-, see avama- II
*aner-/anr-, see nadaun- II
*bara-puira-kyd-, see barbird- II
*bara-pu6ra-, see barbird- II
*barzavat-ti-, see ba'ysa- II
*baxta-, see bukaja- II, buvamde II
*brzda-, see uida- II
*car-, see pacada- II

caus-, see causka- II
*cyavaya-, see cav- II

*dag-s-, see dksta- II
*dandraka-, see ttamttraa- II
*dastya-, see dasta- II
*daxs-, see dksta- II
*drav-, *drauta-, see drro II
*fra, *fra, see ha II
*fra-nasya-, see hanasta- II
*fra-rauxsnaya-, see harruifi- II
*fra-raz-, see rays- II
*fra-sparg-, see vaspris- II
*fra-spixs-, see haspiscy&- II
*fra-sprxta-, see vaspris- II
*fra-vaz-ya-, see hos"- II
*friya-, see br(r)a- II
*gardana-, see galana- II

*haitu-, see hi- II
*h(a)iz-, see vahaiys- vahaista- II
*hamanaka-, see hamamga- II
*hamanaka-, see hamamga- II
*ham-jamaya-, see hamjsem- II

*ham-paraya-, see hamber- II
*ham-prta-, see hambada- II
*ram-, see ttrdm- trramda- II

*rauk-, see bekhaute II
*rauxsna-tdti-, see rrumdd- II
*rauxti-, see bekhaute II
*saxta-, see dstiya- II, saj- II

*skamb-, see tcamph- II
*skambaya-, see tcamph- II
*hanj-, see bihi II

*hay-, see hayuna- II
*skand-, see hatcasta- II
*h(a)iz-, see vahaiys- vahaista- II
*skard-, see piskista- II
*huf-s-, *huf-s-ta-, see hus- II

*hup-, see hus- II
*srais-, see sista- II
*hvant-, hv&nt-, see hviya- II

*hvap-, see hus- II
*kaf-s-, see kas'- kasta- II
*kaisa-, see jse II
*kaus- /*kus-, see kausta- II
*kira-kara(a)-, see sira- II
*maca-dara-, see maysdarva II

*mard-, see ttume'ste II
*marz-, see ustairstai II

*mazan- /*mazar-, see miysirka- II
*mazd-, see maysdarva II
*mrzdana-, see midIna- II
*nay-, see niy&de II
*ni-auk-, see niuska- II
*ni-axta-, see niy&de II
*ni-bar-, see nuvar- nulda- II
*ni-car-, see ttajsada- II

ni-carta-, see pacada- II
*ni-pad-, see nvasta- II
*ni-ram-, see ttram- ttramda- II
ni-ruxta-, see narrva- II
*ni-sad-, *ni-sasta-, see ne'sta- II
*ni-sadaya-, see ne'sta- II
*ni-yauk-, see niuska- II
*sprxs-, see vaspr4s- II

*staxta-, see dstiya- II
*stdna-ka-, see stdga- II
*strag-, see streha- II
*strag-s-, see streha- II
*straxta-, see striya- II
*sad-, see ne'sta- II
*sira-kara-, see sira- II
*tdci-, see ttdja- II
*tafta-tati-, see ttaudi- II
*tayman-, see ttima(n)*tanaka-, see ttamga- II
*tana-tati-, see ttamga- II
*tarz-, see ustairstai II
*tcdm-, see tsodi II
*tumana-, see ttumna- II
*tuxman-, see ttima(n)- II
*iaxta-, see dstiya- II

*upa-raz-, see rays- II
*uz-an-, see (uysan-) uysamda- II
*vara-tara-, see vara- II
*varta-, see bada- II
*vart-s-, see vesa'ra- II
*vi-mard-, see ttume'ste II
*vi-mata-, see guimd- II

*vi-raz-, see rays- II
*nrtavan-, nrtaun-, see nadaun- II

*para-brta-, see piraur- pirauda- II
*pari-abra-(ka)-, see pyaura- II
*vi-ruxta-, see gurvai II
*pari-mard-, see pe'me'sti II, ttume'ste II

*pati-carta-, see pacada- II
*pati-daisa-ka-, see pMsaa- II
*pati-dama-, see padama- II
*pati-ddraya-, see padada- II
*vivaha-, see gvaha- I I
*pari-jamaya-, see pajsama- II
*pati-ad-, see paj- pajista- II

*pati-jama-krta-, see pajsama- II
*pati-mauk-, see pajsan- pajsanda- II
*pati-muc-, see pamya- II

*pati-muxta-, see pamya- II
*pati-nay-, see niy&de II
*pati-skambita-, see tcamph- II
*pati-z (a)ya-, see pasa'- II
*p2ri-causa-, see causka- II
*phar-, see haphara- II
*raicaya-, see par(r)ya- II
*vi-skamb-, see tcamph- II

*vi-sadta-ka-, see ba'taa- II
*vi-thamj-, see bihi II
*vi-vada-tayai, see byfitta- II
*vi-var-, see gvar- guda- II
*vi-vaz-, see gvays- gvasta- II
*vi-zarita-ka-, see beysdda II
*xad-, see pyahasta- II
*xdd-s-, see khasta- II

*xraus-, see gr(r)fus- g(g)uY(r)sta- II
*xrusta-xsra, see gr(r)fus- g (g) '(r)&(a- II
*xsauma(n)-, see sanau- II
*yauk-, see nuska- II
*yauz-, see dyauysa- II

*-zaxta-, see beysa- II
*-zaxta-, see beysd- II
VOL.
45,
*zais'-,
see
*zaug-,
PT.
S,
19551
INDICES
ysu#atII
INDIAN
see
AVESTAN AND OLD PERSIAN (OP)
ysud(a-
akappiya, see agapia- II

akalpika, see agapia- II
II
akalpya, see agapia- II

-aku-: Khot. -au-, see maula- II
akusala-muila-, see kis'ald-mila II
akrta-jnia-, see arana- II
aiwi-ruc-, see bujsa- II
an-, see (uysan-) uysamnda- I I

an-avauruxti-, see gurvai II
arama-, see erakanta II
azda, see aysda II
uxs-, see hu$- II
karata-, see kdadra- II
kasyapa-, see khuysaa- II
(agni)kunida-, see hala- II

agra-mahi$yads, see rrina- II, hvdsta- II
afkura-, see chaka- II
-aji-: Khot. -ai-, see pravaiya- II
atta-danda-, see beysa- II
-ati-: Khot. -ai-, see pravaiya- II
-ada-: Khot. -a-, see kharija- II
-adi-: Khot. -a-, see kharija- II
adhimucyeta, see vyach- II
gav-, see hagav4ma- II

gfinaoiti, see hagav4ma- II
gaona-, see gum II
gram-, granta-, see grqiiamca II

see ttirsthatmda- II
xraos-, xru?ta-, see gr(r)uis- g(g)ul(r)$ta-adhisthita-,
II
anuttara-, see pirmdttama- II
-ant: Khot. -a, see guksama- II
xsnaoma-, see $anau- II
xsvipta-, see pvida- II
antar-dha-, see amttarrdam II
taera-, see ttara- II
api, see sai II
dana-, see dana- II

dya- (OP), see ysanaka- II
drva-, see drruinaa- II
tan-, see pathatmjaka- II
apramana-, see brrahma-vyaIdra- II
&raxta-, see halnthrr4ya- II

tkaesa-, see j$e II
pdra5an, see na$pul- II
barasa-, see brraha- II
buna-, see b4na- II
(fra-)maj-, see hamaih- hami'sta- II
(fra-)rae-caya-, see harl- II

frya-, see br(r)a- II
fsuyant-, see ksudaa- II
naha(m) (OP), see panaha- II
nipadiy (OP), see nvaiya II
arvava-, see abe'sa- II
avikalpam, see avipa- II

asvaghosa-, see as'a- II
(a)siddha-, see asiduina- II

akdsa-, see dtasa- I, II
akasagarbha-, see dtaSa- II
(a)ksepa-, see rrijsaa- II
acarya-, see adsi'rya- II
ajaneya, see a-y4ni II
-adi, see hd II
niSdJaya-, see ne'sta- II

mq4ra-, see madrra- II
yaes-, see jse II

yaona-, see juna- II
vaxs-, see hus- II
vand-, see vqn- II

varaka-, see bagara- II
vaz-, see bays- bacta- II
v&&aya-, see uysbay- II
apta-danda-, see beysa- II

amatya-, see amaca- II
ayaneya, see ay4no II
vohuna/l-, see h4fia- II
asivsa-, see alavassaascarya-, see du2skara- II

asraydd, see pdrrjsaa- II
rae-, see habrrih- II
radst- see har$ta- II

rao-yna-, see rrum II
sand-, see sasta- II
*azari, see as'i'rya- II

indriya-, see 'edrra- II, sahemdrra- II
isavariya-, see vispasti- II
-u-: Khot. -au-, see raudra- II
suxra-, see sfiraa- II

supti-, see sve II
s&tnd-, see hatcasta- II

staxta-, staxra-, see astiya- II
utsaha-, see haspiscy&- II
spar-, see paspuqa- II, vaspuda- II

spdnta-, see ysamasaa(mn)daa- II
snaya-, see ysinah- II
sna-, see ysinah- II
srira-, see sira- II
zan-, see ysata- II
udvega-, see udviyasta- II
upatthaka-, see gdthaa- II

upasatnkramayilyama4, see sahya- II
upasarga-, see haysgema- II
upasthayaka-, see gdthaa- II, beqla- II
upaya-, see upata- II

updya-kaus'alya-, see kusalai II
zam-, see ysamas'a (n)daa- II

zarata-, see ysa.daka- I I
zya-, see ysanaka- II
Sud-, see ksu II
hard baraz, see ttdra- II
upeksa, see apramqota- II
haiiya-, see hatha- II

hus'ka-, see huska- II
haetu-, see hi- II
-ohaez-, see vahaiys- vahais(a- II
hv,5i3ta-, see hvd$ta- II

xvato,5 see hva hva II
abhi-nir-har-, see uysbay- II

abhimukha-, see ysira- (2) II
abhiyoga-, see haspiscya- II
amacca, see amaca- II
amatya-, see amdca- II
amrta-, see ne'- II
ayoguda-, see ayula- II
ayogula-, see ayula- II
arci-, see aca- II
arcis-, see aca- II
ujtpandoqyami, see thamnj- thiya- II

rksa-, see arra- II
e?vari, see vis'pasti- I I
ai: Khot. i, see vis'pasti- II
aiSvarya-, see kusalai II, vispasti- II
k-: Khot. g-, see guk.sama- II
katapfutana, see kalaputtana- II
kanztaja-, see khainuda- II
kathaya-, see baja.a- II
495
karuna, see apramqoza- II

karkasfa-, see ttrik$a- I I
karmapatha-, see karmapaha- II
kalama-, see kalama- II
ka$attah, see kasata- II

kasata-, see kas'a.a- II
kakapdda-, see veselak&- II

kaca-, see urvarinaa- II
kanicana-, see kajenesarre II
kantcanasara-, see kajenesarre II
kilesa-, see klaisa- II
kuk$i-, see brraha- II
kuksimant-, see guk$ama- II
kuth'ak$ira, see gr(r)uis- g(g)ul(r)s[a- II
kunda-, see hala- II
kulcputra-, see barbira- II

krta-jfta-, see krrania- II
keyuira-, see keyuda- II
kelesa, see klaisa- II
kevatta-, see kivata- II

kaivarta-, see kivata- II
koti-, see kfila- II

ko.salya-, see kusalai II
kausalya-, see kusalai II
kritena, see kidna II
kridena, see kidna II
kle.sa-, see klais'a- II

ksayata-, see ksina- II
ksipta-, see phusta- II
ksudh-, see ksu II
khadira-, see khar-ja- II

gati-, see ge' II
guna-sagara-, see bu'jsa- II

grhastha-, see gathaa- II
godha-, see goda- II
gostana-, see hvamnaa- II
gausura-, see barbird- II
grahatha-, see g&thaa- II

grihasta-, see g&thaa- II
cakkhupathe, see vadia- II
caftcala-, see camcqla- II, drrdtaa- II
canda-, see canda- II
catur-anga-, see tcure-ysania- II

capalyacitta-, see drrataa- II
cam- camati, see tsodi II
cint-, see cede II
cintamanti-, see cett4mena- II
cchedaka-, see tcamnph- II
chavi-, see che- II, ttani- II
jantgha-, see jagya- II
jata-, see jala- II

jada-, see jadija- II
jambudipa-, see jambvi- II
jambudvipa-, see jambvi- II
jayo, see purr- purrda- II
jati-, see jattaka- II
jati-caitya-, see jattaka- II
jati-maha-, see jattaka- II
jambfinada-, see jambu(na)- II

jugupsita-, see pisara- II
jetavana-, see jiyabqna- II
jyeqthaka-, see hvasta- II

tantrika-, see subhattrattia- II
tapascarana-, see ttavascarania- II

tavatimsa, see striyestrisa II
tiryag-yoni-, see ttarasa- II
tiry&na yonisu, see ttarasa- II
tilaka-, see veselak&- II
tilottama, see ramba- II
tumbhiksa, see durbikFa- II
tumrac-, see ttumna- II

tusita-, see ttusa'- II
praharana-, see prraharana- II

priya-, see br(r)a- II
trnZedhi, see ustairstai II
trpti-, see paphidda- II
virftp&k$a, see lokapala- II

vis.esa-, see pi$kista- II
visvasa-, see vispasti- II
disapala-, see dasaepdla- II
prinayi4yanti, see paphada- II

pritimanas-, see &hurrja- II
preta-, see prriya- II
phuda-, see spulaka- II
bahih, see natca II
bdldnam, see sika- II
buddha-, see asiduina- II
budbuda-, see burbula- II
budbudaka-, see burbula- II
bubbulaka-, see burbula- II
brahman-, see br(r)ammam II
dipa-mala-, see di II
brahmavihara-, see apramqoga- II
vaiduirya-, see virulya- II
brahmana-, see br(r)ammam II

bhatta-kara-, see bukaja- II
bhadra-kalpika-, see bhadrre-kalpia- II
vaidya-, see vija- II

vaisramanza, see lokapdla- II
vyanjana-, see vyamyjana- II
bhiksu-saiygha-, see bisamga- II
vyasana-, see vyaysana- II, harga- II
tejas-, see harrftit- II
tepitaka-, see ttrivilaa- II

trayastrim'sat, see striyestris'a II
tripitaka-, see ttrivilaa- II
trubhik$a, see durbiksa- II
trailokyamandale, see 4'ma- II

danda-, see beysa- I I
darpa-, see beras.a- II
ddruna-, see nuscura- II, ttriksa- II
duhkhita-, see dulkha- II, sulhya- II

dukha-, see dulkha- II
durbhiksa-, see durbik.a- II
dusita-, see bajatta- II
duira, see haysa II
devendras?irasimha-, see siha- II
druna-, see drronva- II
druma-, see ttrqma- II
dvesa, see kis'ald-mutla- II
dharmatmako, see da- II
vyakar-, see vyarana- II
maka'da-, see makala- II
vy&k$epa-, see vy&kpsvasta- II
makara-, see mara- II
vyada-, see vyaulasta- II

vyala-, see vyaulasta- II
vraza-, see vjrana- II
vrata-tapas-carana-, see vrattavascarna- II
s'akra-, see sakrra- II
sanikha-, see saamga- II
Sacd-, see suijd- II
makuta-, see maula- II
marana-, see marava- II
-n-(-nn-): Khot. -nd-, -md-, -d-, see ki(mn)-markata-, see makala- II
marsayati, see marsya'ra II

marsayitar-, see marsya'ra II
malina, see rrima- II
mahanasa-, 447
mahasamudra-, see mahasamudrra- II
sila-, see 'ira- II
mahisi-, see rrin&- II
isi a-, see besta- II
matra-, see masi II
sigramt, see gama- II

sirsaka-, see erakaiia II
mudita, see apramqvna- II

mudra-, see cett4mena- II
musala-, see mursala- II
nila, see a.aina- II

muigapakkha-, see mukaparnka- II
see vau's- II
-ntr-, -ndr-, see nimamdrr- nimamndrrya- miirccha-,
II
muila-, see pas'ta- II
pakkhandin, see praskqndha- II
pantca-man .dala-, see paja-man .ala- II
mrs-, see marsyadrd II
padmasana-, see aysana- II
maitri, see apramqvna- II
moha, see kus'ald-muila- II
paraloka-, see parilo- II
yoni-, see v?ssu'na- II
parajaya-, see ayauysa- II
rasayana-, see raysayana- II
pararthacarin-, see pararthd-cara- I I
raga, see kisiald-muila- II
parikirtana-, see rays- II
rajakunijarah, see hus- II
paridiv-, see paridiv- II
rajyavardhana-, see rrajevarrdana- II
paridev-, see paridiv- II
ramaniya-, see ramania- II
paripalaka-, see par (a)valaa- II
rudda-, see ludraa- II
parivara-, see parvara- II
paryaya-, see tvara- II, paca4a- II
rula, see ludraa- II
lata-, see karasa- II, kid1- II
papimant-, see guk$ama- II
labh-, see l&bhya II
pida-, see pila- I I
ludra, see ludraa- II
lubdhaka-, see ludraa- II
puru$a-, see pfqa II
purohita-, see puihyd II

puirna-, see pur(r)a- II
prccha, see pva'se II
pra-, see proyauga- II
pranidhana, see prranah4na- II
pratinivartaka-, see is- i$(a- II
lobha-, see l&bhya II

loma-kuipa-, see drr4-mujs&- II
vajra-, see vajrrayaunia- II, v"s?itra- II

vajrapan.i-, see vajrrayaunia- II
vajrasana-, see aysana- II, vajrrayaunia- II
pratima-, see pravaiya- II

pratyaya-, see pracaa- II
pranasaka-, see bajatta- II
vatsaka-bija, 419
van-, see bahya- II
valaha-, see valaha- II
prabhava-, see prlyauga- II
valli, see kida- II

valagra-, see drr4-mujsa- II
pramukha-, see pramuha- II
prayoga-, see priyauga- II
vikalendriya-, see 'edrra- II
pravala-, see saka- II

pravrajita-, see pravaiya- II
pravrajya-, see pravaja- II
praskandin, see praskqndha- II
vesa-, see khinda II
vyakaranza-, see vyarana- II
dhvani-, see skal- II
nisthura-, see nfscura- II
vutth&na-, see vyasthanaiya- II

vrddha-, see ysamgara- II
vrsc?dka-, see drronva- II
veta.da-, see vettala- II
vedana-, see vlna- II
bhuita-, see buva- II
manjusri (written marnjisirri), see sira- II

mantra-, see madrra- II
manujesvarah, see hva-sta- II
nara- II
vihara-, see brrahma-vyahdra- II

virya-, see virsa'- I I
bhid-, see bi'sta- II
dhuima-, see dulma- II

dhrtarJ.tra-, see lokapala- II
naktacaranarm, see sava- II

naksatra-, see naksattra- II
nava-nita-, see niy&de II
nahyate, see naky- II
naga-yoni, see nata-sufim'- II
narayana-, see ndr4yam II
nimantr-, see nimamndrr- nimamdrrya- II
nimesa-, see pi4kista- II
vi4ama-, see vissqmera- II

vistarika-, see vistaria- II
vifida, see vi?a' II
sarava-, see aruva- II
sasana-, see sasam'- II
sastr-, see sastara- II

snj-, see bisaij- II
sila-, see paraha- II
sundd-, see s4nda- I I
subha-, see subhattrattia- II

sobhana-, see ysanasta- II
saurya-, see sura- II
syamaka-, see samaka- II
syJmavatl-, see samaka- II

sraddha-, see sradha-deya- II, $ad&- II
?raddh&-deya-, see sradha-deya- I I
Sri-, see sira- II
srutasoma-, see sruittasuim II
sI-: Khot. ssdl-, sil-, see silo- II
s.li-, see sista- II

Sle$ma-, see silo- II
gle$maprakrtika-, see silo- II
sloka-, see silo- II
samnlapa-, see salava- II
samsara-nadya, see ttaja- II
saj-, see vahl- II

sanjaya-, see samnjaya- II
santusta-, see sadusta- II
santuffi-, see sadu$ta- II
samntarpayed, see paphdda- II
samntana-, see samnttana- II
sam-a-dha-, see asamahia- II
sar-, see vahamnda- II
sarvajiia-, see sarvaina- II
sarvarthasiddha-, see sarvarthasida- II
sallapa-, see salava- II
saha, see sahemdrra- II
samaka-, see samaka- II
viyoni-, see v?su'na- II
sarthavaha-, see s&tika- II

sarthika-, see sJtika- II
simha-, see siha- II
virudhaka, see lokapala- II
siomhsana-, see aysana- II
viparyasta-, see parabyuitta- II
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955]
aramndaa-, see ura- II

argiftv&, see bisaa- II
siddha-sri, see sira- II
siddhi-, see sij- sij(y)a- II

sidhy-, see sij- sij(y)a- II
siddhyavardhana-, see sidyavarrda- II
sivathika, see .(ivalya- II

sukum&ra-, see sumarka- II
sukha-, see raudra- II, sulha- II

sukhita-, see sulhya- II
suj&-, see sfuj&- 1I
sutasoma-, see s.rittasfium II
sudasa-, see saudaysa- II
sunetra-, see sunaittra- II
saudasa-, see saudaysa- II
strnaJti, see starda- II
sthfira-, see staura- II
sthuila-, see ttumna- II
sparsa-, see sparsa'sta- II
sphadika-, see sphalia- II
sp(h)uda-, sp(h)oda-, see spulaka- II
sph&tika-, see spulaka-, sphalia- II

sphotaka-, see spulaka- II
arve, see pa'jsan- pajsanda- II

alysanaa-, 406
avajsamn, see pajsama- II
avaraiha-, see paraha- II
avass?a, see avasa- II
INDICES
drdhdta-, see drdh- I I
drdhataima, 415
drca-, see dca- II
drva-, see druiva- I I
avas?drst(, see pva'se II

ava (')sta-, see pva (')nza- II
dljsata-, see djsa- II

dljsd, see djsa- II
dljsdtinaa-, see djsa- II
dljsinaa-, see djsa- II
dljseinaa-, see djsa- I I
avaysmd ye, see paysaiia- II

avaysanie, see paysaina- II
-dlstu, -dlsto, see -dsta II

-dlsto, 417
avuta'sta-, see ava (')sta- II
dva(m)dui(mn), 416
avuva'sta-, see pva(')nza- II, ava(')sta- II

ave'sta-, see ava(')sta- II
dvaysa, see ramna- II
as.agauxa, see asa- II
as'?ucd, see tcara- II
asanaka-, see asna(k)a- II
asamkhilsta-, see samkhi'sta- II

asamdus.ta-, see sadusta- II
asdda-, asida-, see asiduina- II
asaida-, see asiduina- II
aysa, 411
497
dvirm, 416
asa, see styerrijaa- II

dsagarbha-, see dtasa- II
gd's(d', see sata- II
dsari-, see dsi'rya- II

VW, 408, fn. 30
asa', see dJe'na- II
dsa' (n)na, see dJe'na- II
a4ana-, see asaina- II
svayam, see hamai II

hamsa-, see sya- II
harsana-, see sirosa'da- II
halahala, see halahaja- II
hastipala(ka)-, see hastavalaa- II
aysd, 411, see byuitta- II
hara-, see hara- II

hita-, see hya- II
aysdem-, 406
aysbrij-, 406
asai, see a.saina- ll

dsaiji, see dsaina- II
dsaijvd, see &$aina- II, bisaa- II
dsseina-, see dsaina- II
hitacittah, see hava- II
aysmya yan-, see vas'(')- II

ahamista-, see hamaih- hami(')sta- II
ahaspriya, see vaspris- II
asa, see sdj- II
hita-sukha-, see hya- II
hita-sukhaya, see hya- II

hitersina, see hittesi- II
hitesin-, see hittesi- II
hida-suhae, see hya- II
aysa(m), 412
aysi, aysu, ayse, 411
aysgaustd, 406
ahavays-, see ahavays- II

ahivaysyai, see ahavays- II
ahotana-, see hauva- II
ahauvamn, see hauva- II
a'haij-, 406
himavant-, see hamavaMda- II
agds'a-, see &tas?a- II
KHOTANESE
achanaa-, see achainaa- II
a, 411
akalamaranai, 403
achinuda-, see achaa- II
atdrana-, see arania- II
atdraiii-, see krrqiii- I I

atvasta-, see anvasta- II
adisa-, see dista- II
ades(d, see ttirs(hatnda- II
adrrydmn jsi, see 'edrra- II
arndarahye (arndarahi), see amnttarrdamn II

anaulsa-, see o'sa- II
andivardna-, 418
aniuta-, see iiuska- II
apaphan4me, see paphdda- II

apraca, see apracai II
aprracaina, see apracai II
aprrasama, see pa'jsan- pa'jsanda- II

abriyaa-, see br(r)a- II
ama, 411
dtim-, see dvama- II

dtimdna, 417, see dvama- II
dtimemate jsa, see avama- II
dna, see s(d- stdta- II
ahauja, see dhurrja- II

dhau:rrji, see ahurrja- II
dhaurrda-, see dhurrja- II
ami, 411
dh4rrji, see dhurrja- II
imogndtn, 41 1
imajaa-, 411
4,zatndd, see hus- II

dphdja-, see haphdra- II
dphdrgyd-, see haphdra- II
dphada-, see haphdra- II
dpahr-, see haphdra- II
Jphir-, see haphdra- II
isvari-, see kus'alai II, vi?pasti- II

'istd, see gih- gista- II
dbei's-, see dbe'sa- II

dmdkyau, see dmdxa- II
amandva-, see amanda- II

amdjaa-, 411
dyaiia, see tcira- II

dyim-, see dvama- II
amdnia-, 41 1
dyosta-, see dyauysa- II

arra-, see erakanta II
ayis(hvd, see ttirs(haMda- II

ayiksyq, see ttirsthatnda- II
ayaiscya-, see ttirs(hamda- II
dysya-, see dysira- II
dna(a)-, see dna- II

&naka-, see dna- II
dnamndaa-, see dna- II
d'mdtd-, see d'md- II

dmuiha, see dmuha- II
dya, 414, fn. 70
amai, 411
dysata-, see dysira- II

dysdn-, see dysira- II
dysdrfuna-, see dysira- II
dhalj-, 406
d'jsitnjdm, see d'jsa- II

dta, 416
atdduskara-, see dulskara- I I
dstani- dsta (mn)da-, see dstana- II

dspdvi, see dspdtd- II
dysa-, see byehdysa- II
dysa baida, see dysana- II
dtas-, see kas- kasta- II

dtds.a-, see dtasa- II
djum-, see djim- djimda- II
agalaka-, see amnga- II

agai, see striya- II
atapia-, see agapia- II
dstanna, see na'scya- II
&tama-, see dvama- ll
ajSm-, see ajimajimda- II
agaprattyamnga, see amga- II
J'ke, see tcdra- II

d's(-, 406, see es(- e$tya- II
dysdagara-, see dysda II

dysdatara-, see dysda II
dysdqrd, see dysda II
dysdarja-, see dysda I I
aysdiraa-, see dysda II
aysma-, 406
ajivisa-, ajdvdaa-, see ajavaisa- II
akhajamndaa-, see khajautta- II

akhajamdai, see dida- II
dssigyo, see dJaina- II

assimgye, assinje, see dsaina- II
drrd, see arra- II

drava-, drdva-, see druiva- II
'imi, 411
'iysdnaa-, 406
iysgdndte, see uysgri(ya)- II
iysgar-, 406
iysbrijs-, 406
'ihe'j-, 406
i, 412, 414, fn. 70

itd, 414, fn. 70
'inlryau, 415
lyatara- see 'iyaraa- II

iyd, 414, fn. 70
'lye, 414, fn. 70
'ird, see rrdsa'irinaa-, see 'ira- II
is's-, see is- idta- II
itd, see is- faa- II

ui, 412
ka nq, ka ni, 417
iti'ya, see uvi II

uidara-, see urvarinaa- II
utara-, see uvara- II, mahakaruna- II
udviya-, see udviyasta- II
upimdra, see semdrropemdrra II
upaidri, see semdrroperndrra II

uma, uma, uma, 411
umajaa-, 411
kanza, see kidna II

kamale, see hva hva II
ka(')ra-, see karvinaa- II
karaa-, see karvinaa- II
karassd, see vaspris- II
karma-basde', see hamnjsem- II
kalahara, see hatndrrfqd- II
kalatcaryam, see rays- II

kalsta, see kesta-, II
umanu, 411
ksundaa-, see ksudaa- II

ksuta-, see ksuva- II
ksei', see ksa' I I
kseta', see ksa' II
ksaisttai, see biksista- II
ksautta-, see veksotta- II
khaj-, see khajautta- II
khatta-, see khanaa- II
khan-, see khanaa- II
khara-, see kharija- II
khasta-, see khinda II
umavu, 411
kas-, see kas- kasta- II
umyau, 411
kasire, see payva- II
uranika-, see ura- II

uramdaa, see ura- II
urydna, uryanuvo', see pa'jsa- II
urmaysdi, see va$pris- II
uvatara-, see upakdra- II
uvadrava-, see upadrrava- II
ulvard, see sij- sij(y)a- II
kdmjana-, see kajenesarre II

k4iia, 412, fn. 61
kharggu, see khdja- II

khdrja, see khaja- II
kamd, kamu, 412

kamma-, 412.
khds- see khasta- II
uviya, see uvi II
kiie, kada, kdde, see kida II

kad(d)na, kd,'ena, see kidna II
kdt'-, see k&'ka- II

kidara, kidarrva, see ki(mn)nara- II, ysataII
uvi'sky&rn, 419
usahy&md, see sahya- II
usahyata, see sahya- II
uskatta, see uska II
uskdlsto, see uska II
uskana, see uska II
uskyalsto, see uska II
kina, kjila, see 'ira- II, rrasa'- II
kinar4na, see ki(mn)nara- II
usky&sta, uskya$tu, see uska II

usta vi, see astam II
ustamu (vira), see astam II
usthamyj-, see pathamyjaka- II
usthiya-, see pathamnjaka- II
usthis-, see pathamnjaka- II
uysgana-, see aysgana- II

uysgar-, 406
uysgdrnu, see uysgri(ya)- II
uysgun-, 406
uysdissoma, see uysdis'ka- II

uysdisd, 416
uysdis'imimir, see uysdis'Jka- II

uysdem-, 406, see na$dodai II
uysdaunda-, see na$dodai II
uysma-, 406
uysmesta-, see pe'me'sti II

uysmestd, see nvamth- nvathata- II
uhu, uho, 411
uhyasta, 415
'aidrrau jsa, see 'edrra- II

'e'mata, see a'ma- II
'ermv&, see bisaa- II
test-, 'ai(')st-, 406, see est- es4ya- II
estdtu, 415
'estauma, see gih- gista- II
e'ysanaa-, 406
'eysbrijs-, 406
'ehe'j-, 'ai(')haj-, 406
'aude, see avama- II
fauna-, see dna- II
fauna, see vaspris- II
'aunaka-, see dna- II
'aunadaa-, see ana- II
khilaha, 403, fn. 21
-khilsta-, see satnkhi'sta- II
kiragara, see sira- II

kirard, see sira- II
kirtta, see visa' II
kh ta-, see khainuda- II
kivaksa-, see kiva(a- II

ki?ska, see damndinaa- II
khtundjsa-, see kh4lta- II
khCna-, see khainuda- II
ku, 417
khaina-, see khainu.da- II

khenda, see khinda II
kho, 417
kuljsa, ku jso, 413
khaute, see bekhaute II
kuvaysa-, see kv&ysa- II
khyeha, see styerr7jaa- II

kfi(mn), see sai tcfund II
khviyd, see dbe'sa- II
kuina, kuind, see sai tcfund II
ggada-, see abe'sa- II
kuinalai, see hus- II
ggadare, see hva hva II
kuila-, see pirma- II
ggatd, see ge' II
kuis'-, see kuiys-kuiysda- II
gan-, see yan- yuda- II
kuis'amata-, kisiemate, see kuiys-kuiysda- IIganamai, 412
ga's-, see ge(')s- II
kzLstd burd, 417, fn. 33
kuiysda, 415
ga'sdta-, see ge(')s- II
krtaiia-, see krrania- II
ga'sdva-, 417
krtaiii-, see krrqhii- II

kei'-, see k&'ka- II
gdksaa-, see gdthaa- II, kiva(a- II

gd&haa-, see kivata- II
kai na, 417
gin-, see yan- yuda- II

ggandd, see uysgri(ya)- II
ke'td, kei'td, 414, see kit'- k&s(a- II

kaidari, kaidara, see ki(m)nara- II
kesard, see naky- II

kaista-, see kesta- II
kaunia, 412, fn. 61
krra, see khinda II
krraiiaka, see krrania- II

krrimga, see arra- II
k$a-gavi, see ge' II
ksamava, 415
k$ami, see ksam- k$auda- II
ksamdtd, see ksam- ksauda- II
k$amai, see k$am- k$auda- II
k$amott&td, see ksamautta- II

k$amota-, ksamova-, see ksamau- II
k$a'-gavu, see ge' II
k$am'da, see k.am- k$auda- II
'aurmaysdi, aurmaysda, see va$pris- II

orsa-, aursa-, see o'sa- II
olsa-, aulsa-, see o'sa- II
osadtd, see haphdra- II
'auysma, 406
khindaa-, see khinda II

khiiyta-, see khainu.da- II
khu, 417
k$amiryau, 415
Paum4ca, see dmaca- II
khdha-, see styerr7jaa- II

khdhvd, see bisaa- I I
khij-, see khajautta- II
kinth&lsto, see -&sta II
kei'yd, 414, see kit'- kJsta- II
'aijsijai, see ajsa- II

le(')jsinai, see ajsa- II
khdysa-, see kha4la- II
khdysa-tiru, see sira- II
kides'a', see klaisa- II
kedhara, kaidhard, see ki(mn)nara- II
rsayu, see ri$a'ya- II

r$ei, see risa'ya- II
khah-, see khin)da II
ksamdaa-, see k$udaa- II

ksi, see ksa' II
k$ita', ksdta', see k$a' II
ksi'-sse, see rrasa'- II
kgsaa', see k$a' II

ksi'a, see j$e II
g(g)dr-, see uysgri(ya)- II

ggarata-, see uysgri(ya)- II
ggaratatd, see uysgri(ya)- II
giryarnda, see uysgri(ya)- II
girye, see uysgri(ya)- II
g(g)itte, gittq, see gih- gista- II
gindm, see uysgri(ya)- II
guda-, see yan- yuda- II
ggumalsta-, see ttume'ste II
gguva'-, see gva'- II
gu.prrisamcd, gusprrisatnc&(d, see vasprisII
gui-, see guich- gfita- II

guida, 415
guita-, see guich- guita- II
gguine, see tcara- II
guimaly-, see ttume'ste II
gura, see hus- II
guis-, see guich- gfita- II
guiscya, guistya, see guich- guta- II
guiha, see tcure-ysania- II
ggei's's-, see ge(')s- II
gaisatta, see ge(')s- II

gge(i)sta-, see abe'sa- II
gaumania, see gama- II
VOL.
45,
gau$prrisaca, see vaspris- II

grra, 407
grata-, 407
PT.
5,
19551
jinga-, see jina- ja- II
grr4myera, 411
gva', see gvar- guda- II
gva'ra, 413, see as(a- s(actada- II
gva$tft, 416
gvahaiskye, 419, see guihainia II
gv&ra-, see gvar- guda- II
jitai, 415, see jina- ja- II

jdnave, see ramna- II, ysarrnaa- II
jinaka-, see jina- ja- II
jdndd, see jina- ja- II
jiy-, see jina- ja- II
jiyande, jaydnde, see jina- ja- II
jiyare, see jina- ja- II
ji, see jiyabqna- II
gv&ysand, see skal- II

gvi4e, see gvar- guda- II
gvir-, see gvar- guda- II
jiyaka-, see jiya- II
gvihu, see rrum II
jiyavand, see jiyabqna- II
jiy-, see jina- ja- II

jiya, see jiyabqna- II
INDICES
499
tsute, see tsu- tsuta- II

tsutai, 415, see tsu- tsuta- II
tsfie, see tsu- tsuta- II
tsfniiai, 416
tsau, 413, see tsu- tsuta- II

tsve, see tsu- tsuta- II
jsa with hamtsa, 418
jsatandd, see jsan- jsata- II
jsanyard, 415
jsata, jsati, see jsa- II
jsana, see sta- stata- II
js4jza(ka)-, see jsaunika- II
canka-, 413
jutdndd, see jui- jultta- II
jlvyena, see jiya- II
jsavai, see jsa- II

jsd(')na-, see jsinaka- II
jsimnd, see brraha- II
jssns, see ysini(ya)- II
jseina-, jsaina-, see jsinaka- II
jsondta-, see jsaunika- II
canda-, 413, see cada- II
jzitttye, see jui- juitta- II
candavand, see cett4mena- II
jttd, see jui- jultta- II

juimda, see jui, jultta- II
juindaa-, see jui- jultta- II
juih-, see gyauhd- II
jiuhai, see skal- II
jsonauta-, see jsaunika- II
gver-, gvair- see gvar- guda- II
jiye, see hviya- II
cadrra-, see can4a- II
jiva, see jiyabqna- II

jivdta-, see jiya- II
camda-, 413
carndi, 413
jivdtd, see pa (mn)tsya- II
camdra-, see canda- II
canya, see gurvai II

cabvaiia, see cambva- II, pyamtsa II
cambuve, see cambva- II
calsto, 417
cs(ta, 417
je, see jina- ja- II

jeh-, 406
jauttamaka, see jattaka- II
jy-, see jina- ja- II
jyare, see jina- ja- II
cd, 417, fn. 84

cid-, see cede II
cirmdya-, see cede II

cimndyard, see cede II
cimndye, 416
cindika-, cdnddka-, 413, see cada- II
cdruai, see cirau- II
cilaka-, 413
cilakam, 412, 413

ci, 417
ciyam, 412
jve, jvem, see jui- jutta- II

fl&i-, see j$e II
jse'niiaa-, see jse II
tcajsa-, see tcamjsa- II

tcamjsd, see biksista- II
caid-, see cede II

cedya-, see cede II
caidya-, see cede II
kyerd, 413
cerd, 413
caistaka, 415
crrama-, 413
chd'ta-, see chaka- II
chei', see chaka- II
janavai, see ramyna- ll
ttana, 412
ttamdl, 413
ttaSdrama-, 413
ttanka-, 413
ttanda-, see beysa- II
ttanda-, see cada- II
ttandia-, 413
tamaksana, 403, fn. 21
ttara, 417
ttaraga, see abe'sa- II
tarrai, see binasaa- II
tta, 417
ttaja, see ramna- II
ttajva, see blsaa- II
ttanu, 412
ttama, 417
tcarsvatt&td, see tcarsua- II
ttarye, 412
tcaskye, 419
ttavatrlsa-, see striyestrls'a II

tt&sta, 417
*tara-tati-, see ttadd- II
tad, 412
tci'mi's.kyam, 419, see tceman- II
tti buri, see bura II

ttika burd, see bura II
tcihauri, see lokapala- II

tcihau'si, see pirma II
ttdttanu, 412
tcid(n)ph-, see tcamnph- II
jatala, ja(ila-, gyatilq, see jala- II
ttamgdttara-, see ttamga- II

ttattara-, see ttera- II, sika- II
tan-, see yan- yuda- II
ttaranu, 412
tcima-, see tceman- II
ja, see jina-ja- II

ja he(')ca, 413
gyamycha, see gamntsa- II
.dyau-tcvjnd, see maipa- II

tta, tta tta, 417
tcamdna, 413
tcamdiia, see va$pris- II
tcara-ysanya, see tcure-ysania- II
tcah4sse, see pirma II

tc4ra, see lokapala- II
j-, see jina- ja- II
jatdrrd, see tcara- II
jvi, see ju- jiutta- II
jvindd, see jut- jultta- II

jvihd, see gyauhd- II
civara-, see sve II

civar&, 412
cu, 412, 417
caittaumana, see cett4mena- II
jada-, gyada-, see jadija- II

gyagarrd, jatdrrd, 407
jvaka-, see jui- jultta- II

jv4me, see jui- juitta- II
jsaunita-, jsaundta- see jsaunika- II
tcui(r)nu, 413, fn. 63

tcuram, see ne'sta- II
tcuind, see sai tcuind II
tcuirmye, 413
tcuirysanyai, see tcure-ysania- II

tcai, see tceman- II
tcem, see tceman- I
ttiky&m, 412
ttdndika-, 413
tin-, see yan- yuda- II
ttdna, 412
ttinka, 413
ttdndika-, 413
ttdnddka-, see cada- II
ttdyd khi, see ca II
tt (i)ye, 412
jambutiva-, see jambvi- II
tcaihaisa, see pirma II
jarnbutivia-, see jarnbvi- II

jarnbviviya-, see jaiybvi- II
jara-, 407
ttaryas?una-, see ttaras'a- II
tcau-se, see pirma II

tsdan, 413, see tsu- tsuta- II
ttdrsasuina-, see ttaras'a- II
gyasca, see gyasta- II

gyastina, see middna- II
gyastuvolsto, see -asa II
jattakastava, 401
j4ttacftti, see jattaka- II

jattamaha, see jattaka- II
jabuivana, see jambuna- II
jd ha'lci, 413
ts&sta-, see atsdsta- II

ts4at4, see sira- II
tsds(o, see hus- II
tsida, see tsu- tsuta- II
tsimdd, see tsu- tsuta- II
tsindd, see tsu- tsuta- II
tsima, see tsu- tsuta- II
tsiyd, see tsu- tsuta- II
tsutdtd, see $v&- II
ttirscdda-, see ttirsthatnda- II

ttirstarnda-, see ttirs(harnda- II
ttissimd, 414, fn. 65
tt4tatnda-, see ttirsthamda- II

ttdctanda-, see ttirsthamnda- II
ttl, 417
ttljsaa-, see canda- II
ttitd, 417, see tti II
ttlyd, 417, see tti II
ttlvarn, 412

dikhautta-, see dakhautta- II
ttuo, 412
ddkhya-m, see.dulkha- II
ttumalste, see ttume'ste II
dijs&ti, see vds'(')- II
ttuttu, ttutto, 412
ttuvar-, see tvara- II

ttuvare, see tvare II
ttuv&y-, see uysbay- II
ttuvara-, see tvara- II
ttuvasta-, see uysbay- II
ttusata-, see ttusa'- II
ttusuvo', see ttusa'- II
ttuirinai, see ttuirra- II
ttusya', see ttusa'- II
drrauta, see drr4-mujsa- II

dr(r)auma-, see ttr4ma- II
drau-miijsaa-, see drr4-mujsd- II
drrv4Zz1yau, see drroniva- II
dtjs&ve, see vds(')- II

ddta-, see di- II
dvataryau, see duitar- II
datama, 415
dvaredarsd, see dvarabistd II
ddtdna, datena, see di- II
dvavaredirsd, see dvarabistd II
dddq, see dida- II
dvavarenauta, see dvarabistd II
ddtai, 415
na, see hugv4na II

nqtciphe, natciph&ka-, see tcamtph- II
najszLsta-, see vajsista- II
najsausta-, see vajsista- II
dfdarnda-, 413
didira-, dddira-, 413
didye, 412
didrrama-, 413
nati, natd, 416
trmkha-, see ttrikha- II
ddrjs-, see dijsaka- II
namadrr4ka, see nimatmdrr- nimatmdrrya-
t(t)pvilaa-, see ttrivilaa- II

t(t)rsthanda-, see ttirs(hamda- II
ttaiksada-, see ttirsthatnda- II
darta-, see dijsJka- II
ttfqv&', see ttusa'- II
ttederd, 413
ttera-, 413
ttaira-, see ttara- II
ttera, see ttara- II
tteru, see ttara- II
dirye, see dijsaka- II
II
namadryana, see nimamndrr- nimamndrryaII
dirva-, see darro- II
namadrr4da, see nimamndrr- nimamdrrya-
dirvemn, 415
dilaka-, 413
II
namasimd, 413
naranda-, see naram- naramnda- II
dfrya-, see dijsaka- II
diya-gara-, see di II
ttere, see s1ka- II

ttairstada-, see ttirsthamnda- II
ttaude, see paphva- II
ttraksa-, see ttriksa- II
ttramndum, 416
dis'ana-, see dis- dk(fa- II
dis?4,pJla-, see dasapdla- II
disd, see dis- di.ta- II

dis?ra, see di?- dista- II
dukhaviya-, see dulkha- II

dukhdta-, see dulkha- II, s uhya- II
dukhautta-, see dakhautta- II
ttramaste, see ttume'ste II

ttrama-, 413
dulkhya-, see s uhya- II
ttrimika-, see ttriksa- II

ttriyas'u', see ttaras'a- II
ttriyas?una-, see ttarasa- II
ttrriyas?l'nyd, see hviya- II
ttraisui'na-, see ttarasa- II
dutard, see dfitar- II

durna, see baja II
durnanu, see bujsa- II

durbiksd', see haphara- II
durbhiksinai, see durbiksa- II
dusa'yudina, see cede II
tvaka, 412
tvanaa-, 411
dusd'caidye, see cede ll

dusa'hva, see cede II
tvay-, see uysbay- II

thajoida, see thamnj- thiya- II
duspdta'-, see duspya- II, pe' II
nardda-, see naram- nararnda- II

narauda-, see naram- nararnda- II
narvana, see nirv(na- II
naljsem-, see hamjsem- II

naljsonda-, see hamjsem- II
nasi'm2ka, see nasam- nasau'da- II
naskaista-, see piskista- II, spulaka- II
nasdam-, see nasdodai II

nasda'mide, see nasdodai II
nasputste, see phusta- II
nasphuista-, see phusta- II
na'sta-, see ne'sta- II
nza'styanid, see na'scya- II

na'styi, see na'scya'- II
nahyamkai, see nahy- II
nam, see ka II
ndgga-, see nd(ta)- II
n&gaidrr&rmasiha, see siha- I I
duspyatta-, see duspya- II

dui, see duva- II
duirabiha:ksa-, see durbiksa- II
nate, 416
thiya-, see pathamtjaka- II

thiye, see thamnj- thiya- II
duiva, see duva- II

drjs-, see dijsaka- II
na'ya, see ne'sta- II

na'yumn, see ne'sta- II
drta-, see dijsaka- II
thu(i), 411
dhrttiras4rd, see lokapala- II
nasa, ndsu, 415

na'stya, see ne'sta- II
nahune, see tcara- II
thatnj-, see bathamnj- II, bihi II

thatnj- thiya-, see pathamnjaka- II
thamjatat, 414
thatau, see thyau II
thya, see hus- II, thyau II

thyautta, see thyau II
thyauttandmnjsi, 418, see thyau II
da, see di- II
dakhya, see duzkha- II
daja-guina-, see gumn II
dajvanyai, see ?&hauja- II
dajs-, see dijsaka- II
dadaraja, see lokapdla- II
daddra-, 413
dadinai, see damndinaa- II
darndai, damndvd, see darndinaa- II

danda-, see damda-aysmua- II
dam-, see padama- II, nasdodai II
dar(r)va-, see darro- II
ddta-, see da- II
dati, see da- II

datimngya, see dd- II
d&tinaa-, see da- II
d4nava, 409
ddya-, see da- II
dayi, see da- II

ddrabaiksa-, see durbiksa- II
daru, see haphara- II
d2vi, see da- II
ddayd, see dds'(s')- II
devatta, see bisaa- II

devedrrag?irasiha, see siha- II
daunda-, see nasdodai II
daurabaiksa-, see durbiksa- II
dauskara-, see duskara- II
dya, 415
dyamatd-, see dyama- II

dydra, see styerrijaa- II
dye, see di- II
dra-vargye, 403
drdca-, see drrdtaa- II
dr4ma-, see ttr4ma- II

drrama-, 413
dr4-m4jsakyd, see drr4-mujsd- II

drravai, see drrdtaa-, II
(dri)paskale, see d'md- II
druai, see drr4-mujsa- II

drubhikspnai, see durbiksa- II
drruika-, see drr4-mujsa- II
drruije, see pathainjaka- II
drruina, see s'ird- II
drreita-, see dijsdka- II
dr(r)aita-, see dijsaka- II

drai-pacaia-, see pacada- II
drrau, see drr4-mujsd- II
drauka-, see drr4-mujsd- II
ndya-, see na(ta)- II
nd, 412
na, see hir.(ai II
nj, 416
n1i, see ne'- II
niga'lsta-, see ne'sta- II
nitciphlu, see tcamph- II
nitcaste, see hatcasta- II
nijsaia-, najsada-, see ttajsd4a- II, nejsadaII
nijsas-, see vajsif(a- II

ndjsata-, see vajsifta- II
nijsdt'-, see vajsisSt- II

nijsdsd'ka-, see vajsita- II
nijsvaka-, see vajsisSt- II

nata'-, see ne'- II
nita'sca, see na'scya- II
nata'sta-, see ne'sta- II
nata'sta-, see na'scya- II
nata-, see ftnz II

nitd, 416
ndttd, see ne'sta- II
nimadrradi, see nimatndrr- nimatdrrya- II
nimarndripza-, see nimarudrr- nimamrdrryaII
nimarndryadds, 415
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
19551
INDICES
501
ntestya,
see na'scya-nimamdrrII
pamnddyi, see pamndaII
nimqndtndi,
see
nimamndrr
ne'hvaste, see purr- purrda- II
pandadara-, see parnda- II
nimandr-, see nimatndrr- nimatmdrrya- II

niyassa-, see nyasakia- II
nauna, see hvarra- II
naunika, see ttani- II

narav4!zii, see nirv2na- II
nar4m4fia, 416, see nardm- nararnda- II nauvarenautd, see nauvarinau II
nirdmi, 414, fn. 69
nauhna, see drr4-mujsd- II
ni-ruj-, see narrva- II
as'sa-, see nyasakia- II
nirva-, see narrva- II
nirv4nva, see nirv&tza- II
nis'avem, see nis's(d)- nissdta- II
nasa'-, see ne'- II

nisa'mdinde, see nasam- nasau'da- II
nasa'skya, see na'scya- II
nis2md, see nasam- nasau'da- II
nd d'stdndd, see ne'sta- II
nisi'm2de, see nasam- nasau'da- II
nasemdka-, see nasam- nasau'da- II
nisem2nia-, see nasam- nasau'da- II
nasemdmatd-, see nasam- na.au'da- II
ndaema, see nasam- nasau'da- II
nisaunda-, see nasam- nalau'da- II
niskal-, see piskista- II
niskalydme, see pi4kista- II
iiasika-, see nyasakia- I I

nidttara-, 411
inindd, see ne'sta- II
nyauscd-, see dyauysa- II
niausq, see dyauysa- II

nlyaustuim, 416, see ayauysa- II
nyauys- nyau.ta-, see dyauysa- II
iiauysara, see sifta- II

nvq.itira, 411, see anvasta- II
pandata, see pamnda- II

panddya, see pamnda- II
panye, see pana- II
paphan-, see paphada- II
paphandmatd-, see paphada- II
paphanda-, see paphada- II
paphdiidre, see paphada- II
paphanda-, see paphada- II
paphuta-, see paphva- II
paphuijirau, see paphva- II

pamdta-, see pamya- II
pamya-, see pamnjs- pamya- II

pammara-, see pamtmar- pamuida- II
paralova-, see parilo- II
nvastai, see anvasta- II

nvastyeri, 411, see anvasta- II
nvdy-, see uysbdy- II
nva?irfi, see bamtva- II
nvdsauda, see bamtva- II
nvdsa-, see nvdi- II
nv2sta-, nv2sta-, see uysb2y- II
parrdta-, see par(r)ya- II

parddivatn, see paridiv- II
parilau, see parilo- II
parivartt4me, 403
parn, see vds(')- II
pajaca, see paj- pajista- II
parrijafta-, see par(r)ya- II
naskica-, see piskista- II

niskista-, see piskista- II
nihalj-, see hatnthrriya- II
nihriya-, see harnthrriya- II
ntihejide, see hamthrriya- II
pajdttd, see paj- pajista- II

pajad-, see paj- pajista- II
pajyandaa-, see paj- pajista- II
numandr-, see nimamdrr- nimandrrya- II
pajsabrriy2mdd, see gujsebriya- II
parasi', see pars- II
pardrthdcari, see pardrthd- cara- II
parrijama, see haysgemd- II

pariya, 414, fn. 69
parriyasta-, see par(r)ya- II
Paraima, see keyuda- II
patnja-maitdMao, pamnja-mandalu, see pajapareh-, see paraha- II
nijsdsta-, see vajsi.ta- II
madfdala- II
nita-, see niyade II
pa(')tcautta-, see tcamnph- II
paraiha, see paraha- II
ninda, see ne'sta- II
paraufa'rd, see parauys- II
patnts4ria-, see pa(mn)tsya- II
nlyaka-, see niyade II
pajsa, see pa'jsan- pa'jsanda- II
parausta-, see parauys- II
nu, 412
parosta-, parausta-, see pareh- II
pajsa, see pajsama- II
pars-, see par(r)ya- II
numadrritna, see nimamndrr- nimamdrrya-pajsata-, see pe'jsye II
II
parsta-, see pary- (pari-) pasta- II
pajsan-, see pe'jsye II
numandrita-, see nimamndrr- nimamndrryapajsaiz, see pajsama- II

II
pajsamada-, see pajsama- II
nuva, see nvaiya II

nuvatte, see nvasta- II
nuvad-, see nvasta- II
nuva(mn)th-, see nvamnth- nvathdta- II
nustura-, see nuscura- II

nufthura-, see nusfcura- II
nfujsftia-, see vajsista- II
nfijsvacta-, see vajsif(a- II
nfud2, 415, see nuvdr- nu4a- II

nuttte, see nvasta- II
nftydre, see nvasta- II
nus2dda, see bamntva- II, nvas- II
nfuhdna, see drr4-mujs2- II

nte, see ne'sta- II
nei'-, see ne'- II
nei'ta-yiru, see sira- II
netsuie, see byehaysa- II
ntetsve, see byehdysa- II

nairv2na, see nirvdna- II
nte'va, see ne'- II
paltcimphdka-, see tcamnph- II

paljsata-, see pa'jsa- II
paljsdte, see pa'jsa- II
paljsovo', see pa'jsa- I I
pamtjs-, see pa'jsan- pa'jsanda- II, pamya-
pa's'a'ra?rjsi, 418
pa'js2mda-, see pajsama- II

pajsya-, see pe'jsye II
pamnjsa sate, see pa-sse II

pamjsulsa(ma)-, see paMjses'a'- II
pad/auysa, see nauha- II
patdtsataima, see pa(mn)tsya- II
patatsdafd, see pa(mn)tsya- II
patana, see pamna II
nfiyi, see rays- II, p4ysvird II

nusi-, see nvds'- II
nfuha-, see nauha- II
pajsamu7m yini, see v&J(')- II

pa'jsi, see pa'jsa II
II
nues'-, see nvd2- II
patdmar-, see Pammar- pamfuda- II

pathamnk2, see pathamnj2ka- II
pathamnj-, see bihx II
pathamnjdmatd-, see pathamnjdka- II
pathiya-, see bihi II, pathamnj2ka- II
pathis-, see bihi II, pathamnj2ka- II

padaja, see padamnjd- II
padanda-, see padeda- II
pad2mdamdd, see padama- II
padia-, see vadia- II
padim-, see padeda- II
nai.td, see niStd II
padimdfia-, see padeda- II

padimJns, 414
nte'sti, see neste II
padimiry4, see padeda- II
ne'sdma-, see ne'mdtz II
padimai, see padeda- II

padaida-, see padeda- II
padem-, see padama- II
nesta, see ne'sta- II

nte'sta, see ne'sta- II
ne'stdtndd, see ne'sta- II
nte'std, see ne'sta- II
nteste, see ne'sta- II
naiste, see ne'sta- II
parste, 415
parysa-, see pars- II
paderdka-, see padJd4a- II
padm2ysna, see dysana- II
panam4ni, 414, see panam- panata- II
panem-, see panam- panata- II
paljsem-, see hamnjsem- II, pajsama- II
pasfard, 415
pas'd, see pa.ss(d)- passata- II

pasadmdur(m), 416, see pass(d)- passdta- II
pas'ave, 415, 416
pas'avem, see pasf(d)- passdta- II

pasta, see pasta- II
pant-, see vestava- II
pasdla-, see pasa'- II

pas2dl, see na'scyg- II
pasuta-, see pasujs- II
pa-sai, see pa-sse II
passeydm, 412
paskd2ta, see paskydati II

paskaydlsto, see paskydatd II, -asta II
paskdyastu, see paskydstd II
paskin4fta, see paskydstd II
pastdta-, see vestdva- II
pastamndd, see rrdaa'- II

pastrriya-, see streha- II
pastris4me, see streha- II
pa-spar-, see paspud1a- II
paysd-, see paysdta- II
paysrndadmdd, see paysana- II

paysdn-, see paysaiia- II
pays2nda-, see paysdiia- II
paysdya-, see paysdta- II

pays2va-, see pays2ta- II
pahiita-, see vahaiys- vahaista- II

pahda(dna, see berd2ta- IIpunuiii(mn)da-, see puiiauda- II
pahiya-, see bihi II
puirrda-, see purr- purrda- II
pahis-, see vahaiys- vahaicta- II
pahiys-, see vahaiys- vahaicta- II

pahaisd, see dsta- 4sasida- II
pd, see rays- II
pdkauva, see pdka- II
plddmdd, see hamnbada- II

p2de, see hamber- II
pdtive, see pdyva- II
pdpima-, see guksama- II
par-, see hambada- II
pdrajsana-, see pdrrjsaa- II
pdrajs(y)e, see pdrrjsaa- II
pdrd, see arra- II
phuva, see phu.da- II

baka, see rays- II
puirndnu, see bdja II
baj-, see bajatta- II
bajevdka-, see bajatta- II
pfqa, pisai, see pusa II
putstyenfe, see vds(')- II
bajessa-, see bajdsa- II
piihq:yq, puiha:ya, piihi:ya, see puihyd IIbajotta-, see bajatta- II
pfzhi, see puihya II
badari, see kharija- II
pe', see rays- I I
bhadra-talpiya-, see bhadrre-kalpia- II
ban-, see bamntva- II
pai(')jsada-, see pajsama- II
banira, baniri, see bamntva- II
pfit4aitfim, 412
pe'ma, paima, see pravaiya- II
bam-, see barnda- II
Pe'me'sti, see ttume'ste II
pe'sdrd, see keyuda- II

po', see pdka- II
pau', see pdka- II
Pyatsa, see pyamntsa II
pyamntsdlsto, see pyamntsa II
pdrsa'-, see pars- II
p2rysa(a)-, see pars- II

pdlsuve, see p2yva- II
pdstuinga-, p2stumgga-, see stdga- II
Pyaffi, see dysana- II
pyahad-, see pyahasta- II
py4mane, 414
p2ysa-, see paysvira II

p2ysu vyri, see p2ysvird II
pdga'-, see pe' II
pi(m)ja-, see paija- II
pydy-, see avydyamndaa- II

pydl-, see avydyamndaa- II
pydsti, 407
pyuvi'ru, 415
pyfustdyd, 415
pdta' jsa, see pa'jsa II

pdta'jsa-, see pe' II
pdt&m-, see py4ma- II
Pyesta, 406
praksauttdndd, see veksotta- II
pratara-, 407
pijsanira, see pa'jsan- pa'jsanda- II

pdjsas4e, see vajsista- II
pdta'-, see duspya- II, pe' II
pyiiMd, see sakya- II
prandhdna-, see prratzah4na- II
pat2y-, see avy&yarndaa- II

pat1ly-, see avydyamndaa- II
patiu2dnu, see bujsa- II
prramdha, see pramfuha- II

prramauha, see pramuha- II
pr(r)ara-, 407
pravajjd-, see pravaja- II
prravdy-, see uysbdy- II
prravdsta-, see uysbay- II
prravai, see pravaiya- II
pravaita-, see pravaiya- II
pdte, see pye II
patem-, see py4max- II

pdto', see p2ka- II
pataunda-, see py4ma- II
pdsa'-, see pe' II
ppskald, see ne'sta- II
pahad-, see pyahasta- II

pdhasta-, see pyahasta- II
paskal-, see piskista- II
pdskala-, piskala-, see piskista- II
piskica-, see piskista- II
pdskdlsta-, see piskista- II
pi, see tc2ra- II
prraharan(4)yau, see prraharanza- II

prrahaj-, see bihi II
prrahks-, see bihi II

prahost2ndd, prahausti, see sve II
pr(r)i-, see prtyauga- II
prribhdva-, see pr"yauga- II
p$chastd, see pichaste II

p1daka, see nis's(d) niss'dta- II
pkdd, p'de, see vds(')- II
prrivdsta-, see uysbdy- II

priharam, see prraharata- II
prrihiya-, see bihi II
pruvaa-, 418
frA, pire, see vds(')- II
prishi, see puthya II
pirm4ttama, see sij- sij(y)a- II
prraum4ha', see pramuha- II
pilirfivi, see pilirrva- II
prraura, see pyaura- II
p7ha-, see jivija- II
pvq'nzaviya-, see pva(')na- II
puiiaunda-, see puiiauda- II

purrd(kd), see purr- purrda- II
purrosca, purrausca, see purr- purrda- II
pva'sta-, see pva(')na- II
purna-, see puna- II

pul-, see naspul- II
pulsd, 414
puls-, see pva'se II
pulsa, 415
puva'tana-, see Pva(')zta- II

puva'd- II, see pva(')tta- II
puva'nia-, see pva(')Xa- II
puvalsta-, see pva(')na- II

puva'sta, see hariysa- II
puva'sta-, see pva(')tta- II
pusso, see pu.a II

pu's-, see pva'se II
pu'sajmane, 414
pustye, see kivata- II
pfidd, 413
pva'scyqna-, see pva(')tta- II
pvd'te, see vds(')- II

pvdsa', see pasa'- II
Pvd'styfum, see pva(')na- II

pvdysd-, see pvd'se II
pviryau, 415
pvaina, see striya- II
pve(')s-, pvai's-, see pva'se II
pvaisa, pvaise, see pva'se II
pve(')sta-, see pva(')tta- II

pvaista-, see pva(')tta- II
pve'styana-, see pva(')na- II
pve'styu, see pva(')Va- II

pve'styuna-, see pva(')tta- II
pvo', see pdka- II

phamnnaa-, 407
phamnai, see pasta- II
phardke, see hviya- II
bam4ft-, see bamda- II

bam4me, see baiiuda- II
bara, see kharija- II
baravirnia, see barbird- II
balysuinia-, see ba'ysa- II
balysisLtdlstu, see -dkta II
balysusiti-, see ba'ysa- II
basd', see basdad- II
bhasje, see basdad- II
basdamggdra-, see basdad- II
basdainaa-, see basdad- II
ba'ysa-virxiia-, see barbird- II
baysdmja-, see bxysdnaa- II
baysgu, see baysga- II
bahdiysa, see byehdysa- II
ba, see bdthamnj- II

bdgya, bdgyo, see bdja II
bdju, bdjo, see bdija II

b4'jsd-, see bu3'js&- II
ba'jsinaa-, see bu2-jsd- II

bd'jse, see bu'jsa- II
bada-, see dbe'sa- II

bd4a, see haphdra- II
bddfina, see rays- II
bdna, see ban (v)d- II
bay-, see uysbay- II
bdyara, 415
bdy4fid, 416
bd'ya, see .ird- II
bdljsakyau, see buysva- II
bdljsd-, see bu'jsd- II
bdva-, see bdta- II
bhdva-, see bdta- II
bdsta-, see uysbdy- I I
bdysua-, see bdysvaja- II
bsjasa, see bajdsa- II
bijesydmtda, see bajdsa- II
bijautta-, see bajatta- II
bitcamtpha-, see tcamyph- II
ba'ta-, see be'- II
bdtdvd-, see byava6- II
bid-, see bi'sta- I I
bimddm, 412
bi-nam-, see panam- panata- II
bindstd, see bindsaa- II
bdrraviya-, see braviya- II
biraste, see svd- II
bdrds-, see berdsta- II
birdad'matinai, see rays- II

birdsate, 414
bdrr&.tattete, see berdsta- II
birdt'-, see har.ta- II

bdrriysdtd, see harlysa- II
bdriysde, see hariysa- II
bdrunfl-, see bruftn- II
bdruftnamdei, 416
bdruinfdmata-, see harrfin- II
birsta-, see harsta- II

bile, see tcara- II
bilga, see tcdra- II
VOL.
45,
PT.
S,
19551
bfutajina, see bukaja- II
bilsamgga-, see bisamga- II

biss.Qlsto, see bisa- II
buina-, see b4na- II
bi-s2d, see bxsa- II

bi?ssa, see blsa- II
bfumattontd, 418
bissuniya-, see bis'fiiia- II

bissonda-, see nasam- nasau'da- II
bfurarn, 412
bfuysa, see padama- II
INDICES
bvacyif-, see bv- II
bvdtya'-, see bv- II
bvdsta-, see ne'sta- II
bvd'sti, 406
bvimnysa-, see bu'ysa- II
brhania, see brraha- II
bvejsa-, see buY'jsa'- II
bista-, see besta- II
bei'-, see be'- II
bis-, see befta- II
baijakye, see bajasa- II
bveya-, see ba'ya- II

bvaiya-, see ba'ya- II
bveydsta-, see bd'ya- II
see barbird- II
basta-, see bi'sta- II
be'-vfi4a-, see be'- II
bdsivardrsaa-, bdsivirdsaa-, bdsivrrassaa-,
be'maiia, bai'mana, see sira- II

be'-vada-, see be'- II
be'-vyada-, see be'- II
biysa.mj-, see biysiya- II
biysamja, see boysdnaa- II
baista-, see bekta- II
biysdta-, see beysa- II
bes-, see besaci II

bei's-, see abe'sa- II
biysdr-, see biysirka- II, beysii II
bei'sa,
baysargyfina-, baysdrjfina-, see biysirkaII see dbe'sa- II
biysi, see biysiya- II
biysis'td, see biys*ya- II
biyserama, see biysirka- II
bihan-, see khanaa- II
bihaysi, see byehdysa- II
bihita-, see bihi II
bihittara-, see bihi II
bihitu, bihiyu, 417, see bihi II
bihiya-, see bihi II
bihiva-, see bihi II
bihisadaa-, see bihi II
bihiys-, see vahaiys- vahaikta- II
bijessa-, see bajdsa- II
bijai4a-, see bajdaa- II

bitcautte, bitcauttai, see tcamnph- II
biya-, see n*y2de II
biriysya, see hariysa- II
birfikd, see cd II
ma ne rd va, 417, see pva'se II

magara-, see mara- II
mamg2ra-, see magdra- II
mamdrra-, see madrra- II
byutr(r)a-, see pjrma II

byfih-, see byfitta- II
byuhd, byfihe, see byutta- II
bye bye, see byo byau II
byehk:va, 414
byehita, 414
byehide, 414, fn. 65
byehumtn, see sij- sij(y)a- II

brrqmanasai, 413
bu1ka-, see bukaja- II

bu'jsinaa-, see bOY'jsA- II
budaru, see buda II
bud-, see bv- II

burd, 417
burjsa-, see bujsa- II
bur.ta-, see burs- II

buljsa-, see bul'jsa- II
bulysa-, see bu'ysa- II
bulysuburo, see sva- II

buva'sta-, see ne'sta- II
bus'aau', see basdaa- II
bu'sde', see bu'ysa- II
busta-, see burs- II

busda, see burs- II
bvaiysa-, see bu'ysa- II

bvau'ma-, see bv- II
baijysa-, see ba'ysa- II

beysata-, see beysd- II
baunyakya, baunyikya, see bdn(v)a- II
baunvakya, see bda(v)a- II
baustuim, 416, see bv- II
byaha-, see byehdysa- II
byahdysi, see byehdysa- II
bUsat'gd, see bisamnga- II
biysi(ya)-, see beysd- II

biysis-, see biysiya- II
biysma, see tcdra- II
buijdsa-, see bajdsa- II
bvesta-, see ne'sta- II

bvestd, 406
ma, 411
byaudemn, 415
biysarnj-, see biysiya- II

biysJmje, see boysanaa- II
bve'yausta-, see ba'ya- II

bvaiyausta-, see ba'ya- II
bvai'.'dai, see bu'ysa- II
besaij-, see bisaij- II

bauda, see asiduna- II
be'ysa-, see ba'ysa- II
bisaga, see bisamga- II
bisd, see bisaa- II

bisiviraa-, see barbira- II
bra(mn)mana-, see br(r)ammant II

bramharn, see brahmana- II
brrafta-, see pva'se II
brraham4na, see brahmana- II

brrahma, see brahmdna- II
br(r)ahmadatta-, see br(r)amnmam II
brahmadeva-, see br (r)ammam II
brrahma-vyahdra-, see br(r)ammanm II
brahmane, see br(r)amnmam II
brrahmau, see brahmana- II
brria-, see br(r)a- II
brriyuinakya-, see br(r)a- II
brihad, see brraha- II
britinaa, see br(r)a- II
brriyaa-, see br(r)a- II
brriya, see su.dvdmde II
brriyikya-, 419, see br(r)a- II
brriyilaka-, see br(r)a- II
briyosta-, briyausta-, see br(r)a- II
brira, see naky- II
brivinaa-, see br(r)a- II
brumnja-, see brrdmnja- II
ma na, see pva'se II

ma na ra, see pva'se II
matmna, 411
ma-m, 411
mamt, 411
mam, 417
mama, mamd, mami, 411

mamdnaa-, 411
mara, mard, mari, maro, 417
marna-, see maranta- II
mase, masai, see masi II
maha, mahe, 411
maha, 411
mahkdarnakd, see mahakarun&- II

mahai?vard, see pichafte II
majaa-, 411
maju, 411
m4jsakyd, see drr4-mujsa- II

mdnaa-, 411
mdnia-, 411
manda-, see mu(mn)da- II
m4ottia, see khaunda II

mdmaka-, 411
mdmra, see khaunda- II

mdrsala-, see mursala- II
mavu, 411
mdsti, see neste II

mdstai, see tc2ra- II
mM4k, 411
mdhksam4dra-, see mahdsamudrra- II

md, 412
mdjsa-, see tcdra- II
midd, see mi4dna- II
mardre, 414
miri, 417
misdadm, see middna- II
maisdana, see m.ddna- II
brrfiii4ma, see sira- II
mista, 411
busta-, see bv- II

busta, see piha- II
bustum, p. 416
brfiinite, 414
brraiha-, see brraha- II
brya-, see br(r)a- II
bu'ysa-*tdti-, see bu'ysa- II

buysu-, see buysva- II
buysuta-, see buysva- II
buysai-, see buysva- II
buysde, see bu'ysa- II
bryau bryau, see byo byau II

bvdka-, see bv- II
bvdta, 414
bvdma, see byfutta- II
bvdma-, see bv- II
bvdmatd-, see bv- II
bvamane, 414
bv4(')maya-, see bv- II
bvdstfitia-, see bv- II
mis'tdri, mis'tirdm, 41 1
mistadard, 411
mdstara-, 411
mihd, 411
buysvave, 417, see buysva- II

bu-, see buvamde II
buia, see buda II
buita-, see buva- II
503
mdhe, mihi, mike, mihai, 411

mird, 414
mujsd-, see drr4-mujsd- II
migzda, see khaunzda II

munaa-,41
mum, 411
murd, muram, see khautzia II

murka-, see mura- II

murrdamda, see mur- mur(r)da- II
murrde, see mur- mur(r)da- II
mulsdi, see mu(')sdi- II
mulysga-, 407
rrisi'ya-, see risa'ya- II
rrVj-, see par(r)ya- II
vasdrapand, see vajrrayaunia- II

vaiude, see v$su'na- II
vaskal-, see piskista- II
vaskalyama-, see piskista- II
vaskaista-, see piskista- II
mulysda, see mu(')sdi- II
rrina, see hus- II
rriine, see hv&.ta- II
vaft-, see vestdva- II
mulysdi(tn)je, see da- II
mulysdi-, see mi'ysdyftna- II

mulysdyfina-, see mi'ysdyina- II
muhu, muho, 411
m4, 417
muijsaa-, see drro-mujsa- II
mikdd, see mu(mn)da- II
mamda(i), see mu(mn)da- II
muna, see mu(mn)da- II

muiniard, 415, see mu(mn)da- II
minona-, see muQ(m)da- II

munu(mn), see mu(mn)da- II
muira, see cett7mena- II

muiraka-, 418, see mura- II
muirdka-, see mur- mur(r)da- II
maittrdna, see sadd- II
maurd, see khaunda II
maula, see keyuda- II
ris-, see harsta- II

rrdsca-, see rrijsaa- II
rrdysduirdnu, 410
rrlma, see pdyva- II

rrlya-, see par(r)ya- II
rlys-, see harlysa- II
rriysva, see gurvai II
r(r)u, see ra II
ruj-, see gurvai II, narrva- II
rrundinei, see hus- II
rrusi, see vadida- II
rrustatmdd, see hviya- II

rrfmuna, see rrum II
rruindatd, see rrumd2- II
rruindetu, see rrumda- I I
rqiya, see kiva(a- I I
myano, see na'scya- II
rau(e, see bekhau(e II

raustamdd, see ruly- rrusta- II
mva'sja', see mu(')sdi- II

mvaisja, see mu(')sdi- II
mvai'?di, see mu(')sdi- II, rays- II
rva, see na'scya- II

rrviye, see dyama- II
laba, see hisa- II
*vi-tcabaljs-, see gujsebrlya- II

vijsy-, see avljsamdaa- II
laukapald, see lokapdla- II

lokdpala(i), see lokapala- II
lodraa-, laudraa-, see ludraa- II
vijsyam, 413
vijsy4me, see vajsi.ta- II
vijsye, see vajsi.ta- II
vidiata, see vara II
laksa(')-, see pirma II

lakapala, see lokapala- II
yana, 414, 415

yandre, 414
yandmd, 413
l4draa-, l4drri, see ludraa- II
vaksayai, see g(thaa- II
yudem, 415
yudaimd, 415
ratana, see piha- II, ramna- II

ratha-, see paramntha- II
rrana, see bvd'ya- II
rrantha-, see paramntha- II
ranijai, see ttdja- II, ramna- II
ramnsntnje, see ramna- II
rava ya-, see riya'ya- II

rasai'ya-, see risa'ya- II
raysayana-, see ne'- II
raysigye, see ne'- II
raysem, see raysdyana- II
rahya, see tcure-ysania- II

rrd(mn), see re- II
rddd, see rre- II
rdanda, see rre- II
rdmdd, see rrumdd- II

rdrnddtdatd, see rrumdd- II
rrq sca, see rrusti- II
rrdyse, see hvda&- II
rd, see ra II
rri, see da- II
rakhya-, see arra- II
ri(mn)cha-, see arra- II

rrata-, see re- II
rdddhd-pdta, see bdja II
valsto, see vafta II
lakd, see rays- II

lika, see yisya- I I
rdyai, see dijsaka- II
mvaiysgi, 407
yinlya, 415
vathayai, see ga(haa- II
valstv-i, 417
vasdte, 414
vast', see vais(')- II
va?sti, see vai(')- II
vas'stye, see vas(')- II
vasye, 414
vays-, see vaysa- II
vahamn, see vlsa' II
vd-, see ya- II
vikalaidrrya, see 'edrra- II
yamda, 414
yada-, yida-, see yan- yudqa- II

yan-, yin-, see yan- yuda- II
yinlme, 413
vahaiys4ne, 414, see vahaiys- vahailfa- II
varye, see vyarana- II
mydanjasird, see gird- II
ydde (?), see niydde II

yd, 412
vahiys-, see vahaiys- vahailva- II
vahlysde, 414
raicha-, see arra- II

raivi, 409
rro, see ra II
yane, 414
yam, 415, 417, fn. 84
vahaja:id, see vahi- II

vahanda-, see vahamuda- II
vahasta-, see pyahasta- II
va, 417
mrdhinaa-, see mirdha- II
yanu, 415
vasuta, see plha- II

vasuska-, see vasus- II
vaspar-, see vaspuda- II
vaysnia, see vaiia II
vahaj-, see vahi- II
rruiva, see tcara- II
rreqa'ya-, see riya'ya- II
mrdha-, see mtrdha- II
vaf[4, see pyamtsa II

va.tdta, 414
vafi1ya, 415
vajrrakila, see vajrrayaunia- II
vdta-, see ya- II
vajrrapoVd, vajrapdgu, see vajrrayaunia- IIvittala-, see vettala- II

vajrraysa, see aysana- II, vajrrayaunia- II
vitkav1itje, see vitka- II
vatcasta, see hatcasta- II

vatsavis'a', vatsavisi', 419
vdno, vinau, see vina .I

vina, see vana II
vajs'-, see avijsyartndaa- II, vajsi4(a- II

vajsa.ta-, see avVjsyamdaa- II
viri, viri amp, viri 4nd, 417

viruipdksd, see lokapala- II
vajsdt'-, see vajsista- II

vajd.'-, vajsis-, vajses-, see avijsyada- II,
vajsisya- II
vajsy4ne, 414, see vajsi.ta- II

vadda(a, see vara- II
vathiya, vathiye, see thamnj- thiya- II

vadimnda-, vadeda-, vadaida-, see vadida- II
vadrrava-, see upadrrava- II
*vamnth-, see nvamnth- nvathdta- II
vanau, see vina I
vamnia, see vaina II
varuilei, see lokapala- II
vdruilya-, see vlrulya- II

verso'da-, see virs'a'- II
virsaunda-, see virsa'- II
vilaka-, 413, see vitka- II
vilau, 415
visu'na-*tati-, see vtsu 'na- II

vi?s'esa-, see vasisa- II
vdst-, see vestava- II
vistanid, see pllrrva- II
vd.t-, vi.t-, see vestava- II
vaphuiste, see phusta- II
visirn-, see vau's- II
vamuraka-, see mur- mur(r)da- II
vista-, vistata-, vistava-, see vestava- II

visth4ria-, see vistaria- II
vara burd, 417

varrad-, see var- II
varrasta-, see var- II
varalsto, 417, see -adta II, vara II

varasa'vai, see aysana- II, rays- II
varn va, varn ha, 417
varrittd, see var- II
varttania-, see verttai II
varttirdtdd, see verttai II
varttui, see verttai II
vasara-, vali'ra-, see vfli'ra- II
vsysama-, see vlssqmera- II

viysd, viysanid, see ttu'rra- II
vl, see ha II
vl bure, 418, fn. 86
vl ha, 418, fn. 86
vljatta, see vila' II
vljltta, see visa' II
vijsy4ne, vljsyanai, 414, see vajsi4ja- II

vlnosta-, vlnausta-, see vlna- II
vlyana-, see vina- II
VOL.
45,
PT.
viyanausta-, see vina- II
5,
1955]
vi?ti, see v4s.(')- II

visama-, see v!gqmera- II
s?sundina-, see s'atda- II

surs-, see sura- II
s.fijqiga, see rays- II, sau II
visama-, see vsgqmera- II
ssu'ljdta-, see s'au II
viysa-, see viysa- II

vuiya-, see uvi II
vird, see hirsyai II
vlrrupaksa, see lokapala- II
virrulai, see lokapala- II
suruim, see su.dvamrde II

suih-, see s'usta- II
se', see s'2m II

se, see sai tcuna II
viysauja, see vixysamja- II

viysind, see raysaysana- II
vai ha, 416
vaittada-, see vettala- II
vendufrya-, vainidirya, see virulya- II
venia, see vana I and II
vairs'a', see gih- gista- II
vaisa', see gih- gista- II
vais'sramanzd, see lokapala- II
s'ai kui, see s'ai tcfund II

s'u'stai, see ramna- II
ss'ete, see s'm II
sena, see sai tcu2nd II
saina kuina, see s'ai tcuind II
seretira-, see sira- II
'(s)au, 413
ssonta, 413
skyesa, see padamj2- II
sta, see haphdra- II

s'v2m-sx', see c2 II
vais-, see vau's- II
vaisth4ria-, see vistaria- II

vya-, see ya- II
vyach-, 403
vyasth4nva, vyasthaunva, see vyasthdniya II

vyahara- see brrahma-vyahara- II
vyahera, see brrahma-vyahara- II
sadd2-, see s'radh2-deya- II, sadd- II

ssad2taa-, see sad2- II
sady2ya-, see sad2- II
sandm, see sanau- II
yadnaumd, see sanau- II
INDICES
505
sambhata, see visa' II

sa(mn)bava, see vis'a' II
sam, 417
samatta, see pirma II
samartha, see pirma II
samahana-, see asamahia- II
samitmde, see rays- II

samaudrra-nzestya, see na'scy6- II
samu, see sa (n) II
samyaprahana, see b2ja II
saruai, see naky- II
sarbandd, see ttrikha- II
sarvarthasdddha-, see sarvarthasida- II
sald, see sal2va- II
salata, see salava- II
salava, see hvarra- II
sald, see sali- II
saha-, see sahaicaka- II
sahaicd, sahaici, see sahaicaka- II
saji, see vads(')- II
satdvaya-, see satika- II

sada-aysmua-, see damnda-aysmua- II
saninaa-, see sana- II
sani-, see sata- II
vyagar-, see vyarana- II
pikalakarn, see sika- II
sisdd, see sista- II
vydgarana-, see vyaranza- II

vyatar-, see vyaranza- II
vyatardta-, see vyarana- II
s4manya-, see s4many4na- II

sdj-, see sij- sij(y)a- II
siya, siye, see sav2- II

sirka-, see pika- II
ysive, see sav2- II
ssuv2-, see pvd- II
simndra, see semdrropemdrra II

simnha, see siha- II
siyanu, see sya- II
sij-, see sij- sij(y)a- II
ssai, sei, see sai II
sijrmdd, 414, fn. 65
sai'kd, 412
saistai, see yista- II
sijsa, 413, 414, see erakaiia II

siyd, see vds(')- II
siyem, see s2j- II
slrau.i', see siros''da- II
slhaysnd, see 2ysana- II
suti-, see sve II
suse, see sulj- II
vy4rya, vyarye, see vyarana- II

vyusthahdte, see vyasthanaiya II
vyechai, see vyich- II
vrra, 407
vr(r)ata-, 407
vratattavas.caranza-, see vrattavascarnza- II

-vrrara-, 407
vrrisama, see lokapdla- II
vrrismarn, see lokapala- II
vruilya-, see virulya- II
ssuni, see p2yva- II
ssaunda-, see nasam- nasau'da- II
ykald, see bu'jsa- II

see vest2va- II
std, see std- st2ta- II

st4mdi, sadmde, see std- st2ta- II
vrraittavastaranvyam, see vrattavascarnia- II .t2na, .tyne, see s(2- st2ta- II

sakrr4na, see sakrra- II
st2mn, 414, see st2- st2ta- II
sampga-, see padama- II
S(d, s(i, 414
satca (mn)pha-, see tcamph- II
y(dte, 414
s'aphNda-, see haphara- II
sffirau, 415
saraa-, see sira- II
f(e, see vitka- II
sparggd, see bu'jsa- II
sard, see aysana- II, rays- II
spuljei, see tc2ra- II
sa, see sau II
ssata-, see m II
pvvdaa-, see pvida- II
sana-, see sam II
pyvdinaa-, see svoda- II
s'na, see hus- II
pvvdausta-, see pvida- II
s'namda, see hus- II
ssamivata-, see samaka- II
sve, see padama- II

sa, see sata- II
sagrr2ma, see visa' II
Cs'a'na, see saamn' II
sd', see sam II

sika-, see sira- II
sikalaka-, see sira- II
s'sad, ss.sd4ye, see s'ira- II
samnkhal-, see sarnkhi'sta II

samnkhaly2na-, see sarnkhi'sta- II
sarnkhilttd, see sarnkhi'sta- II
samnkhaista-, see sarnkhi'sta- II
'sdiia, 413
sipheraa-, see haphara- II
sim kum, see sai tculnd II
ssdye, 413
ssara-, see dira- II
sira-, see dira- II
ssdratatd, .ssdratete, see Soira- II
sirara-, see sira- II
s.irkyerd, 411
sil*samajsa-vrrara, see silo- II
ssaldi.ma-, see silo- II
sI* kui, see sai tcuina II
samgaka-, see samga- II

saj-, see sij- sij(y)a- II
samtsarrv2, see ttaja- II
sata, see ssa II
satd, see ssa II
sati, see vayprls- II

sata-ys2ra-, see ys2ra- II
sate, see ssa II
sad-, see sasta- II
sadaustd, see sadusta- II
satndu$ta-, see sadus&a- II
samdaustyera, 411, see sadusta- II
ssita-, see si(ya)- II
san-, see sata- II
Su'4a sfu'da, see sudv2mde II
sarngi, samniai, see sanjaya- II
sijastd, sijadytyq, see sij- sij(y)a- II
suhdta-, see suzhya- II
sitndha, see phuda- II
sulm2ra-, see sum2rka- II

suiha:cul, see maspa- II
se, see ssa II
s(s)e, see plrma II

sei-, sai-, see sasta- II
sej4ma, see sij- sij(y)a- II

saijidd, see hdva- II
seittd, see nahy- II
seda, see sij- sij(y)a- II
saiddha-s'ard, see sird- II
saidrd, see semdrropemdrra II
saindva, 409
soha-, sauha-, see raudra II
sauhi'sapatta, see dysana- II, rays- II
skar(a)ba-, see canda- II
skutdna, see ttani- II
star2nia-, see starda- II
st2-, see (1) st2ma- II; (2) st2sta- II

st2mnga-, see staga- II
stdta-, see st2mar- II, vest2va- II

st2raa-, see styerrijaa- II
stdsti, see stdsta- II
st2s-, see st2sta- II
stfdai, see staura- II

stuira-, see kh4ysinaa- II
stuira-*t2ti-, see staura- II
stora-, see staura- II
styu4da-*t2ti-, see styisda- II
styfuda, see styuida- II
straha-, see streha- II

strdha-, striha-, see strehaII(4) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
haInphve, haInphvai, see paphva- II
yserka-, see
ysairka, see (4) fn.
withstriyestri'a
ysarrnaa- II
striyastris'v -, strriyatrris'vd,
see
hamnbada-, see hambada- II
II
stris2in-, see streha- II
ysairka, see bamntva- II

ysairkha, see bamntva- II
ysaujsa-, see ysusta- II

strisimdq, see striya- ysojsa-,
II
hamnbica-, see habrrih- II

halmbirsta-, hamnbista-, 408, see habrrih- II
haI:blr-, see hambada- II
straiha-, see streha- II
ysaunasta-, see ysanasta- II
hamber-, see hambada- II
sth4n4va, 409
ysnana-, see ysinah- II

ysyamda, see ysanaka- II
ysye, ysyai, see ysanaka- II
hambairca-, see habrrih- II

harnbrrih-, see habrrih- II
hamata-, see hamai II
hamara-, see hami.da- II
hamard, 414, fn. 69
hamarriinji, see neste II
hamdtte, see hamaih- hami'sta- II
hamida, see hamada II
hamdsta-, see hamaih-, hami'sta- II
snata-, see ysindh- II

spalad2-jsai, see tceman- II
sp2ta, 409
sp2lydta-guine, see sphdlia- II

spds'ara, see sp2s- sp2sta- II
sp2ss'ate, 414
sp2st2mnduim, see spds- spdsta- II

spdte, see vaypris- II
spuilaka-, see spulaka- II
spyakya-, 419
smrtty-upasth2ne, see baja II

sy4nd, see sya- II
svamna, 407
svi, 407
svi', see tc2ra- II

sviy2mjsi, 418
ysan-, see ys2ta- II
ysva'ka-, see ysusta- II

ysvya-, see ysusta- II
ysvyaiuvo', see ysusta- II
ha':ksa, see gih- gista- II
hagavama, see hisa- II
hagai'jara, see hagr7ya- II
hamggalj-, see hagriya- II
hamga'sta-, see hatnge'sta- II
hamtgaista-, see hamtge'sta- II
hatngrita-, see hagr7ya- II
hamgris-, see hagriya- II
hamgvim, 415
haj-, see vahi- II
haj(u)vattatd, hajvdttai jsa, see hajua- II
and kivata- II
ysand, see &sta- 2staMda- II

ysam-, see ysama a (n)daa- II
ysara-, see ysamgara- II
ysari*nje, see ysarrnaa- II
ysarrinaa-, see ysarrnaa- II
ysarrni*nje, see ysarrnaa- II
hatcaniaka-, see hatcasta- II

hatcaniama-, see hatcasta- II
hatcastdmdd, hatcastamduim, see hatcasta- II
hatcyave, 414, fn. 69
hajsamdarndd, see hamnjsem- II
hajsaidj, see (hamnjsem-) hamnjsauda- I
ys2da-, see ysd4aka- II

ysaya, 416, see ys2ta- II
ys2ra-, see pirma II
ys2ra-, see ysufrra- II
ys2mra-, see ysurra- II
ysavm, see ysata- II
ysdta-, see ysan2ka- II
hajsfma, see hamnjsem- II

hamtsa-dspata-, see hatsq-aspaa- II
hamtsa, with jsa, 418
hamjsa(ta-, see vajsista- II
hatpjsdt'-, see vajsi.ta- II
hamnjsdte', see byuitta- II
hamjsas-, see vajsis&a- II
ysdt&ndd, see ysan2ka- II

ysan-, see ysan2ka- II
ysdnaj-, see ysinah- II
ysdm&nd, ysdm2nu, see ysumana II
ysdra-, see (3) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
ysira-, see (3) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
ysirra-, see (1) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
ysirasta-, see ysira- (2) II
ysdrd, see tc2ra- II
ysirai, see (5) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
ysirka-, see (4) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
ysd.ta-, see ysusta- II
hamjse'maiia-, see hamnjsem- II

hamnjsonda-, hatmjsau(n)da-, see hatmjsemII
hamjsy-, see vajsista- II
hamtjsyam, 414, see vajsis(a- II
hatjsy4rri, see vajsi4a- II
hamjsye, see byutta- II
hatai&-, see hais(a- II
hada, see hamdrra II
hadrrusaj2, see hamndrrusa- II
ha(mn)tharka-, see hanthrriya- II

hamthrajaiia-, see hamnthrriya- II
haInthrristd, see hanthrriya- II
ysi4yera, 411
hamnthrrisamd-, see hanthrriya- II
ysindhditq, see ysindh- II
ha(m)da(m)na, see hamdrra II
ysinita-, see ysini(ya)- II
ysira-, see (1), (2) and (3) fn. with ysarrnaa- ha (n)dara, see hamdrra II
hamzdarye, see hamndrra II
II
hamdd, see hamdrra II
ysirra-, see (1) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
hamdr, see hamdrra II
ysiraka-, see (3) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
harndrd, hamndrri, see hamdrra II
ysiram, see skal- II
ysird, see (6) fn. with ysarrnaa- II

ysirfva-, see ysira- (2) II
ysumdnu, see ysumana II
ysum2m, see ysumana II
handsaa-, see hanasta- II

hq:nd, see vitka- II
hanam-, see panam- panata- II

hanis'imdd, see hanasta- II
hanem-, see panam- panata- II

handara-, see hamdara- II
handarna, see hamdrra II
ysurrgya-, see ysurra- II
haphada-, see haphara- II
ysema?arndai, see ysamasadaa- I
haphar-, see haphdra- II
ysaiye, see sudv2mnde II
ysera-, see (3) and (4) fn. with ysarrnaa- II haphva, see paphva- II
haphva-jsem, see paphva- II
ysaira-, see (3) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
hamphuta-, see paphva- II
ysairaka, see bamntva- II
hamphuis-, see paphva- II
yserai, see (6) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
hamphau, see hamph2- II
ysairai, see (5) fn. with ysarrnaa- II
ysum2nia-, see ysumana II
ysumi, see na'scya- II, ysumana II
hamdh-, sQe hamaih- hami'sta- II

hamidaka-, see hamida- II
hameda, see hamada I
hamyamduim, 416
haydrtndi, see pajsa- II

haraysd, see ttara- II
haraysde, see rays- II
harasa', harase', see rays- II
harita-, see harn- II
harata', see har4ta- II
har(i)s-, see hars!a- II
harij-, see harn- II

hariysadn, 417, see hariysa- II
harrfthimatinai, see harruift- II
harya-, see hart- II
harsdd, see harsta- II

hars-, see harl- II
halahala-, see halahaja- II
ha(')lci, 413
haskal-, see piskista- II
haskasta-, see piskista- II
hasta-se, see pjrma II

hastamdJtanjsdm, see kh4ysinaa- II
hastd, see pirma II
hasti-sse, see p$rma II
hastusa, haItusi, see pirma II
haspalgya, see vaspris- II
hastama-, see hviya- II
hastara, see sij- sij(y)a- II

haspdta-, see haspiscyd- II
haspas-, see haspiscyd- II
haspisyari, see haspiscya- II
haspij-, see haspiscyd- II
haspijsd-, see haspiscyd- II
haysd, see 2sta- dstamda- II

haysgamatd-, see haysgemd- II
haysgustana(viya)-, see haysgemd- II

haysndta-, see ysindh- II
ha-ysii-, see ysindh- II
hd, 417
hdre, see hus- II
halsto, see -Js[a II, hd II

hija, see haija- II
himja, see haija- II

hata-, see hya- II
hdtdna-*tdti-, see haija- II
hdtdnai, see haija- II
hdtingyd, see haija- II
himdvdna-, 418
hina, see haija- II
himavanda-, see hamavamda- II

hdmdmane, 414
hdmari, hamdre, 414
hdmdta-, see ham- hamya- II
hdmya, 414
hirtha vlra, see herthamn vira II
VOL.
45,
PT.
5,
1955]
INDICES
hui', see hus- II

hfite, see hus- II
huitatd, see hus- II
hirtham jsa, see hertham vira II
hdr.tayd, see hirstai II

hdr.tei, see hirstai II
hdlstd, see baja II
hdlstinu, see baja II
hodatd, see vara II
haura, haurd, hauram, see khaunda II
haurd, 414
hauruimd, 413
hova-, see hauva- II
hauvausta-, see hauva- II
hausa'ra, see hos'- II
hausindd, see hos'- II
hausta-, see hos"- II
hausta-, see hus- II

hausde, see hus- II
hye-suha', see hya- II
hvatana-, see hvarnnaa- II
hid (u)va-, see haudva- II

hfind, see tcara- II
huvathata-, huvathava-, see nvamth- nvathataII
huisanda(a)-, see hus- II
huisam, see hus- II
hiisTme, see hus- II
he(')ca, 413
heje, see haija- II
hemja, see haija- II
hetirsi, see hittesp- II
hetersi, see hittesi- II
hetersau, see hittesi- II
hemde, see ttaudi- II, paphva- II, haija- II
henai, see haija- II
-ywn'k, see drra-mujsa- II

-ywrn, see hztiia- II
-ywystk, see hva.ta- II
k'rt(')k, see gathaa- II
kn5, see kamntha- II
kn6, see kamtha- II
kp-, see kava- II
krt-, see kadara- II
kymi'n, see k7ma sana II

kysph, see khuysaa- II
mkkr, see makala- II
n'r'y'n, see narayam II
np'y6-, see nvasta- II
pr"mn, see br(r)amnmamn II
pr'w,yy, see pfihyd II

pr'y,3r'k, see pyaura- II
prp'z, see paysvird II
r'k, see re- II
hvatanau, see byfitta- II
hainai, see haija- II
rl'k, see risa'ya- II
hvatd hva, see hva hva II

hvatd hvata, see hva hva II
hvatdna (a)-, see hvarmnaa- II
hvatu hvatu, see hva hva II
hvataimd, 415
hvana, see hvamnnaa- II
hvamna, see hvamnnaa- II
hairtham vi, see hertham vira II

hairthamai, see hertham vira II
hairthd vi, see herthamn vira II
rz'y, see risa'ya- II

rw,yn, see rrum II
sin, see sana- II
sqrb, see skarba- II
sn'y-, see ysindh- II
sw-yay'w, see hvamnaa- II
haisui'mui, 413, see haista- II
hvamnd, see hvamnaa- II
snth, see s'a,n.da- II
he (')ta-, see haista- II
tntr'k(k)(h), see ttamttraa- II

ttr'w, see ttera- II
w'ywk, see byehaysa- II
wrkr, see bagara- II
wyz'w, see buysva- II
xsy,3t, see svida- II
xwd xwdq'r, see hva hva II
xwdk'r, see hva hva II
ytk-, see hi- II
hais'a'ka-, see haista- II

hais'a'mava, see haista- II
hai's?4'mai, see haista- I I
hvamno vi, see hvamnnaa- II
hota, see byutta- II

hauta, see hauva- II
hotana-, see hauva- II
hvamnya, see hvamnaa- II

hvamd-, hvand-, see hviya- II
hvaedinaa-, see hviya- II

hvarn, see hvamnaa- II
hota-, hauta-, see hauva- II
hvardka, see bamntva- II
MARALBASI
hvastgq, see hasta II

hvana, 415
amaca, see amaca- II
hv4iii, see vas(')- II
krus-, krusta-, see gr(r)uis- g(g)ulrsta- IIytqwy', see hi- I I

hv&dana-, see hvarnnaa- II
ywxn-, see hzfia- II
hvdaiyd, see vads(')- II

hvayd, 415
hvare, see hus- II
hvda#4ia, 418
hvastye, see rrina- II, hvasta- II
hvaha-*tati-, see hvaha- II
hvahd:tte, see hvdha- II
hvi, see tcdra- II
hviyasaa-, see hviya- II
hve', see hviya- II
hvem, 415
hvaura, see bamtva- II
hvauraka, see bamtva- II
halysda-, see hi'ysda- II
hdlysdamjsia-, hdlysdamjsua-, see hi'ysdaII
haysda-, see hi'ysda- II

hina, see biysanaa- II
hinaysa-, see byehaysa- II
hiya-, see vahi- II
hiyara-, see hvarra- II
hivia-, 411, fn. 42
hisarn, see vadida- II
hisata, 414, fn. 69

hisca, hista, 405
humnjinaa-, see hz4fa- II

hund, see hz4fa- II
SOGDIAN
",3rys-, see o'sa- II

",3rxsyy, see o'sa- II
"kwc-, see bekhaute II
"qwzyt-, see bekhaute II
'cwtyp, see pva'se II
'cwZYpw, see pva'se II
^ysn'm, see $anau- II

'sy,y3t, see pvida- II
-ywsty-, see hus- II
'prs(')y, see pva'se II

'rn, see arra- II
(')rty, see hada II
'spry-, see vaspris- II
't, 417
I'xs'm, see sanau- II

'zd', see aysda II
t', see aysda II
bjng'ry, see basdaa- II

rtr"n, see (uysan-) uysamda- II
O3r p'z, see paysvird II

,3wnyh, see drro-mujsa- II
cnp(')6wn, see jambuna- II
cr'Iy, see cirau- II
hus-, see hus- II
6rwt't-, see drruinaa- II

lyIw, see rrum II
husa, see hus- II
,ynt-, see khanaa- II
husavi, see hus- II

husta-, see hus- II
huYvan-, see hus- II
husarndai, see hus- II
huysdnautta-, see ysinah- II
,yr-, see vahamda- II
hura, see payva- II
507
yxwn-, see hz4fa- II

(y)xwrn-, see hz4fa- II
z'r, see ysara- II

z'ry, see ysirka- II
*w-, see drr4-mujsa- II
zynyh, zynyy, see ysini(ya)- II
0'y-, see drro II

CHORESMIAN
turkJwik, see hvainnaa- II

WESTERN MIDDLE IRANIAN
'bdys-, see pisaa- II
a,3rastak, see berasta- II

-'d, 417
'gwc-, see bekhaute II
'wrjwg, 'wrzwg, see o'sa- II
bws, see brraha- II
bylwr, see virulya- II
cr'h, see cirau- II
dr'w-, see drro II
dr'y-, see drro II
dray-, see drro II
hnjsm'n, see tceman- II
kart, see kadara- II
kf-, kft-, see kas'- kasta- II
yra', see galana- II
micak, see maysdarva II

n'w'z, see byehaysa- II
ns'y-, n'st-, see ne'sta- II
-yr6'kh, see galana- II

-ywak'r(y), see hva hva II
-ywanyk, see hvamnaa- II
prmyn, see ahamnia- II

rhg, see re- II
nsyy-, nsst-, see ne'sta- II

s(')rtw', see satika- II
(NEW) PERSIAN
swd, see ksu II
bilor, see vlrulya- II

bus, see brraha- II
camidan, see tsodi II
cirady, see cirau- II
skaft, see tcamnph- II

s'navisn, see ysinah- II
syft, see pvida- II
w'ywg, see byehaysa- II

wrgr, see bagara- I I
iftalidan, see ustairstai II

jumb-, see ajimajimda- II
wrwc, see brzti- II

wrwsn'dn, see brzti- II
xrwh-, xrwst-, see gr(r)uis- g(g)ur$(a- II
kard, see kadara- I I

kod, see kuistai II
kasaf, see khuysaa- II
lajvard, see rrajevarrdana- I I
xrws-, xrwst-, see gr(r)us- g(g)ulr$ta- II

xuin, see h4ia- II
mazidan, see maysdarva II

madldan, see ustairs(ai II
wzwd, see buysva- II
x'z-, see kha$ta- II
yumb-, see ajimajimda- II

zyn'yy, see ysini(ya)- II
rag, see re- II

sir, see sira- II
sind, see ysinah- II

INDO-IRANIAN FRONTIER
LANGUAGES
O.: Ormuri. P.: Parachi. S.: Sanglechi.

W.: Wakhi. Y.: Yidgha.
drl O., see drr4-mujsa- II

hi P., see hi- II
tang, see ttamga- II

tabarv, see ttera- II
xandidan, see khanaa- II
n9vdyo Y., see panaha- II
xusk, see huska- II
xun, see hitiia- II
niya Y., see niydde II
niZuk S., see nlyade II
ddsni, ddsn', see dasta- II
puiz W., see paysvlra II

skurf W., see skarba- II
faldzos, faldzus, see causka- II

fazd, see paysvira II
fandon, see paphada- II
kant, see kantha- II
sprdj- W., see va$pris- II

sam O., see s4ma- II
sougnd P., see s'anda- II
kasun, see kas- kasta- II

sdrd, sardd, see pas'a'- II
sird, strd, see husura- II
sorun, see husura- II
sud, see ksu II
waxs Y., see hus- II
wuxen W., see hitiia- II
yotuk S., see hi- II
yurm W., see erekaiia II
zdnj-, zenz- S., see biysiya- II

zu-yd- S., see blyslya- II
siir'n, see husura- II

vasun, see nvas- II
xafs, xafsa, see khuysaa- II
xdtdza, see hamtsa II
xed, see hi- II
xid, see hi- II
dirau, see drr4-mujsa- II
TOCHARIAN (A AND B)
kap, see kava- II

PASTO
amac, see amaca- II

asari, see ast'rya- II
ajanay, see ay4nt II
amas, see amaca- II
kab, see kava- II

kandai, see kantha- II
kasap, see khuysaa- II
mzarai, see miysirka- II
rHzdMdl, see harlysa- II

zmarai, see miysirka- II
BALUCI
mazar, see miysirka- II
bram, see br(r)ammamn II

mahur, see maula- II
mukaphalku, see mukaparnka- II

ritw-, 402, fn. 13
risak, see ria'ya- II
risa.ke, see risa'ya- II

rem, see rrtma- II
vyakaranam, see vyarana- II

vyakarit, see vyaranza- II
vyanjantsa, see vyamnjana- II

samrvar, see samrvara- II
santdm, santamne, see samttana- II
spharir, see sphalia- II
sdm, see sana- II
sarthavak, sarthavahe, see sadoka- II
strayastrinsi, see striyestr4'sa II
xayidan, see khasta- II

xur5fidan, see gr(r)uis- g(g)iurs(a- II
ardaun, see drro II

ca, 418, fn. 87
itk, see hi- II
naksatar-, see naksatra- II

pram, see br(r)ammam II
ARMENIAN
koyt, see kuistai II

kutem, see kuistai II
OSSETIC
na-spar- W., see paspuda- II
YAGHNOBI
tmam, see ttumna- II
adsdryasi, see adsi'rya- II

asirwat, see adsrvada- II
UIGUR
r.gy, see risa'ya- II

nos, see ne'- II
rasayan, see ne'- II
rafvart, see rrajevarrdana- II

sartavaki, see sadtka- II
sparir, see sphalia- II
wacraz, see aysana- II
yarat-, 402, fn. 13
TIBETAN
amaca, amacha, see amaca- II

bisa, see vis'a' II
biza, see vis'a' II
bsam-pa, see haysgema- II
bsu-zin, see pilkrrva- II

byiza, see visfa' II
bzah, see vis'a' II
gcehus, see pil1rrva- II
man-gel, see 'ira- II
rno-pa, see ttriksa- II
rten, see parrjsaa- II
skabs, see pacada- II
skyes, see padamnja- II

so-ma-na, see s4many4na- II
kattaka, see gathaa- II
CHINESE
karas, see karasa- II
katdk, see gathaa- II

kdrds, see karasa- II
kun, see sai tcuind II

p'u-yeh, see puihyd II
kor, see kuila- II

tapattris, see striyestrisa II
so-mo-jo, see s4many4na- II
tapatris, see striyestr4sa II
tsai-siang, see tcaisya.na- II
tmane, see ttumna- II
t(ang, see ca II
sdng-tsun, see sai tcund II

Dresden 1955 The Jatakastava or Praise of The Buddhas Former Births Indo-Scythian Khotanese Text English Translation Grammatical Notes and Glossaries

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Dresden 1955 The Jatakastava or Praise of The Buddhas Former Births Indo-Scythian Khotanese Text English Translation Grammatical Notes and Glossaries

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

The Jtakastava or "Praise of the Buddha's Former Births": Indo-Scythian (Khotanese)

Text, English Translation, Grammatical Notes, and Glossaries

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

NEW SERIES-VOLUME 45, PART 5

THE JATAKASTAVA OR "PRAISE OF THE

THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

Siquid novisti rectius istis,

Candidus imperti; si nil, his utere mecum.

Copyright ? 1955 by The American Philosophical Society

This study owes its existence to the instigation of

be made by a scholar at whose disposal would be all

been handed down. The quotation of passages from

The translation finally does not fall into the category

printing of this volume an attempt had to be made to

they occur with references to the lines of the text.

This preface would be incomplete if it were not

dam, the Stichting voor Zuiver Wetenschappelijk

I It is unnecessary to say that the reader is constantly supposed

Dr. J. Ph. Vogel showed great kindness and patience

Glossary I indicate that the same entry occurs in Glossary II.

BEFEO: Bulletin de 'Ecole Fran?aise d'Extreme-Orient, Hanoi.

B(uddh.)Sogd.: Buddhist Sogdian.

Ch.: see footnote on p. 401.

Ch.00269: lines 24-120 were published and translated by H. W.

Ch.iiOO2: Siddhasara published with Tibetan and Sanskrit parallel

Ch.iiOO3: Jivakapustaka published with Sanskrit parallel text by

Oslo, 1940; facsimile is to be found in Codices Khotanenses,

Chr. Sogd.: Christian Sogdian.

N: E. Leumann, Buddhistische Literatur, nordarisch und deutsch,

E: Ernst Leumann, Das nordarische (sakische) Lehrgedicht des

EVP: G. Morgenstierne, An etymological vocabulary of Pashto,

O.Ir., Old Ir.: Old Iranian.

P 2471: published with translation and notes by H. W. Bailey,

GMS: Ilya Gershevitch, A grammar of Manichean Sogdian,

H. W. Bailey, Indo-scythian studies being Khotanese texts,

Pali Dict.: Pali Text Society's Pali-English Dictionary.

CCC: Ed. Chavannes, Cinq cent contes et apologues extraits du

Divyavadana: ed. E. B. Cowell and R. A. Neill, Cambridge,

Ecke-Demieville: G. Ecke and P. Demieville, Twin pagodas of

Jataka: ed. V. Fausb0ll, 6 v., London, 1877-1896; English transl.,

SCE: Suitra des causes et des effets, published by R. Gauthiot,

Stein, Ancient Khotan: M. A. Stein, Ancient Khotan, Oxford,

1891; English transl. J. S. Speyer, London, 1895.

Lamotte, Traite: Etienne Lamotte, Traite de la grande vertu

de sagesse de Nagarjuna (Mahaprajnaparamita?astra), 2 v.,

Louvain, 1944 and 1949, Bibliotheque du Museon 18.

Lanikavatarasultra: ed. B. Nanjio, Kyoto, 1923; English transl.

Mahavastu: ed. E. Senart, 3 v., Paris, 1882, 1890, and 1897;

Mahavyutpatti: ed. R. Sakaki, Kyoto, 1916; Tibetan index to

Muller, Uigurica: F. W. K. Muller, Uigurica, 1, Abhandlungen

1910; 3, ibid., 1920; 4 herausgegeben von A. von Gabain,

Sitzungsberichte der Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften,

Stein, Serindia: M. A. Stein, Serindia, 5 v., Oxford, 1921.

Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philos.-Hist. Klasse, Berlin,

Schiefner-Ralston: Anton von Schiefner and W. R. S. Ralston,

Trans.Phil.Soc.: Transactions of the Philological Society, London.

V (or: Vajr.): Vajracchedika, published with translation and

Verbum: see Henning, Verbum.

WZKM: Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes,

ZDMG: Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft,

!atapaficdaatka: D. R. Shackleton Bailey, The !atapaficdsatka

der Thor, St.-Petersburg, 1843.1

Tibetan tales derived from Indian sources, London, 1882.